By Roger Anghis

July 31, 2022

If you think that the COVID-19 ‘outbreak’ was an accident, think again.  This has been in the works for decades just waiting for a reason to initiate it.  The great minds of the world’s elite who believe they are smarter than the peons that work for them and they have the right to rule everything you do have decided that it is time for the surfs to give up what freedoms they now have and just do what they are told.

The World Economic Forum (WEF) has taken on the role of overseer of the whole world believing that they need to be the ones who decide what you do when you do it, and how you do it if they even think you should be allowed to do it. They also believe that because of their high intelligence and wisdom they will be able to avoid world disasters and even pandemics. I think we heard this same rhetoric garbage about the United Nations.  They would stop all wars and control rogue nations. How’d that work out for us? Saddam Husein invaded Kuwait, and most Arab countries continuously attacking Israel but Israel is the one the UN sanctions. The Russia-Ukraine war, nothing to see here, move along. The WEF is just another attempt at global control by the global elite. Prove me wrong.

The WEF was initiated in 1971 by Klaus Schwab with the goal of raising up world leaders to look at only the globalist point of view and seeing the average citizen as ‘useless eaters’.  “Another important piece of information through the WEF, initiated by Klaus Schwab in 1971, Mr. Global has been training his own puppets since 1992. Through the Young Global Leaders Program, Angela Merkel and Bill Gates were among the first class to graduate in the class of 1992. Even a large number of current leaders, politicians, predominantly weak personalities with mostly well-trained rhetorical skills, also come from this program, including Justin Trudeau in Canada.”[1] We can see what these so-called leaders are striving for, the New World Order (NWO).  The WEF firmly believes that there are too many people on the planet. Isn’t funny that God didn’t see that happening? These arrogant fools think they have the answer to their made-up problem.  Liberals always seem to invent a problem and then try to convince you that they have the answer to solve that problem. Can you say climate change?

Dr. Reiner Fuellmich has been exposing the real agenda of the WEF for a while and believes that it must be stopped as quickly as possible. Their goal is to hold those who are responsible for this pandemic accountable under both civil and criminal law. The Berlin Corona committee already now has extremely incriminating evidence proving that this Corona plandemic never had anything to do with health. Rather, Mr. Global’s, Klaus Schwab, actions are aimed solely at these goals – destruction of regional economies to make the population dependent on Mr. Global’s global supply chains, shifting the wealth of the world’s population from the bottom to the top, to the super rich, to Mr. Global population reduction.”

No matter what word was being used to describe the pandemic and the fallout from the government overreach, Dr. Fuellmich concluded, “You can call it genocide, as well as Mr. Global gaining total control over the remaining population and the installation of a world government under the UN which is now in control of the World Economic Forum. We are dealing with megalomaniac psychopaths and sociopaths who must be stopped and in fact should have been stopped a very long time ago.[2] The WEF doesn’t stand on the mountain top and shout their intentions but they aren’t silent about the either.  One of the major funders of the WEF is George Soros.  Anything that Soros is involved with is not good for America or the American people.

When it comes to those that have endorsed the WEF that are in our government it is a list of who’s who: Bill Keating Congressman from Massachusetts (D),Daniel Meuser Congressman from Pennsylvania (R), Madeleine Dean Congresswoman from Pennsylvania (D), Ted Lieu Congressman from California (D), Ann Wagner Congresswoman from Missouri (R), Christopher A. Coons Senator from Delaware (D), Darrell Issa Congressman from California (R), Dean Phillips Congressman from Minnesota (D), Debra Fischer Senator from Nebraska (R),Eric Holcomb Governor of Indiana (R), Gregory W. Meeks Congressman from New York (D), John W. Hickenlooper Senator from Colorado (D), Larry Hogan Governor of Maryland (R), Michael McCaul Congressman from Texas (R), Pat Toomey Senator from Pennsylvania (R), Patrick J. Leahy Senator from Vermont (D), Robert Menendez Senator from New Jersey (D), Al Gore Vice-President of the United States (1993-2001) (D)[3] just to name a few. As you can see the traitors to the American way of life are from both political parties.

I think you can see now why the WEF believes that this is the time for the Great Reset. The world population has shown its willingness to be shoved in a box and do what we are told. Americans aren’t quite ready for this.  Some are but we still have that God-given desire to free and we still have the guns at our disposal to make sure it stays that way.

For those that have read the book, 1984 will recognize many of its features in the UN’s and WEF’s Agenda 2030:  The World Economic Forum’s Agenda 2030 is a dystopian nightmare that’s chalked full of evil agendas such as population control, eradicating livestock (save for the elitists) and replacing it with synthetic meat, forcing the masses to consume insects and live in pods (you will own nothing and be happy), a digital takeover of everything, achieving total surveillance control, and consolidating power within a multinational globalist body that supercedes all other governments.

Essentially, once all institutions are razed to the ground, it will be the all-out technocratic reign of the elitists.[4] Any American politician that supports this organization can only be classified as a traitor.  The WEF is an organization that we must stop and we must stop it now!

© 2022 Roger Anghis – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

Footnotes:

1. wanted-for-crimes-against-humanity-reiner-fuellmich-names-global-conspirators-of-the-wef-video
2. wanted-for-crimes-against-humanity-reiner-fuellmich-names-global-conspirators-of-the-wef-video
3. the-list-of-sell-outs-from-the-us-attending-the-world-economic-forum-in-davos/
4. wef-releases-video-pushing-use-space-bubbles-block-sun-reduce-climate-change-video/

by Rolaant McKenzie

July 31, 2022

Open Doors, based in Ermelo, The Netherlands, is a Christian mission that supports persecuted Christians around the world by distributing Bibles and Christian literature, providing discipleship training, and emergency relief aid. It maintains the World Watch List, which is an annual ranking of the top 50 countries where Christians suffer very high or extreme levels of persecution and discrimination for their faith. On this World Watch List, Afghanistan is second only to North Korea for Christian persecution.

Recently, the ultraconservative Islamic Taliban movement has taken over Afghanistan on the heels of U.S. and NATO military forces withdrawal. A pastor interviewed under condition of anonymity expressed fears that Christians in the country would be targeted for forced conversion or death by the Taliban.

He said that when the Taliban takes control of an area, they require all households to go to the local mosque to pray. Those who do not must provide a good reason for missing prayer or be accused of being a Christian, which can be a death sentence. Another thing that could potentially reveal Christian converts would be if the Taliban found a person in possession of a Bible, a Bible application on their phone, or other Christian content.

Most Christians in Afghanistan are former Muslims, and they risk being killed for apostasy if they cannot flee. According to the pastor, though some Christians fear betrayal from even their own family, and they continually face grave danger all around them, they trust in Jesus and His ability to answer prayer and preserve His people. They trust in the forgiveness for which Jesus paid completely on the cross, granting them fellowship with God and the assurance of heaven they never could have in Islam.

In Islam, forgiveness of sin and entrance into Paradise is based on Allah’s will and determination that a Muslim’s good works outweigh his bad ones. All over the world and in many other religions, variations of this belief are common.

In contrast, those Afghan Christians — like believers everywhere in the world — who trust in Jesus alone for the full payment of their sins on the cross can face some of the most intense persecution in the world today with the assurance that they will never lose their fellowship with Him and will be with Him in heaven.

“Truly, truly, I say to you, he who hears My word, and believes Him who sent Me, has eternal life, and does not come into judgment, but has passed out of death into life.” (John 5:24)

“But when the kindness of God our Savior and His love for mankind appeared, He saved us, not on the basis of deeds which we have done in righteousness, but according to His mercy, by the washing of regeneration and renewing by the Holy Spirit, whom He poured out upon us richly through Jesus Christ our Savior, so that being justified by His grace we would be made heirs according to the hope of eternal life.” (Titus 3:4-7)

Home ownership has been considered for many generations in the United States the fulfillment of a great dream, especially for immigrants from countries where there was little chance of such a thing being achieved. But the nature of property rights depends on the kind of ownership.

Fee simple ownership entitles a homeowner to full enjoyment of the property, including the land and any structures that may be erected on it. It is limited only by zoning laws and deed or subdivision restrictions. It is also subject to eminent domain and the imposition of taxes by federal, state, and local government. This is by far the most common form of property ownership in the United States.

Allodial ownership entitles the homeowner not just to full enjoyment of the property, but to absolute possession of it. It is not subject to any rent, service, or acknowledgment to a superior authority. This form of property ownership is neither subject to eminent domain by federal, state, and local government, nor the imposition of taxes by the same.

Because fee simple is generally the kind of property ownership homeowners have, they are aware that even if they achieve the milestone of fully paying off the mortgage loan on their home, unlike the terms of allodial ownership, their property can still be taken away if they fail to pay the yearly property taxes.

Praise and thanks be to God that His redemption is like allodial ownership rather than fee simple! Those who trust alone in Jesus have all their sins forgiven — not some, not most – but all of them! In fact, there is no need to work in hopes of outweighing those sins with enough good deeds. We bring nothing to the table to recommend ourselves to God, and there is no need to live in uncertainty that some forgotten, unatoned sin will cause us not to make it through judgment day. Jesus truly paid the sin debt in full on the cross for us!

“When you were dead in your transgressions and the uncircumcision of your flesh, He made you alive together with Him, having forgiven us all our transgressions, having canceled out the certificate of debt consisting of decrees against us, which was hostile to us; and He has taken it out of the way, having nailed it to the cross.” (Colossians 2:13-14)

Those whom God saves through Jesus Christ will not be thrown away or lost. This certainty is guaranteed by Jesus Himself, who lived, died on the cross, and rose again on the third day to atone for our sin:

“All that the Father gives Me will come to Me, and the one who comes to Me I will certainly not cast out. For I have come down from heaven, not to do My own will, but the will of Him who sent Me. This is the will of Him who sent Me, that of all that He has given Me I lose nothing, but raise it up on the last day. For this is the will of My Father, that everyone who beholds the Son and believes in Him will have eternal life, and I Myself will raise him up on the last day.” (John 6:37-40)

Trust in Jesus’ love, complete forgiveness, and redemption have given Christians from millennia past to this day the hope, assurance, and courage to endure persecution and even martyrdom.

The apostle John wrote this so that we may know in our hearts and minds that eternal life is ours now since we have accepted Jesus Christ by faith. Such an assurance supplies the basis for joyful prayer and fellowship with one another and provides us with the knowledge that God loves us — a knowledge that tells us we do not have to work so that God can save us. The reality is that salvation is neither something to be achieved by, nor a reward for, enough good deeds done, or bad deeds avoided. It is solely by the grace of God.

“And the testimony is this, that God has given us eternal life, and this life is in His Son. He who has the Son has the life; he who does not have the Son of God does not have the life. These things I have written to you who believe in the name of the Son of God, so that you may know that you have eternal life.” (1 John 5:11-13)

© 2022 Rolaant McKenzie – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rolaant McKenzie: rolaant@gospeloutreach.net

Website: http://www.gospeloutreach.net/

By Rob Pue

July 31, 2022

As the Globalist ‘Build Back Better’ program continues, I thought I would share with you some of the news stories that you may have missed — or already forgotten about — that have happened this summer.

On June 1st, The Daily Wire released a documentary by Matt Walsh, entitled “What is A Woman?”  Walsh was simply asking ordinary citizens, medical professionals and even African tribesmen to give the definition of a woman.  As World Net Daily said, the movie featured “scholars on the political left brazenly denying basic biology in their defense of transgender activism.”  Predictably, the Daily Wire’s website was the target of a cyber attack, which crashed their system the night the film debuted.

The movie is now available, however and has been seen by millions, and if you’ve not seen it, I recommend watching it online or ordering the DVD at TheDailyWire.com.  You’ll learn in detail how activists are trying to take over the minds of our kids — and just how successful they’ve already been.

Meanwhile, on May 29th, one of the largest egg factories in the US was set ablaze in the middle of the night, in Minnesota.  It’s estimated that at least 200,000 chickens were killed in the massive fire.  This was just one among nearly 100 major food production and distribution facilities that have gone up in flames since Biden took the White House; even as we are warned of serious food shortages on the horizon.

Also on the first of June, the state of Connecticut announced it will hire a “misinformation” expert for $150,000 a year to scour the internet for election content that they deem to be “false” and then pressure social media outlets to flag or remove those posts.  Other states are hiring similar positions, after the federal government’s “Ministry of Truth” idea was shot down before it ever left the starting gate.

It was also announced that more than two million illegal immigrants have now been welcomed and resettled throughout the US under the Biden administration.  And a high school in Chicago stated it’s implementing a race-based grading system “to adjust classroom grading scales to account for skin color or ethnicity of it’s students.”  Some students, depending on their race, will not be held accountable for missing class, misbehaving in school or for failing to turn in assignments.

Granada Hills Charter High School in suburban Los Angeles banned 70 seniors from participating in person in their outdoor graduation ceremonies on June 2nd — because they were not “fully vaccinated.”

Of course we all know that June was “pride” month, but the fires of division were stoked once again by the White House proclamation that accused the majority of Americans of mounting “relentless attacks” on “members of the LGBTQI+ community — especially people of color and trans people.”  According to Clarion News, “The proclamation further declared, without offering a shred of evidence or real-life examples backed with credible evidence, that “these unconscionable attacks have left countless LGBTQI+ families in fear and pain.”  So the official narrative continues: if you’re white, conservative, Christian or just maintain a mindset of what’s normal and natural and what is not, you’re automatically an evil, murderous bigot, a homophobe and an ignorant zealot.

The city of Seattle, after seriously defunding their police department, had to turn to civilians to perform parking enforcement duties.  Now the city must refund about $200,000 in paid tickets, as well as reimburse 10,256 people whose cars were towed earlier this year, because these civilian “meter maids” had no authority to do what they did.

The news also came out in June that the US experienced a record-setting 94% increase in deaths of individuals age 25-44 in the first quarter of this year, all among fully-vaccinated people.  Meanwhile, the CDC continues to adjust their numbers on adverse side effects of the jab.  As of the end of May, they’re admitting to 1,287,595 adverse side effects and nearly 30,000 deaths directly attributed to the jab.  A report from the UK now reveals that hundreds of thousands there died within five months of taking the shot.  70,000 have died within 29 days of taking the shot in England.  It was also revealed that COVID jabs increase the risk of death in children between 8100% and 30,200%.

And from the folks who brought us COVID, along came Monkeypox.  It was admitted that Anthony Fauci’s National Institutes of Health agency was funding research on Monkeypox shortly before the global outbreak.  Coincidence?

And as  prices at the gas pump surpassed $6 a gallon in some areas, the White House continued to take no responsibility for anything and instead, placed the blame on gas companies.  But we later learned that gas companies receive only 33 cents per gallon of gas sold, but $1.44 goes to taxes and government.

For what it’s worth, Alabama became the first state to adopt a tough new law protecting private property and due process on June 4th by prohibiting any government involvement with or participation in the United Nations’ Agenda 21 program.

The “thought police” have been out in full force around the world — especially in Norway.  In a World Net Daily report from June 7th, police have interrogated an official for a feminist organization for her social media comments stating that a transgender man cannot be a lesbian.  Are you confused?  Me too. This offender could get up to three years in prison for making such a statement.

The state of New York passed a law prohibiting the ownership of body armor there.  Essentially, protecting yourself from bullets is now illegal, even as violence and bloodshed continues to increase in every major US city with strict gun control laws already in place.

We’re also facing a new health crisis this summer, which has been named “Sudden Adult Death Syndrome” or “SADS.”  Health experts are scratching their heads as they wonder why so many healthy young people are now dying suddenly and unexpectedly after receiving the COVID jabs.

Back in the UK, Bill Gates’ dream of us peasants eating bugs instead of meat is now being tested on school children.  In this pilot program, taking place at four schools in Wales, students will be fed insects as “alternative proteins.”  The meals will be served up to look like minced meat.  School officials are on board with this and one stated he believes the children share his concerns over “sustainable development.”

And as the “Build Back Better” campaign continues, here in America, 83% of citizens polled said they’re more pessimistic about the US economy than they’ve been in at least fifty years.  And well they should be.

We all remember the seven dead and 30 injured when a 21-year-old opened fire on a Fourth of July parade in Highland Park, Illinois.  Robert Crimo was unemployed, had been evicted from his apartment, was into skateboarding and rap music and had tried to commit suicide several times since 2016.  He escaped the scene of the massacre dressed in “drag” as a disguise, which also covered his multiple tattoos.  He was later captured and faces life in prison.  Note that this took place in Chicago — a city with some of the strictest gun control laws in the country.

But are you aware that mass shootings took place in nearly every state over the Fourth of July weekend — killing at least 220 people and wounding close to 600 others?  Some of the cities include Philadelphia, Baltimore, New York City, Sacramento, California — all Leftist strongholds with stiff gun control laws.  Another shooting took place at a residence in Kenosha, Wisconsin where one person died and four were injured.  And in Richmond, Virginia, a mass shooting by two illegal immigrants was foiled when their plot was discovered and reported.  The two were arrested before they could carry out their plan.

In June, Biden stated he would release a million barrels of oil a day from our nation’s strategic oil reserves, to help lower gas prices.  Then, we learned that he had sent five million barrels of oil to Europe and Asia.  Another five million barrels were shipped overseas on July 5th with more planned to be shipped abroad in the coming weeks.

Here in Wisconsin, the state Supreme Court ruled July 9th that absentee ballot boxes could only be placed in election offices and no one other than the voter can return a ballot in person.  This essentially ends the use of unmonitored ballot drop boxes.  Governor hopeful Timothy Ramthun is calling for Wisconsin’s ten electoral votes to be annulled.

Let us not forget there are still more than fifty American patriots being held in prison for simply attending the January 6, 2021 rally in Washington DC.  This includes Dr. Simone Gold, of America’s Frontline Doctors, who freely entered the Capitol as police held the door for her, went inside and gave a three-minute speech.  Gold will spend 60 days in federal prison and pay a fine for that.  Another man, Mark Aungst, was facing up to six months in prison and a $5000 fine.  He had been coerced into pleading “guilty” to a charge of “parading in a restricted building.”  He was due to be sentenced in September, but on July 20th, after months of harassment and legal expenses, he committed suicide.  His obituary states, “A loyal and dedicated man, Mark showed tremendous pride for God and his country.”

Another shooting took place in an Indiana shopping mall July 21st.  The shooter, 20-year-old Jonathan Sapirman opened fire on the food court area, killing three people.  He was stopped within seconds by a 22-year-old man, Eli Dicken who was on the scene with his concealed-carry weapon.  Dicken, who has been called a “good Samaritan” for saving so many lives with his quick response and excellent marksmanship was also, at the same time, scorned on social media.  People called him “an outlaw” and a “criminal” — because he had carried his concealed weapon into the mall — a “gun free zone.”  So instead of being a hero, he’s being vilified by the Leftists who don’t seem to understand that the only thing that will stop a bad guy with a gun is a good guy with a gun.  For those who are unaware, bad guys pay no attention to the signs that say “Gun Free Zone.”

And Knotts Berry Farm, an amusement park in Southern California, is now requiring all visitors under the age of 18 to be accompanied by an adult, after gangs of teens began attacking and beating park guests on July 16th.

I’ve been warning for years that the Leftists in our society, in our public schools and colleges in the medical profession and in pop culture, have been twisting and destroying the minds of our young people.  The modern churches have failed woefully in providing biblical, Godly instruction to our children.  For years now, young children, teens and young adults have become increasingly angry and violent.  I believe that much of this is anger is fueled by the confusion caused by years of intentional brainwashing.  Not to mention the mind-altering drugs that most of our kids are on nowadays.

But it’s not just the young people and there was much more news this summer than I could mention here.  Our country is being destroyed from the inside out, and this is all an insidious, purposeful plan.  The “self destruct” button has been pressed and cannot be undone… not without a true spiritual revival of every man, woman and child.

We have only two choices: turn back to God right now, or remain on the road that leads only to destruction.  Some call it the Highway to Hell.

© 2022 Rob Pue – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rob Pue: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com

By Glynn Adams

July 31, 2022

Too many in America who claim Jesus is their Light are in darkness. Darkness is not stupidity but refers to one who is ignorance of a thing, has been lied to and believe the lie, has been taught the wrong thing, we ignore a thing such as the affairs of a nation, or those who assume they are right when, in fact, they are wrong. We are not the first nation that has missed God, neglected our spiritual or citizen duties. We are not the first nation to be in dire straits in this world in which we live, but history records that God is a God of restoration and He will restore us if we do what He says!!!

If we are to be like Jesus and walk as He walked, then we have clearly missed God because we do not seek first the Kingdom of God nor do we preach the message Jesus preached – the Kingdom of God and we no longer make true disciples like He made so our bad fruit is evident every day in this nation. So let us begin now and work through what has happened to America that has caused our nation and those who claim Jesus is their LORD to be in so much spiritual trouble? In Matthew 28:18-20 (NKJV), And Jesus came and spoke to His disciples saying, “All authority has been given to Me in heaven and on earth. Go therefore and make disciples of all the nations baptizing them in the name of the Father and of the Son and of the Holy Spirit, teaching them to observe all things that I have commanded you and lo, I am with you always even to the end of the age.” These are some of the last words of Jesus; are last words important to us?

In Acts 1:3, Jesus has risen, is with His disciples, and is seen for forty days speaking of the things pertaining to the Kingdom of God. What?!!! – the Kingdom of God? Why not the cross or the resurrection or suffering? But this was not His message while He was on this earth. The cross and resurrection are very important but were a means to an end – the defeat of Satan. “That through death He might render powerless him who has the power of death, that is, the devil and might deliver those who through fear of death were subject to slavery all their lives.” (Hebrews 2:14b-15) Jesus only had one message – the Kingdom of God!!! In His earthly ministry He mentioned the Kingdom of God/Heaven over a hundred times. Luke 4:43 (NKJV), Jesus said, “I must preach the Kingdom of God to the other cities also because for this purpose I have been sent.” In America, we have missed the Kingdom message Jesus preached.

We ask Jesus for many foolish things. Jesus is not going to deliver us from this evil government. Jesus is already here – in His Body. He shows up at the battlefield when His Body shows up. God showed up for Joshua on the battlefield; but not at AI because of sin. God has given us dominion so if anything goes wrong in America, we are to fix it using His Name, His authority, His power, His Word, and His weapons. Jesus came to earth to restore back to us what we lost in the fall of Adam – to restore the Kingdom government back to man, to restore dominion over the earth back to man, and the forgiveness of sin to bring us back to God. JESUS DID NOT COME TO EARTH TO ESTABLISH A RELIGION CALLED CHRISTIANITY!!

Jesus is a King and a king has a Kingdom and His disciples have been granted to know the mysteries of His Kingdom and He gave the keys of the Kingdom to His disciples but to those who are religious or nominal Christians – to them it has not been granted to know. Jesus did not preach healing, He healed. Jesus did not preach deliverance, He delivered people from demons. The only message Jesus preached was the Kingdom of God and its expansion and influence of heaven on this earth. Today we preach the gospel of Jesus but Jesus’ message was the gospel (good news) of the Kingdom of God (the rule of God)!!

Jesus said in Matthew 28:18-20, go therefore and make disciples of all the nations, teaching them to observe all things that I have commanded you and I am with you. The word translated “nations” is the Greek word “ethnos.” Since nations are made up of people, it could be translated a tribe, a race, a people, a Jew, a gentile or pagan.. “Go, make all these tribes, groups, races, Jews, gentiles, pagans and all people to be My disciples, teaching them to observe all things that I have commanded you.” I also want you to go into all places – education, media, government, law, military, law enforcement, movies, and corporations to influence people, tribes, whoever to My ways. This is how we expand the Kingdom of God by doing the will of God on earth as it is in heaven. If we will do this, then the tribes, groups, races, and people in the nations will reflect the ways of God.

But today, proof abounds that we have not only disobeyed God but we have missed God – we have missed the Kingdom Jesus preached, we have missed the intent Jesus had in Matthew 28:18-20 and Acts 1:3 – making disciples and influencing the people and the culture in America to the ways of God. Because we have not done this, we have been on a downward slide which started way back in 1912 with the deceptive passing of the Federal Reserve Act.

I think it was Rothchild of the demonic occults banking family who said I could care less who runs the nation; give me control of the money supply and I will control that nation. The Federal Reserve is controlled by banker cartels and is a debt based system that print fiat money called Reserve Notes out of thin air, lend it to our government, and then charge the government interest. Where were the Christians when this bill was in Congress? They were asleep and not paying attention to what was going on and oblivious to what God had to say about this debt-based system that violates every economic law of God. “The borrower is slave to the lender”. (Proverbs 22:7)

In 1963, the Frankfurt School and Saul Alinsky, both occult and Marxists, declared war on our Constitution, those who believe in God, our family structure, our children, our morality, our rights and our law. The followers of Christ were cowards and asleep then and are cowards and asleep today. All the Biden Administration is doing is following the orders of the demonic occults and New World Order elites as other Presidents and Congress have done before him to deliberately and systemically change our culture, destroy our families, corrupt our morality, destroy our children (our seed) – to destroy and bring down this nation; all this started in 1912 and continues today!! It is a war and most haven’t a clue what is going on. The dark world of Satan has been busy while Christians and citizens have been religious and asleep!!!

This is why we have become a dwelling place for demons. That is why we are ruled by Satan and not God and that is why we are a captive nation and this is why we are losing our freedoms. This is the reason for the climate change green deal and electric cars; to destroy the middle class and bring down our economy. This is why many are losing their children because they are using our schools to corrupt and destroy our future seed. Satan is beating us at our own game and we ignore all of this. The way a culture is changed is by making disciples’ of Christ and the Kingdom of God and influencing the people on earth to the ways of God. No one in America has been serious about resisting this evil overtaking this nation from 1912 to today and making disciples and teaching the commands of Jesus, except for a few of us who were maligned by speaking out in the late 70s and 80s and a few speak out today.

In the meantime while we are singing and having a grand old time while evil is inside as well as outside the doors of the church, our false pastors in skinny jeans and fog machines are preaching to us their sermonettes saying a lot of words but saying nothing and saying absolutely nothing about what is going on in our culture. Satan is making more disciples than we are and influencing this nation. DID YOU GET THAT CHRISTIAN AMERICA? We who have all power and authority, are doing less than the demonic occults. “Submit therefore to God. Resist the devil and He will flee from you,” Christian America!! (James 4:7) Satan is a roaring lion devouring this nation and while we sit on our religious ass ignoring him, Satan and his disciples are changing our laws and changing our culture!!! Satan is sending his disciples into all areas of life in America – anywhere they can influence people in this nation to the ways of Satan without opposition or resistance from people who claim to obey God!!! .

I challenge you religious America and the true believers in Christ to show me one area where our religious or even true followers of Christ systems are in control in this nation and influencing any place to the ways of Christ!! Satan in the form of Marxists are everywhere influencing this nation. They firmly control America (Marxism is the ideology and system the demonic occults and New World Order use because it is so effective to change a nation). None of us have an effective plan, power, influence, salt, and light against these Marxists. Why not? Look at our laissez-faire commitment to God!!! All we have are false pastors, bad disciples of another Jesus and followers of Christ who are too busy attending conferences, watching videos, and talk shows talking and giving their opinion about what is going on. Oh yes, so called Christians have become the media telling the world just how wicked the useful idiot Democrats are while we ignore our own wickedness before God!!! And all the while, the demonic occults and New World Order just keep advancing their agenda in America while we go further and further into captivity each day. America with a church on every corner is little faith without works!!!

The day of reckoning has come to America!!! We can no longer pretend or ignore what is going on. This nation is in grave danger because we have allowed these demonic occults and New World Order demonic elites to gain power over us. And as hard as it is to admit, at the moment, no one, including myself, seem to have a sufficient and effective plan to fight against this evil. I am open to any revelation from a day old Christian if it is from God. I will not compromise on the Kingdom Message of Jesus, making disciples and teaching and equipping them. I will not attend any function that does not talk about the plan of God to defeat this evil overtaking this nation and restoring this nation back to God. I am not interested in any man’s opinion or what the Democrats are doing just what God is doing and saying!!! Those who are working to devour us love to see our inaction and all talk!!!

I’m humble and open to anything from God while we search for answers. While I have peace there is a stirring in me. I wonder if we really understand the level of commitment and submission the disciples of Jesus had in the First Century. They put it all on the line for Jesus against the evil before them and prisons, beatings, persecutions, words, and death did not deter them!!

I also wonder if we really understand the level of our sin and disobedience to our LORD and King – Jesus Christ that has caused this nation to be captured and ruled by Satan. Why are we under the most severe judgment of God? Do we deny or overlook that? God replaced what we would consider a good leader and gave us a wicked leader because of our disobedience. That is serious!!! We are losing our nation and that does not move us to action!!!

Just how sinful are we? “For if we go on sinning willfully after receiving the knowledge of the truth, there no longer remains a sacrifice for sins but a certain terrifying expectation of judgment and the fury of a fire which will consume the adversaries. (Is this saying we are the adversaries of God if we go on sinning?). Anyone who has set aside the Law of Moses dies without mercy on the testimony of two or three witnesses. How much sever punishment do you think he will deserve who trampled under- foot the Son of God and has regarded as unclean the blood of the covenant by which he was sanctified and has insulted the Spirit of grace?” (Hebrews 10:26-29)

Are we so self-righteous and not really that serious about what we have allowed to happen in this nation? We have allowed the vilest of evil to capture this nation who lie and suppress the truth, who deny the very existence of God, who are full of envy, murder, and hate us, have degrading passions, and they are going after the youngest of our children teaching them things that will corrupt their mind for a lifetime of torment. Are we really aware and do we fully realize the terrible crimes we have committed before God in allowing this evil to overtake and capture us? Why are we so silent and so lax in resisting this evil?

Why are some of us not dead standing against this evil? Why are some of us not in prison for standing against this evil? Do we have any idea what we have allowed to happen to this nation? I think not!!! What will happen to us because we have disregarded the truth and the appeal of the offer of Jesus Christ? For America, the greater the knowledge, the greater the sin. If apostasy under the old law was a terrible thing, it has become a doubly terrible thing since Christ has come. Our sin has wounded the love of God and for less crime, God has given nations over into the hands of their enemies!!!

This poses some questions? Is God in the process of giving us over into the hands of the demonic occults and the New World Order demonic elites? Has God come to the conclusion that we have forsaken Him? Has God seen we love our false religion and false pastors more than Him? Has God seen we are so dumbed down spiritually that we can’t see the evil before us? Why are we blatantly refusing to resist the evil overtaking our nation? Have we run out of real people of faith and real men in this nation?

We have no options left!!! Confession of our sins and crimes before God and then repentance from the heart is what God will accept!! A new obedience, a new commitment, a new submission, a new faithfulness, and a total allegiance to the LORD Jesus Christ must come forth and like the precious disciples in the First Century and those who followed after them, they gave us the template for victory over evil tyrants and death, prison, beatings, persecution, and words did not deter them. We have choices: Get back the fear of God. God is not like us. He will let us face judgment and destruction. Develop a backbone and courage; resist this evil. We will obey and do it God’s way or our day of reckoning will continue as Satan’s plans are accomplished in once righteous America!!! HATH GOD REALLY SAID? Read His Word and you will clearly see!!!! God bless, I remain His warrior and watchman, Glynn Adams (Thanks to the late Myles Munroe and his insight on the Kingdom and R. Arthur Matthews book “Born to Battle and his insight on spiritual warfare)

© 2022 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Glynn Adams: glynnadams@sbcglobal.net

by James Jaeger

July 30, 2022

We live a “culture of debt” — the opposite of a capitalist society. But you will never hear SPEECH like this from woke Academia, the liberal Mainstream Media or over-extended corporate America. These entities, like millions of WE THE PEOPLE, are encumbered by mind-boggling debt and plagued by insidious inflation. The national debt is now over $30 trillion and the inflation rate is bucking 10%.

To explain why this happened, all one has to do is consider two terms: Marxist Ideology and Keynesian Economics. Both of these gifts to humanity promote big centralized government with endless debt, taxes and regulations. Both are used by the Globalist-infested Democratic Party in their mission to destroy the U.S. Republic as envisioned by the Framers.

Specifically Marxist ideology rejects free-market capitalism and Keynesian economics encourages debt-financed government expenditures. In other words, both Marx and Keynes conspire to destroy “capital formation” — savings — with “debt accumulation.”

What you were not taught in public school is that capital formation is the basis of capitalism. Capital formation is thus anathema to the Marxist mentality — the mentality that now dominates the public school system. The lesson never taught is: if individuals and companies were to spend less than they took in, they would generate “profits” and these “profits” would become “capital formation.” So the real reason the word “profits” is vilified in endless lefty movies is because “profits” create “capital formation” and capital formation is anathema to the Marxist mentality.

A society replete with prudently-managed businesses that had no need for DEBT is the LAST kind of society Marxist Bankers want. If no one needed to borrow money — because businessmen could finance seasonal inventories and expand operations using capital formation — bankers would not be able to lend money and collect endless interest payments. This is why elite bankers lobbied Congress in 1910 and formed the Federal Reserve System — a Marxist central bank that causes the boom and bust business cycles as well as inflation and unemployment.

Over the decades the “Fed” segued the United States from the “gold standard” and began a long-term program of backing money with less and less gold and more and more debt. This is known as “monetizing debt — turning debt into “money,” or “bills of credit” as the Constitution warns us about. Today, “monetizing debt” is simply a fancy term for “printing money,” or the euphemism, “quantitative easing.”

Through this mechanism, the Fed Banksters and Crooked Congressmen have now monitized 30 trillion Federal Reserve “Notes” and “eased” them into the economy to expand the government into the Leviathan we now have — all “justified” by Keynsian economics and Marxist ideology. All lent to American business owners that made a deal with the devil and overthrew their capitalist principles of profit and savings for easy and fake “money.”

Today “fiat currency” — what could be characterized as demonic money printed out of thin air — has been lent to corporate America for endless mal-investments; used to co-opt and bias the Mainstream Media and funded perpetual wars. It’s even been used to encumber our kids with $1.7 trillion in debt for college “educations” that do not even make them smart enough to get a job that keeps up with inflation, let alone pay off their debt.

Yes, printing tuition money caused the very inflation a proper education is supposed warn a student to avoid. So both Marxist ideology and Keynsian economics have failed our kids physically and philosophically. Congress and the Federal Reserve System conspired to take the U.S. off the gold standard so they could use Keynsian-inspired fiat currency-generated debt for all manner of government expenditures, including college loans for our kids.

It’s much easier — and less risky to a congressman’s political career — to fund a foolish budget or cover a deficit by borrowing printed money than it is to get that money by raising taxes. So after the Fed was formed, and the monetary base was no longer tethered to gold, profligate rogues in Congress printed and drank all the money they wanted, starting with a couple of World War cocktails. Now, the purchasing power of today’s “money” is so diluted it takes one dollar to purchase what 5 pennies purchased in 1913.

Yes, the practice of printing fake, fiat money makes it easy for math-challenged rogues in Congress to create money out of thin air. Creating money by hard work is an activity few government employees, especially the deep state, can comprehend. “Sweat equity” — when you work hard and create value because the products and services you are delivering are needed and wanted by the Society — is almost unknown to those who live off debt or work for the government.

Marxist Bankers — and their Democrat-controlled Mainstream Media propaganda machine — spit on hard work, just as they spit on “profits” that could become “savings.” Why work to generate money when you can simply print to generate “money.” And numb and dumb Americans bought it: “Hey I can get a $10,000 loan for 0% interest if I’m a good little slave to my ‘credit score.'”

Again, if a corporation earns more than it spends and thus goes into evil “profits,” these evil profits, when saved up, create “capital formation” and this capital can be used by the corporation at no cost. How can a Marxist Banker compete with this? He can’t but he tries. This is why the outrageous scheme of printing money — amplified by the equally outrageous scheme of “fractional reserve banking” — were invented. Printing up unlimited amounts of fiat money is the only way Bankers can compete with corporations generating their own capital through the prudent management and allocation of profits.

The Fake Fed and the Crooked Congress thus partner — more accurately, conspire — to print money out of thin air and then use it to keep us all in their insane, Marxist-Keynsian Debt System. This is the essence of the game. No college education needed to comprehend. The Marxist Bankers, the Mainstream Media Control Group, woke Academia, and over-encumbered corporate America are counting on you to be ignorant, stay ignorant and not speak a word in protest.

The “culture of debt” we find ourselves in could be considered a spin-off from Economic Marxism. As we explain in a movie entitled CULTURAL MARXISM, a splinter group known as the Frankfurt School, engineered a methodology of advancing Marxist principles using Culture. By this means, Cultural Marxism has been advancing through Academia, the Mainstream Media, Corporate America and now Social Media — in what’s known as “the long march through the cultural institutions.” Watch Pat Buchanan, G. Edward Griffin, Edwin Vieira and Ron Paul explain.

FILM IN PRODUCTION:

We are currently in production on a new documentary film that will address how the God-given right of speech is being assaulted. The documentary is entitled, SPEECH – The Door Is Closing. SPEECH will explain how Marxist social engineers from the Frankfurt School have managed to censor, abridge, block, shadowban and deplatform all manner of important SPEECH in America — what we now call “cancel culture.”

To find out more about our production of SPEECH – The Door Is Closing visit www.TheDoorIsClosing.us At the website you can watch a trailer and/or review the narration script and the production budget. If you see merit, please help us complete production by donating what you can at www.TheDoorIsClosing.us/donate Prominent screen credits, as described on the donation page, will be accorded donors to acknowledgement their contributions.

SPEECH will be our 11th public service documentary. Feel free to watch any of the past 10 documentaries free of charge at www.HomeVideo.net

The reason we place these films on the Internet for free is because FEW people will watch a political film if they have to PAY for it. If it’s FREE, they MIGHT watch it. If it’s free AND it reinforces their interests, values, cultural perspectives and prejudices they probably WILL watch it. But if the film costs MONEY, and it does NOT reinforce their interests, values, cultural perspectives and/or prejudices they will NEVER watch it. So I ask you, if you are trying to REACH people that disagree, misunderstand or hate your political message, how are you MORE LIKELY to reach them: with a FREE documentary or a documentary they must PAY for? I think the answer is obvious.

So how do you fund the production of documentaries that can be released to WE THE PEOPLE for free when the cost to make documentaries is high? Does the filmmaker go to the banks for production funding? What about the studios or TV networks? What about private investors? Each of these funding sources has a serious problem for the filmmaker that wants to make and release films that do NOT promote the liberal, secular, anti-constitutional, anti-capitalist, Globalist Agenda. The banks won’t lend money for films because they’re criminals only interested in Ponzi schemes. The studios and TV networks won’t fund films unless they promote the liberal, secular, anti-constitutional, anti-capitalist, Globalist Agenda. And investor-financed films can never be released for free or released only after the investors recoup their money.

All of these funding methods also require unlimited amounts of time filling out paperwork and dealing with lawyers, agents and accountants. By the time the film is financed and released World War IV has come and gone and there is no country left to even watch the film.

So, if we had to rely on banks, studios, networks or investors our films would take forever to finance, produce and release and they would NOT reach anyone “on the other side”. Even though 150 million American citizens will NOT pay even $19.50 to purchase a movie on a political subject, a significant percentage WILL watch the movie if they can get it for free. This is why donor-financed movies are crucial — the only way millions of NEW citizens can be reached. This is why your donation — from $25 to $25,000 — can make a BIG difference on what subjects and issues get out and into the public discourse.

Millions of people will be able to watch SPEECH – The Door Is Closing — even though bankers, movie studios, TV networks and investors do NOT care about the God-given right of speech — or anything else in the Bill of Rights. They only care about MONEY, not AMERICA. Let’s by-pass them. Go to www.TheDoorIsClosing.us/donate and help us get SPEECH done.

© 2022 James Jaeger – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail James Jaeger: contact@moviepubs.net
E-Mail James Jaeger: jjaeger@mecfilms.com

[BIO: James Jaeger is a Telly Award-winning filmmaker (grandfather, producer of the first medical training films in the United States (and the founder of the Department of Neurosurgery at Jefferson Medical College/Hospital), Mr. Jaeger began his career in entertainment around 1973 with the Valley Forge Music Fair working on such shows as THE CARPENTERS, THE DAVID BRENNER SHOW, THE PEGGY FLEMMING SHOW and THE SONNY & CHER SHOW.]

By Lex Greene

July 30, 2022

Only politicians and those who love them, can stare into the face of crippling inflation, an idle supply chain, and two quarters of retracting economic conditions and deny the obvious. The USA (and world) is headed into an economic depression that will dwarf the Great Depression between 1929-1939, almost a hundred years ago.

The “new math” brought to the USA via global Marxist accounting systems in k-12 education, makes it possible to calculate skyrocketing inflationary prices up 40-150% as only a 10% inflation rate. Only “economic experts” know how to make the average onlooker feel good about horrific news. Putting lipstick on a pig is what makes one an “expert” these days. Nothing is about reality…it’s just about controlling public perceptions, like having the band continue to play on the Titanic, so that guests didn’t realize the ship was sinking.

According to official reports, consumer prices rose 7.9% in Biden’s first year in office, and another 8.9% since. That’s a total of 16.8% over the past 18-months. (But it’s just a 10% inflation rate?)

But when we go to the gas pumps, or grocery store, or see our latest utility bill, prices are actually up anywhere between 40-150% across the board. DC’s use of “new math” and “baseline accounting” developed by the “economic experts” conceals the reality that in the end, a depression nears, the likes of which will make The Great Depression almost a hundred years ago look like a day at the park.

Despite the fact that many Americans now have to choose between gas in their car or food on their table, the Biden administration continues to paint more and more lipstick on this pig, hoping DC math will ease your very real pain with false perceptions, as we head into an election cycle poised for a record RED WAVE.

The true depth of our catastrophic problem remains largely invisible to the public, thanks to falsified accounting reports and a complicit news media that has worked around the clock to keep everyone in the dark on a whole host of issues.

During the Great Depression of 1929-1939, it was all too visible to everyone, as an estimated 25% of Citizens stood in bread lines to feed their families. Prior to democrats COVID19 plandemic, approximately 40% of Americans were already receiving some form of federal assistance to make ends meet.

But after their first plandemic, this number skyrocketed to almost 70% of Americans receiving federal assistance, via multiple methods of “vote buying,” recently relabeled “stimulus” programs. Because the bread lines are no longer in the street, few know how many are standing in those digital world bread lines today.

The only thing these programs “stimulated” was increased public government dependency, skyrocketing national debt, massive inflation, fear of the future, and dictatorial federal tyranny in an endless stream of Biden “executive orders” which are not laws, according to the Constitution…

• An endless stream of plandemics, Covid, Marburg, Monkeypox, Climate Change, War, etc.
• Overt policies designed to strip every American of their fundamental Natural Rights
• Intentional dumbing-down of generations via government indoctrination curriculums
• Igniting endless social divisions over politics, race, religion, gender, health, science, individual economic standing, and every method of division they can muster
• Destroying the traditional family
• Force injecting DNA-altering bioweapons into every human being
• Destroying the world reserve currency, the U.S. Dollar
• Destroying our food supply, and altering natural foods with government altered foods designed to destroy the human body over time
• Mass foreign invasion on our southern border, spread into cities everywhere
• Unbridled drug and human trafficking designed to drug up an already dumbed down electorate

These things and many more, have caused every socio-economic illness in the USA today. They are also causing what promises to be the greatest economic disaster the USA and world has ever faced, maybe even the total global collapse of society as we have ever known it.

But economic depressions can be easily avoided or repaired by simply replacing devastating economic policies with known economic free-market solutions that made the USA the greatest nation on earth years ago.

The economic depression thrust upon Americans by global tyrants in control of today’s Democrat Party and all democrat (RINO) powerbrokers, threatens the very foundations of American freedom, justice, liberty, and any hope for a bright future. But it can all be changed in an instant…

Much worse is the other great depression Biden and his corrupt cohorts have dumped on every American in the past 18-months…mental depression.

In “The Age of Distracti-pression” – even the hardcore leftist New York Times sounds the alarm on a massive increase of prescription anti-depression medications as a direct result of the COVID plandemic.

“The pandemic’s true toll on mental health won’t be known for a long time, but data from the past two years indicates a rise — some of it sharp…” (NYT Source)

It isn’t actually the virus itself that caused record rates of depression…but rather the oppressive and downright tyrannical government forced and coerced COVID management protocols. It’s what the federal government has done since January 2020, that has cost millions of American lives, trillions in American tax dollars, and ignited a firestorm of mass-depression across the country. This is the cause for pretty much every mass-shooting, BLM and ANTIFA riot, and daily increases in violence in almost every major U.S. city.

They have literally destroyed employment everywhere, closing the doors of thousands of small and medium size businesses, obliterating the U.S. Military, gutting U.S. Healthcare, and preventing employment opportunities for millions by refusing to hire anyone who isn’t vaxxed.

With each passing day, democrat politicians (and their RINO friends) in DC, states, and cities across the country, have continued to brutally abuse every single American Citizen, by every means available to them. Combined, they have created a perfect storm that threatens the very existence of the USA.

The federal government has essentially beaten the American people like a red-headed stepchild until a majority of Americans now behave like battered women in every aspect of their lives. They have created a spineless go-along to get-along society that may no longer be capable of freedom.

Solving the economic crises they have inflicted upon the USA is doable, with much wiser economic policies. But solving the mass mental and emotional damage done in just the past 18-months will not be nearly as easy.

When our younger generations look into the future today, they can’t see any future for themselves. Only the minority who mistakenly think government is the solution to every personal problem, think things are headed in the right direction. According to recent polling data, that’s only about 15% of the U.S. population now, with 85% saying Biden has forced the country into the wrong direction.

The longer it takes for so-called “leaders” to STOP Biden and move our country in the right direction, the more damage will be done, and rates of mental depression will rocket into orbit.

Desperation in the average Citizen is starting to show up in the streets already. Desperate people, who are otherwise peaceful and law-abiding, will do desperate things once survival of the fittest becomes the new law of the land, following the highly visible consequences of anti-American Biden regime policies.

You can reverse the economic impact of horrific economic policies. But no one knows how to turn a dumbed-down, drugged up, beleaguered, depressed, and totally demoralized society into a peaceful and productive free society ever again. Throughout all recorded history, freedom once lost, has never been regained.

ACTION is the only thing that can defeat depression and change the course of history. INACTION dooms everyone!

Every REAL American must have a single common goal at this point, to immediately regain control of our rogue government, local, state, and federal. Numerous things must be done to accomplish this goal. But every minute and penny spent on anything else at this point, is a total waste of precious time and resources.

It’s much easier to defend freedom, than to try to regain it once lost. Are you hearing me here?

© 2022 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com

By Servando Gonzalez

July 29, 2022

“It’s Not Just About Taiwan,” that’s the title of an alarming article recently appeared in The American Thinker in which the author, Janet Levy, cites what she terms a “terrifying projection” by China expert Steven Mosher: “China’s goal is not just to dominate the world, but to reduce the rest of us to subservience.” According to Levy, “With that terrifying projection, Mosher has been trying to rouse America from its complacency and caution the Biden administration over its appeasement of the Red Dragon.”

Mosher is the author of the 2017 book Bully of Asia: Why China’s Dream is the New Treat to World Oder, an overview of China’s ambitions in South Asia. He has served in the Navy, and is a member of the Committee on the Present Danger, an independent task-force based in Washington, D.C. Evidently, the globalist conspirators and their Neocon allies are itching for a new fight, because nothing better to make Americans forget their domestic problems than a good war far away from the U.S. borders.

Nevertheless, this is a very terrifying projection indeed. What would the Chinese do once they have gained total control of Taiwan. Will they open Taiwan’s borders to a veritable invasion of illegal aliens from Latin America? Will they began bringing activists to Taiwan’s schools to indoctrinate kindergarten children on the wonderful life of transgenders? Will the Chinese communists will force the Taiwanese into creating a central bank controlled by foreign bankers as well as a graduated income tax? Will they impose mandates forcing the Taiwanese to wear face masks, keep social distance and isolate themselves in their homes?

Give me a break. Can anybody explain me why China’s alleged goal to reduce the world to subservience is bad while the U.S. under the control of the globalist conspirators whose goal is to destroy America and the world and bring us to pre-industrial levels of consumption is good? Why China’s actions are bad while America’s efforts to destroy economies, societies and cultures forcing them into a New Word Order is good?

Mosher’s article is a typical example of what Freud called projection: the process of displacing one’s feelings onto a different person, animal, or object. The term is most commonly used to describe defensive projection —attributing one’s own unacceptable urges to another. Because what Mosher fears the Chinese might do is exactly what the U.S. has been doing for more than a century.

On the other hand, if as Moshers claims, China’s dreams are a threat to the globalist conspirators’ New World Order, I wholeheartedly support them because I am convinced that the gravest danger America and the world is currently facing is precisely the New World Order. But we must keep in mind that Mosher is a member of the Committee for the Present Danger (CPD), an organization created in 1950 that, throughout its four iterations, has been working hard to keep Americans scared with the fear of some danger that has never materialized.

Now, do you by any chance believe that Chinese Communism is bad but current American Communo-Fascism is Good? If you sincerely believe that, it only shows that you are a died-in-the-wool Repucrat who loves your party more than your country. Repucrats ignore, or actually don’t want to know, that Communist China is an American creation. It began when our government betrayed nationalist leader Chian Kai-shek and gave full support to Communist Mao, exactly as the U.S. had supported Lenin and Trotsky and sent them to Russia to impose communism on the Russian people, and secretly supported Castro to impose Communo-Fascism on the Cuban people. Actually, Communism is as American as apple pie![1] Nevertheless, at the end of the article Levy unknowingly reveals the true source of the Taiwan problem.

Citing Capt. James Fanell, a former intelligence chief of the U.S. Pacific Fleet and a distinguished CPD member, Levy provides his perceptions of the military threat presented by the Chinese in the Western Pacific. According to Capt. Fanell, the build-up of Chinese ships, missiles, aircraft, and space capabilities has given them a decisive advantage, adding that only seven years ago, when he was serving, the U.S. Navy was predominant in the region. But currently, the Chinese outnumber the U.S. Navy ten-to-one, commanding 350 ships in the Western Pacific to our 70 around the world. In the South China Sea, the Chinese have built three naval bases to control throughput. America, he says, is also at significant disadvantage in naval, air, strategic rockets and intelligence-reporting satellites.

Evidently, the true goal is not defending Taiwan from Communism, which most likely will become one more in the long list of countries the U.S. has betrayed and abandoned, but providing more money for the main promoters of Communism, the U.S. military-industrial-banking complex. The rest is just smoke and mirrors.

On July 26, 1947, using fear of communism as a tool to gain popular support, President Harry S. Truman signed into law the National Security Act establishing the National Security Council (NSC). It also created the Central Intelligence Agency as well as the Secretary of Defense, the Joints Chiefs of Staff and a separate Air Force branch of the military. The creation of this aberration later called the National Security State, marked the official beginning of the Cold War, an artificial creation of the CFR conspirators. This was the beginning of the National Security State, and aberration the Founding Fathers of this country feared and would have never approved.

In addition to establishing the CIA, the National Security Act of 1947 created the NSC, which included the president, the secretary of state, the new secretary of defense, the secretaries of the military departments, and the chairman of the new National Security Resources Board. Other officials who had been confirmed by the Senate could be added as NSC members by the president from time to time.

The National Security Act gave the National Security Council just advisory, not executive powers. Even more important, it didn’t give the newly created CIA authority to carry on covert operations abroad. But, just a few months later, on December 1947, CFR agents in the National Security Council secretly wrote directive NSC 4-A making the Director of Central Intelligence responsible for psychological warfare.

Then, less than a year after it was created, the CFR agents in the NSC pushed the envelope even further and illegally assumed executive powers. On June 18, 1948, the National Security Council produced NSC 10-2, a directive that superseded NSC 4-A and was kept secret from the American government and people for many long years. NSC 10-2 authorized the CIA to conduct not only psychological but also all types of covert operations. Furthermore, there is evidence that the National Security Council, like most of the aberrations created by the CFR conspirators, was a Rockefeller baby.

According to Vladimir Putin, the implosion of the Soviet Union was a geopolitical disaster. Well, it may have been a geopolitical disaster for Russia, but for the U.S. military-industrial-banking complex it was an economic blessing. Proof of it is that, contrary to the rest of the countries involved in the Cold War, after the end of it far from reducing its military budget the U.S. increased it.

Even worse, in a desperate effort to create a new enemy that justifies the U.S. humongous military budget, after the unexpected lack of their main enemy the globalist conspirators who own America were forced to create a new enemy out of the blue: terrorism. Unfortunately, despite much help, terrorists never really terrorized. So the globalist conspirators were forced to create a new enemy to terrorize Americans: an invisible virus. But the non-existing lethal virus is losing steam. What they can do now to keep us terrorized?

Seemingly, the globalist conspirators’ plan to engage Russian into a Vietnam-like war in the Ukraine have failed. So, the only remaining potential enemy that can justify keeping alive the American military-industrial-banking complex seems to be China. This explains the recent fixation of the CFR- controlled American mainstream press that every single day regurgitates violation of citizens’ freedoms in China. But, even accepting that such reports are true, they are not worse than human rights violations in countries by regimes friendly to the globalists —particularly in the Middle East. So, why China?

Well nothing has worked better than good, old, faithful Communism. This explains why the CFR and its good friends in the military-industrial-banking complex and the Repucratic Party love communism so much and are working hard to bring it back to life in Russian and China while they are giving the final touches to fully implement it in the U.S. But they must be careful. 200 years ago, after returning from China, Napoleon said: “China is a sleeping dragon. Let him sleep.

If he wakes, he will shake the world.” Who woke up the Chinese dragon? Main culprits are George H.W. Bush and Barry Soetoro (a.k.a. Barack Hussein Obama) who, following orders from their globalist masters, encouraged American corporations to outsource their jobs to China to save money.

This not only destroyed most American manufacturing jobs but also awoke the Chinese dragon and, contrary to the old dragon, the awaken dragon is not under the conspirators’ control —a typical example of the law of unintended consequences in action.

So, if you really hate communism, please, don’t hate China. History shows that the globalist conspirators have been the major exporters of communism because they love communism. Actually, their secret motto could be: “Communism is Dead: Long Live Communism!”

© 2022 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

Footnotes:

1. See Servando Gonzalez, “Another War, Another Buck. Part One: Communism in America,”

By Steven Yates

July 29, 2022

Steve Bannon’s “contempt of Congress” show trial for refusing to answer the January 6 Committee’s subpoena came and went. Bannon and his legal team didn’t mount much of a defense. Establishment media (e.g., CNN, MSNBC, etc.) immediately claimed victory. They misunderstand. I think Bannon’s lack of putting up a serious legal defense is his way of giving the Establishment his middle finger. Acknowledging that these people are going to do as they please and call it “the rule of law.” And that those on his side of the narrative war are smart enough to figure out his strategy.

Evidence for this interpretation of events can be heard in statements made after his conviction, to the effect that in the future “there’s going to be a real committee.”

And in his post on GETTR the Friday of his conviction that “I am not backing off one inch.”

Look at it this way: Bannon, age 68, despite his somewhat slovenly appearance, is a very sharp guy. (If you look at history, you’ll find many formidable intellects who cared little about how they looked or were perceived by the powers around them.) He’s called for “4,000 shock troops” to fight the narrative war. “This is taking on and defeating and deconstructing the administrative state,” he said. “Suck on it. We’re destroying this illegitimate regime.” He spoke further of “dismantling” it “brick by brick.”

No mincing of words!

Reiterating: Bannon knows that Election 2020 was stolen, that claims of this being a “big lie” based on “conspiracy theories” are themselves baseless, that a narrative of attempting to “overturn the election” has been constructed around January 6, and that although the Establishment got back in power two weeks later, its hold on power is precarious. This is especially true with the economy having tanked since January 21, 2021. It is probable, moreover, that the GOP will retake Congress in three short months, and that the Bidenistas will find themselves under investigation — starting with Joe Biden’s slovenly son Hunter’s now-infamous laptop.

What people care about are gas prices, higher prices for all basic foodstuffs and other necessities, inflated rent and mortgage payments, and other things affecting them directly. The more intelligent are thinking about and preparing for impending shortages. Do they really care about the “insurrection” narrative that the January 6 Committee has foisted on viewers through controlled Corporate Media?

Speaking of which: all people need to do to get a more truthful perspective on what happened that day is watch this documentary from The Epoch Times. I recommend subscribing to watch it. It will be the best money you spend this year. A couple of teasers: the film makes clear that it was Capitol police, not the “insurrectionists,” who started the violence. It is also now clear that a couple thousand people entered the Capitol. Around 850 Trump supporters have been chased down, incarcerated, prosecuted. If you watch the videos closely, you’ll see people inside the Capitol who have never been identified and do not look like Trump supporters. A couple such individuals were adjacent to Ashli Babbitt when Capitol cop Michael Leroy Byrd shot her to death without provocation. There are other scenes of graphic violence by Capitol police, including the beating that may have killed Roseanne Boyland, 34, whose death was attributed to a “medical emergency.”

Returning to Steve Bannon: it’s not like he’s in danger of being simply tossed in the slammer and the keys thrown away. His conviction is under appeal, and if he loses the appeal and is given time, his status as another political prisoner will be obvious. He is too visible to be “disappeared.”

Bannon knows every bit of this, and is doubtless using it.

Because he’s a narrative warrior — whether he thinks of it in those terms, or not.

As someone who understands the Establishment’s big lies, he’s not going to deal on its terms — even if, at present, it has the upper hand.

For that could begin to change starting in November. If Trump announces despite the possibility of the Bidenista-compromised Justice Department coming after him, the narrative war will get hotter still, and things will change further.

There is no telling what the Democrats will do. The other night my wife and I lay in bed watching Joe Biden and a South Korean delegation. The South Korean delegate spoke while Biden stood like a potted plant. When Biden finally began to talk, his speech was slow, halting, and barely audible. It was evident that he was reading directly from a teleprompter. I was waiting for the next “end of quote” or some similar gaffe.

If Biden fails to finish his term because of advancing dementia, then what? I’ve seen scenarios that include Kackling Kamala first assuming the reins and then stepping down under some faked pretext. The question is, who will she make her VP in the meantime, to continue the Establishment reign? Nancy Pelosi? California Governor Gavin Newsome? Either would be as big a catastrophe as Biden if not worse.

In short, the Democrats will struggle to come up with someone their globalist-controlled DNC will get behind as having at least minimal credibility. I would not rule out Hillary!

If Trump is the GOP nominee, then other things being equal, he will run right over that person.

Bannon surely knows all this, too. He’s probably reasoned it out, that all he has to do is wait and be patient.

All of which scares the Establishment out of its collective wits.

This explains the January 6 Committee itself, and the desire to bring uncontrollable loose cannons like Bannon to heel this year before Establishment power again begins to slip. It explains the Committee’s reaching out for anyone and everyone who might have been involved in promoting the “insurrection,” such as Ginni Thomas, conservative Supreme Court Justice Clarence Thomas’s wife. Bringing her down would be a major step towards bringing him down, which the cultural left has wanted to do for years: a twofer!

All of this also explains the intense focus in Corporate Media on safeguarding, shoring up, etc., “democracy,” which some define as two wolves and a sheep voting on what to have for supper.

Democracy is one of the Establishment’s primary propaganda words. The real thing involves majority rule, with the political class held accountable. We have not had either, anywhere in the Anglo-European world, for so many decades you might as well stop counting. I doubt that majority rule is even possible. Not that it would be desirable if it was. Responsible voting in honest elections is the closest we have come. But instead of political classes accountable to voters, what we have had is rule by a tiny, moneyed superelite that has been busy consolidating its power, its members never having been elected to anything. Who elected Klaus Schwab to direct the Great Reset?!

Covid enabled the superelite’s biggest power grab ever.

What some of us want, on the other hand, is to answer to our God, serve our families and clients and other associates with our superpowers, and otherwise be left alone — especially by governments, global corporations, and other predators.

One other author may have figured out Bannon’s strategy, based on his grasp at some level of all this. She doesn’t like it at all, but reveals with great eloquence the Establishment’s sheer terror:

In this week’s posturing before the Washington, D.C., U.S. District Court by the legal team defending Bannon, one thing became clear. These guys are not in it to win it. At the very least, they’re in it for the appeal. And if, in the meantime, they craft a counternarrative that works for Bannon’s podcast audience, riling up the nativist right, introducing more general chaos into American political discourse, and somehow advancing Bannon’s cause of spreading worldwide fascism, well, so much the better.

Or, as right-wing provocateur Jack Posobiec said on Monday’s edition of Bannon’s very successful podcast, War Room Pandemic, “Now Stephen K. Bannon, the former chief strategist of the president of the United States, is on show trial for this, and … both sides know that the only reason he is there is because of the effectiveness of the War Room posse, the effectiveness of the national populist movement, and the fact that he was architect of so much of the MAGA movement 2016 (presidential election) victory, and they’re trying to take him off the playing field for 2024. This is the regime going after the opposition.”

Look at the language. Crafting a “counternarrative”? “Riling up the nativist right”? “Spreading worldwide fascism”? “Right-wing provocateur”?

These are the ways voices of the Establishment protect their narrative, convincing themselves that nothing else is legitimate. The description of “the regime going after the opposition” makes perfect sense.

Alongside the realization that for “the regime,” time is again growing short, because the Steve Bannons and Donald Trumps of the world are not going anywhere.

Whatever else happens, I’ve said it in various ways before and I’ll say it again: I think there’s a major donnybrook ahead. Maybe more than one. These two narratives are not compatible. They cannot both exist under the same political roof and legal structure. Once November comes and assuming Republicans retake control of Congress, we can expect the cultural left (which serves the superelite’s narrative) to pull something. Or something might happen they can use, as they did the death of George Floyd. And then we can reasonably predict that the Establishment itself will pull something. It could be another virus (something bigger than monkeypox which may be just testing the waters), or the cyberattack about which I’ve also written intended to take down the entire Internet for long enough to Build it Back Better.

What we can be sure of: the “regime” will do everything in its power to try to prevent Donald Trump from getting back into the White House! It has tremendous wealth including that of billionaires at its disposal!

Steve Bannon probably understands this. What I hope is that he also understands exactly what he (and others) are up against.

© 2022 Steven Yates – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com

Steven Yates’s latest book What Should Philosophy Do? A Theory (2021) is available here and here. His earlier Four Cardinal Errors: Reasons for the Decline of the American Republic (2011) is available here.

These columns present a perspective unavailable elsewhere: of personal freedom and community autonomy, based on a philosophically-informed conservatism within a Christian worldview holding that in the last analysis, we all answer to our Creator.

This stands opposed to the major threat of our time: a sociopathic superelite using technology and financialization to gain world domination, unleashed by secular materialism and the latter’s having collapsed all forms of valuation other than money and power. Globalists see themselves as answering only to each other. They do not believe in a Higher Power. They are the culmination of the materialist / secularist / liberal worldview.

My perspective incorporates accounts of how emergencies of various sorts arise or are manufactured, how controlled media hysterics generate fear in populations, and how these enable controlled governments to grab power and do the superelites’ bidding.  Hegelian dialectic: crisis, reaction, response. Foment a crisis or through inaction allow it to develop; the crisis leads to a predictable reaction within populations (“Do something!”); those with power move in with the response they had planned all along.

These ideas are dispensed essentially for free. The editor of this site cannot afford to pay writers such as myself. Nor am I on the payroll of a “think tank” or some other such entity. No university or corporate leviathan has my back. I receive no grants. I am an Independent. We live in a foreign country, because of the lower cost of living. My wife and I survive on what remains of an inheritance, my monthly social security deposit into my U.S. bank account, the occasional donation, “gigs” and “odd jobs” that come our way, and Patreon.com.

This last had been rising, but over the past few months it has fallen dramatically! I have no theories why, except that I am not one of their “creatives” consistently dispensing “infotainment” on the site.

Where this is going: the lights on this project could go out at any time, and just when they are needed most! If you value what I do, please consider becoming a Patron or arranging some other means of support to help keep this project alive. Don’t do it for me. Do it for you. Do you want to help spread truth, or do you prefer to live in a fake reality based on official narratives steeped in lies?

We all benefit from helping disseminate truth, that freedom is better than slavery or serfdom, and that persons have intrinsic value because we were created in God’s image. These things will not preserve and defend themselves indefinitely without ongoing financial support. So please consider becoming a Patron today by going to the site linked to above and making a small pledge. If just one hundred people reading this were to pledge $5/mo., that would be $500 each month in defense of truth-telling!

by Lee Duigon

July 28, 2022

Other than their self-evident odiousness, what do these nooze stories have in common?

Crayola Crayons decides to market their product, which is intended mostly for use by children, by hiring a “trans man” as its model. (No, I won’t show the photo; we’re already way too close to needing a barf bag.)

New Orleans takes down a statue of Robert E. Lee and replaces it with a monstrosity depicting a nude woman with a serpent coiled around her body. How can they not know what kind of message they’re sending?

Vice President Kamala Harris sounds the alarm, “Women are getting pregnant every day in America”—as if childbearing were a crisis that has to be “solved” by Congress passing some sweeping new “abortion rights” law for the entire country (which would probably be struck down by the Supreme Court for the same reasons they overturned Roe v. Wade—it’s unconstitutional).

Members of an Australian rugby team object to being forced to wear “Gay Pride”-themed jerseys in an upcoming match. The players were not consulted over this decision by management and some have declared that they won’t play if they have to wear jerseys advertising something that they don’t believe in. Compelled speech, dontcha know.

Michigan Channel 3 News is in hot water for inventing and “reporting” the results of Michigan’s Republican primary election… when the election will not be held until next week. They even invented the voting stats. A week before the election. Why bother to hold it, eh?

I’m especially intrigued by the statue of a naked woman in the coils of a snake. Hasn’t anyone in New Orleans read Genesis? They never heard of Eve and the serpent? Is Eve’s disobedience to God, egged on by the serpent, something that they want to “celebrate”? I don’t see how it could be anything else.

And a kids’ crayon company choosing to “embrace transgender”—why in the world did they do that? Why does a news network concoct a completely false coverage of an election that hasn’t even been held yet? Why make anyone pretend to be for “gay pride,” when they find the message morally revolting? And why carry on like the country’s in deep trouble and only widespread abortion can save it?

Here’s what the stories have in common: there’s something very, very wrong with the people who’ve made these decisions. “Male and female created He them” (Genesis 5:2, and elsewhere)—these self-anointed world-changers are in full-scale revolt against that teaching. They do not like the way God created the world and want to re-create it themselves, according to their own notions of what it ought to be. They have made idols of themselves, and worship them. Any fact, any truth that gets in the way, they ruthlessly sweep aside.

No good can come of this; and certainly no good can come to them.

So they’ll abort all the babies they can get their hands on, groom children for sodomy, persuade others to “change their gender,” which will make them sterile, force everybody to support positions that morally repel them, corrupt our elections… and when all else fails, just lie. As SloJo Biden has said, “We’re for truth, not facts.” And he walks it like he talks it.

And no good will come to us, either, unless we push back—and push back hard. Push all this stuff back into the hole it came from. Let Hell keep it.

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . Click the link and drop in for a visit, while it’s still allowed. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

© 2022 Lee Duigon – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

By Frosty Wooldridge

July 28, 2022

One of the worst mistakes a journalist can make is to get the facts wrong.  It degrades his or her credibility, and it embarrasses the publisher.  So, what can I do to make it right?  In last Monday’s column, ( America in 2022: Leaderless, Rudderless, Confused, Muddled, NWV, July 25, 2022),  I mistakenly said that House Member Liz Cheney, (R-WY) was the “wife” of Vice President Dick Cheney who served under President G.W. Bush.  She, in fact, is the daughter of Dick Cheney.  She’s heading the January 6^th inquiry now proceeding in Washington DC.

Quite a few of my long-time readers caught my mistake.  They were nice mostly, and others abrupt.  I appreciate one of my readers, Sharon, saying that she didn’t want me to lose credibility that I’ve built up over the past 30 years.  Many readers didn’t catch my mistake.   I apologize to you who noted my mistake, and to you who missed my mistake.  Thank you for calling me on it.  It will make be a better journalist.

For the record, I’ve never cared for Dick Cheney because of his warmongering, and profiting from his major company called Halliburton—that profits from war goods production.  In other words, the whole family has profited from those two 20-year wars that accomplished nothing but death, destruction and carnage for their people and ours.  I still cringe with the fact that 114,000 of our finest soldiers committed suicide during those 20-year wars.  I still suffer anxiety over so many needless deaths caused by men in high places that considered our troops “cannon fodder.”

Any decent, ethical, and/or principled general or DC politician that knew about those horrible deaths would have taken charge to vacate those useless wars.  That’s a lot of kids that decided to end their lives because of their service to their country in the Marines and Army.  Think of the pain for their final choice, and then, the suffering of their wives and families.

The reason I feel all of this deeply stems from my time in the U.S. Army during Vietnam.  Again, a 10-year war that was created by the military industrial complex corporate heads who pocketed all the millions of dollars for their bank accounts while 58,479 died over in Nam.  I don’t have the numbers on suicides during Vietnam, but you can bet it was into the thousands.  In fact, I researched to find:

(Source: www.pubmed.gov)  “Unconfirmed reports that 50,000 or more Vietnam veterans have committed suicide, give the impression that these veterans are at exceedingly high risk of suicide compared with other veterans and nonveterans of the same age.”

We slaughtered an estimated 2.3 million Vietnamese, but Dick Cheney and family made horrendous amounts of money.  Tell me you aren’t appalled by our leaders!

Why I Carry A Different Perspective

First of all, I want to thank my mother and father for bringing me up with academic discipline, purpose, love, value of hard work, understanding and enthusiastic drive.  If every kid could have a Dad like mine, wow, such a great start in life.  It really gets down to that family unit.  If you have a good Mom who loves and supports you, you’re going to be a good kid and a good person. When you have a great Dad, you’re going to be a great man.

That doesn’t mean that you have to be rich or famous.  It means you’re a good person to your core.  You think critically.  You speak wisely.  You learn your lessons.  You maintain a balance. You are kind.  You are thoughtful.

After busting my rear-end through college, and after the Army, I earned a teaching certificate. I taught in the inner city, but fled within two years because it was hopeless.  You’re seeing the results in cities like Detroit, Chicago, LA, NYC and beyond where over 70 percent of the kids are illiterate. If you listen to social media reports, the majority of kids today, even college kids, don’t know the name of our first president, what the Civil War entailed, or who is their current senators or House member. They don’t even know the reason for the 4^th of July.

Furthermore, they don’t care.  You’ve got more kids today disparaging the finest country in the world as to food, water, schooling, jobs and endless opportunity—for those willing to work, strive and participate.  You’ve got more kids living in their cell phone rather than participating in this world. Have you noticed how petty, inane and downright stupid most of the programs produced for television are today?   Why? Average reading level for Americans today is 6^th grade.  At the same time, over 42 million Americans cannot read, write or figure out simple math problems!

Another reason I possess a different perspective stems from 30 summers of driving a United Van Lines furniture 18-wheeler.  You have never experienced hard labor until you move furniture.  One hundred yard “long carries’ with 10,000 pounds…oh my God…back-breaking work for 12 hours…then drive back to Detroit for 25 hours to load 20,000 pounds on Monday.  Steps, basements, second and third floors, New York City traffic jams, Atlanta beltway frozen traffic, Chicago’s insanely polluted air along with fear of being shot, having to hire someone to stay on the van to make sure thieves wouldn’t steal the TV’s.  Try driving a huge 53-foot trailer through the suburbs and into LA’s nightmare traffic.

I watched it all get worse in our cities as we jumped by 130 million people from the 1965 Immigration Reform Act that has inundated our country to the point of collapse both environmentally, sociologically and unsustainability-wise.  I know you’ve read my dire predictions for three decades.  Unfortunately, they are coming truer and truer, daily.

And then my perspective changed from my continent-hopping bicycle travels. When I reached Asia, my entire worldview changed. I’ve been preaching, speaking, writing and educating Americans since that time in China, India and Bangladesh in 1984.  What a nightmare and crush of people piled on people!

And yet, after three books on America’s overpopulation crisis, Immigration’s Unarmed Invasion: Deadly Consequences 2004, America on the Brink: The Next Added 100 Million Americans 2009, America’s Overpopulation Crisis: Blindsiding Future Generations 2021, nothing has changed. We’re still galloping over a demographic cliff.

It’s like no one even blinks at catastrophic climate destabilization crisis, species extinction rates, wildfires, droughts, loss of quality of life, and the fact that our country follows the same path as China’s and India.   I’m beside myself because I’ve already witnessed what’s coming to America.  With another 100 million people added within 28 years, none of it is pretty.  I actually feel sorry for future generations.

So, there you have it—a bit of my personal history.  During my lifespan, I’ve done my best to be a good man, to be an honest man, to be a good citizen, husband and friend.  I own my mistakes and I apologize for my mistakes.  Thank you for your kindness.  God bless and keep you and yours, Frosty Wooldridge, Golden, CO

© 2022 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

by Kathleen Marquardt

July 27, 2022

Sorry, but we have been telling you for over 30 years that the globalists want to reduce the population by over 90%. I can understand why, for a while, some thought we were crazy. Population reduction was being done quietly through abortion, vaccines to sterilize people in Third World countries, promoting the gay lifestyle that can only bear children through surrogates, and convincing people that bringing a child into this world is a sin.

For years, the Left have bemoaned the burden of overpopulation.

“It’s terrible to have to say this. World population must be stabilized and to do that we must eliminate 350,000 people per day. This is so horrible to contemplate that we shouldn’t even say it. But the general situation in which we are involved is lamentable.”  —Jacques Yves Cousteau

“Either we reduce the world’s population voluntarily or nature will do this for us, but brutally.”  —Maurice Strong

We may get to the point where the only way of saving the world will be for industrial civilization to collapse.  —Maurice Strong

The world’s population has more than tripled to seven billion since Ted Turner was born 73 years ago. He believes it must be stabilized at near two billion, or “we’re just going to have more and more catastrophes.”   —Ted Turner

“What we need to have for 100 years is a one-child policy …If everybody voluntarily had one child for 100 years, we’d basically be back to two billon people.”   —Ted Turner

The biographer of billionaire investor and donor Warren Buffett describes him as having “a Malthusian dread” of population growth among the poor. In 1964 he set up an Omaha foundation centered on stopping that growth, both domestically and abroad, and to this day, the New York Times summarizes, “most of the foundation’s spending goes to abortion and contraception.”

Buffett’s charity, the Susan Thompson Buffett Foundation, has contributed $1.5 billion to help fund the abortion industry in the U.S., making it the largest financial backer of abortion in the country. Between 2003-2018, Buffett’s foundation donated $565 million in support of “reproductive rights.” His first public undertaking came in 1952, when he initiated the convocation of the Conference on Population Problems, in Williamsburg, Va. The discussion   took up food supply, industrial development, depletion of natural resources, and political instability resulting from unchecked population growth. The presence of medical doctors, chemists, geologists, economists, and other scientists gave serious weight and prominent attention to the emerging and unrecognized facts of demographic change.

Soon after this conference, Rockefeller established the Population Council. From philanthropic funds at his disposal, he provided $1 million within the first year of operations.

In 1952, Margaret Sanger said:

“If the millions of dollars which are now expended in the care and maintenance of those who in all kindness should never have been brought into this world were converted to a system of bonuses to unfit parents, paying them to refrain from further parenthood, and continuing to pay them while they controlled their procreative faculties, this would not only be a profitable investment, but the salvation of American civilization.

“I believe that now, immediately there should be national sterilisation for certain dysgenic types of our population who are being encouraged to breed and would die out were the government not feeding them.”

And our government in the mid-1960s” when the U.S. Congress, responding to the agitation of overpopulation  ideologues, finally appropriated federal funds to underwrite first domestic and then foreign population control programs. Suddenly, instead of mere millions, there were hundreds of millions and eventually billions of dollars available to fund global campaigns of mass abortion and forced sterilization. The result would be human catastrophe on a worldwide scale.”

Now, besides using the COVID vaccine to sterilize people, the globalists are getting up-front about eugenics.

They actually have become comfortable saying they want to reduce the population and now we are seeing our food supply being shut down. Hmmm. Do you think there might be a connection? Food storage and production plants burning down. Farmland gobbled up by the global elites. Big portions of 5 states being made sterile so carbon (which is not deleterious to us or the land or the air) can be piped a thousand feet below the surface.

Some of us little people are up in arms over the promotion of electric vehicles (EVs) over “gas guzzlers”. Could it be that the intention is that the rich will be the only ones who can afford to purchase them. Under Agenda 21 nobody but the rich are supposed to be left on this earth to want to purchase them.

When you see something that doesn’t add up, guess what? It probably doesn’t in the real-world, but it certainly will in the Agenda 21/Sustainable Development world. As Richard Gardener’s 1974 article, “The Hard Road to World Order”, notes “In short, the ‘house of world order’ will have to be built from the bottom up rather than from the top down. It will look like a great ‘booming, buzzing confusion’, to use William James’ famous description of reality, but an end run around national sovereignty, eroding it piece by piece, will accomplish much more than the old-fashioned frontal assault.” And that is exactly what we are seeing in our schools, in movies and television, even in governing bodies. There it is, in black and white, stated almost 50 years ago, now in full bloom. And using asymmetrical warfare – nary a shot fired – yet.

This has been the plan in the making for over 100 years. Those behind it have had pretty much free rein for most of that time. Oh, yes, we have had victories over the years, but in the scheme of things, they are but blips. I’ll drop my snark and quit bemoaning the fact that too many felt more comfortable being conned – it was easier.

It is time to get to work, to get the silent majority speaking out, building freedom pods, organizing their neighbors to be a bulwark against the aggression that will soon be upon them. Our civilization can only survive if we stand up en masse and in time. We are doing just that. And achieving great victories, but, so far, our victories are few compared to the Left’s. Please don’t wait until the food runs out before you speak out. The seeds of Agenda 21 were spread beginning at the end of the 19^th Century, sown in 1976 in the Vancouver Declaration, birthed in 1992 at the Rio Earth Summit, and has gone through early childhood, and adolescence with the Millennial Goals, Goals 2020, and is maturing with the Green New Deal and the Great Reset. We didn’t nip it in the bud, but we need to take its head off now before it is too late.

Get organized and stand up for what is right.

Let’s hear the lion roar.

© 2022 Kathleen Marquardt – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kathleen Marquardt: koikpm@yahoo.com

By Bradlee Dean

July 27, 2022

“Woe unto you, when all men shall speak well of you! for so did their fathers to the false prophets.” -Luke 6:26

For years now, I have observed the Grahams, both Billy and his son Franklin and Billy’s grandson, I have to say that there is no doubt in my mind that they are controlled opposition.

They are installed by the corrupt in hopes that the people look to them as the standard by which Christians must live their lives (1 Kings 13:33).

They have stood by every president since the 1950s and upheld their position regardless of whether or not it is godly (Ezekiel 44:23).

They are also the first ones called up by the mainstream media when they need some religious support from their friends in the Graham’s camp.

How they are loved by the world (John 15:19), held in high esteem and praised and adored by the wicked

That which is highly esteemed among men is an abomination in the sight of God. -Luke 16:15

[Rumble Video]

The Grahams have had the opportunity to publicly denounce the crimes against Heaven and against our laws in which the corrupt have advocated and yet, they say and do nothing but advocate prayer without works (James 2:14-26).

Apparently, men have forgotten that they are not only responsible for what they say but also what it is that they do not say (Matthew 12:36)!

In the case of the Grahams, it is interesting what they will say.

Concerning treasonous Joe Biden’s criminal administration:

“Yesterday President Joe Biden tripped and fell going up the steps to board Air Force One. While some may be making fun of this incident, it should instead be a pointed reminder to all of us that we need to pray for this man. Whether you voted for him or not, and whether we agree with him or not, this is our president. We need to be praying every day for God to help him, to reveal His truth to him, and to work in his life. The Bible tells us to pray for “all who are in authority” that we may lead quiet and peaceful lives. Make no mistake—amazing things happen when we pray.”

[Rumble Video]

Of the vaccine, Franklin stated:

“Franklin Graham says that not only does he believe his father Billy Graham would have received and advocated for the COVID-19 vaccine, but that he believes Jesus would have, too.
Franklin, the son of evangelist Billy Graham, made the comments in an interview with ABC News.

“I would hope that the pastors in the pulpit would tell people how they can be saved from God’s judgment,” says Franklin. “I think for a pastor to tell someone not to take the vaccine is problematic because what would happen if that person got coronavirus and died?”

[Rumble Video]

Now, concerning sodomy & homosexuality (Leviticus 20:1; Romans 1:27; Jude 1:7), listen to what Franklin said in an interview with Piers Morgan.

Homosexuality is not a sin.   It is scripturally called an abomination (Leviticus 18:22)!

In conclusion: For the record, the Grahams are NOT the standard.  Jesus Christ is the standard (John 14:6)!

Let’s get this right and get on the offensive rather than capitulating and holding to the defensive (Proverbs 28:1).

© 2022 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

By Devvy

July 27, 2022

I want to add a couple of things since I wrote the column below.  The Democrat/Communist Party USA will stop at nothing to cheat in these on-going primaries and in November.  While Republicans are winning their primaries, so many are RINOs and will do the same as they’ve been doing to cure the cancers:  NOTHING.

How many know this:  Why Are Democrats Voting in Republican Primaries?, June 1, 2022.  Time well spent to read because this is how that political party of perverts, death and destruction operate.

Why aren’t alleged losers filing for a forensic audit?  Electronic and human vote fraud is still in play and yet alleged losers just walk away.  They allow the media to bully them or their own “party” leadership.  Oh, well, you lost, go home.

Lex Green wrote a column, July 21, 2022, How Bad Will Election Fraud Be in 2022? giving a long list of how they’re going to cheat if they even think they can get away with it.  Not only are precinct watchers badly needed on election day in YOUR city/county, candidates must fight back if they allegedly lose and this genius tells you:

Expert Testimony by Jovan Hutton Pulitzer at Georgia Ballot Hearing is Devastating, Dec. 31, 2020

If you missed my column below, it’s very important so please take the time to read it and share everywhere.

May 9, 2022 – First let me open with the fact I’ve been registered No Party since 1996; I’ve never voted for any candidate from the Democrat/Communist Party USA.  I voted for the first time at age 18, I will be 73 next month.  I’ve been in the trenches full time nearly 24/7 for the past 30 years.

I’ve analyzed more elections than I can count as well as hammering on vote fraud since 1993. Like so many millions of Americans I’ve read countless books, watched videos and have been active at both the state and federal level.  Worked to get candidates elected, voted for Trump twice.

Now we have an individual in the WH who has passed into the first stages of Alzheimer’s as Cheater China Joe Biden can no longer even recognize members of his own family, has no idea who cabinet members are; mentally, his brain is gone.  The wreckage his illegitimate administration has caused since January 2021 is unprecedented in American history (aside from white supremacist Abraham Lincoln who damn near destroyed the Union) and it’s going to get a lot worse.

Of course, Republicans see this as a golden opportunity to “take back power” of the House and Senate.  With a majority in both chambers of Congress they’re going to save the country!  You know:  Protect our values, more money in your pocket, reduce the size of government, protect your rights!  Support the Constitution even though 95%of them have no idea what it says.

Sadly, the same can be said for GOP governors, mayors and members of your state legislatures.  This is why an Article 5 Convention of States must never take place. (Our Texas governor, Greg Abbott pushed it through the legislature.)   The GOP is infested with RINO’s (Romney, Murkowski, Chaney, Collins, Rep. Kinzinger; the list is two miles long when you include the dirty ones in the U.S. House) who play in the right sandbox.  That’s how they allegedly keep getting reelected.

RINOs and Democrats Just Stole Future Elections in Deep Red Alaska — And the Republican Party DID NOT LIFT A FINGER to Stop It, May 1, 2022

Let me give you an example.  Dan Crenshaw was very popular when elected to the House here in Texas.  But, his support has beyond soured and voters wanted him gone.  “True Conservative Superhero Dan Crenshaw:  I Have No Power to Help the January 6 Political Prisoners and I Won’t Even Bring Attention to Their Plight Because That Would Just be “A Performance” That Helps Me But Not Them

“Actually, you won’t do it because it would help them and hurt you, Dannie, which the crowd immediately grasps.Coward. Liar. Grifter. Neoliberal corporate tool.”  I follow these candidates and I’m telling you Crenshaw became quite unpopular over time.  The crowd booed him badly.  Yet, Crenshaw allegedly received 74.4% of the vote in our primary in March.

Jan. 6 Suicide Victim Was Told ‘He Would Not Receive a Fair Trial in This Town’, March 21, 2022.  At least Rep. Louis Gohmert tried but along with a few other congress critters were denied any access to prisoners.  This is a shining example of No. Korea or Communist China if you know the tragic story of Matthew L. Perna; he was 37.

And I have this to say to all you jail and prison guards and honchos who have treated those Jan. 6^th prisoners as if they worked for Bin Laden (denial of medical treatment, spending half the time in solitary confinement):  I hope when you look in the mirror you see the gutless coward you are for a paycheck.

As for the judges on all the cases except for a couple, shame on you for crapping on the Sixth Amendment:

Amendment VI

“In all criminal prosecutions, the accused shall enjoy the right to a speedy and public trial, by an impartial jury of the state and district wherein the crime shall have been committed, which district shall have been previously ascertained by law, and to be informed of the nature and cause of the accusation; to be confronted with the witnesses against him; to have compulsory process for obtaining witnesses in his favor, and to have the assistance of counsel for his defense.”

Being held for six, nine months or a year without going in front of jury as requested by the defense IMHO is beyond cruel.  Some prisoners in DOJ jails for tax problems, theft or violence are out in record time.  There’s NO reason those defendants couldn’t be released on bond with a monitor just like is done with very violent accused individuals.

As for the DOJ attorneys:  You are little better than maggots feeding off the host.  Yes, a few of the protesters got out of control and should be reasonably held accountable, but behind the lies this was a set up and trials, I believe, will prove it.  80 ‘Suspicious Actors’ and ‘Material Witnesses’ Under Scrutiny by Jan. 6 Defense Attorneys, May 6, 2022

Going back to the primaries, I’ve cited the two columns below so I don’t have to rehash the problem with incumbents in Congress and your legislatures, I call Band Aid Brigade.  They get elected with big money and nothing changes.  Please remember this quote because it comes from the mouth of an insider.  You may not like it but it’s true and has been proven true over time:

The following three paragraphs are from Kelleigh Nelson’s May 19, 2014 article, “Enemies on the Left False friends on the Right, Part 1.”

“In 1966, Carroll Quigley wrote his massive book Tragedy and Hope, A History of the World in our Time. Tragedy being that so many people have to die, and Hope being the New World Order. He was the official historian for the CFR and was privileged to study the elites’ plans for the world for nearly two years. Quigley taught at the School of Foreign Service at Georgetown University from 1941 to 1976, and was Bill Clinton’s mentor. On page 1247 of his book, he wrote this:

“The chief problem of American political life for a long time has been how to make the two Congressional parties more national and international. The argument that the two parties should represent opposed ideals and policies, one perhaps, of the Right and the other of the Left, is a foolish idea acceptable only to doctrinaire and academic thinkers. Instead the two parties should be almost identical, so that the American people can “throw the rascals out” at any election without leading to any profound or extensive shifts in policy. The policies that are vital and necessary for America are no longer subjects of significant disagreement, but are disputable only in details of procedure, priority, or method …..Then it should be possible to replace it, every four years if necessary, by the other party, which will be none of these things but WILL STILL PURSUE, with new vigor, approximately the SAME BASIC POLICIES.”

“This is what exists today in America! We have one party with one agenda! This book had its first printing in 1966. The powers that be (Milner, Rhodes, the CFR, etc.) were so horrified that Quigley had told so many secrets, the book was not reprinted, and Macmillan Publishing destroyed the plates. It wasn’t until 1974 that Jack Meserole got permission from Quigley, reprinted the book, and sold it for his cost. Quigley laughed at the elitists because he knew the noose was so tight around the necks of Americans that even with the truth of his book, nothing would change.”

Re-electing the Band Aid Brigade, Mine, May 18, 2010 – “[Samuel] Adams warned not to get caught up in the respect for high office and the lavish praise that is often bestowed on leaders. “This has led millions into such a degree of dependence and submission.” Citizens should place their loyalty with the Constitution. “Whoever, therefore, insinuates notions of government contrary to the Constitution, or in any degree winks at any measures to suppress or even to weak it, is not a loyal man.” Samuel Adams: Father of the American Revolution, Mark Puls, pages 29,30

“The majority of primaries are about to begin. The call throughout America is “We’ll remember in November!” “Vote out all incumbents.”

“Of course, the one party system consisting of two interconnected criminal syndicates are working overtime to see their incumbents go back to Congress to continue the destruction of our constitutional republic. Yes, both parties. There is a lot of talk and blame going around about the “national” debt created by one Outlaw Congress after another for a hundred years. The Democrats had “power” for 40 years before the misnamed “Republican Revolution of 1994,” at which time the Republicans took “power” and out spent the Democrats in royal fashion. The people said enough and with the help of electronic ballot machines and scanners, the same rats with a few new faces took “control” of the Outlaw Congress again in November 2006. Shall we take a look at the numbers:” Rest at link.

Electing New Band Aid Pushers, Mine, May 23, 2012: “On May 18, 2010, I wrote a column titled, Re-electing the Band Aid Brigade. The point I was making is the American people scream and yell about the job the Outlaw Congress is doing, but come election day they continue to elect the same incumbents over and over and over. In 2010, a whopping 86% of incumbents in the Outlaw Congress were sent back to continue destroying this nation. Well, it’s not my incumbent at fault, it’s the Democrats! Or the Republicans! They continue to reelect the very same people who never propose constitutional solutions, only more Band Aids. Conservatives continue to support the Band Aid pushers to conserve what?”

Lex Greene did a recent column, 2022 GOP Primaries Got TRUMPED with a breakdown of candidates endorsed by President-Elect Trump in several states who won their recent primary (or will be in an upcoming run-off and will likely go on to win in November sans massive vote fraud, again.I do agree with him that Trump through his rallies and social media is uniting millions of Americans who before didn’t really recognize what the Marxist take-over of this country is all about but they’re waking up by the millions which represents a huge threat to the dirty traitors working hard to destroy this country.

You may disagree with me but Trump has been endorsing incumbents who should have been thrown out in these last couple of primaries starting with our governor (Texas) Greg Abbott.  As has been said so many times:  Who the hell is advising Trump on which challengers or incumbents will fight to return American to a constitutional republic instead of this nightmare we’re living in?  I know his heart is in the right place, but Trump needs to listen to those of us who’ve been in the trenches for decades and know the game within a game (a favorite saying of a friend of mine).

Trump has endorsed some of the worst RINO’s in sheep’s clothing and some nice sounding conservatives who continue to parrot the party slogans.  We need proven constitutionalists.

Here in Texas our primary was in March.  38 U.S. House seats.  22 GOP incumbents won their primary.  16 seats were open due to retirements or the incumbent running for another office.  I looked at a dozen of the new winners; many will be run-offs.  Not one of them touched critical bills that should have been passed when they controlled both chambers of Congress while Trump was president.  NONE of them are even whispering constitutional solutions, just the same old, worn-out slogans.

Trump endorsed Mo Brooks [R-AL] for U.S. Senator – one of only a handful who should remain in Congress.  I don’t know who whispered in Trump’s ear, but the establishment GOP is out to get Brooks so Trump withdrew his endorsement.  I hope the voters in Alabama vote for Brooks for the U.S. Senate so get the word out.

Term Limit Bill in Congress, April 8, 2022, Mine: “The primaries (or caucuses) are meant to choose the best candidates for Congress, state legislatures, school boards, ec.  We either go after rotten, corrupt lifers like Mitch McConnell and 90% of the other Republicans or, well, things will get pretty bad.  Too bad for my state of Texas.  Come Nov., it’s vote for the same Republican who just won his 2^nd, 4^th or 10^th term and never got the job done.”

Voters, Again, Choose Their Own Destruction, Mine, May 11, 2014 – “Do people expect change and problems solved by reelecting the same incumbents who never got the job done in all the years they’ve been in Congress? Apparently, they do. But, since tens of millions of voters are completely ignorant about the issues, how could they know their congress critter is a failure who keeps promoting Band Aids instead of constitutional solutions? The herding technique is very effective every election cycle: keep blaming the other party, not your incumbent.”

Republicans have asked the American people to put them in power so many times.  We did with Republican presidents (Bush, Jr., Trump).  Did they cure the cancers or just continue spending us into unpayable debt to fund unconstitutional cabinets and programs to the tune of trillions of BORROWED dollars every budget?

Now, this “big red wave”allegedly coming in November is to get power back to the Republican Party this November (an average of 94% will be incumbents) and you expect them to do what they haven’t done for decades?  Looking at Greene’s column and this one, incumbents are once again winning primaries.  What in God’s name do you think is going to change besides the rhetoric if they go back to DC next January?

The Board of Directors tells the CEO even though he’s brought the corporation to bankruptcy the past 20 years, we’re going to keep you as CEO to further run it into ruin. Does that make any sense to you?  Yet, so far in primaries, the worst of the worst keep winning like RINO Gov. DeWine in Ohio.

Dr. Oz Avoids Question on Abortion to Hide How He Supports Some Abortions  //  Inside Dr. Oz’s Shameless Flip-Flop on Abortion // Dr. Oz’s Leftist Views on Abortion, Guns Exposed, April 20, 2022 – Sean Hannity’s good friend.  They’ll say anything to get elected.

Below are my notes (just the tip of the iceberg) I was to present today at our county GOP club meeting, but due to a circumstance beyond my control, I won’t be making it.  Life happens while you’re busy making plans.  But, I’m including it in this column so you can see the real bills – the cure – that have been introduced and died in committee or that need to be passed either at the state or federal level.  There are many more which I will get to in future columns. There is a plan, but this column is already long.

VERY worth watching this video – So many videos I get are junk, but this woman does a really good job.  Many on my email list have been writing, talking and warning about this for 20, 30, 40 years and longer.

I think about the last three decades all the thousands (not hundreds) of radio shows I’ve done as a guest; several thousand columns I’ve written, my books, speeches I’ve given – just like some of my dearest friends.  We’re at the edge of the cliff.  The grand masters of this monster plan quit trying to hide their intentions more than a decade ago but Americans simply would not listen, sadly.

She is RIGHT ON TARGET ABOUT BLACKROCK yet 99.9999% of Americans have never heard of that mega-powerful operation.  They own TRILLIONS in so many companies in America it would blow your mind – many who employ Americans who need that paycheck and that’s how they bring people to their knees.

We really are within a very short period of time going to lose it all and freedom lost is never regained.  This ‘great reset’ will put us in the same prison as the poor people of China with their social credit accounts controlled by their evil, godless government. You think the fight over those COVID injections has been bad, look at other countries where coppers literally force the needle into your arm.  I am deadly serious about what’s just over the horizon.  Things are going to get so much worse.

This is a video to send to your email lists, social media, friends.  You know ten people know ten people who know ten people and before you know it, millions have seen or read.

Really very worth the time to watch.  The worst is coming and too many in Congress, state houses and governors are going along with the planned destruction of this country – they just disguise their treachery with the same old campaign slogans and “our party needs to get in power”.  You don’t play in their sandbox, you either don’t get reelected or you allegedly lose a primary.  Lord, how these politicians fool people – especially right now during the primary season.

Note: For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions. [Order two books and save $10.00. Give one to a friend or relative]

© 2022 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@npn.net

NOTES

State Legislature

Stop using animals for cruel and inhumane treatment – colleges, universities, labs.  Helpless dogs, puppies, kittens.  It is not necessary, listen to the scientists and stop such barbaric animal cruelty. The photos from organizations trying to stop this will make you vomit for a week.  IT’S ALL ABOUT THE MONEY – BILLIONS EVERY YEAR.

Sever all ties with the unconstitutional Federal Department of Education – So said outgoing Director of the Texas State Dept. of Education a decade ago.  Her departing speech was right on target and that’s the last we’ve heard of it here in Texas.

Make law to stop punishing doctors who are telling the truth about those COVID experimental injections by threatening to take away their licenses.  Supreme Court rulings that have never been overturned:  No government agency can tell a doctor what treatment they can or cannot give their patient – that means the FDA and CDC and career criminal Dr. Anthony Fauci.

Alabama Adopts First Official State Ban on UN Agenda 21 June 4, 2012

“Alabama became the first state to adopt a tough law protecting private property and due process by prohibiting any government involvement with or participation in a controversial United Nations scheme known as Agenda 21. Activists from across the political spectrum celebrated the measure’s approval as a significant victory against the UN “sustainability” plot, expressing hope that similar sovereignty-preserving measures would be adopted in other states as the nationwide battle heats up.

“The Alabama Senate Bill (SB) 477  legislation, known unofficially among some supporters as the “Due Process for Property Rights” Act, was approved unanimously by both the state House and Senate. After hesitating for a few days, late last month Republican Governor Robert Bentley finally signed into law the wildly popular measure — but only after heavy pressure from activists forced his hand.

“Virtually no mention of the law was made in the establishment press. But analysts said the measure was likely the strongest protection against the UN scheme passed anywhere in America so far. The law, aimed at protecting private property rights, specifically prevents all state agencies and local governments in Alabama from participating in the global scheme in any way.” –  EVERY state should have and still needs to sever every tie with Agenda 21.

Stop all funding for the climate change hoax both federal and state.

Read book Green Fraud: Why the Green New Deal Is Even Worse than You Think by Mark Morano – Review.  Climate change is nothing but a monstrous, proven lie. Book available on Amazon, Barnes & Noble and others.  This is the number one web site in the world on exposing the big lie called global warming aka climate change:  Climate Depot

Have to get the word out to GOP chapters and election division heads (which I’ve done here) across the country:  Federal elections END at MIDNIGHT on election day if there’s no clear winner, period.  The election is declared void.  Foster v Love, 1997, U.S. Supreme Court 9-0 decision.

We need at least six new state mental hospitals here in Texas.

Reject anything from the WEF (World Economic Forum) and their “Great Reset” which WILL be the end of our freedoms and liberty. The Ultimate Goal of the Great Reset Is ‘One World Government’

Federal

Re-introduce former senator Harry Reid’s anti-illegals bill.  It is the strongest immigration reform bill ever written; 76 pages.  Cuts off all welfare for illegal aliens and also shreds the myth that babies born on U.S. soil automatically become U.S. citizens.

Three sessions, six years, Rep. Thomas Massie [R-KY] has introduced the same bill to stop double taxation on social security; no more federal taxation of your SS.  14 Republicans  supported the bill, one Democrat.  With GOP controlling Congress Massie’s bill could have passed when Trump was president.

Massie reintroduced it Feb. 3, 2022, this time 22 cosponsors – all Republicans.  It’s dying in committee.  The rest didn’t and don’t support it. Oh, but incumbents and both parties love seniors!

Stop all animal testing in U.S. labs or other testing facilities or in foreign countries as that POS Fauci was doing.  Colleges, universities, labs – all get hundreds of millions of borrowed dollars to torture helpless animals when it is not necessary.

Abolish 17^th Amendment – Senator Ben Sasse – We could very well get him to sponsor a bill:  Ben Sasse Calls for Repealing 17th Amendment, Eliminating Popular-Vote Senate Elections

Rep. Thomas Massie [R-KY] is the most constitutionally grounded member of Congress who is either a sponsor of the bill or co-sponsor.  He introduced H.R. 899 in 2019 to get rid of the Federal Department of Education; it died in committee. 12 cosponsors, all Republicans, Rep. Arrington does not support the bill. He reintroduced the bill this session, again, 12 co-sponsors. Arrington is not one of them.

Abolish the unconstitutional Department of Education.

February 8, 2021
Contact: massie.press@mail.house.gov
(202) 225-3546

“Representative Thomas Massie announces that he has introduced H.R. 899, a bill to abolish the federal Department of Education. The bill, which is one sentence long, states, “The Department of Education shall terminate on December 31, 2022.”

“Unelected bureaucrats in Washington, D.C. should not be in charge of our children’s intellectual and moral development,” said Massie. “States and local communities are best positioned to shape curricula that meet the needs of their students. Schools should be accountable. Parents have the right to choose the most appropriate educational opportunity for their children, including home school, public school, or private school.”

Thomas Massie press release: “The Department of Education began operating in 1980. On September 24, 1981, in his Address to the Nation on the Program for Economic Recovery, President Ronald Reagan said, “As a third step, we propose to dismantle two Cabinet Departments, Energy and Education.“ Bob Dole pledged at the GOP Convention to get rid of that unconstitutional cabinet when he ran for president.  Never heard another word about it.

To date the bill is dying in committee.  8 Republican co-sponsors.  My Rep. Arrington is not one of them.

H.R. 75: American Sovereignty Restoration Act of 2013 – To end membership of the United States in the United Nations. Bill introduced January 3, 2013.  Died in committee.  H.R. 75: American Sovereignty Restoration Act of 2019.  3 cosponsors.  One is Massie, mine, Jodey Arrington has never supported this top priority move by Congress to save our sovereign nation.

The United Nothing has never kept peace anywhere in the world. The UN’s purpose is to act as law enforcement for one world government. Since 1945, we the people have been raped in hundreds of billions of dollars in UN “dues” and related UN expenses. “You can expect to see a one world government, Communist controlled, under the United Nations. You will see the United Nations run up astronomical debts which we, under the terms of the treaty, are bound to pay.” Congressional Record, House of Representatives, January 15, 1962, pg 215, Congressman James B. Utt – who gives the truth in his speech that day. READ:  None is So Blind as He Who Will Not See.

Every penny in UN “dues” is borrowed money – more unpayable debt with the interest slapped on our backs. For what? In 1971, Rep. John Rarick attempted to get us out of that evil body; I highly encourage you read the information here. Besides Rarick’s bill, you’ll find an action that might surprise many. Agenda 21 is a key tool to destroy personal property rights and much more. READ, READ:  The House That Evil Built. The diabolical “sustainable development” was birthed by the United Nothing; it must be killed once and for all.

10 cosponsors – All Republicans – Introduced again in 2019

The American Sovereignty Restoration Act of 2019 (H.R. 204) was introduced by Congressman Mike Rogers (R-Ala.) right as the new Congress was getting started. “One of my first priorities in this new Congress was to make sure this bill was reintroduced,” said Rogers, who serves as the ranking member of the House Committee on Homeland Security. “The United Nations is a disaster and our country bankrolls over 20 percent of its annual budget.”

3 cosponsors, all Republicans.  Arrington was and is not a supporter of the bill.If you’re going to kill the beast you cut off its head (FED) and all its supporting America killing entities like the UN and a thousand NGO’s.  (Non-governmental Organizations.  Otherwise, you just keep chasing your tail playing their game.

Don’t let your state legislatures give you the BS they need a governor’s approval to call a special session.  Think the stolen election in Nov. 2020 in the key 5 swing states.  BULL.The National Conference of State Legislatures says:  “In 14 states, only the governor may call a special session.In 36 states, a special session may be called by either the governor or the legislature.” Too many state legislatures are hiding behind cowardice.  It’s most unfortunate Leo Donofrio took down his web site because he covered the issue of the plenary power of the states so perfectly.  I’m 100% certain Dr. Edwin Vieira could write one of the most accurate and constitutionally sound columns on the plenary power of the states.

The State Legislatures Can Still Rescue the Presidential Election (Or Not) – “The Supreme Court plainly stated in Bush v. Gore that the power of the legislatures is presidential elections is “plenary.” That means that the legislatures can do pretty much anything they want.”

“Donofrio v Pennsylvania Et al” Still Pending At SCOTUS – So worth the time to read:  (Dec. 13, 2020) — “The failed Texas theory of action was that the plenary authority of Legislatures in Defendant States had been usurped, causing violations of equal protection to Texas voters.”

Related:

Death to Democracy in America Top Goal

PLENARY POWER: Legislatures Have It

Recall of State Officials

By Wylie Marshall

July 26, 2022

When I was five years old, I was the only one of my siblings that had not started school, we lived on a farm in central Texas. I had pretty much the run of the farm, so one day I decided to see what would happen if I got an oil can that had been discarded after being emptied. Remember when motor oil came in quart cans and they were metal, and you had to open them with a can opener? You placed the opener on the edge of the can and lifted up and put a triangular hole in the top of the can, and then on the other side of the can you did the same thing, but only put a small air hole in the can so the oil would pour properly.

Well, I took an empty can and filled it with gasoline from one of the fifty-five-gallon barrels of gas that we had for the tractor. Then I sat down and leaned up against the barrel of gasoline, put the can of gas between my outstretched five-year-old legs and with a kitchen match that I always carried in my pocket, thinking that I was going to create a candle like fire from the hole in the oil can, lit the can of gasoline.

You can imagine the shock I felt when that fire erupted from that can of gasoline! It was like nothing I had ever seen before, but something happened to me at that very moment. I had a geyser of fire between my legs, pinning me up against a barrel of gasoline, that I didn’t know could explode at any minute, but something guided me to put my hand on the side of that can and gently push it over with my legs spread as far apart as possible. The fire spread out over the ground and kept burning, but with much less force and I was able to slide out from between the fire and the barrel. I then began to throw dirt on the fire until I had it under control. I don’t remember having one hair on my body that was singed.

Another instance where really bad stuff should have happened, was when I had been home from my Vietnam tour just three days. My wife and I were in our 67 VW Beatle on the Gulf Freeway in Houston, Texas at night and we were going over an overpass and met a man in a 62 Buick LeSabre, on our side of the freeway with his lights off. Of course, a head on collision occurred immediately. A 62 Buick LeSabre is much like a Sherman Tank. We pretty much bounced off of that vehicle. I must add that both vehicles were very well built back in the sixties. They didn’t crumple up like the vehicles of today tend to do. My wife knocked the windshield completely out of the VW. I received a small cut on my right arm that required three stitches and my wife would get glass out of her forehead occasionally for years after that, but other than that, we did not suffer any serious injuries.

Did I deserve God’s love and protection? I would have to say no! I did not know God, I did not obey God, I did not give God one minute of my time or care! So why do you think I was spared terrible consequences in those two instances? I also might add that there were other instances that I have been able to look back over my life and see where I should have not come out of them so well.

I do know that we are required to build Godly character, and you can’t do that without some suffering in your life. God granted us free moral agency to choose our own paths. Some of those paths can bring a lot of pain, but I do know that God loves us and has a purpose for all of us, and we don’t know what purpose He may have for us or for our descendants! Did you catch that? It may not be us per see’ He is protecting, if He is protecting us, at any one time, but one of our descendants! God might have a huge purpose for a descendant of ours further up our family tree. It sure seemed that God was right there with me when I needed Him during my military career and pulled some strings when they needed to be pulled, and my three sons were not yet born. And it seemed He did the same for others I know that had amazing careers during that terrible war. Whatever happened, He still has unconditional love for us all! And that unconditional love is what we are going to have to learn to have for God and for our fellow man, whether it is now or later! It sure appeared that God protected me even when I did not deserve it. And it could be the reason I am writing these articles today, trying to warn a people who are perishing for lack of knowledge. Hos 4:6  My people are destroyed for lack of knowledge: because thou hast rejected knowledge, I will also reject thee, that thou shalt be no priest to me: seeing thou hast forgotten the law of thy God, I will also forget thy children.  I would not want God to forget me or my children or grandchildren! This is a very key verse to our problems, both as a nation and as individuals. Stop and think about that last verse for a minute. Do you keep God’s Law? Did or do your parents keep God’s Law? Did your Grandparents keep God’s Laws? Did your Great Grandparents keep God’s Law? If you can answer yes to any of those questions, then you are blessed! Now before you start patting yourself on the back, Do you know what God’s Law is? The Ten Commandments, with the Seventh Day Sabbath, the Test Commandment! Better read that verse again!

So, why is there still so much confusion out there and so many who cannot discern the word of God? It is because they just do not want God telling them what to do! I have said that many times, and I will say it again! They just do not want God telling them what to do! For example, and here is where it started with the children of Israel rejecting God; 1 Sa 8:7 And the LORD said to Samuel, “Hearken to the voice of the people in all that they say to you, for they have not rejected you, but they have rejected Me, that I should not reign over them. They wanted a King to rule over them like all the other nations around them. How did that work out for them? If you know their history, you will know that it didn’t turn out so good for them! But they got their king and What happened? God would have established Saul’s kingdom upon Israel forever, but Saul did not obey God! Saul did not keep God’s commandments! 1Sa 13:13 And Samuel said to Saul, “You have done foolishly. You have not kept the commandment of the LORD your God which He commanded you; for now the LORD would have established your kingdom upon Israel forever. 1Sa 13:14 But now your kingdom shall not stand. The LORD has sought Him a man after His own heart, and the LORD has appointed him to be prince over His people because you have not kept what the LORD commanded you.” We have example after example in the bible showing us that we must keep the Law of God, but man just don’t want God to tell him what to do even if it means his own destruction!

I read this just this past week…

Will the Real Good News Stand Up? And then went on to confuse the works of the law, which were the sacrificial laws, which ended with the death of Christ on the cross, with the Law of God, which are God’s Ten Commandments. Jesus very clearly said in Matthew 5: 17-20 He did not come to abolish the Law! He came to magnify the Law, and then showed us how He magnified the Law to include our very thoughts!

Some men try to make the word of God fit their own agenda so that it will appear to be too confusing for others to understand and will have to rely on others to tell them what the bible is saying! God is not the author of confusion, Satan is! 1Co 14:33  For God is not the author of confusion, but of peace, as in all the churches of the saints. God makes it very simple. “Obey My Voice.” Exo 19:5  Now therefore, if you will obey My voice indeed, and keep My covenant, then you shall be a special treasure to Me above all people; for all the earth is Mine.  “Live by every word that proceeds from the mouth of God,” Mat 4:4 But He answered and said, “It is written, ‘Man shall not live by bread alone, but by every word that proceeds out of the mouth of God.’ ” What were those words that proceeded from the mouth of God? Exo 20:1  And God spoke all these words, saying, You can read all the words spoken by God in person, through His very mouth here in Exodus Twenty, starting in verse two! Exodus 20: 2-17. They are called The Ten Commandments!

Most of what was written in that article is so confused and convoluted that it makes no sense at all! If we are going to be judged by God’s Law, then does it not make sense that we need to know what the Law says and that we should be living by that Law? Is it fair that we should be given a ticket for speeding if there is nothing telling us what the speed limit is? Let me ask you this. Why do we even need to seek out a minister or civil court to get married if we are not required to continue in our marriage vows. Of course, in the last several decades, it has become clear that many do not keep their marriage vows, or bother to get married and look where that has gotten us. Broken homes, children without one parent or the other. Many living in poverty. Many children just abandon all together! So, how is that working out for us? Not very well is it? It is really sad when we do not live by the rules! Don’t you think God knew what He was doing when He gave us His Laws to live by? Just stop and think about each of the 10 Laws. If we would live by just those 10 Laws, this would be a perfect world to live in! Just those 10 Laws!

Then the article says righteousness comes through faith. Where does God say righteousness comes from? 2 Pe 2:21  For it would have been better for them not to have known the way of righteousness than, after knowing it, to turn back from the holy commandment that was delivered to them. So, the way of righteousness comes from keeping the commandments of God! How simple is that? It is man that wants to twist and turn and confuse you, because Satan has twisted and turned and confused man! Satan never gives up, 1Pe 5:8 Be sober! Be vigilant! For your adversary the devil is prowling about as a roaring lion, seeking anyone he may devour. And he has devoured many that do his bidding! Always rely on God’s word to guide you! Never take the word of man for doctrine. Look in your own bible to see if it is true or not! You may have to look at several scriptures to get the full meaning, especially Paul’s writings, because the word for “law” is all the same in English. So, when Paul talks about God’s Law, it looks the same as the word for law when he talks about the works of the law, the sacrificial laws, or the law of circumcision. The sacrificial laws and the law of circumcision came to an end at the death of Christ because Christ was our perfect sacrifice once and for all, and now our hearts are circumcised when we are buried in baptism. You have to be careful to know which law Paul is referring to. Peter warns that Paul’s writings are hard to understand…2 Pe 3:16 As he has also in all his epistles, speaking in them concerning these things; in which are some things that are difficult to understand, which the ignorant and unstable are twisting and distorting, as they also twist and distort the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction. Peter didn’t mince any words in his warning did he? Peter knew Paul’s writings were hard to understand for those who were still on milk.

Then the article brings in scriptures like Revelation 7: 9-17 which are about the great multitude that came out of the tribulation and repented of their sins and are sealed with God’s Holy Spirit. And tells you that they are in heaven and heaven is nowhere mentioned in any of those scriptures, Remember what the bible says about going to heaven. This Great Innumerable Multitude is about the laborers in the vineyard. Mat 20:1 “The kingdom of heaven shall be compared to a man, a master of a house, who went out early in the morning to hire workmen for his vineyard. Mat 20:2 And after agreeing with the workmen on a silver coin for the day’s wage, he sent them into his vineyard. Mat 20:3 And when he went out about the third hour, he saw others standing idle in the marketplace; Mat 20:4 And he said to them, ‘Go also into the vineyard, and whatever is right I will give you.’ Mat 20:5 And they went. Again, after going out about the sixth hour and the ninth hour, he did likewise. Mat 20:6 And about the eleventh hour, he went out and found others standing idle, and said to them, ‘Why have you been standing here idle all the day?’ Mat 20:7 They said to him, ‘Because no one has hired us.’ He said to them, ‘Go also into my vineyard, and whatever is right you shall receive.’ Mat 20:8 And when evening came, the lord of the vineyard said to his steward, ‘Call the workmen and pay them their hire, beginning from the last unto the first.’ Mat 20:9 And when those who were hired about the eleventh hour came, they each received a silver coin. Mat 20:10 But when the first ones came, they thought that they would receive more; but each of them also received a silver coin. Mat 20:11 And after receiving it, they complained against the master of the house, Mat 20:12 Saying, ‘These who came last have worked one hour, and you have made them equal to us, who have carried the burden and the heat of the day.’ Mat 20:13 But he answered and said to them, ‘Friend, I am not doing you wrong. Did you not agree with me on a silver coin for the day? Mat 20:14 Take what is yours and go, for I also desire to give to the last ones exactly as I gave to you. Mat 20:15 And is it not lawful for me to do what I will with that which is my own? Is your eye evil because I am good?’ Mat 20:16 So the last shall be first, and the first shall be last; for many are called, but few are chosen.” 

Those who God called down through the ages, in the early morning, in the third hour, the sixth hour, the ninth hour, have had to live their lives in constant battle against Satan and his demons, Eph 6:12 For we wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places. These are those that John 6: 44 & 45 have happened to. No one can come to Me unless the Father, Who sent Me, draws him; and I will raise him up at the last day. Joh 6:45  It is written in the prophets, ‘And they shall all be taught by God.’ Therefore, everyone who has heard from the Father, and has learned, comes to Me.  But for those who were called in the eleventh hour, they had to live through the tribulation as well! And I think Matthew 20: 10 through 15 is there for us to learn that we are not to complain about anything, for who would complain about receiving eternal life, the silver coin, and what could be more than eternal life in God’s Family?

And how about the Hundred and forty-four thousand out of every tribe of the children of Israel? They were also sealed with God’s Holy Spirit and resurrected in the 1^st resurrection. What does the bible say about Israel being saved? Rom 9:27 But Isaiah cried out concerning Israel, “Although the number of the children of Israel shall be as the sand of the sea, a remnant shall be saved. Rev 7:4 And I heard the number of those who were sealed: one hundred forty-four thousand, sealed out of every tribe of the children of Israel. 

The Great Innumerable Multitude were called at the eleventh hour and came up in the 1^st Resurrection with all those God has called down through the ages as well as the last to die, the Two Witnesses, fulfilling Matthew 20:16. They were the last called and the first to be resurrected in the 1^st resurrection. But they did not go to heaven. They reigned here on this earth with Christ for one thousand years. Rev 20:6 Blessed and holy is the one who has part in the first resurrection; over these the second death has no power. But they shall be priests of God and of Christ, and shall reign with Him a thousand years. 

You need to study your bible and not rely on other people to tell you what it says. There are few people that can rightly discern the Word of God, and you will be led astray. Not necessarily intentionally, but because there have been many learned men of all ages who have longed to be able to discern the Word of God, but discernment was not given to them, because they did not keep God’s Law! John 14:21 The one who has My commandments and is keeping them, that is the one who loves Me; and the one who loves Me shall be loved by My Father, and I will love him and will manifest Myself to him.” Isa 28:9 Whom shall he teach knowledge? and whom shall he make to understand doctrine? them that are weaned from the milk, and drawn from the breasts. Isa 28:10 For precept must be upon precept, precept upon precept; line upon line, line upon line; here a little, and there a little:   Most people think that they can just keep God’s commandments the way they want to keep them and that will be good enough. They think that keeping Sunday as their sabbath is okay as long as they keep one day a week to worship on. But that is not what God says to do in His commandments. God says to keep the Seventh Day Sabbath and to Keep it Holy! Christ also magnified the Law to include our thoughts! We have to control our thoughts. Not to hate our brother, or lust after anyone or anything! We have to keep God’s Law the way God says to keep God’s Law. God gave us His test commandment, the 4^th commandment, to see if we would obey Him or not. That is not a passive commandment, God has to see you keeping that commandment, you have to do something to keep that commandment, as I explained in my last article “Can Repentance Save this Nation?” 2Pe 3:9 The Lord is not slack concerning his promise, as some men count slackness; but is longsuffering to us-ward, not willing that any should perish, but that all should come to repentance. Are you going to keep that stiff-neck and wait too long? How long is God’s “longsuffering to us-ward” going to last?

I have been accused of being legalistic. If reading and believing what God is telling me in the Bible is being legalistic, then I guess I am. But when you are standing before God in the Great White Throne Judgement and you are asked to account for why you did not keep His Law, what are you going to say? “Well God, I just didn’t want to be legalistic!” The unpardonable sin is the sin that was not repented of!

© 2022 Wylie Marshall – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Wylie Marshall: sirwylecoyote@yahoo.com

Rolaant McKenzie

July 26, 2022

Many of us at one time or another may have wondered about key decisions we have made in our lives. The kind of decisions that have had a profound effect on the direction of our lives. What if we had turned to the left instead of right on that mountain path? What if we had moved from home for a job or school across the country instead of remaining in place? What if we had made different choices from the ones we made? How would have things turned out?

The 1943 short story, The Greatest Gift by Philip Van Doren Stern, is loosely based on A Christmas Carol, written by Charles Dickens one hundred years earlier in 1843. These stories were the inspiration for Frank Capra’s 1946 film It’s a Wonderful Life, which is considered one of the best movies ever made and usually appears on American television networks during the Christmas season. The common theme in these stories and film is that of a man in crisis experiencing a supernatural visitation that reforms his thinking and transforms for good his life and those around him.

The protagonist of It’s a Wonderful Life, George Bailey, ran the family business, Bailey Brothers Building and Loan in Bedford Falls, New York. This bank had been at the center of his life from time his father managed it up to the time he inherited it. George also saw the bank as both a heavy ball and chain keeping him from leaving town and pursuing his dreams, but also as a bulwark against Mr. Potter, the wealthiest and greediest man who controlled most of the town and who desired to take over or destroy the Building and Loan.

Disaster struck on Christmas Eve when a large sum of money that was to be deposited in the Building and Loan account went missing. The bank examiner was in town to review the bank’s records that day and found the discrepancy. Unable to locate the missing money, George realized that scandal and prison awaited him. With no help in sight, in despair he made his way to the town bridge to end his life.

Before George could jump off the bridge, another man suddenly appeared and jumped into the cold, swirling water. George, being a good and decent man, went after him and rescued him. Warming up in the bridge watch house, the man revealed himself as Clarence, George’s guardian angel. He told George that he was sent to save his life. George expressed his wish that he had never been born.

Granting his wish, Clarence revealed to George how things would be if he never existed. Without his management of the Building and Loan, it failed and his Uncle Billy who ran it suffered a nervous breakdown and was sent to a mental institution. Mr. Potter was able to take total control of Bedford Falls, which he renamed Pottersville, turning it into seedy, sleazy, crime-ridden town full of unfriendly people. Bailey Park, instead of being a working-class neighborhood of nice, comfortable homes was now a cemetery where his brother Harry was buried. George saved his brother from drowning when they were children, but since George was not there, Harry drowned. And all the people Harry later saved in World War II died because Harry was not there. His employer as a young boy, Mr. Gower, was sent to prison for manslaughter since George was not there to catch the deadly error he made in a drug prescription. His wife Mary never married, and the children she and George would have had did not exist since George was not born.

George pleaded with Clarence to allow him to return to his life. His wish was granted, and a grateful George rushed home to face arrest. But when he arrived, he found out that his wife Mary and Uncle Billy rallied the townspeople, who remembered the kindness and generosity George showed to them throughout his life. They donated far more than was needed to cover the missing money, causing the officer sent for him to smile and tear up the arrest warrant. George was at the right place at the right time in all the lives he touched, and in turn many of those people were at the right place at the right time for George. As everyone in George’s home celebrated and sang “Hark! The Herald Angels Sing”, he realized how rich and wonderful his life was.

What if God, in His perfect righteousness, decided before the foundation of the world not to send His Son Jesus to save humanity fallen into sin? What if there was no promise to Adam and Eve that a Savior would be sent to crush the devil and secure atonement for all our sins (Genesis 3:15; Hebrews 2:17; 1 John 4:10)? We would all be in a great deal of trouble! We would all face the hell of being forever separated from God’s presence and the glory of His power (2 Thessalonians 2:5-10), forever ruined beyond repair and unable to fulfill our highest purpose — that is, to glorify God and forever enjoy Him.

Praise and thanks be to God that He established a different “timeline”. Out of His perfect righteousness and love for us, and perfect timing, He sent His Son Jesus.

“But when the fullness of the time came, God sent forth His Son, born of a woman, born under the Law, so that He might redeem those who were under the Law, that we might receive the adoption as sons.” (Galatians 4:4-5)

When Jesus came the Roman Empire stretched over most of the civilized world. Travel and commerce had reached an unprecedented level due in great part to the network of roads that connected the diverse regions of the empire. The Greek language was commonly used throughout the empire much like English is spoken in many places around the world today. All this provided the perfect setting for the propagation of the gospel message.

The world would hear the message that we are not here by random chance, and that we were not designed to be fragile, to break down and die. A loving God created us in His image to last forever, body and spirit, so that we would always enjoy fellowship with Him. But Adam’s sin ruined this and brought suffering and death on humanity. God through His Son Jesus Christ entered time and came into this wrecked world.

“By this the love of God was manifested in us, that God has sent His only begotten Son into the world so that we might live through Him. In this is love, not that we loved God, but that He loved us and sent His Son to be the propitiation for our sins.” (1 John 4:9-10)

His perfect life, death on the cross for our sins, and resurrection broke the power of death over all who trust in Him. Though like grass our bodies wither and fade away (Isaiah 40:6-8), the Lord’s promise is to resurrect us, reunite body and spirit, and restore forever the fellowship with God that was lost. Jesus came to give us a wonderful life, an abundant life, eternal life (John 10:10).

In Peter Jackson’s 2001 movie adaptation of J.R.R. Tolkien’s The Lord of the Rings: The Fellowship of the Ring, Frodo and his companions had to take the dangerous path through Mount Moria on the quest to destroy the evil Ring of Power, earnestly sought by the Dark Lord Sauron to dominate all life on Middle-earth. Gollum, a wretched and pitiful creature whose mind and body had become twisted by long possession of the ring, was irresistibly drawn to it. He stealthily followed Frodo into the dark mountain to reclaim it, but Frodo was alerted to his presence and told Gandalf:

Frodo: There’s something down there!

Gandalf: It’s Gollum.

Frodo: Gollum!

Gandalf: He has been following us for three days.

Frodo: He escaped the dungeons of Barad-dur.

Gandalf: Escaped or set loose. He hates and loves the ring, as he hates and loves himself. He will never be rid of his need for it.

Frodo: It’s a pity Bilbo didn’t kill him when he had the chance.

Gandalf: Pity? It was pity that stayed Bilbo’s hand. Many that live deserve death. Some that die deserve life. Can you give it to them, Frodo? Do not be too eager to deal out death in judgment. Even the very wise cannot see all ends. My heart tells me that Gollum has some part to play yet, for good or ill before this is over. The pity of Bilbo may rule the fate of many.

Frodo: I wish the Ring had never come to me. I wish none of this had happened.

Gandalf: So do all who live to see such times, but that is not for them to decide. All we have to decide is what to do with the time that is given to us. There are other forces at work in this world, Frodo, besides the will of evil. Bilbo was meant to find the ring; in which case you also were meant to have it. And that is an encouraging thought.

It turned out later in this epic story that when Frodo was to destroy the ring by throwing it into the lava depths within Mount Doom, the power of the ring overcame his resolve and he decided to keep it for himself. The quest would have failed there, except that Gollum had followed Frodo into the mountain. He attacked him and managed to take the ring. But in his joy at recovering it, he fell over a ledge above the cauldron of lava. Frodo was left holding on to the ledge for dear life. The ring along with Gollum was destroyed, and the quest successful. The evil kingdom of Sauron was destroyed.

If Bilbo had not pitied Gollum and killed him when he had the chance many years before, Frodo’s failure to destroy the ring would have doomed Middle-earth to perpetual darkness.

Because Frodo’s friend and travel companion Sam was with him, he was able to pull him from the ledge when he tumbled over with Gollum and save his life.

As Sauron’s kingdom crumbled to ruin, the lava in Mount Doom erupted and began to flow down the mountain. Frodo and Sam were trapped on a boulder with lava flowing around them. Because the eagles were flying overhead beholding the fall of Sauron, their sharp eyes saw Frodo and Sam and they were able to rescue them from certain death and carry them to a place of safety.

God’s providence in the story worked out events so that Frodo, Sam, Gollum, and others were able to play their vital roles in destroying the ring and bringing peace to Middle-earth. Everyone was at the right place at the right time.

Like Frodo, we may question why we are where we are in the world at this particular time and wish we did not face the present perilous circumstances. Some of us, like George Bailey, may wish we did not live in the present time. But it is important to remember that our lives and its events are not by random chance. God did not place us here a thousand years ago, or one hundred years ago, but today. He has a purpose for each of us being here and now.

One of the many examples of this in Scripture is the story of Joseph, the favored son of Jacob who was sold as a slave to a caravan of traders by his own brothers who were intensely jealous of him. His brothers then deceived their father Jacob by telling him that Joseph was dead. Joseph was taken to Egypt, where he experienced betrayal, imprisonment, and disappointment. Yet he trusted in God’s ability to work everything out according to His righteousness. God gifted Joseph with administrative genius and the ability to interpret dreams. The Pharaoh of Egypt elevated him to be Governor over the entire country to prepare for a coming great famine, which enabled him to save the country and that region of the world that depended on Egypt for food, and especially preserve the lives of his brothers and their families. God made Joseph to be in the right place at the right time to save the people of Israel, which in turn led to the birth, death, and resurrection of Jesus who provides the ultimate salvation for humanity.

“When Joseph’s brothers saw that their father was dead, they said, ‘What if Joseph bears a grudge against us and pays us back in full for all the wrong which we did to him!’ So they sent a message to Joseph, saying, ‘Your father charged before he died, saying, Thus you shall say to Joseph, Please forgive, I beg you, the transgression of your brothers and their sin, for they did you wrong. And now, please forgive the transgression of the servants of the God of your father.’ And Joseph wept when they spoke to him. Then his brothers also came and fell down before him and said, ‘Behold, we are your servants.’ But Joseph said to them, ‘Do not be afraid, for am I in God’s place? As for you, you meant evil against me, but God meant it for good in order to bring about this present result, to preserve many people alive. So therefore, do not be afraid; I will provide for you and your little ones.’ So he comforted them and spoke kindly to them.” (Genesis 50:15-21)

Another example is the story of Esther, a young woman of the Jewish exiles in Persia. Through a series of providential circumstances, she rose to become queen with King Ahasuerus. Though not explicitly stated in the account, it was clear that God arranged for Esther to be at that place at that time to play a crucial role in saving her people from annihilation. Her cousin Mordecai alluded to this in his response to her at a critical point of the story.

“Then Mordecai told them to reply to Esther, ‘Do not imagine that you in the king’s palace can escape any more than all the Jews. For if you remain silent at this time, relief and deliverance will arise for the Jews from another place and you and your father’s house will perish. And who knows whether you have not attained royalty for such a time as this?‘” (Esther 4:13-14)

The apostle Paul proclaimed to the Athenians at Mars Hill a God intimately involved in human affairs. This sovereign God created all things, gives life and breath to all things, and sustains all things. He “made from one man every nation of mankind to live on all the face of the earth, having determined their appointed times and the boundaries of their habitation” (Acts 17:26).

God knew us completely before we were born. As a Master Architect, He lovingly and skillfully oversaw our construction in our mother’s womb and ordained all our days before they existed.

“For You formed my inward parts; You wove me in my mother’s womb. I will give thanks to You, for I am fearfully and wonderfully made; wonderful are Your works, and my soul knows it very well. My frame was not hidden from You, When I was made in secret, and skillfully wrought in the depths of the earth; Your eyes have seen my unformed substance; and in Your book were all written the days that were ordained for me, when as yet there was not one of them.” (Psalm 139:13-16)

Although we do not know how our lives will turn out God certainly does, and that is a comforting and encouraging thought. It shows the intimate care He has for us. We may often not understand why we went through certain circumstances or experiences, but God used them and those with whom we interacted to bring us in His perfect time to faith in Jesus Christ and to enable us to persevere through the times we face in the world today.

But our unique experiences do not to benefit us alone, for they allow us to share the love and grace of God, especially in the gospel, with those we encounter in ways that are particularly fitting for the person and time.

“And we know that God causes all things to work together for good to those who love God, to those who are called according to His purpose.” (Romans 8:28)

Just as Jesus came into the world at the right place at the right time to save sinners doomed to eternal separation from God, so He has placed us here at the right place at the right time to work out all our circumstances for our good, for our salvation, for the blessing of others with whom we travel on the road of life, and for His glory.

© 2022 Rolaant McKenzie – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rolaant McKenzie: rolaant@gospeloutreach.net

Website: http://www.gospeloutreach.net/

By Kelleigh Nelson

July 26, 2022

All technologies will be directly embedded into our bodies by 2030. —Nokia boss, Pekka Lundmark at WEF

Irrational thinking and the embracing of absurdity as a way of life has spread to every corner of the globe—way beyond the first-world countries to the most remote islands in the world. There is no normal anymore, anywhere. Insanity has infected the entire human population.  —Dr. Peter McCullough

To achieve a better outcome, the world must act jointly and swiftly to revamp all aspects of our societies and economies, from education to social contracts and working conditions. Every country, from the United States to China, must participate, and every industry, from oil and gas to tech, must be transformed. In short, we need a ‘Great Reset’ of capitalism.  —Klaus Schwab

Totalitarianism strives not to despotic dominion over the people, but to establish such a system in which people are completely unnecessary.  —Hannah Arendt

If I were asked today to formulate as concisely as possible what was the main cause of the ruinous revolution that swallowed up some 60 million of our people, I could not put it more accurately than to repeat: ‘Men had forgotten God; that is why all this has happened.’  —Aleksandr Solzhenitsyn

The Great Reset is caused by government manipulation, with the guidance of the World Economic Forum (WEF), the United Nations, and other elites, Rockefeller and Ford Foundations, etc., who believe they have the right to steer nations and economies into a new “totalitarian world order.” All of this is being fueled by green energy policy lies.  The Greta Thunberg fools of the world are so propagandized with fear, it is impossible to reach them with truth.  Unfortunately, many Americans have fallen prey to these lies.

The very core of the evil we’re seeing is a hatred of God and His Creation and a desire by those promoting this evil to be in control of humanity and become gods themselves.  They belong to their father, the devil, and like those before them, Lenin, Stalin, Mao, Pol Pot, Hitler, Ceaușescu and so many others, their time is short.

Too many Americans surrendered their God-given freedoms out of fear of a lie, a lie promoted by evil entities throughout the world.  “Protocols” were installed and millions were murdered in hospitals because we were told there was nothing that could save them except a vaccine!  Millions have died and many more are disabled from the dangerous C-19 inoculations.  Newstarget recently reported that Pfizers own documents admit that mRNA covid vaccines will result in mass depopulation.

The FDA has now approved these injections for children under five, roughly 18 million youngsters.

Our citizens have lost their ability to think logically and to reason for themselves that governments rarely have good intentions for their subjects.

The First Seeds of Terror and Totalitarianism

Holocaust survivor, political philosopher and author, Hannah Arendt, published her first book in 1951,  The Origins of Totalitarianism.  Her work describes what we are seeing in America today. She discusses the evolution of classes into masses, the role of propaganda in dealing with the non-totalitarian world, the use of terror, and the nature of isolation and loneliness as preconditions for total domination.

Terror regimes use isolation as a weapon of oppression, and terror arrived in America in 2020 via the mainstream media’s fear propaganda.  Even the conservative stations segregated all their hosts and spoke of nothing else but COVID.  Anthony Fauci struck even more trepidation in Americans with his constant updates and statements of how dangerous the Wuhan virus would be to everyone.  Deborah Birx and Robert Redfield echoed Fauci’s doctrine of lies.

Families were kept apart, children were kept from grandparents, nursing home elderly were sequestered from their loved ones, people were locked in their homes for months, and fearful mothers masked their toddlers.  We were kept from each other, kept from standing close, kept from hugging others, kept from coffee and conversation.  We were alone out of fear.  We stood six feet or more from each other and mask Nazis raged at those who didn’t comply with face diapers.  Fear promoted loneliness.

Hannah Arendt spoke of loneliness as the capacity to think and to know ourselves, even when in isolation, depends, in part, by making meaningful connections with others.  How much has technology, the internet, smart phones and social media affected how we relate to others?  It is obvious when you see people out to dinner or at a gathering, and instead of being engaged in conversation, they are looking at their phones.

Ms. Arendt believed that totalitarianism was able to institute a regime of total terror because modern individuals had lost the ability to trust their very selves since they had abandoned any sense of relation to one another.

She stated, “Terror can rule absolutely only over men who are isolated against each other… Therefore, one of the primary concerns of all tyrannical government is to bring this isolation about. Isolation may be the beginning of terror; it certainly is its most fertile ground; it always is its result. This isolation is, as it were, pre-totalitarian; its hallmark is impotence insofar as power always comes from men acting together…; isolated men are powerless by definition.”

In John Miltimore’s March 2018 article, Hannah Arendt on How Loneliness Breeds Terror, he states, “What we see here is that, according to Arendt, loneliness is not the absence of people but an absence of self-identity, which is attained through companionship and community. But loneliness is preceded by social isolation, and it is in this first stage of isolation where the first seeds of terror and totalitarianism are sewn.”

Two years of living hell for Americans did much to cement fear and compliance, even with those of us who saw through the lies…even though we saw the dangers. Fear and loneliness had embedded itself in our loved ones, friends and neighbors.  “Don’t forget your mask,” was the call with the wave from neighbors in their yards.

What does the Lord say?  That fear is NOT from Him.

But whoso hearkeneth unto me shall dwell safely, and be quiet from fear of evil.  –Proverbs 1:33

For God hath not given us the spirit of fear; but of power, and of love, and of a sound mind.  –2 Timothy 1:7

Remembering History

Nazi Germany, in the 1930s and 1940s, promoted fear to rule the people, and that fear was directed at another group of people, a group who meant nothing to the hierarchy in charge.  Men and women were used as slaves until they became too weak to work and then they were murdered, cremated and gone.  Babies were bludgeoned or shot with their families and dumped into huge burial plots, plots they were forced to dig before being shot.  Mothers tried to shield their infants to no avail.

Millions of Jews died, I am convinced far more than the common tally of six million.  Yes, the Germans kept excellent records, but they hired townspeople to round up the Jewish citizenry and murder them, many were never recorded.  Millions more died, Romany (gypsies), homosexuals, dissenters, one of the most famous being anti-Nazi Lutheran preacher, Dietrich Bonhoeffer who was hanged by Hitler only days before liberation of Flossenburg.

It is so necessary to remember the Holocaust when speaking of the events of the last two years with the COVID Plandemic.  Americans no longer know our own or world history.  Revisionists write what they want us to believe and the statues and heroes of the past are destroyed.  The very memory of the Holocaust should cause us to avoid future human tragedies, yet we find ourselves in the throes of a new and horrible worldwide tyranny that is gaining speed every day.

Build Back Better, aka The Great Reset

Now we have our dementia ridden illegitimate president writing Executive Orders that are dictatorial edicts.  EOs are only for administrative purposes, but the executive branch now ignores that fact which makes the president the most powerful person in the land…certainly not what our founders had in mind.  Joe’s Special Envoy, John Kerry, has let the world know that, “The notion of a reset is more important now than ever before.”  Kerry thinks this will be an exciting time.  It sounds potentially lethal for most of humanity.

Ahh, the lovely state of our world. Good ole’ Joe, he’s been on the New World Order bandwagon all his life.  And now, WEF member Joe Biden is the puppet in charge of this country with his “Build Back Better.” Our fate is sealed unless we fight.  The BBB slogan isn’t even his.  Of course not, Joe is an infamous plagiarist.  It’s the mantra for “The Great Reset” a la Schwab, Harari, WHO, the world’s leaders, Bill Gates, Big Pharma, Fauci, the Democrat Party and the majority of the Republican Party.  Those who defy the globalists are destroyed or eliminated.

Schwab’s Advisor, Yuval Noah Harari

Klaus Schwab tells us that we will never return to normal after COVID.  He states, “Nothing will ever return to the ‘broken’ sense of normalcy that prevailed prior to the crisis because the coronavirus pandemic marks a fundamental inflection point in our global trajectory.”  I highly doubt most patriotic Americans felt we lived in a “broken” America before the Wuhan virus hit, and what if we don’t want to go on Schwab’s Orwellian chosen course?

All these globalists, including their counterparts in China want to “Reset” the entire world and they call it the “Fourth Industrial Revolution,” but how many people will be left after their depopulation schemes?  Far too many died with the fraudulent hospital “protocols,” and now many more are dying from the COVID injections, jabs that didn’t protect anyone from contracting or dying from C-19.

Pfizer CEO, Albert Bourla, Moderna CEO Stephane Bancel, and Johnson and Johnson’s Alex Gorsky are all members of the World Economic Forum.  Albert Bourla tells Klaus Schwab that he wants compliance of the populations for his inoculations.

Schwab tells us we’ll never return to normal, but his top advisor, WEF and UN spokesperson, Yuval Noah Harari, tells us in his book, Homo Deus (man god), “The era of free will is over.”  Yuval is praised by Klaus Schwab, Barack Obama, Mark Zuckerberg and Bill Gates, who reviewed his book on the cover of the New York Times Book Review.  And Bill Gates, who wants to depopulate the world is funding and running the vaccine industry.  If this doesn’t make you back away from every needle, I don’t know what will.

Yuval Harari is considered by Klaus Schwab to be a brilliant futurist. Both claim that by 2030, “You will own nothing and be happy!”  Mr. Harari says the Bible and thousands of years of faith in God and Jesus is fake news.  He is openly gay and married to Itzic Yahav, who is also his personal manager. They married in a civil ceremony in Toronto, Canada.

Harari’s website homepage states, “History began when humans invented gods, and will end when humans become gods.”  Harari believes in massive surveillance, even surveillance inside our bodies.  In fact, under the skin surveillance, and even surveillance via ingestible medications that will alert authorities when the medication has been taken.

In January of 2020, Yuval Harari made a blistering speech to Davos.  He states:

Old jobs will disappear, new jobs will emerge, but then the new jobs will rapidly change and vanish. Whereas in the past human had to struggle against exploitation, in the twenty-first century the really big struggle will be against irrelevance. And it is much worse to be irrelevant than exploited.

Those who fail in the struggle against irrelevance would constitute a new “useless class” – people who are useless not from the viewpoint of their friends and family, but useless from the viewpoint of the economic and political system. And this useless class will be separated by an ever-growing gap from the ever more powerful elite.

The AI revolution might create unprecedented inequality not just between classes but also between countries.

There’s that word again… “useless.”  Unless we fit into the slave mentality of these globalists, we are expendable.

The global elite are obsessed with over population and want six billion people to die.  If their dreams come true, it is a return to feudalism.

Most of us just want to be left alone, to raise our families, make our own choices, and live our lives in peace.

Conclusion

Men Who Just Want to be Left Alone

“The most terrifying force of death, comes from the hands of Men who wanted to be left Alone. They try, so very hard, to mind their own business and provide for themselves and those they love.

They resist every impulse to fight back, knowing the forced and permanent change of life that will come from it. They know, that the moment they fight back, their lives as they have lived them, are over.

The moment the Men who wanted to be left alone are forced to fight back, it is a form of suicide. They are literally killing off who they used to be. Which is why, when forced to take up violence, these Men who wanted to be left alone, fight with unholy vengeance against those who murdered their former lives. They fight with raw hate, and a drive that cannot be fathomed by those who are merely play-acting at politics and terror. TRUE TERROR will arrive at these people’s door, and they will cry, scream, and beg for mercy… but it will fall upon the deaf ears of the Men who just wanted to be left alone.” —Soviet Dissident, Alexander Solzhenitsyn

And having done all, we must STAND as ONE against the onslaught of evil.

© 2022 Kelleigh Nelson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: proverbs133@bellsouth.net

By Frosty Wooldridge

July 25, 2022

When you see that the President of the United States must use a cue card to tell him where to sit, stand, speak and shake hands—you might deduce that this country lacks a competent leader.  When you see him reading a teleprompter and repeating at the end of a quote, and he reads it, “…end of quote”, you might figure out that he doesn’t know what he’s doing or what he’s saying. You might realize that America stands “leaderless” in the world.  Sadly, most world leaders know he’s suffering from dementia…and he makes no sense of anything he’s doing. World leaders must either be grimacing or shaking their heads at America.

Eighteen months ago, we were an energy independent country. As soon as Biden reached the White House, he worked successfully to destroy our energy independence.  Now, he’s begging Saudi Arabia, Venezuela and other countries to send us more oil.  Does that show leadership or sheer stupidity?

When you see that the leadership of this country gave us double the price hikes of a gallon of gas in the past 18 months, you might figure out that we are “rudderless.”  We’re being forced into a “green new deal paradigm” that lacks any ability to sustain itself or deliver enough energy to power this nation.

When the cost of food has blown through the roof, yes, the leadership of this country might be considered “confused.”  Or, perhaps “incompetent.”  How about simply “corrupt?”

When an 82-year-old woman maintains power over the House of Representatives, but uses her knowledge of defense contracts, computer chips contracts and much more to give her “insider trading” information to grow her personal wealth to over $124 million, you might say that we’ve got a monumental corruption problem in much of the leadership of our country.

Whether it’s a nearly 80-year-old president or an 82-year-old Speaker of the House in Nancy Pelosi, you wouldn’t be hard pressed in realizing that we’re being led by people who have lost their minds and/or who have corrupted the entire system to their own benefit.

When you watch the January 6^th House investigation hearings, you may have forgotten that House member Liz Cheney (R-WY) is the wife of one of the most corrupt politicians in the country, Dick Cheney, and, a man who engineered the Iraq War that got tens of thousands of American kids killed, 7,100 combat or 114,000 suicides, along with Rumsfeld…and who also was the head of Haliburton…which made him and his wife Liz…millions and millions of dollars. All that money came from your tax dollars.  Yet, she sits at the head of a table trying to bring down former president Trump, when she, herself, stands as an accomplice to her husband Dick Cheney, which makes them both eligible for prison if anyone ever pursued that thread of corruption.

We could follow the corruption trail to House member Ilhan Omar, a Somalian refugee, who lied about marrying her brother, which is illegal, lied on her immigration papers, and now, condemns the USA as a corrupt, racist nation.  When, in fact, she very well may be deported at some point for her own corruption.

But then you look at someone like House Member Maxine Waters, and you wonder if there should be a minimum IQ of 100 in order to serve in Congress.  If there was, she would be ineligible.  But she knows how to do nothing in Congress while she bilks the American taxpayer…but at the same time, urges violence in speeches to her constituents…but never gets pulled in front of a January 6^th investigation.

We’ve got U.S. Senator Charles Schumer telling two supreme court justices that he’s going to “get them, and that they will reap the whirlwind of consequences.”  Now we’ve got people trying to kill Justice Kavanaugh, and another man just tried to kill House Member Lee Zeldin who was on stage promoting his candidacy for governor of New York.

Ironically, we’ve got “pretty boy” Governor Gavin Newsome of California hinting that he will run for the White House when his own state suffers from an astronomical 100,000 homeless Americans in LA and San Francisco, incredible crime rates, and somewhere around 4,000,000 illegal aliens operating in his sanctuary state.  You can’t make this stuff up!

And why haven’t the members of Congress passed a “term limit” bill to get rid of such endemic corruption that cannot help but expand and entrench itself when you allow those in power to stay in power for 40 years in Congress?

We’ve got an 18 month invasion of our southern border, which I have personally witnessed, and yet, no one in Congress will contest the current President Joe Biden in his lawless, reckless and totally insane push to dissolve our sovereignty as a nation.  The fact is: we are no longer a sovereign nation with secure borders.  And, we’re paying for every illegal refugee with our tax dollars.

I’m personally watching my Colorado U.S. Senator Michael Bennet, a man who has done NOTHING while serving for 10 years in the senate to secure our borders, or pay down our $31 trillion debt—did nothing to get us out of Iraq or Afghanistan, watched the BLM riots burn down our cities, and is totally for sanctuary cities of illegal aliens.  But now, he’s campaigning to get reelected on his thoughtful record.

What really peeves me off stems from the fact that we can’t get the truth out of NBC, ABC, CBS, 60 Minutes, Anderson Cooper, CNN, NPR, PBS and the rest.  All of them followed and presented the Russian Collusion Hoax against Trump for four years. None of them touched or will touch the absolute fraud of the Hunter-Joe Biden corruption in Ukraine and other oil states.  None of them reported on the BLM riots or the fact that NO one faced arrest or prosecution.

The Grand Daddy Of All Nightmares We Face: Catastrophic Climate Destabilization

The thing that blows my mind stems from all our leaders crying, screaming and wailing about climate change—but they NEVER connect the dots as to what’s causing it.  What makes it worse you ask?  Answer: the more you add people, the more they burn energy, and so, the more you accelerate climate change.  And, Joe Biden brought in over 2,000,000 more refugees into the USA illegally last year, and he’s on course to import another 3,000,000 illegally this year…on top of the 1,000,000 immigrants arriving legally.  Do you think we stand a chance of stopping climate change?  Answer: not a snowball’s chance in hell.

This kind of rudderless, mindless, confused, leaderless and corrupt parade of liars, cheats, thieves and worse—makes a regular American want to pull his or her hair out.

Who has failed us the most?  Answer: the mainstream media.  The big newspapers like the New York Times, Washington Post, The Atlantic Magazine, and the Wall Street Journal possess the power and money in investigate the incredible fraud going on in Washington DC, BUT THEY DON’T.   Even the venerable 60 Minutes covers up what’s really going on in DC.

The fact remains: the majority of those people sitting in those seats in Washington DC are NOT serving the American people. They are serving themselves and some higher masters.  And, in the end, we’re all going to pay a huge price as our country falls into racial, sociological, linguistic, religious and economic mayhem.  If you toss in catastrophic climate destabilization—we’ve got a hell of a mess on our hands.  Worse, I’m not sure we’re ever going to pull out of it.

Share these videos all over America:

“In a five minute astoundingly simple yet brilliant video, Immigration, Poverty, and Gum Balls”, Roy Beck, director of www.numbersusa.ORG, graphically illustrates the impact of overpopulation.  Take five minutes to see for yourself:

“Immigration by the numbers—off the chart” by Roy Beck

This 10-minute demonstration shows Americans the results of unending mass immigration on the quality of life and sustainability for future generations: in a few words, “Mind boggling!”  www.NumbersUSA.org

© 2022 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

By Paul Engel

July 25, 2022

• Does the Clean Air Act empower the EPA to regulate the national power grid?
• What standard should a court use when interpreting the laws of the United States?
• Will West Virginia v. EPA change the powers of executive agencies?

Did you ever imagine that a question about air pollution could end up changing the way governments work? That may be exactly what happened with the Supreme Court’s opinion in West Virginia v. Environmental Protection Agency. What started as a question of whether or not the EPA’s plan to reduce carbon-dioxide emissions from the electric grid was constitutional turned into a statement about the limits of discretion granted to executive agencies.

The question before the court in West Virginia v. EPA seemed quite simple:

Since passage of the [Clean Air] Act 50 years ago, EPA has exercised this authority by setting performance standards based on measures that would reduce pollution by causing plants to operate more cleanly. In 2015, however, EPA issued a new rule concluding that the “best system of emission reduction” for existing coal-fired power plants included a requirement that such facilities reduce their own production of electricity, or subsidize increased generation by natural gas, wind, or solar sources.

The question before us is whether this broader conception of EPA’s authority is within the power granted to it by the Clean Air Act.

West Virginia Et Al. V. Environmental Protection Agency

What was the EPA trying to do with their new rule to reduce emissions?

The point, after all, was to compel the transfer of power generating capacity from existing sources to wind and solar. The White House stated that the Clean Power Plan would “drive a[n] . . . aggressive transformation in the domestic energy industry.”

West Virginia Et Al. V. Environmental Protection Agency

The EPA claimed the authority to transform electrical generation throughout the country. Was this a power Congress had delegated to the EPA under the Clean Air Act? According to the majority of the court, no.

Under our precedents, this is a major questions case. In arguing that Section 111(d) empowers it to substantially restructure the American energy market, EPA “claim[ed] to discover in a long-extant statute an unheralded power” representing a “transformative expansion in [its] regulatory authority.” … It located that newfound power in the vague language of an “ancillary provision[]” of the Act, … one that was designed to function as a gap filler and had rarely been used in the preceding decades. And the Agency’s discovery allowed it to adopt a regulatory program that Congress had conspicuously and repeatedly declined to enact itself. … Given these circumstances, there is every reason to “hesitate before concluding that Congress” meant to confer on EPA the authority it claims under Section 111(d).

West Virginia Et Al. V. Environmental Protection Agency

Not surprisingly, some of the justices disagreed with this assessment. Compare the majority’s statement to how the dissent views the situation:

As I have already explained, nothing in the Clean Air Act (or, for that matter, any other statute) conflicts with EPA’s reading of Section 111. Notably, the majority does not dispute that point. Of course, it views Section 111 (if for unexplained reasons) as less clear than I do.

West Virginia Et Al. V. Environmental Protection Agency – Kagan Dissent

This is the true crux of this case. Who decides what a law means, Congress who writes the law or the executive agencies that enforce it? Justice Gorsuch points out how the court goes about deciding this in his concurrence.

One of the Judiciary’s most solemn duties is to ensure that acts of Congress are applied in accordance with the Constitution in the cases that come before us. To help fulfill that duty, courts have developed certain “clear-statement” rules. These rules assume that, absent a clear statement otherwise, Congress means for its laws to operate in congruence with the Constitution rather than test its bounds. In this way, these clear-statement rules help courts “act as faithful agents of the Constitution.”

West Virginia Et Al. V. Environmental Protection Agency – Gorsuch Concurrence

In other words, unless there is a clear statement in the law to the contrary, Congress means for its laws to be enforced following the Constitution, not testing the boundaries of it.

Since the question revolves around how the EPA interpreted the Clean Air Act, let’s start there.

The Agency View

But, the Agency explained, in order to “control[ ] CO2 from affected [plants] at levels . . . necessary to mitigate the dangers presented by climate change,” it could not base the emissions limit on “measures that improve efficiency at the power plants.” … “The quantity of emissions reductions resulting from the application of these measures” would have been “too small.” … Instead, to attain the necessary “critical CO2 reductions,” EPA adopted what it called a “broader, forward-thinking approach to the design” of Section 111 regulations. … Rather than focus on improving the performance of individual sources, it would “improve the overall power system by lowering the carbon intensity of power generation.” … (emphasis added). And it would do that by forcing a shift throughout the power grid from one type of energy source to another. In the words of the then-EPA Administrator, the rule was “not about pollution control” so much as it was “an investment opportunity” for States, especially “investments in renewables and clean energy.” …

This view of EPA’s authority was not only unprecedented; it also effected a “fundamental revision of the statute, changing it from [one sort of] scheme of . . . regulation” into an entirely different kind.

West Virginia Et Al. V. Environmental Protection Agency

It appears, in the mind of the EPA Administrator, when Congress said they were to “improve efficiency at power plants”, they really meant protect us all from “climate change”. Furthermore, when Congress said to improve performance of the individual sources of electricity, it really meant to regulate the entire electrical grid. As the EPA administrator was quoted in the opinion, the Clean Air Act wasn’t about pollution control, but investing in renewable energy. But is that what Congress included in the Clean Air Act?

On EPA’s view of Section 111(d), Congress implicitly tasked it, and it alone, with balancing the many vital considerations of national policy implicated in deciding how Americans will get their energy. EPA decides, for instance, how much of a switch from coal to natural gas is practically feasible by 2020, 2025, and 2030 before the grid collapses, and how high energy prices can go as a result before they become unreasonably “exorbitant.” …

There is little reason to think Congress assigned such decisions to the Agency. …

We also find it “highly unlikely that Congress would leave” to “agency discretion” the decision of how much coal-based generation there should be over the coming decades. …(“We are confident that Congress could not have intended to delegate a decision of such economic and political significance to an agency in so cryptic a fashion.”).

West Virginia Et Al. V. Environmental Protection Agency

It appears the majority of the court does not agree with the EPA Administrator’s assessment. They seem to think it is highly unlikely that Congress would give an agency discretion to determine how much coal-based electrical power there should be over the decades, and I agree. Especially since Congress has repeatedly rejected the “cap and trade” theory in the past.

Under our precedents, this is a major questions case. In arguing that Section 111(d) empowers it to substantially restructure the American energy market, EPA “claim[ed] to discover in a long-extant statute an unheralded power” representing a “transformative expansion in [its] regulatory authority.” … It located that newfound power in the vague language of an “ancillary provision[]” of the Act, … one that was designed to function as a gap filler and had rarely been used in the preceding decades. And the Agency’s discovery allowed it to adopt a regulatory program that Congress had conspicuously and repeatedly declined to enact itself.

West Virginia Et Al. V. Environmental Protection Agency

So the court asked the EPA to show the clear congressional authorization to enact their new plan.

Given these circumstances, our precedent counsels skepticism toward EPA’s claim that Section 111 empowers it to devise carbon emissions caps based on a generation shifting approach. To overcome that skepticism, the Government must—under the major questions doctrine—point to “clear congressional authorization” to regulate in that manner. Utility Air, 573 U. S., at 324.

All the Government can offer, however, is the Agency’s authority to establish emissions caps at a level reflecting “the application of the best system of emission reduction . . . adequately demonstrated.” 42 U. S. C. §7411(a)(1).

West Virginia Et Al. V. Environmental Protection Agency

The EPA could not show a clear authorization from Congress to implement a policy to force a nationwide change in how we generate electricity. For that reason, the court found for West Virginia, overturned the decision of the Court of Appeals, and sent the case back that court for further proceedings.

Capping carbon dioxide emissions at a level that will force a nationwide transition away from the use of coal to generate electricity may be a sensible “solution to the crisis of the day.” … But it is not plausible that Congress gave EPA the authority to adopt on its own such a regulatory scheme in Section 111(d). A decision of such magnitude and consequence rests with Congress itself, or an agency acting pursuant to a clear delegation from that representative body. The judgment of the Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit is reversed, and the cases are remanded for further proceedings consistent with this opinion.

West Virginia Et Al. V. Environmental Protection Agency

Dissent

Three members of the court, justices Kagan, Breyer, and Sotomayor disagreed with the majority.

Today, the Court strips the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) of the power Congress gave it to respond to “the most pressing environmental challenge of our time.”

West Virginia Et Al. V. Environmental Protection Agency – Kagan Dissent

Interesting, how three justices claim that the court stripped the EPA of a power Congress had not only not specifically given it, but had repeatedly declined to implement themselves.

Climate change’s causes and dangers are no longer subject to serious doubt. Modern science is “unequivocal that human influence”—in particular, the emission of greenhouse gases like carbon dioxide—“has warmed the atmosphere, ocean and land.”

West Virginia Et Al. V. Environmental Protection Agency – Kagan Dissent

It’s a good thing these justices are not scientists. There is plenty of scientific debate, not only about the severity of “climate change”, but how large a role humans play in it. And what does the severity of greenhouse gases have to do with what Congress has passed into law? The answer is, absolutely nothing. What we see here are members of the court not only changing the subject, but claiming that the executive branch can enact laws not passed by Congress, simply because the court believes there is a serious problem.

The Clean Air Act was major legislation, designed to deal with a major public policy issue. As Congress explained, its goal was to “speed up, expand, and intensify the war against air pollution” in all its forms.

West Virginia Et Al. V. Environmental Protection Agency – Kagan Dissent

But did Congress give the EPA the authority for investment into certain technologies in an attempt to move electrical generation in America from coal to other sources? Not even the dissent provided evidence that they did.

Conclusion

The one question that I didn’t see asked in this case was, did the Constitution delegate to the United States the power to control pollution, carbon-dioxide, or regulate power generation? The answer to that question is a definite no. While the court said that Congress had not delegated to the EPA the power to create a cap and trade system, or to regulate how electricity is generated in this country, no one seemed to ask this more basic question: Was this a power deleted to the United States in the first place? However, a fundamental statement was made by this opinion. Executive agencies cannot enact rules beyond the powers specifically delegated to them by legislation. It appears the EPA, along with most if not all of the executive agencies, believe they have the power to run the country. Not a very republican way to do things.

A commonwealth; a state in which the exercise of the sovereign power is lodged in representatives elected by the people.

Republic – Webster’s 1828 Dictionary

To me, that is the biggest takeaway from this opinion. Who decides what the laws are, and by extension, what they mean. Is it We the People, through our elected representatives, or is it the unelected bureaucracy that decides our laws? According to the Constitution, the President is to be sure that the laws created by Congress are faithfully executed within the confines of the Constitution. While it has been many years since the courts have followed that structure, I’m glad to see they have in this case.

West Virginia v EPA is one of three cases this year where the court has placed the language of the Constitution and laws of the United States above precedent, tradition, and perceived need. While the three justices who dissented in these cases seem more interested in seeing the government rule rather than following the supreme law of the land, I don’t expect that to change much with the appointment of Justice Ketanji Brown Jackson. I can only hope that the court will continue this fidelity to their oaths to support the Constitution of the United States. It would certainly help decide if America is to rise again to be a republic, or continue to devolve into an oligarchy.

© 2022 Paul Engel – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

By: Devvy

July 25, 2022

Millions, perhaps tens of millions of words have been written about an alleged “new” virus called SARS-CoV-2 or COVID-19.  In March 2020, the WORLD was suddenly rocked after Satan’s servants, the WHO (World Health Organization) declared a pandemic.  Look out because Marxist WHO director, Tedros, is at it again:  WHO declares Monkeypox global health emergency: Five deaths worldwide, July 23, 2022

As far back as December 2019, some of the finest scientific minds on this planet warned people NOT to take those mRNA experimental injections.  If you don’t die within the first week, millions will have severe reactions.  Anywhere from four to eighteen months (could be as long as 3-5 years) those experimental injections will have been working on destroying your natural immune system.  Then comes developing autoimmune diseases (80 with no cures) and then premature deaths.

Freedom of Information Request Reveals 5,522 People have Died Within 28 Days of Receiving COVID-19 Vaccines in Scotland, July 21, 2021  // C19 vax Reactions:  “We are a large and ever growing group of Americans who were previously healthy and have been seriously injured by the COVID vaccines (Pfizer, Moderna, J&J as well as Astra Zeneca in the clinical trial stage in the United States).”  I have linked to that site before; testimonials from doctors, nurses, teachers – all now unable to work, their lives hell every day.

The prostitute media, governors of both parties, mayors, Hollywood dumbo’s, “health officials” all declared everyone must get shot up – despite thousands dying while they were lying.  The media whores very effectively used visual optics to scare this country into compliance and then came the so-called mandates:  Either play Russian Roulette with your life or lose your source of income.

As the number of adverse reactions, permanent disability and deaths skyrocketed, Satan’s other thugs like Google, Facebook, Twitter, You Tube etc., had all been censoring every video interview of scientists and doctors telling the scientific truth about those injections which legally are NOT vaccines.

Then came unelected so-called “health officials” and boards moving against any doctor speaking out about early treatment protocols what worked and then threatening them with revoking their medical license.  Kelleigh Nelson’s July 22, 2021 column, Criminal Collusion, Medical Malfeasance and Murder

Never in my life – and these past 30 years in the trenches full time with the massive corruption of both political parties in Congress and state capitols – could I ever have imagined what we were living through.

Tyrannical governors shutting down schools, destroying more than 240,000 businesses for good, forcing Americans to destroy their brain with those scientifically proven worthless, dangerous masks.  Being denied medical treatment if you refuse to wear one.  A must READ:  German Neurologist On Face Masks: ‘Oxygen Deprivation Causes Permanent Neurological Damage’, October 21, 2020.

Many lawsuits were filed by nurses and individuals only to lose their jobs to protect their life.  The Lawyers and the Judge got it Wrong: The Law, the COVID-19 Injections and Houston Methodist Hospital v Jennifer Bridges et al., Case.  My, my.  What goes round, comes around:      Epoch Times: Hospital Faces Staff Shortages Due to COVID-19 Infections, Despite Vaccine Mandate, July 19, 2022 – “The first hospital in America to mandate a COVID-19 vaccine for all employees is now facing a staffing shortage from infections.

“Houston’s Methodist Hospital has hundreds of employees out of work because they tested positive for the virus that causes COVID-19. At the same hospital in 2021, 153 staff members who refused to get vaccinated quit or were fired. Now Methodist leadership is trying to avert a crisis.

“What is worrisome is the climbing number of our employees who cannot work because they are home sick with COVID-19. Almost 400 employees tested positive last week,” Dr. Robert Phillips, the executive vice president and chief physician executive of Houston Methodist, wrote in an internal email on July 12 obtained by The Epoch Times.”

GUTLESS JUDGES across this country have completely ignored what’s called bodily integrity and the Nurenberg Codes.  EVERY ONE OF THOSE JUDGES are a disgrace to their profession and share responsibility for all the dead and maimed.

Gutting our military and National Guard – stripping them of paychecks and benefits is beyond reprehensible.  Military Doctor: “The COVID Vaccine Program has Killed More Young Active Duty People Than COVID Did”, August 27, 2021

My dear friend of many decades, Larry Becraft, is a constitutional attorney out of Huntsville, Alabama, a fierce fighter in federal court rooms, filed a lawsuit along with other attorneys:  Will the COVID Lawsuit Lead to Indictments? – “Filed in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Alabama, this lawsuit is going after the big boys and girls, i.e., Fauci, et al.  I encourage you to take the time to read that lawsuit filed June 10, 2021.  Click here.  This is a civil trial demanding a jury.”  It is now July 25, 2022, and the defendants along with the GUTLESS JUDGE are still doing everything they can to keep the truth from a jury.

On page 41 of the document:  D. Whistleblower Testimony: 45,000 Deaths Caused by the Vaccines: “…the true number of deaths caused by the Vaccines is at least 45,000. She notes that in the 1976 Swine Flu vaccine campaign (in which 25% of the U.S. population at that time, 55 million Americans, were vaccinated), the Swine Flu vaccine was deemed dangerous and unsafe, and removed from the market, even though the vaccine resulted in only 53 deaths.”

In the case of these experimental gene editing therapy, the harm is off the charts.  If a vaccine kills 5 people, the manufacturer gets a black box warning.  But since those COVID injections are not vaccines, the guilty get a free ride.  So far.

An Amicus Brief was filed on July 5, 2022, with the U.S. Supreme Court by Larry.  In order to understand exactly what’s going on here with the law and true FACTS as to why these lawsuits were being filed, you really do have to take the time to read the filings.  You can read the Amicus Brief here.

Oral Argument in Vaccine Lawsuit Begins Wednesday, July 6, 2022

Of course, we have to remember GUTLESS Supreme Court Justice Amy Comey Barrett shot down lawsuits filed to protect students from being denied attending college.  She’d rather see them permanently disabled or dead.

Amy Coney Barrett Strikes Surprising Killer Blow Against Vaccine Mandate Defiance, August 13, 2022 – “Supreme Court Associate Justice Amy Coney Barrett struck a surprising blow against those seeking to defy COVID vaccine mandates on Thursday when she dismissed a challenge to a college’s mandate without comment.”  (Indiana U)

Lawsuit Filed Against Chicago Company for Mandating the Vaccination of West Virginia Employees (Video)

Tom Renz is another lawyer who is deeply involved in these lawsuits and like millions of us, he refuses to give up and let those responsible for hundreds of thousands of deaths and tens of thousands of Americans now permanently disabled, the number of severe reactions is more than 1 million get away with their crimes against humanity.

This is his web site.  Go look at the staggering numbers and ask yourself:  WHY are those deadly injections still being pushed along with the worthless booster shots – none of which work because COVID – 19 is NOT a virus.

Those following this nightmare for the past two years are familiar with Dr. David Martin.  This is his web site – Prosecute Now  –  Click on your state to see how many letters have been sent to state officials WHO CONTINUE TO ALLOW THOSE DEADLY INJECTIONS be administered throughout their state.  You can also see the lawsuits, Executive Summary of Litigation, The Evidence and much more.  This interview with Martin is a MUST WATCH – working with three law enforcement agencies to bring charges against the people responsible for all these deaths.

What about American law and the Nuremberg Codes? I wrote about this several times. This is a VERY important read as the Nuremberg Code IS the basis for many successful lawsuits here in the U.S.

The Significance of the Nuremberg Code, April 4, 2021 – “The universal right of Informed Consent to medical interventions has been recognized in US law since at least 1914.

1. That year, the New York Court of Appeals established the right to informed consent to medical intervention in a case involving non-consensual surgery. Schloendorff v. Society of New York Hospital 105 N.E. 92, 93 N.Y. (1914) Justice Benjamin Cardozo articulated the court’s reasoning:  

• “Every human being of adult years and sound mind has a right to determine what shall be done with his own body; and a surgeon who performs an operation without his patient’s consent commits an assault for which he is liable in damages.”

1. The 1947 Nuremberg Code is the most important legal document in the history of medical research ethics. It established 10 foundational principles of ethical clinical research.

• The first and foremost principle is unequivocal: “The voluntary consent of the human subject is absolutely essential”.

“It prohibits research to be conducted on human beings without the informed consent of the individual.” And further into the article:  8. In 2013, the US Supreme Court reiterated the legal principle of informed consent in a case involving a citizen who refused to consent to a blood test. A blood sample was taken against his will on orders of a police officer. In a 6 to 3 ruling, the Supreme Court ruled in favor of the plaintiff — even as the justices recognized that both privacy and harm were minimal. Missouri vs McNeely, 569 US 141 (2013)

• “this Court has never retreated from its recognition that any compelled intrusion into the human body implicates significant, constitutionally protected privacy interests…”

The destruction from those COVID experimental injections is hardly minimal.

And, still American scientists’ reaction: crickets.  COVID-19: Why Are American Scientists Silent on This?, July 26, 2021 (Mine) – Not only is there no proof this COVID-19 virus has been proven to exist, Dr. Lanka proved it’s not a virus.  Why the silence?  MASSIVE AMOUNTS – IN THE HUNDREDS OF BILLIONS OF BORROWED DOLLARS FOR ‘RESEARCH’ ON COVID by labs just in this country.  Just a few of the hundreds I’ve saved:

WAYNE ROOT: 33 Dead & Sick Friends Since Our Wedding Only 8 Months Ago.  All 33 Vaxxed.  A “Vaccine Death & Disease Cluster.” July 22, 2022 (READ) // “A Peasants Revolt” – FDA and the CDC are on Notice/The Casket Industry is Booming, July 6, 2022  –  And now injecting babies and children! //  The Latest Tragedy: Sudden Adult Death Syndrome, June 20, 2022 – “(Jun. 20, 2022) — In recent weeks, media outlets around the world have started highlighting a medical phenomenon called “sudden adult death syndrome,” or SADS, in what appears to be a clear effort to obscure the reality of COVID jab deaths.” // Governor demands ALL Washington state employees be subject to Covid vaccine, booster requirements in perpetuity, July 1, 2022

Medical Examiner Reveals 24-Year-Old Ex-Miami Hurricanes Football Player Died of a Heart Attack  // Former South Carolina Quarterback MVP Phil Petty Dies at 43 — Third Former Football Player to Die in Last 7 Days  //  SPIKE PROTEIN SYNDROME is sweeping America as deadly disorders are springing up out of nowhere post COVID vaccination, July 12, 2022

Mercola: Pathologist Dr. Ryan Cole On Post-Jab Cancer Explosion And Excess Mortality, July 21, 2022  //  Death claims up $6 BILLION: Fifth-largest life insurance company paid out for 163% more working-age deaths in 2021 after covid “vaccines” were unleashed, June 20, 2022 – I wonder if this will bankrupt some of these insurance companies as the number of deaths accelerate?

I cited this from my Nov. 29, 2021 column, Dr. Charles Hoffe Reveals Blood Clots in Majority of Vaccinated Patients and Speaks of  “Permanently-Damaged Hearts“, July 21, 2021 – “This Vaccine is Quite Clearly More Dangerous Than COVID-19” – Dr. Charles Hoffe found 62% of his patients experienced elevated D-dimer levels after the vaccine.  He’s administered over 900 doses. Dr. Hoffe did his own research to try and find out why his patients were exhibiting micro-blood clotting after getting one of those injections.  This is a must watch short video. This is a very sad prediction:  Most of them likely will die within three years.

“If I had been forced to take those experimental injections to keep my job, I would tell my doctor I want a D-dimer test now.  Better to know so one can do whatever can be done at this time if the results come back with the worst news.”  Of course, the tyrannical Canadian government has gone after Dr. Hoffe with a vengeance for talking about tests and his patients.  He did not reveal any patient’s name.

Latest survey shows the COVID vaccines are a disaster: 750,000 dead in US, June 25, 2022 – Steve Kirsch is a multi-millionare and founder of the Vaccine Safety Research Foundation.  On his web site:  “I will bet anyone $1M that there are now over 100,000 deaths of Americans that were caused by the COVID vaccines.  Why won’t anyone take my bet??  Why won’t anyone credible debate me?”

Why, indeed.  Naturally he’s been scorched by fools infesting the Internet who are in denial about those injections.

The CDC (Center for Disease Creation) publishes vaccine adverse events, deaths, permanently disabled which represents about 1% of cases.  Their latest:  1,350,947 Reports Through July 15, 2022.  29,635 deaths, 4,882 miscarriages, 15,915 heart attacks, 50, 627 Myocarditis/Pericarditis, 55,540 permanently disabled plus all the other categories and some doctor, politician, Hollywood braying ass or governor is going to tell me those experimental injections are safe?

PhD Researcher’s Analysis of VAERS Data Reveals 5,427% Increase in Deaths Following COVID Shots Compared to ALL Vaccines the Past 10 Years, Oct. 21, 2021 // EXCLUSIVE: COVID Whistleblower Claims the VAERS Reporting Database Tracking Vaccine Complications is WRONG and Undercounting by a Factor of 100!, Sept. 16, 2021

Once again – and Columbia University can hardly be considered a bastion of right wing conspiracies:  Study: At least 400,000 people in America have died from covid “vaccines”, 12.27.2021: “Columbia University researchers have found that the true death count from Wuhan coronavirus (Covid-19) “vaccination” is substantially higher than the official figures from the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC).

“The CDC claims that only 20,000 people have died from Fauci Flu injections, but Columbia’s under reporting factor estimates that 20 times that number, or around 400,000 deaths, is far more accurate.”  Only?  I’m sure that’s very comforting for the families to know.

Covid vaccines “most dangerous biological medicinal product rollout in human history,” says Dr. Peter McCullough, Dec. 25, 2021.  READ it.  Dr. McCullough is one of the great doctors with the courage of a Braveheart.  Like thousands of doctors and scientists around the world, a man who was once lauded as brilliant (bio here) is now Satan in the eyes of the COVID death cult supporters.  Unelected, pompous (expletive) bureau-RATS are going after the courageous:  Medical Board Goes After Dr. McCullough, Sen. Johnson Calls for Public Hearing, June 16, 2022 (Video interview with Dr. McCullough)

Why do so many refuse to recognize the actual scientifically proven danger of those experimental injections?  Fear.  Denial.  Fear all these scientists world-wide with decades of actual experience are right:  Those injections are no less a genocide taking place, not just killing recipients, but causing permanent disabilities and incurable autoimmune diseases which within a few short years brings death.

Denial:  I got the injection(s) over a year ago and I feel fine.  None of all those bad things are going to happen to me.  God protect you, but it can take 3-5 years or perhaps a little longer depending on your immune system and how badly the mRNA has been destroying your body inside.

I hate writing about this; all my columns on COVID archived here.  FLCCC Alliance has a link on their site to this:  Dr. Paul Marik joins lawsuit against FDA over its anti-ivermectin campaign; lawsuit filed June 2, 2022

What can YOU do?  Get together a concise (but not too long) ‘white paper’ giving number of deaths, etc, as well as article titles, i.e., Dr. Birx Admits She And Fauci Made Up ‘The Science’ On Lockdowns, Social Distancing, July 21, 2022 and Dr. Deborah Birx: I knew shots would not prevent COVID infection, July 22, 2022.  Trump was lied to by the FDA, CDC.  Fauci, Birx and all the rest of them need to get indicted, tried and put in federal prisons forever.

Make copies for every member of your county commissioners and city council.  Go to their next meeting.  Members of the public are generally given 5 minutes to state your case/opinion.  Give your statement and then hand out a copy of your ‘white paper’ and ask them:  Why are you allowing hospitals, pharmacies and clinics to continue giving experimental injections that have been proven not only deadly, but absolutely worthless?

If we do nothing, nothing gets done.

Note: For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions. [Order two books and save $10.00. Give one to a friend or relative]

© 2022 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@npn.net

Related:

Pfizer Asks Court to Dismiss Whistleblower Lawsuit Because Government Was Aware of Fraud, July 5, 2022 – “In an interview with The Defender, the lawyer representing whistleblower Brook Jackson said Pfizer is arguing the court should dismiss Jackson’s lawsuit alleging fraud in Pfizer’s COVID-19 clinical trials because the U.S. government knew about the wrongdoings but continued to do business with the vaccine maker.”

Covid-19: Researcher blows the whistle on data integrity issues in Pfizer’s vaccine trial, Nov. 22, 2021  (Brook Jackson interview & text)

Pfizer Whistleblower Brook Jackson Sues Pfizer For $2 Billion Over Falsified mRNA Data Submitted To Obtain FDA Authorization For COVID-19 ‘Vaccines’, Feb. 14, 2022 – Defendants Pfizer Inc, Ventavia Research Group & ICON “deliberately withheld crucial information from the United States that calls the safety and efficacy of their vaccine into question.”   – You can view the lawsuit; link embedded in article.

Health experts quit CDC, NIH due to ‘bad science’, July 17, 2022

Gov Kristi Noem Says If You Don’t Like Vaccination Mandates, Just Quit Your Job

Texans for Vaccine Choice – Making your voice heard

Nuremberg Code and the COVID-19 “Vaccines”, February 2, 2022

By Roger Anghis

July 24, 2022

The short answer is no. Not by a long shot. In a previous article, I covered the good and the bad of electric cars. The good thing is they don’t use gas.  That’s where it stops. Liberals want electric cars because the internal combustion cars produce all this CO₂ that’s baking the planet. Not true. In my article Is alternative Energy that Effective I have a footnote that states:  “The effect of CO2 on global temperature, if it exists, is so small that no one has been able to demonstrate or measure it. The touted effect exists solely in computer models whose forecasts to date have all failed. Therefore, there is ZERO proven benefit for mankind in trying to capture harmless CO2 in order to bury it in carbon cemeteries. Worse, it is removing valuable plant food from the biosphere – a step towards global food suicide. Moreover, for every tonne of carbon buried, we bury 2.7 tonnes of the gas of life – oxygen. “The quantities of gas to be handled just from power stations are enormous. For every tonne of coal burnt, about 11 tonnes of gases are exhausted – 7.5 tonnes of nitrogen, 2.5 tonnes of CO2 and one tonne of water vapour. These are all harmless and valuable natural recycled atmospheric gases. Life on earth would be impossible without them.[1]  Now don’t act too shocked but that page has been blocked.

People don’t think about some of the things concerning the manufacturing of electric vehicles and MSM is not about to tell you either.  All of the raw materials have to be mined.  The iron for all the metal in the car, which is mined with diesel-powered vehicles, it is the same with the lithium for the batteries, which includes child labor because we don’t have any lithium.  China owns most of it. They want to stop using oil but what will they use to make the plastic interior, the vinyl seats, the composite steering wheel, and the synthetic rubber for the tires. These people remind me of those that say they don’t need oil because they use public transportation.

Then consider how the electricity is generated to charge the car. What is used for that?  Coal and natural gas. Both are fossil fuels. Liberals have grand schemes but don’t know how to think them through. I have not been a fan of the EPA for many, many years once they approved of spraying Agent Orange, i.e. Roundup, all over our crops and even bio-engineering it into our food. Viet Nam era folks will remember that health disaster. But even like a broken clock is right twice a day they occasionally get something right.  According to the Environmental Protection Agency’s website, particulate emissions are “microscopic solids or liquid droplets that are so small that they can be inhaled and cause serious health problems.” It notes the particles “are also the main cause of reduced visibility (haze) in parts of the United States, including many of our treasured national parks and wilderness areas.”

The EPA defines particle pollution as “inhalable particles,” which are under 10 microns in diameter, and “fine inhalable particles,” 2.5 microns and smaller.

The firm that conducted the study, Emissions Analytics, had previously found in 2020 that particulate emissions from tires could be 1,000 times greater than those from tailpipes. That test was designed to capture worst-case emissions under legal driving, according to the report. But when researchers replicated the test “across a wider range of driving conditions,” they found the number was even higher.[2]

For decades we’ve been trying to make cars lighter but according to a recent study the battery-powered Ford F-150 Lightning weighs 1,600 pounds more than a regular F-150 truck. The Volvo XC40 Recharge packs an extra 1,000 pounds of weight when compared to a Volvo XC40 with an internal-combustion engine.[3]  The thought that EVs are less problematic are incorrect.  According to J.D. Power, owners of electric or hybrid vehicles cite more problems than do owners of gas-powered vehicles. The latter vehicles average 175 problems per 100 vehicles (PP100), hybrids average 239 PP100, and battery-powered cars — excluding Tesla models — average 240 PP100. Tesla models average 226 PP100. Given the average cost of an electric car is roughly $60,000, about $20,000 more than the cost of a gas-powered car, it seems owners of EVs didn’t get the value they deserve.[4]

The tires are another problem with EVs.  Because the car weighs 1000-1500 pounds more than an internal combustion car the tires wear much faster.  And those tires are not cheap either. $300-375 a piece.[5]  And we saved the big one for the last . . . Then there is the biggest maintenance cost of all – the battery pack. Which will cost you more, because it’s so huge – in order to move the EV at highway speeds for any significant distance. This, in turn, results in it being so heavy – which increases the amount of power needed to move it plus the car it’s installed in, reducing efficiency.

You do get the power – and the acceleration – but it costs you. Especially if you use either as doing so discharges the battery, rapidly – which means needing to recharge it more regularly. The “faster” you do that, the greater the load/stress imposed upon the battery, costing you battery life. And when the time comes to replace the battery, that’ll cost you more than it costs to replace a non-electric car’s transmission or engine – and maybe both, together.[6]

Plus the oil and filter changes.

Will there come a day when EVs will be worth it.  Not in my book.  We aren’t destroying the planet like they say we are. Plus they aren’t even close to having a back up plan. With wind and solor being less than 20% of our energy and over 80% is fossil fuels and no plans for miniture nuke plants for powering cars, trucks, and airplanes I think fossil fuels are here for a long time.

© 2022 Roger Anghis – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

Footnotes:

1. http:/carbon-sense.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/carbon-capture.pdf
2. Just-revealed-electric-vehicles-possess-a-poison-within-them
3. Just-revealed-electric-vehicles-possess-a-poison-within-them
4. Studies-show-the-electric-vehicles-Democrats-insist-you-buy-are-worse-for-the-environment
5. https://www.lewrockwell.com/2022/05/eric-peters/how-evs-dont-save-you-money/
6. https://www.lewrockwell.com/2022/05/eric-peters/how-evs-dont-save-you-money/

By Rob Pue

July 24, 2022

If you’re still holding out hope for a political solution to the chaos we’ve been enduring the past two-and-a-half years, I’m sorry to tell you, you’re deceived.  If you believe that once the Republicans “win” in November, things will get better; if you’re just hanging on for a second Donald Trump presidency in 2024, you’re putting your hope in the carnal things of this world and you’re going to find yourself extremely disappointed — and honestly, you should know better by now.

Jesus Christ, the Good News of the Gospel and the glorious appearing of our Great God and Savior is where we all need to be turning now.  I’m not saying that we should “pay no attention to that man behind the curtain,” because we must all know and understand ALL the  truth of what’s really going on now — the REAL truth.  As Ephesians 6 tells us, we must “be strong in the Lord and in the power of His might.”  We must “put on the whole armor of God” so that we may be able to stand against the wiles of the devil.  “For we wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places.”  Yes, friends, we MUST know the truth, not reject it.  If we continue to labor under a delusion of lies, we’re easy prey.

As Christians, WE should be the bearers of truth.  If not us, then who?  Because most of the world has been gravely deceived and continue to be deceived.  John told us, in Chapter 3 of his book that, “The light has come into the world and people loved darkness rather than the light, because their deeds were evil.”  And what happens when people reject the light and choose, instead, the darkness of this world?  We see in 2 Thessalonians 2 that in the last days, there will be those who seek absolute power and wield it with “signs and lying wonders, and with all deceivableness of unrighteousness in them that perish; because they received not the love of the truth, that they might be saved.”  And then we read these words: “And for this cause, God shall send them strong delusion, that they should believe a lie, that they all might be damned who believed not the truth but had pleasure in unrighteousness.”

So many today are under strong delusion.  If you can’t see the obvious lies, propaganda and brainwashing that have been foisted upon us, in a highly-orchestrated effort to destroy us, our marriages, our children, our families and our nation, then I must question whether or not you have the Holy Spirit within you.  Because as true followers of Christ, the Holy Spirit gives us wisdom, insight and counseling that is simply not available to the unsaved, which allows us to understand the things that are spiritually discerned.  In other words, we don’t remain blinded by the lies of the enemy.  We see, comprehend and understand.  The unsaved have only this world.  They are the blind leading the blind.  They perish for lack of knowledge, as God sends them strong delusion and God — yes GOD Himself — gives them over to the lusts and passions of this world.  Their depraved, reprobate minds cannot accept the truth.

Most people today have rejected God and they’re just living secular lives.  No time, interest or belief in their Creator anymore.   Now, God can save anyone.  No one is beyond God’s grace, but unless and until they repent and turn to Christ as their Savior AND their LORD, the scales on their eyes will remain.

Make no mistake, there is a conspiracy going on and it’s world-wide.  Let me read for you again, as I’ve shared before, a portion of Psalm 2: “Why do the heathen rage, and the people imagine a vain thing?  The kings of the earth set themselves, and the rulers take counsel together, against the Lord, and against His anointed, saying, ‘Let us break their bands asunder, and cast away their cords from us.’  He that sitteth in the heavens shall laugh: the Lord shall have them in derision.”

Right now, the kings of the earth have set themselves firmly against God.  The rulers are taking counsel together against the Lord and His anointed.  Their plan is to establish a “New World Order” through their “Great Reset” in direct defiance of God.  But Scripture tells us that God laughs at their puny plans and holds them in derision.  What is “derision?”  Contempt, ridicule, mockery.

Certainly, we know that God wins in the end.  Unfortunately, many who believe IN God (but don’t actually know Him) also know this and they DO want to be saved.  (Some think they’re entitled to it).  They just don’t want it to cost them anything.  They want to continue living their secular, carnal, worldly lifestyles, ignoring God, choosing to believe the lies and they think they can “get right with God” sometime later — at a time of their choosing.  But man does not get to choose the number of his days.  With the world as it is now, many are speaking of the “Last Days” or the “End Times” — but few realize that for nearly 200,000 people in this world, TODAY is their last day.  Most of those 200,000 thought they still had plenty of time to “get right with God.”  But the clock ran out.  Galatians 6: “Be not deceived; God is not mocked: for whatsoever a man soweth, that shall he also reap.”

Paul told the Thessalonians to “not be shaken in mind or troubled, neither by spirit, nor by word.”  I must admit that although my faith in my Savior is strong, I often find myself troubled and grieved.  In the work that I do, I follow a steady stream of news and information, coming in 24 hours a day, seven days a week.  It’s more than sad — and very depressing  — to see all that’s now coming upon this world, and at the same time so many who are so clueless.

Many were joyously celebrating the fall of Roe v Wade when the Supreme Court overturned that 1973 decision on June 24.  Especially the millions of professing Christians who have been “pro-life” in name only — never having done anything substantial to rescue the millions of babies that were allowed to be slaughtered.  But the pastors of churches who dared never speak a word about the shedding of those rivers of innocent blood for nearly 50 years, for fear of offending someone, STILL had not a word to say that Sunday.

Let’s face it: Christians COULD have stopped baby murder dead in its tracks in 1973 but they didn’t.  They wouldn’t.  They had nearly 50 years to do so, but most churches would never speak about it.  If only the pastors in the land would have led them out to fight the evil.  But instead, they simply instructed the “praise and worship team” to sing louder while millions were butchered.  The relatively few Christians who actually took action (on their own) against these heinous crimes were more often than not vilified — by their own pastors and by their own so-called “church families.”  They were considered “fanatics.”  Understand: God will judge each individual for what they did (or didn’t do) on this matter.  That should make many of you sleep very uneasily tonight.

Roe was a decision by a court.  It was never a law.  Courts don’t make laws.  But we allowed it.  Just like we allow homosexuals to “marry” now.  Just like we now allow 72 different “genders.”  Just like we allow drag queens and pedophiles to groom our children for exploitation, rape and abuse.  The blood is on our hands as a nation and this nation NEEDS to repent, very badly, of many sins — especially the sin and wickedness of apathy toward our unborn neighbor.

Because the blood of the innocent shed in the womb is now running through the streets of our nation.  “Be not deceived; God is not mocked: for whatsoever a man soweth, that shall he also reap.”  Mass shootings and murder in big cities is a common occurrence now, along with homelessness, drug abuse, sexual perversion, madness and gross miscarriage of justice.  The heathen are raging.

Even prior to the Supreme Court overturning the Roe decision, violence had erupted.  Interestingly, it began on Mother’s Day, when anarchists and a group known as “Jane’s Revenge” began attacking and fire-bombing pro-family organizations and pro-life Crisis Pregnancy Centers.  And why should that surprise us?  The devil’s team was given a month’s advance notice due to a supposed “accidental leak” that the High Court was considering this move.  When that information was announced, the devil’s team began preparing.  They had a month to work out the details, and since then, anyone who worked to stop the killing has become a target of these anarchist groups.  They’ve openly said that pro-lifers are now targeted for death, and more than 40 life-saving Crisis Pregnancy Centers and pro-life organizations have been violently attacked.  Marches and protests are taking place nation-wide and the popular chant is “We love killing babies!”  They’re calling this the “Summer of Rage.”  Indeed, the heathen DO rage.

Our FBI is supposedly investigating.  But I’m not holding my breath for any form of justice.    We’re talking about the same FBI that’s had all the evidence on Hunter Biden’s laptop for YEARS and still, no justice.  You see, there is no justice in a land that spits in the face of God.  Isaiah 59:14, “And judgment is turned away backward, and justice standeth afar off: for truth is fallen in the street, and equity cannot enter.” 

You likely heard of the mass shooting at a 4th of July parade in a Chicago suburb.  Do you realize that there were more than a dozen mass shootings across the country that weekend?  Of course, the guns will be blamed and used as a pretense for gun control and confiscation.      That’s the plan.

Young children are now being injected with the COVID jab, under an “Emergency Use Authorization” though there is no emergency, nor has there even been one.  These shots, which have been proven to have 1291 adverse side effects, including death, are still being pushed and we’re warned of a “new wave” of the deadly disease coming this fall — just before the elections.  And the delusional sheeple are wearing their masks again.   I’m seeing more and more of them out in public and I just have to shake my head.  Also, New York City is now warning it’s citizens to prepare for a nuclear blast.

Meanwhile our energy grid is collapsing, inflation has hit a 50 year high, food processing plants and food distribution hubs are mysteriously going up in flames, transgenderism has become yesterday’s news as “acceptance” of pedophilia is the latest new thing we’re being conditioned to ignore; China, North Korea, Iran and Russia are rumbling, our country’s being invaded from the south, Communism has taken hold to our north, and as our US dollar is being de-valued, a new One World Digital Currency is ready to be rolled out.  Friends, NONE of this is “just happening.”  The heathen are raging and the rulers are conspiring against God and His anointed as they look to create their Globalist utopia.

But wait.  Let’s read again that last portion I quoted from Psalm 2: “He who sits in the heavens shall laugh.  The Lord shall hold them in derision.”   I can imagine Him laughing heartily on July 5, as lightning struck the New World Order’s most famous depopulation monument known as the “Georgia Guidestones.”  I know the media will tell you it was an act of vandalism and an explosion that caused the damage.  But videos of the initial impact are clear.  A day later, the remains of that wicked monument to Satan were bulldozed into dust.  God will not be mocked.  And it seems His patience is wearing thin with those who hate Him.

In this world we will have tribulation.  But take heart.  Jesus Christ, our Lord, has overcome the world.  For now, we remain in a spiritual battle against the forces of darkness as we endure a “Summer of Rage.”  Yes, the heathen are raging.  But God’s about to unleash His rage as well.  Undoubtedly this battle will cost many of us our lives.  Others will give in under pressure and betray Christ.  What side will you be on when the wrath of God is fully revealed?  If you’ve not yet made that decision, I’d advise you do so today.

Audio CDs and text versions of this message are available when you call me at Wisconsin Christian News, (715) 486-8066.  Or email Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com.  Ask for message number 365.

© 2022 Rob Pue – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rob Pue: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com

By Ms. Smallback

July 23, 2022

There’s a charlatan running for State Representative in Kansas.  By profession and testimony he is a “Christian pastor” of a “Christian Church” in Topeka, Kansas.  Allegedly they use the same Bible as the Christian faith, and profess to be “Christians”, adherents of the teachings of Christ.  In practice they endorse same sex marriage and abortion.

From his church facebook page:

Whether he has also deceived himself as well as his followers is uncertain yet, but it appears he has deceived himself to believe that a follower of Christ is to openly practice sin, even murder, and to also endorse it as a tenet of the Christian faith.

I expect such a belief system in the Democratic party (and other political ideologies), but it is counter to the principles of the Christian faith.  And if Tobias Schlingensiepen was just another Democratic candidate, I would not bother to point out the heinous fallacies of his posturing for the redundancy of the current political climate.  But it is because he alleges to be a spokesperson for the God I serve, the God of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob, and the God of Christ, I am compelled to contend for the faith and expose the deception at work.

To espouse such political ideology as congruent with Christianity indicates either a gross ignorance of the Christian faith or a deliberate perversion of it.  Those using a paid and titled position of leadership in an alleged so-called Christian church to deceive those entrusted to one’s care are reminiscent of the Pharisees of Christ’s day.

To be clear, the God of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob is also the God of Creation and the Father of Christ.  This is one and the same God of the Christian Bible.  God established a created order at Creation that is neither ambivalent nor vague.  The established created order by the Creator of all life created humanity as two genders necessary for one another for procreation on the earth.  Any other union is not sanctioned by God and rejected as a perversion to the created order.

[The gods of the world (Baal, Moloch, Isis, Rah, Zeus, etc.) openly practice such perversions because they defy the Supreme God and seek to pollute the world with fruits of darkness in their effort to usurp God by entrenching the world in darkness.  Study Baal-Peor rituals and worship to understand the origins of no-boundary sex[1].  Scripture is PLAIN about God’s views of such.] [See: Enemies Within the Church]

The days of Noah were precisely of this scenario.  The sons of God, the presumed fallen deity of the divine council of Psalm 82, schemed to corrupt God’s creation of mankind.  Enoch lays it out plainly, telling us they came down in the days of Jared to corrupt human flesh, and made a pact together for their actions.  Moses speaks of it in Genesis as well.  Most of modern Christendom doesn’t delve into the origins like this.  Most Christians are content to just accept God at His word that certain acts are sin, separate from the will of God.

Sin separates us from God, which is why the powers of darkness deceive humanity in order to enslave them…. “Did God really say?”  [Genesis 3:1]  Once we rebel from God’s authority and embrace whatever seems right to us or desirable for us, the power of darkness succeeds at estranging humanity from God.  We become enslaved to powers of darkness, which pollutes the land and increases the (spiritual) darkness in the land.

You cannot read Leviticus 18:22 (what Tobias followers call the “Klobber passages”) and be hazy on the intentions.  The act of homosexual sex is abhorrent to God, an abomination, and perverts the created order of procreation (and is impossible for procreation).  This was given to Moses from God Himself, the God of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob, and the same God of the whole Bible.

You cannot read Romans 1:18-32 and be hazy on the intentions of the writer (Paul).  These “lusts of impurity” – spelled out plainly and called “degrading passions” – are the result of rejecting the rule of God and His established order in one’s life.  Such people see fit to not acknowledge God and His ways, and as a result, God gives them over to their lusts and depraved minds.

Tobias Schlingensiepen openly marries gays in his church (or wherever they choose) in a state that does not acknowledge gay marriage and in fact, still has laws against it[2].  He does so as an alleged spokesperson of the Christian church.  He openly flies the gay flag and adorns his pulpit with it, all while proclaiming this is “love”.  No.  It is disobedience to the precepts of God.  It is rebellion.  It is perversion.  It is a lot of things, but it is not representative of God whatsoever, no matter how much you object that it is.

Schlingensiepen supports abortion, even advocates for it as “women’s healthcare”.  Yet when I commented on his Facebook page and asked if he would advocate for all women and their healthcare needs such as women who do not want a vaccination, my comment disappeared shortly after with no answer or explanation.

How disingenuous to label unrestrained abortion as “healthcare”.  Maybe before the sonogram we could be excused for such ignorance, but no more.  Everyone who knows anything knows a baby is murdered to obtain an abortion.  [If it’s not a baby, you’re not pregnant.]  Before that baby has done good or bad, it is cruelly dismembered, or burned, or otherwise tortured and murdered.  THAT is innocent blood on the hands of men and women, industries, legislators, and a whole host of willing participants.

You don’t have to look long or hard in Scripture to know what God thinks of the shedding of innocent blood.  At the very first murder we are told the blood of the victim cried out to God from the ground.  There is an accounting for innocent bloodshed, and God is neither blind nor deaf to it.  To promote it as a Christian principle and a human liberty is to disregard and mock every principle of God’s created order.  To feign love or Christianity through the advocacy of baby murder is not just disingenuous but wicked and deceptive.  (I would think an honest heart would see through such a facade, but alas, even honest hearts are led astray with the cunning lies of smooth lips and darkened hearts.)

So in District 55 of Kansas, near the center of Topeka itself, sits an alleged Christian church with a salaried pastor who not only condones and applauds homosexual marriages, but also performs them in defiance of state law and God’s law, and who also advocates for the murder of babies under the lie of “healthcare”.  He proudly promotes his beliefs under the hypocrisy of “Christian”, and runs his political campaign with such beliefs heralded.  (as a democrat, of course)

I openly call upon Mr. Schlingensiepen to repent of his lies about God and who God is, and to change his mind and turn from an open advocacy for sin and murder.  Repent and stop leading others astray from the path of righteousness.  Repent, and if you won’t do that, resign from a position of leadership in the arena of Christianity.  Your heralded beliefs are an affront to the laws of God and Christ, and do not represent the God of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob, the God of Christ and the Bible.

Know, Mr. Schlingensiepen, that God loves you and has provided you an opportunity to repent from maligning His Name and leading the simple and wayward from God and His Ways.  Know that God is merciful and will extend mercy to you if you just repent and align with His Word.

If you will neither repent nor resign, I call upon the Ancient of Days and I make my appeal to the God of Creation, the God of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob, and to Christ Himself to judge and remove the rebellious imposter of the Christian faith in whatever manner Heaven sees fit.  I make my appeal to Heaven and to the courts of Heaven to reign sovereign in this matter, that all those in District 55 of Kansas may know and see there is a God in Heaven who is merciful and gracious, long suffering and abounding in goodness and truth, keeping mercy for thousands, forgiving iniquity and sin, but by no means clearing the guilty³.

I call on the Supreme God to reign supreme over the works of Baal and the workers of darkness pretending to be servants of God, but instead promoting the works of darkness.  I ask God to make a distinction between those who serve Him and those who do not, and I beseech the Ancient of Days to rule against the unholiness of Mr. Schlingensiepen if he refuses to repent.  This is my appeal to Heaven.

© 2022 Ms. Smallback – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Ms. Smallback: M.Smallback@cox.net

Footnotes:

[1] Email me if you want more information on Baal-Peor and the customs and rituals connected to it, and how it ties to sexual perversions and lauds licentious acts for its rituals.  The motive behind such action is to corrupt the pure order God established for humanity and to corrupt humanity itself.  Some articles are explicit so I have chosen to share them by request only.

[2] The Kansas Constitution, in Article 15, subsection 16 (page 27 of link), the Kansas Constitution defines marriage “between one man and one woman only” and classifies any other union as void.  This has neither been repealed or amended.  The DOMA (Defense of Marriage Act) reinforced the state laws, but individual counties are choosing to not enforce the law.  And this article touches on the issue specific to Kansas as well.

[3] Exodus 34:6-7

By Lex Greene

July 23, 2022

As Americans across the political spectrum suffer the consequences of the most fraudulent election in human history in 2020, they rush to figure out how to prevent it from happening again in 2022.

If you think democrats won’t attempt to cheat even more than they did in 2020, read my previous column, How Bad Will Election Fraud Be in 2022?, and think again!

Unfortunately, a majority of the mail I have received from that piece was from alleged “patriots” who took the time to tell me “nothing will work” and there’s no purpose in even trying, because “it’s too far gone” and “we are in the end times.” As a lifelong student of Holy scripture, I have taken the following three things as fact…

1. Through Christ, ALL things are possible
2. We are NEVER in this fight alone
3. The Book of Revelations foretells of how “the people” end themselves via their free will

Two types of people NEVER win anything. The type that never leave the starting gate, and the type that quit before they reach the finish line. It is the most certain way to lose 100% of the time.

Americans have only two choices and it’s the same two choices the people always have…

DO SOMETHING (or) DO NOTHING!

First, shall we consider the option of doing nothing at all? This doesn’t require any imagination, expertise, or a long explanation. The outcome of doing nothing is always 100% certain. “All that is required for evil to triumph is for good men to do nothing.“ If you even think we have a choice, you are wrong. You need to read how they are driving us into their modern day Nazi ovens!

End of story!

So, shall we consider doing something instead?

Let’s agree that no plan or strategy is 100% guaranteed for success, in stark contrast to the reality related to doing nothing, the outcome of which is 100% guaranteed…no plan or strategy for confronting the evil we are under today is guaranteed at all.

This is no acceptable excuse for not trying!

What if our nation’s founders had decided they had no chance of defeating the Redcoats, and therefore, never even bothered to try? Our country and our past freedoms would have never existed. What if we had no medicine at all…because everyone decided it was too difficult to come up with any treatments or cures for illnesses?

Thomas Alva Edison, born in Ohio on February 11, 1847, was one of the most well-known inventors of all time. He spent a few of his early years in formal schooling, but he received most of his education at home. People have claimed for many years that Edison tried to create a light bulb more than 10,000-times and failed, before finally succeeding. What if Edison had given up at any point in his 10,000 attempts? What if Edison had never even tried?

America was not built by extraordinary people doing amazing things. Instead, tt was created and built by very ordinary people, doing extraordinary things. Our war fighters are rightfully called “heroes,” yet they too are ordinary Americans who do extraordinary things. What if they give up because it’s just too hard, or the odds are often against them?

At this late date, after decades of average American Citizens making an assumption that has never been true and never will be, the odds are indeed heavily against us. Doing nothing about the political corruption and criminality in our country for many years, is exactly how we got here.

Every time Citizens saw something they didn’t like, be it locally, within their state or at the federal level, in government, or within their own chosen political party, they simply quit, walked away in disgust, took their football, and went home to sit on the sidelines, waiting to see what happens when “the people” fail to be “forever vigilant” in defense of their own freedom, liberty, justice, and decency.

Well, how do you like how that has turned out?

You distrust your own political party…why? Because you left the party in the hands of people you rightfully distrust, instead of cleaning up your own house.

You now distrust the politicians you voted for…why? Because you failed to hold them accountable for breaking the promises they made to you, in order to gain your vote, and maybe even your campaign donations.

You’re frustrated, even mad! GOOD! Join the club…Maybe this means you are ready to do something now.

The very first thing we had better do together is figure how to prevent the fraud that clearly happened in 2020 from happening again in 2022, at an even higher level.

How Bad Will Election Fraud Be in 2022? Unless WE do something serious and fast, 2022 fraud promises to be worse than it was in 2020. If we do nothing, there will be no RED WAVE come November, despite an election cycle wherein the opposition party represents the most unpopular politicians in U.S. history. In fact, since every half-intelligent democrat in the country knows there is a RED WAVE the size of a tsunami headed their way, they may not even allow an election to take place, under another strategically planned “crisis” over the latest Donkey-virus or Global Marxist Climate Change hoax.

If you have any idea what the global Marxists are leading the world into, then you know, doing nothing isn’t even an option. Countries all over the globe are collapsing due to citizen uprisings. Economies are collapsing, as are many national currencies. Our own is teetering on the brink…

So, given that we only have two choices, one of which is no choice at all, what’s YOUR plan? WRITE ME DIRECT – If you’re not on the field, you’re not in the game!

© 2022 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com

by Peter Falkenberg Brown

July 23, 2022

This essay is part of an upcoming book called
The Living Compass of Kindness and Compassionate Love:
Essays on Love, Beauty, and the Mystical Path, by the author.

~ Much of this essay applies to women as well because men and women share a divine source. Yet, since I am not a woman, and because I believe that men need to deeply explore this topic, I have addressed it to men.

When I sit on the rocks of the Maine coast, breathe in the fragrance of the ocean, and cast my gaze out to the horizon, I am reminded that I am part of something grander than myself. Life is more than toiling, hunched over one’s work, with four walls and a roof pressing against one’s soul.

With the magnificence of nature, I can rise above the muck of life and thrill in the revelation that my soul has no boundaries. My mind, my spirit, my soul, and my heart cannot be contained. The pain and brutality and meanness of life cannot stop the soaring freedom of our minds. When I commune with nature, I am convinced that we were created to become magnificent.

Jakob Böhme, the sixteenth-century German mystic, wrote, “In this light my spirit soon saw through all things, and in all creatures, in herb and grass, knew God—who He is, how He is, and what is His will.”[1] Quoting from the Upanishads, Rabindranath Tagore, the twentieth-century Indian poet, wrote that “everything has sprung from immortal life and is vibrating with life, for life is immense.”[2]

Life is immense, and we (both men and women) are meant to be immense and magnificent in our divinity. Yet, as Ralph Waldo Emerson wrote, “We but half express ourselves, and are ashamed of that divine idea which each of us represents.”[3] Too often, we find ourselves trapped by the strictures of society, by business rules that suffocate our souls. Men who seek to give flower to their innate divinity are brave creatures in a world that is usually too busy for such nonsense.

The magnificent divinity of men is not a popular topic. It has, however, an enthusiastic ally. Many women yearn for men to grow in their good-heartedness and internal character. I believe that women want their men to be strong, but to be strong in more than musculature. Being rescued by a knight is most rewarding when the knight’s armor is actually shining with the spiritual nobility of the man inside.

Men can relate to nobility. Who doesn’t want to be noble—a man “of an exalted moral or mental character or excellence”?[4] The dictionary offers synonyms for “noble,” such as “lofty, elevated, high-minded, virtuous, magnanimous, benevolent, honorable, humane, worthy, and meritorious.”[5]

Nobility will take us far. When I heard Legolas cry, “The horn of Gondor!” as he rushed to the aid of the embattled Boromir in the movie The Fellowship of the Ring,[6] my eyes filled with tears that might have come from ancestral knights who lived and died in valor. Every one of us has ancestors who lived noble lives, who may indeed be hoping that we inherit their nobility.

In our efforts to defend our wives, our families, and our lands, we have sometimes forgotten that our divinity is shared by all men, even by the enemies who attack us. The third-century scholar Rabbi Johanan bar Nappaha wrote, “The ministering angels wanted to sing a hymn at the destruction of the Egyptians, but God said: ‘My children lie drowned in the sea, and you would sing?’”[7]

Treating a vanquished enemy with compassion requires empathy, defined by the Collins English Dictionary as: “the power of understanding and imaginatively entering into another person’s feelings.”[8] Charging a hill against an aggressor who threatens our homes may not be an action that lends itself to empathy. Yet, when the battle is over, extending the hand of friendship can turn enemies into friends, as was demonstrated by the heightened friendship between the United States, Germany, and Japan after World War II.

Empathy is often ignored by men, who sometimes content themselves with winning and an external life of success. Doing so is a risky enterprise. In The Varieties of Religious Experience, William James wrote that life without “an eternal moral order” and “an immortal significance” will not end well. He wrote that creating a life surrounded by “the curdling cold and gloom and absence of all permanent meaning” will mean that “old age has the last word: the purely naturalistic look at life, however enthusiastically it may begin, is sure to end in sadness.”[9]

Fortunately, our lives do not have to be swathed in curdling cold and gloom. My artist mother told me that she often flew in her dreams. Whether we explore the universe in our dreams or simply in our imagination, the invisible realms beckon to us with the promise of illumination. The seventeenth-century physician Sir Thomas Browne could have been talking about quantum physics when he wrote, “Live unto the Dignity of thy Nature, and leave it not disputable at last, whether thou hast been a Man . . . Desert not thy title to a Divine particle and union with invisibles.”[10]

Like a title to an acre of land, have we been given the title to a divine particle that represents our point of birth within the magnificence of God? Are we in union with invisible aspects of the Divine? I believe so. I love the term “incarnational spirituality,” based on the view that every individual is a unique incarnation of the Divine. Meister Eckhart wrote that “things are all the same in God: they are God himself.”[11] Whatever our theologies may be, if we believe that an Intelligence created the universe, does it not make sense to view everything in creation as an aspect of the Divine?

Holding the title to a divine particle implies that each of us is formed from a specific blueprint or part of God that is unlike any other. If we delve within ourselves, searching for all the virtues that we can find, we will eventually discover magnificence. I no longer believe that God is “somewhere out there.” Instead, I believe that logic, intuition, and love all lead us to the inevitable conclusion that God not only lives inside us but also is us. My daily prayer contains the sentence, “Dear Beloved, You are all of me, and I am part of You.”

If God has no beginning, if God is omnipresent, if all energy is part of the fabric and body of God, then everything is God. I find it tremendously inspiring to look at nature and see the presence and manifestation of God. I have a deep love for trees for this reason. Even more inspiring is the thought that God is all of me, that God doesn’t just dwell in my heart but lives in every part of me. As we walk down the street, doesn’t God look through our eyes at the people in front of us? I have begun to feel like the driver of a car who suddenly realizes that he is a child, sitting in the lap of his parent, holding the steering wheel together with his parent. It is a thrilling, sobering, yet comforting realization that God is always present, even as He allows us to turn the wheel in the wrong direction.

When we turn the wheel toward darkness, we would do well to remember the words of the Hebrew Morning Service and whisper in our moments of despair, “O my God, the soul which Thou gavest me is pure.”[12]

Men today need to turn inward to the invisible realms to reclaim their magnificent divinity. Sir Thomas Browne advised men to “think of things long past, and long to come.”[13] Men have been proud of their ability to act, to be “doers,” and to solve problems. They have often been impatient with the idea that they need to stop and sit and think. Thus, their ability to contemplate empathy and explore their feelings—and then talk about them with others—has sometimes atrophied like a withered limb. How can a man become divine if he is unable to sense and articulate resonance with the attributes of divinity?

Contemplation doesn’t need to be esoteric. Contemplation involves awareness and meditative thought that we can engage in at any time. We can contemplate the reality and feelings of a waiter placing a dish of food in front of us. Building our empathic sense of love toward others starts with noticing them, with sensing their presence and internal world. In the Father Brown story “The Invisible Man,” G. K. Chesterton wrote that “nobody ever notices postmen.”[14] Why not? Both in the realm of quantum physics and incarnational spirituality, we and our postmen are connected. In the book Anam Cara, John O’Donohue wrote:

“If we believe that the body is in the soul and the soul is divine ground, then the presence of the divine is completely here, close with us. … Your senses link you intimately with the divine within you and around you. Attunement to the senses can limber up the stiffened belief and gentle the hardened outlook. It can warm and heal the atrophied feelings that are the barriers exiling us from ourselves and separating us from each other. Then we are no longer in exile from the wonderful harvest of divinity that is always secretly gathering within us.”[15]

Our desire to become men of empathy and men of love will be more quickly fulfilled when we remember that the means to the end are the same as the end. We reclaim our divinity as we progress along the path of love. It’s not a short path, and it’s often difficult, especially when we look in the mirror and realize how undivine we may have been. It is important to state that becoming a man of empathy and love requires courage and emotional strength. It requires indefatigable guts and fighting spirit, especially when we are challenged to love those with whom we emotionally struggle. Expressing love, over and over again, is not for the weak or faint of heart. To put it plainly, a “strong, masculine man” should add the quality of strong, compassionate love to his list of strengths so that he can tell himself: “I may be able to lift heavy weights, and I can fight the good fight, but I can also love people with compassion and kindness.”

When we are faced with the impact of our misdeeds, however small or large, we can once again find hope when we remember that our core, our golden core, is incorruptible. We can trust the deepest part of our heart, the part that bursts with an uncontrollable cry to the God who made us.

A most wonderful result of contemplating incarnational spirituality is that we can affirm that God’s incarnation as each of us allows us to say that “we”—meaning “God and I”—are love. We are transmitters of love together. We are sharing feelings of empathy together. God is always with us and is constantly encouraging the growth of every virtue, welling up from within our being. God is also leading our creativity, our uniqueness, and our brilliance.

With God as our ally and deepest soul mate, we can have confidence that our divinity will grow, fueled by our desire to give more and love more. As Emerson wrote, we can become “redeemers and benefactors.”[16] We can become purveyors of joy and manifest the prayer, “The God in me greets the God in you.” The women in our lives will be overjoyed to watch us flower.

As men of magnificent divinity, we will be able to resonate with and fulfill the words of Jan van Ruusbroec, the fourteenth-century Dutch mystic who wrote, “God in the depths of us receives God who comes to us: it is God contemplating God.”[17]

© 2022 Peter Falkenberg Brown – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Peter Falkenberg Brown: peterbrown@worldcommunity.com

Website: https://peterfalkenbergbrown.com

Footnotes:

1. Jakob Böhme, quoted in the “Introduction,” by Joseph Bernhart, Translated by Willard R. Trask, in Theologia Germanica, possibly authored by Johannes de Francfordia. (New York, Pantheon, 1949), 28

Quote is from Jakob Böhme’s unfinished manuscript, Aurora. A slightly different translation is in: Jakob Böhme, Aurora, Translated by John Sparrow. (London, Printed by John Streater for Giles Calvert, 1656), Chapter 19, Item 13.

2. Rabindranath Tagore, ”The Relation of the Individual to the Universe,” in Sadhana: The Realization of Life.
(New York, Three Leaves Press, Doubleday, 2004), 17.

3. Ralph Waldo Emerson, “Self Reliance,” in Essays, First and Second Series.
(Boston and New York, The Houghton Mifflin Company, 1876), 48-49.

4. Random House Unabridged Dictionary, s.v. “noble (n.),” accessed June 5, 2022,
https://www.dictionary.com/browse/noble.

5. Random House Unabridged Dictionary / Thesaurus, s.v. “noble (adj.),” accessed June 5, 2022,
https://www.thesaurus.com/browse/noble.

6. The Lord of the Rings: The Fellowship of the Ring, directed by Peter Jackson.
(New Line Cinema / Wingnut Films, 2001), DVD (New Line Home Entertainment, 2002), 2:37:51-2:37:55

7. Rabbi Johanan, quoted in “The Nature and Character of God and His Relations with Man,” in A Rabbinic Anthology, ed. C. G. Montefiore and H. Loewe. (New York, Schocken Books, 1974), 52.

8. Collins English Dictionary, s.v. “empathy (n.),” in British English, accessed June 5, 2022,
https://www.collinsdictionary.com/dictionary/english/empathy.

9. William James, “The Sick Soul,” in The Varieties of Religious Experience.
(New York, University Books, 1963), 140-141.

10. Sir Thomas Browne, Christian Morals. (London, University Press, 1716), 77.

11. Meister Eckhart, “Riddance,” in Meister Eckhart, Vol. 1, ed. Franz Pfeiffer, Translated by C. de B. Evans. (London, John M. Watkins, 1924), 240.

12. “Morning Service,” in Abridged Prayer Book for Jews in the Army and Navy of the United States. (Philadelphia, The Jewish Publication Society of America, 1917), 3.

13. Browne, Christian Morals, 78.

14. G. K. Chesterton, “The Invisible Man,” in The Complete Father Brown.
(New York, Dodd, Mead & Company, 1951), 99.

15. John O’Donohue, “Toward a Spirituality of the Senses,” in Anam Cara: A Book of Celtic Wisdom. (New York, Harper Perennial, 2004), 59.

16. Emerson, Essays, First and Second Series, 49.

17. Jan van Ruusbroec, in An Anthology of Mysticism and Mystical Philosophy, ed. William Kingsland. (London, Methuen and Company Limited, 1927), 94.

Image Credit

“Saved.” Painting by Charles Vigor, 1891–1892
Oil on canvas, Height: 195.58 cm, Width: 134.62 cm.
Image Courtesy of The Firefighters Memorial Trust
Southampton, England, United Kingdom

By Sidney Secular

July 22, 2022

It’s a slow building spectacle. The momentum is momentous as gravity gives it gravitas. The snowball is snowballing as it careens downhill to bury Whites. There are just the sounds of silence as we remain silent about our fate. White America stands on the cusp of oblivion, of annihilation in the plain literal sense. It’s not hyperbole to state that the White race is racing towards extinction — not just demographic conquest and dispossession; not just humiliation, discrimination. and civil rights abuses, but EXTINCTION with the likelihood of attendant violence. We’ve been oblivious to oblivion, but hopefully, the instinct of self-preservation will kick in, in time to turn the tide, to stop the careen into the abyss. We have to recognize this reality and not retreat from it. The starting point and time to end this mindless madness must be now because it is mere minutes to Midnight before the permanent night of extinction ensues. We have to work backwards up a difficult slope from where we presently are or we will slide further downhill as the West further devolves.

Once immigration began, a transformation of the basically White world of the US to the Third World in 1965 ensured. That meant the end of the so-called “melting pot” in which hitherto various European ethnicities could meld together rather seamlessly and assimilate into an altogether different White reality represented by the bounty and boundless boundary/frontier testing spirit of America.  Instead, there could now be only an inevitable meltdown as the new totally foreign elements added an untenable type of diversity in which the ingredients cannot mesh together into an edible stew. This new recipe led to a cheesy imitation of the America designed by the founders that flounders along without the necessary moral compass of a common religious or cultural base to keep it on track. As the foreign elements increased as a percentage of the overall stew, the founding stock was increasingly charged as having egg on its face by the race hustlers as they unfairly “eggzaturated” and mischaracterized alleged past misdeeds of the native White stock. Every defect, deficiency, or even duplicity of the newcomers and the never-to-be-satisfied – and never acculturated Blacks – could be palmed off or blamed on non-existent “white privilege” or the nearly non-existent “white supremacism,” a figment of the imagination of fervid and fevered minds. Once the foreigners achieved sufficient clout and cred, assimilation could be thrown under the bus by the leftists who were now in the driver’s seat in their drive for “diversity”. Senseless equality of outcomes was the natural outcome of trying to satisfy all foreign comers and non-white up-and-comers regardless of their native capabilities and IQs.

There is an unfortunately common talking and take-off point that dominates mainstream conservatism, a.k.a. civic nationalism, mainstream patriotism, inclusive populism, cuckservatism, neo-conservatism, Americanism, etc. – and it is that the ruling classes or deep staters are conjuring up racial division out of whole cloth in order to keep us divided and thus easier to control and manipulate. These dupes and possible “duplicitives” include such icons as Rush, Tucker Carlson, Dennis Prager, Sean Hannity, Glenn Beck, et al. All are in thrall to explain that they are not racists and therefore should be taken seriously. They are akin to the Marxists who are in thrall with the classic class and economic distinctions of rich vs, poor, or the haves vs, the have-nots or, as in post modernism – the “new” Marxism – the oppressed and the oppressor. They see these dichotomies as fractious factions. The reason for sticking with these ingrained talking points is that the average conservative cannot admit to himself that the 20th Century experiment in multiracial egalitarian democracy was not only a catastrophic failure, but in fact was doomed from the get-go. Going along with the flood-like flow of the “main- stream,” the term “racist’ has been turned into the epithet that elicits the most revulsion and repulsion, and mainstream conservatism has been caught up in the flood of going along to get along “sickophantism”. Even a serial killer like necrophile cannibal Jeffrey Dahmer didn’t mind being called any kind of monster except “racist.” Bush league George W. Bush groveled to a point lower than a snake’s belly when Kanye West accused him of not caring about Black people in connection with the Hurricane Katrina fiasco in which the true nature of most Blacks became apparent.

Discrimination occurs when a dominant group uses legal structures and political power to exclude weaker groups from full participation in society. A parasitic ruling class today exercises all but total dominance over media, finance, business, academia, science and government – a dominance enhanced through ethnic and other networking – and is indeed engaged in a coordinated effort to disenfranchise White Americans from society. This strategy has been called “Jim Snow.” Through affirmative action and the forced and foolish diversity enhancement schemes that followed, White men were and are systemically and systematically excluded from or underrepresented in work forces and university admissions across the class spectrum. There are seemingly an unlimited number of government contract, grant, and welfare programs for all so-called minorities, but none specifically for Whites while the other such programs specifically exclude them. There are programs to promote economic development in certain areas with high concentrations of unemployment or “underemployment” that happen to be predominantly White areas, but the thrust is not to assist Whites per se. Whites have had taxation without specific representation for almost the entire life of the country, but in a pronounced manner since about 1965 when the immigration system was rigged against them. In fact, we are literally expected to provide for our own replacement by minorities in individual cases when ordered by employers to train our replacements to meet affirmative action and diversity program goals. Many laid-off white employees who refuse to train their replacements are denied the severance packages that came with their employment contract. In my personal experience, my late “significant other” quit her job rather than comply with this indignity, especially since it was apparent she would be more competent than her replacement.

As if that was not disturbing enough, in connection to the artificial and engineered COVID calamity we have witnessed the emergence of medical discrimination with treatment for non-whites being prioritized. Integration didn’t stop the Blacks from wanting to stick to their own kind in social and educational environments, so it’s demand is gradually being phased out. “Reverse segregation” seems to be seeping into society in which contact with Whites is frowned upon lest the overly sensitive Blacks suffer discomfort from claimed but concocted cases of micro-aggression. Universities, which lead the charge into nihilism, are setting aside dormitories where Whites are not welcome and are increasingly offering race-specific graduation ceremonies for non-Whites. A movement to create and foster White student unions at a few universities a few years ago met opposition from the usual suspects and was abandoned when the prerequisite faculty sponsors would not volunteer to steer the efforts. Whites are absolutely not permitted to exclude non-Whites from anything while non-Whites are privileged and encouraged to exclude Whites from their “spaces.” There are no fields of endeavor or even social activities where Whites can have the field to themselves without non-whites butting/horning in and forcing their acceptance even if it takes legal action to do so. When they do so it is celebrated as a special conquest or worthy achievement. Freedom of association as discussed in another article in this newsletter has long gone by the boards. It’s disappearance was a catalyst in the current efforts to break up White social assembly and coherence.  NASCAR, the country music scene, winter sports, and even hockey are the latest victims of this movement to deny Whites a sense of self/racial consciousness and a sense that they have any special talents or a history of special achievement.

At a certain stage of genocide, dehumanization and polarization affect the victim group.  This stage is far advanced in the US and Europe. When this stage is reached, the very humanity of the targeted group is denied as a prerequisite for overcoming the natural revulsion against mass murder. Hate propaganda is deployed to demonize and depersonalize the target group with the aim of implanting the germ of a growing idea that “we would be better off without them.” This is especially visible in the present war against history in which the glories of Western – that is White – Civilization is being slowly cancelled. At present, you can now get away with saying anything about Whites, no matter how dark, brutal, or gruesome in what used to be their countries. When this phenomenon gets embedded in comedy routines, you know the situation isn’t funny anymore, because the perps are trying to make you laugh it off and not take it seriously. Jokes about dumb blondes were a forerunner of this seeming folderol. We could trot out one example after another. but two cases are illustrative of what “goes down”.

Black Rutgers University professor Brittney Cooper, at an event where the opening address was delivered by impostor President Joe Biden, celebrated the decline of white birthrates. In her own words, she said White birthrates are falling so precipitously “because they cannot afford to put newer generations into the middle class or sustain their own lives and that Whites deserved to go extinct!” Indeed, she’d like to accelerate the pace declaring that her fellow Blacks “gotta take the m– – – f– – – ers out.”  Rutgers and the pres-iding Biden refused to condemn the remarks. At the Yale School of Medicine, Pakistani psychiatrist Anna Khilanani fantasized along the same lines, waxing lyrical about “unloading a revolver into the head of any White person that gets in my way, burying their body and wiping my bloody hands as I walked away guiltless with a bounce in my step, like I did the world a favor.” She referred to Whites as “demented, violent predators”. Jon Leibowitz — more commonly known by his crypsis name, Jon Stewart – recently hosted a program called “The Problem With White People” in which he insidiously ranted against White farmers and their “resentment” in South Africa for being dispossessed of their farmlands and murdered in the process. This has overtones of the Holodomor. Every day, on every news program, on every talk show, in every classroom, in every boardroom, in every government office, Whites are spoken about in language that cannot be describes as anything other than genocidal.

The words that typically surround “racism” and racist are intentionally pathological and medicalized – such as “virulent”. Racism is inherently characterized as a White phenomenon of which other races are deemed incapable. Dozens of municipalities across the country have declared “racism” to be a “public health emergency.” With the advent of the medical tyranny and the vast concentration of power and influence that medical bureaucracies now have, as enhanced by the COVID power grab that has gone “viral,” making ‘racism” into a disease could give diseased minds more latitude to consider Whites as pathogens or pathogenic purveyors of a kind of mental disease.

Cultural genocide and the bad-mouthing of Whites would be the natural forerunners of physical genocide. Before they slaughter us, they have to grind our heroes into the dust, take down our statues, strip us of our roots and turn our callow, immature and strident children against us. By denying us our history and legacies, they deny us our identity and roots, and thus leaving us without a sense of community and purpose. Their actions constitute a sublimated rage of what they would like to do to us if they could get their hands on us and get away with it – and the fact is, that such a situation is now definitely possible!

The cucked “Republicants” led the charge against Southern history. National Review celebrated the cultural destruction of the South. Of course, that was just a “prelewd” to the obliteration of all White history and the falsification of what remains to meet the new memes. History itself is not thought of as an important subject to study since it is more or less the story of what Whites have done and so it is disappearing from college curricula. It is “his-story’ and not enough “her-story” anyway. Politically incorrect books are being removed from purchase from Amazon and mainstream outlets. Universities and public libraries in general are removing old history books and even classics from circulation. Many books considered essential reading until recently are now banned as racist or sexist or not meeting the new Communist program and so are subject to an “ink-quisition”.  Diversity of opinion dies as uniformity and conformity become de rigueur. Many classics wind up as cheap reads in Salvation Army, Goodwill Industries, and other thrift store book sections as libraries donate them for tax write-offs so as to survive in an environment in which people hardly read books anymore. Thrift stores do a surprising amount of on-line mailorder sales of discarded books sold through Amazon and E-bay. At least the classics can become affordable reads for people with diminishing real incomes and some real sense that way.

The teaching of American history has already been fundamentally anti-white for several generations. Slavery, the Holocaust (TM), and the “civil rights” movement together with anything else to enhance white guilt, dominate the dialogue. Middle schools in teaching the history of their particular state frequently turn these courses into muddled diatribes of politically correct poop.

With the forced adoption of anti-white Critical Race Theory, government schools and no small number of private and “Christian” schools have transformed into full-fledged torture camps for the brainwashing of White children. As a result, these children come home in tears, ashamed of their race and angry at their parents for bringing them into the world. The brutal elimination of white identity is surely a significant factor in the increasing incidence of race mixing and the large number of abortions that result therefrom. For lack of any normal identity, the increasing number of children identifying as the weird LGBT and other hard to believe sexual oddities under the grooming regimen of their predator teachers, nurses, counselors and psychiatrists is a metastasizing lunacy launched by the left. Sometimes it becomes for younger children especially a matter of gaining approval of the culture through gender choice if one’s race is unacceptable! Children need acceptance and if they cannot change their race, they can always change their gender – or so they’re told.

If you turn on the TV or flip through a magazine, you’ll flip over the number of Blacks featured in the ads. I have a dream that one day I can stop seeing Blacks as role models and being elevated to the top of the social pyramid. If you see a White in an ad, they are most likely to be homosexual, in an interracial relationship, have friends that are all the “united colors of Benetton,” are morbidly obese, or are cast in a subservient or secondary role. Healthy, strong especially White males are persona non grata in the advertising industry. The overarching purpose of ads is to more often than not reinforce the “new normal” culture, sell darkness or smut, sell big pharma’s bag of faddish cures or vanity-driven beauty products or advertise travel or cruise opportunities to people who don’t know what to do with their ill-gotten gains. Of even more concern, Hollywood churns out big-budget film and TV productions which glorify violence against Whites. “Inglorious Basterds,” “Django Unchained,” “Unchained,” Get out,” “Hunters” and “Watchmen” are examples of this degenerate genre and are exercises in genocidal pre-programming. There are many films that make fun of whites, showing them as inferior to Blacks despite being socially superior. One such film was “The Help” which contain a situation in which a black employee gave her white employer a pie made with her own feces! White heroes, both fictional and historical, are now routinely recast as non-white. Whites are not permitted to visualize themselves via movies or TV as doing anything notable or noble. Often these depictions are ridiculous, such as BBC’s black Anne Boleyn or Netflix’s black Viking Queen. Such is the atrocious ignorance of modern audiences that such trash is not consigned to the trash bin by critics and those with some supposed sense or sense of propriety. Humiliation is the key, erasing us from our own history, stealing our achievements and crediting others with them.

We have allowed sex perverts and our racial enemies to define American culture for a century, our reality shaped by those who want us dead or hollow shells of ourselves. We have been redefined as a nearly untouchable caste, but our women are still the envy of the other races for their beauty and so are raped in enormous numbers creating great dangers to themselves that they do not appreciate since many have not been made aware of the dangers they face by a news media that spike any stories that do not conform to the new narrative.

We know police departments, intelligence agencies, and the military have been severely compromised with an anti-white mindset, at least at the upper levels. The process started during the Obama Administration, accelerated while Trump was in office, and is being finalized under the Biden regime.  The degree to which the rank-and-file have been penetrated or compromised is still uncertain. Unbelievably, we know that non-white criminal gangs have long penetrated the military, that recruitment standards continue to fall (we examined the situation at West Point in a previous newsletter), and that the military academies are indistinguishable from civilian universities in their commitments to leftism and anti-white diversity, which are fervently promoted from on high by the Pentagon (Pentagram?). As well, we know that the military’s COVID vaxx injection mandates are being used to drive out conservative, independently-minded White men.

© 2022 Sidney Secular – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Sidney Secular: Success_Express@yahoo.com

By Lex Greene

July 21, 2022

The short answer is, worse than in 2020.

It’s no secret that the Biden (Obama 3.0) administration is the most unpopular administration in U.S. history, and for plenty of good reasons. No previous administration has ever created such a huge dumpster fire across the country and around the world in such a short period of time.

Clearly, Joe Biden lacks the mental capacity to read a teleprompter correctly, much less run anything, or even know where he is, or why, most of the time. Kamala Harris is even worse than Biden, but not due to late stage dementia. She’s always been dumber than a box of rocks. Biden is down to a 28% approval rating, but Kamala is even lower.

So, Americans predicting a “red wave” on November 8^th can read these tea leaves and draw the conclusion that democrats across the country will be politically slaughtered in the 2022 mid-terms. But there’s a key element to that prediction that most are ignoring…we don’t have legitimate elections.

2020 isn’t the first time democrats worked to perfect the art of stealing an election. In 2000, they tried to seat Al Gore in the Oval Office by denying the certification of the overseas Military vote, while knocking “hanging chads” from paper ballots on the floor in endless Florida recounts…A fraudulent process eventually stopped by the U.S. Supreme Court.

All the way back in 1936, the Democrat E. H. Crump political machine based in Memphis, which controlled much of Tennessee, extended to McMinn County with the introduction of Paul Cantrell as the Democratic candidate for sheriff. Cantrell engaged in electoral fraud, both by intimidating voters who voted against him, and by allowing ineligible people to vote. The U.S. Department of Justice had investigated allegations of electoral fraud in McMinn County in 1940, 1942, and 1944, but had never taken any action.

But by 2020, the Democrat Party had perfected a plethora of election fraud methods and they used all of them, making the 2020 elections the most fraudulent election in human history! The entire world knows it, and they can’t figure out why Americans have allowed it to stand.

For decades, the Democrat Party has been cheating in elections, by any means necessary. The Republican Party has allowed it to continue for decades, in part due to a legal agreement called a Consent Decree, which the GOP made with the Democrat Party back in 1982. Since 1982, the Republican Party had been legally prohibited from contesting elections due to suspected vote fraud. Of course, Republican voters and donors never agreed to any such thing, and most never even knew about it. A Federal Court allowed that agreement to expire in 2018, just ahead of the mid-terms.

Still, with massive fraud on open global display in the 2020 elections, the Republican Party sat quiet as the worst administration in U.S. history stole the White House and numerous Congressional seats in broad daylight, or the dark of night when it came to after-hours DNC ballot drops at key swing state distracts, captured on film. Republican Vice President Mike Pence participated in the steal and continues to participate in the coverup, as do many other Republican officials, the worst among them, Liz Cheney (WY) and Mitt Romney (UT).

Countless groups have worked around the clock to evidence and expose the massive 2020 fraud since, as all news networks and both political parties continue to deny any wrongdoing even today. The evidence isn’t just compelling, it’s overwhelming, despite an obvious effort to cover it all up.

So, just how bad will the democrat party fraud be in November 2022?

Well, when there are no consequences for committing massive election fraud in front of the entire world, there is no reason to stop committing that fraud. In fact, it encourages the cheaters to up the ante in election after election until someone finally puts a stop to it. All they needed was a little cover, such as the fake COVID19 scamdemic used to open up unverifiable mail-in and drop box balloting, along with illegal ballot harvesting and election machine hacking. It worked once, so they will most surely do it again!

Because nothing at all has been done about the fraud in 2020, there is no reason to expect that democrats won’t continue that practice in 2022. No one in the USA has successfully challenged their crimes.

How far are they willing to go in 2022?

Again, the short answer is, however far they need to go to make sure they retain political power after November. Nothing, and I do mean NOTHING AT ALL, is off the table in 2022.

Democrats know they are highly unpopular today, even among many lifelong democrats who foolishly voted for them in 2020. They know they have no chance of legitimately winning any election this November. As a result, they also know that they will have to cheat more in 2022 than they did in 2020 and they are already doing it across the country.

• Will democrats use all of the fraudulent methods they used in 2020? YES
• Will they launch another scamdemic to force unverifiable voting? YES
• Will they continue to ratchet up war with Russia in Ukraine? YES
• Will they continue to sell USA resources to Communist China? YES
• Will they continue to demolish the US Military? YES
• Will they continue to put illegal invaders and convicts on the streets everywhere? YES
• Will they continue to target all law enforcement and border agents? YES
• Will they continue to threaten and attack all Constitutionally Protected Rights? YES
• Will they continue to destroy our schools and churches? YES
• Will they continue to flood the USA with bioweapons and fentanyl? YES
• Will they continue to plant terror cells in every city? YES
• Will they continue to intentionally destroy our economy? YES
• Will they continue to cause massive inflation and supply chain shortages? YES
• Will they do all they can to cause a total economic collapse before November? YES
• Will they continue to unleash Marxist terrorists like BLM and ANTIFA on the public? YES
• Will they use “false flag” events to gaslight unsuspecting citizens? YES
• Will they use the Military against Citizens if need be? YES
• Will they continue to create a never ending stream of “emergencies” to win? YES
• Will they continue to lie to win? YES

All the above is a known given… no need for any imagination, since we have watched democrats do it all for many years.

The democrat party also teaches their candidates in RED districts in open primary states, to run on Republican tickets. They also teach democrat voters to cross over in open GOP primaries to vote for the republican candidate, whom they want to run against in the general election.

Even worse, the democrat party is spending millions on republican candidates in open republican primaries, just to manipulate GOP elections and hand pick the candidate they think they can defeat in the general elections.

And of course, there is nothing new about global nation-wreckers like Nazi George Soros spending billions to manipulate elections from the top of the ballot to the bottom, coast to coast.

Will they flood our country with criminals and terrorists from every 3^rd world toilet, replacing uncontrollable Americans with easily controllable 3^rd world voters? YES

In my opinion, they are even willing to sponsor mass shootings, BLM and ANTIFA riots, or even nuke U.S. cities with dirty bombs they can blame on Putin, just to retain their ill-gotten power in an election year they are doomed to lose BIG! These criminals are highly capable of doing anything to retain power and any casualties of their crimes are acceptable collateral damage to whatever they deem necessary.

So, how bad will election fraud be in 2022?

Far worse than in 2020, and this time, they won’t limit their tactics to merely stuffing and stealing votes. They are desperate, and desperate people are very dangerous.

Unless American Citizens make it their business to do whatever it takes to secure the November elections, a RED WAVE remains highly unlikely, despite running against the most unpopular administration in U.S. history. There are many things the people can and should do to turn the tide, they just have to do it.

I work with TNALC.org that just released their most recent Citizen Call to Action. Anyone can do this, and everyone should, unless you have already surrendered. More action items will be issued by the group, so get connected with us to get properly engaged.

© 2022 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com

by Lee Duigon

July 21, 2022

I have found the El Dorado of idiocy, the pot of pure twaddle at the end of the rainbow. Check it out.

“A new school of thought within archaeology pushes scientists to think twice about assigning gender to ancient human remains”.

A “school of thought”? Did they say “thought”? Wrong word, sunshine! If you have “thoughts” like this, you need a new brain.

And as for “assigning gender” to skeletons—well, God already did that, back when He created them. Nevertheless, as reported by The College Fix, “Anthropologists [Is that what they are?] call for an end to classifying human remains by biological gender.”

Why? You’re gonna love this. Because “they cannot gauge how a person identified at the time.” They can’t ask the skeletons which “gender” they “identified as” when they were alive—as if there were a bunch of Cro-Magnon men claiming to be women and demanding the right to compete in women’s sports.

This is the work of “gender activists” calling themselves The Trans Doe Task Force. Every pack of nincompoops has to have a task force or the other ninnies won’t take them seriously. Just to make sure we understand how the times they are a-changin’, they put quotes around “male” and “female” to remind us there are no such things.

It’s like someone, somewhere, threw a goofy switch and turned on all the crazy. So we have a Supreme Court justice who says she doesn’t know what a woman is, and the president of a “women’s law” society who says yeah, she’s a woman—because that’s what she “identifies as.” Saying so makes it so, as far as she’s concerned. And we have Church of England bishops who say that they don’t know, either.

Are they trying to erase women? Is there something about women that just plain freaks them out?

These are people who are supposedly adults, many of whom occupy highly-paid, high-profile, high-prestige positions in both the public and the private sectors. They can’t all be lunatics—can they? They can’t possibly be that ignorant. So either they’re simply saying things they know are not true, or something else more sinister is going on with them.

Let me propose a challenge. Is there anyone out there who can give a reason, even a thumping silly reason, why we should be doing this, and how we can possibly benefit from it in any way, even a galloping ridiculous way? Don’t be shy—give us a reason!

Once upon a time, in the middle of the 19^th century, the Xhosa people in southern Africa thought they could run the British out of Africa—but only if they first killed off all their livestock (this was history’s first Green New Deal) and burnt up all their crops. A (ahem!) prophetess told them this, and they believed her, so they did what she advised.

And starved very nearly to extinction. And the British colonists stayed.

It’s dangerous to listen to preposterously bad advice. And if it’s not actively a threat to life, it can at least be absurd, shameful, comical, and an assault on sanity and dignity.

We are getting that kind of advice here and now, in the 21^st century. The world’s on fire with it. Our ruling class has lost its marbles. Have you seen video of the massive riots in Sri Lanka that chased its president out of the country? That could be us. Or Canada, or the Netherlands, or Australia. SloJo Biden is not the only world leader who’s gone non compos mentis.

“Male and female created He them.” They want to tear down God’s creation and replace it with their own.

The people of Sri Lanka have rebelled against insane government policies that were reducing them to poverty and want. Our government, in addition to creating food and energy and baby formula shortages, is trying to poison us with “gender fluid.” Pushing transgender as if their lives depended on it.

This has to stop. It really has to stop.

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . Click the link and visit… before they come for your gender. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

© 2022 Lee Duigon – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

By Coach Dave Daubenmire

July 21, 2022

www.stophate.com

They have lied to us.   Our government I am speaking about.

The government-media complex is one of the most wicked partnerships in the history of this nation.

Lie.  That is all that they do.  They have seized the levers of power and all they do is lie to advance their Luciferian agenda.

They hide the Truth.  Censor the Truth.  Deny the Truth. Ignore the Truth.  Their father is a liar and they are doing his handiwork.

America is a nation under siege.  The enemies are within the gates.  They occupy the positions of power throughout every area of this nation.  The Media. Education. Entertainment. Medicine. Religion.

Lies rule the day.  The bigger the lie the more convincing it is.  Government would never harm you.  Science is honest.  Education is moral.  Churches are apolitical.  Lies.  All lies.

Churches are bought.  Pulpits have been pilfered.  Pastors are cowardly.   The Bible calls them “ignorant…dumb dogs…afraid to bark…loving to slumber…greedy dogs…” [See the DVD, “Enemies Within the Church“]

I’m sick of it.  You should be too.

But you listen to the boys on TV.  They call themselves “conservatives” yet they hide the Truth.  They talk about Jan 6 as an “insurrection” as if 2 million men and women marching on Washington is some kind of crime.  They poison your brain.  They tell you there is nothing wrong…that it is all in your head.  That you are a conspiracy theorist…that the pharmaceutical companies can be trusted.

Prices are sky-rocketing…fuel is off the charts…shelves are thinning…Build Back Better is the way forward.  Fake News.  Fake Genders.  Fake Conservatives.

They are poisoning the mind of your children.  Perverts are trolling for your children in public schools.  You wink and nod as they explain their sexual perversion is normal.  You are the screwed up one.  You are the bigot.  You are the hate monger as they cram debauchery into the minds of our young children. And, get away with it!

I could go on and on.  Lies are everywhere you look and the church won’t even stand up and fight for Truth.  Accepting perversion is “loving” as they deviants judge you for judging them.

Divide and conquer is the oldest trick in the book.  They shut down the churches.  They told you to stay at home.  They destroyed small businesses while Big Box stores thrived.  You took the jab.  You gave it to your children.  Now they are sick.  Many are dying.  Most are damaged.  It is only the beginning.

Biden was never elected.  Use your damn brain.  It has all been a sham.

They told us they were going to do it.  We didn’t believe them.  We trusted our “elected” officials even though many of them were never elected.  We looked the other way.  We cowered in fear…still do…afraid that one of your friends might call you a name.

Pussies.  Cowards.  Idiots.  Fools.  What name would you use for the average American?

Your prissy pastor…if you still go to church…hides behind the pulpit while evil flourishes right outside the door.  He (or she…not much difference) won’t mix the “sacred with the secular” or mix “religion and politics” as the Devil eats our children.  We were warned.

“The only thing necessary for evil to triumph is for good men to do nothing.”  Are there any good men anymore?  How do you recognize them?  Where do you find them?  Do good men EVER push back?  How did the average American male become so womanly?

Womanly.  We have a Supreme Court justice who cannot define woman.  She, a woman, either lied or is ignorant.  Both should disqualify her.  We appoint “crossdressers” to the highest offices in the land.  We act as if this behavior is normal.

They are sick.  No wait…WE ARE SICK for tolerating this horse manure.  We let them eat us alive.  We cower in the corner afraid to defend Truth.  They destroy everything that is good.  We applaud their debauchery.  We know the Truth but refuse to defend it.  We fold easier than a grandmother’s bra.

We are pansies.  Christian men are effeminate and cowardly.  Hooked on porn and sports…unwilling to defend their faith and their family. Living by lies.  Trump is coming back.  Everything is going to be fine!

Fools.  Damn fools.  Dumb dogs.  Afraid to bark.

I’m going to give you an opportunity to get involved.  A chance to awaken your friends.

They lied to us about Jan 6^th.  It was a GOVERNMENT insurrection against the people.  Over 75% of those currently locked in jail in Washington DC are veterans.  Maybe you need to read that again.  VETERANS are locked up in DC for peacefully demanding a redress of a stolen election.  Over 18 months in jail for simply exercising their God-given right to question their government. How many Republicans are fighting to free them?

Your government wants you dead.  Can’t you see it?  Luciferians are running the show.

Watch this documentary.  Bloody Hill.  SHARE it.  YOU MUST SHARE IT with your friends.  Let your fellow Americans SEE what was done to God-fearing Americans.  Veterans.  Those who fought for our freedoms…now locked in the Government Gulag.

Watch it and share it.  Grow a pair.  Stand up and fight, damnit!!

Your grandkids are counting on you.

Woof!  Woof!!

© 2022 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Dave Daubenmire: ptsalt@gmail.com

By Frosty Wooldridge

July 21, 2022

Next question: what will it do to our culture, ethos, quality of life and standard of living?  What will it do to improve climate change, cultural cohesion and our English language commonality?

Most Americans go about their daily lives by eating breakfast, going to work for eight to 10 hours per day, and driving home to dinner with their families.  Most Americans don’t really know what’s going on in Washington DC, because the mainstream media hides pertinent information that affects us now, and into the future.

Why do we no longer trust ABC, NBC, CBS, NPR, PBS, CNN and so many of the mainstream media?  Answer:  they misinform us, or they simply delete any important news they don’t want us to see.

For instance, last year with endless tons of fentanyl being imported across our southern borders, a whopping 107,000 Americans died of opioid overdoses.  That wasn’t reported until year’s end.

Last year, in excess of 2,000,000 illegal migrants crossed our borders.  In 2022, already, we watched 1.5 million cross by June and expect another 1.5 million to cross by December to add up to a mind-numbing 3,000,000 added refugees invited in, against our laws, by Joe Biden.  But you have no idea of the impact of THAT many people because Biden and the MSM don’t want you to know.

Here’s some sobering facts as to what’s really happening to our entire society.

1. In 2022, there are in excess of 70,000,000 foreign-born people living within the USA.  At least 20,000,000 live here illegally, off the radar, using our educational systems, free school lunches, without paying taxes, using our welfare systems and robbing us blind whether it is shoplifting, anchor babies at 300,000 of them annually that we pay for, rapes, robberies and/or killings.
2. Today, one in four babies are birthed by foreign-born people living in the USA.  That’s going to add up to an enormous number of people that are not Americans by 2040. They bring incompatible cultures, poverty and decay to our society. One look at the 100,000 homeless in California should give you an idea of our future in every state.
3. One-third of the people living in Los Angeles,  one-third in San Francisco, one-third in Miami, one-third in Chicago and one-third in NYC…are foreign-born. (Source: US Census Bureau)
4. By 2042, European-Americans will become the newest minority in their own country.  Latinos, Hispanics, Mexicans will become the new majority. (Source: www.pewresearchcenter.org)
5. Around 2040, English will not be the dominate language in America.  There will be hundreds of languages spoken in enclaves around the country, especially in big cities. Any understanding of people working on the same page will be a thing of the past.  We face racial, cultural, religious and linguistic conflict on a scale unheard of in all of history.
6. By 2050, we will see an added 100,000,000 more people added to this country by immigrants and their birth rates.  We will have jumped from 335 million to over 440 million.  (Source: www.numbersusa.com ; “Population Projections USA” by Fogel/Martin, www.PewResearchCenter.org , U.S. Census Bureau.)

Have you heard or read about any of these numbers by David Muir, Norah O’Donnell, Lester Holt, Anderson Cooper, NPR, PBS, Terry Gross or Scott Simon?  Answer: of course not!  Why is that? Answer: they want to or must keep you in the dark, so you won’t understand the ramifications of THAT many people.

Please understand that this scenario is not an “if”!  What’s coming is a “when” reality if we don’t change course by stopping all immigration.

Do you realize that we will NOT be able to secure enough water, energy and resources to support THAT many people?  Just wrap your arms around trying to sustain another 100,000,000 people!

What would you do if you could ask one of those national broadcast personalities about what we face? What kind of answers would you demand?

Would you ask them why they remain silent on the gravest issue facing America in the 21^st century?  Their kids will be victims, too.

With climate change burning up our continent with droughts and extraordinarily high temperatures—how do you think adding another 100 million people will solve anything for future generations?  How will another 100 million improve our quality of life, our gridlocked cities, our schools, our cultural cohesion, our environment, our farmland, our rivers, our national parks?   Just about everything we take for granted—won’t be there for our kids in 2050.  Heck, with another 35 million added by the end of 2029, we will be hard pressed to sustain ourselves.

If I can ask you one thing as to the realities we face, it’s for you to take action for your children.  Cut and paste this letter, and email it to:  60M@cbsnews.com  . Send another one to Jesse Waters at watters@fox.com .  Send another letter to  carlson@fox.com .  Send a letter to Terry Gross and Scott Simon at NPR.  Send to Anderson Cooper. Send to David Muir and Lester Holt.  Send letters to everyone in the national media.  If you have their email addresses, send me a list of addresses.

Dear 60 Minutes Leslie Stahl, Forrest Whitaker, Scott Pelley, Norah O’Donnell:

Thank you for your ongoing presentations of problems facing Americans and humans across the globe.  It’s time to address the greatest and gravest crisis facing America and all humanity in the 21^st century:  human overpopulation.  Right now, the USA remains on course to jump from 335 million to 440 million by 2050.  Yes, it’s driven by endless immigration and their birthrates.  No, we cannot sustain THAT many more people within the USA as to water, energy and resources.

We need a national discussion-debate on what kind of civilization we’re handing over to our children. One that’s sustainable and thriving…or one that’s overpopulated, destitute of resources and collapsing under the crush of too many people.

These two links will give you an idea of what we face.  This is a future we can change now, toward a viable one, instead of a living nightmare that so much of the world experiences in 2022.

Thank you,

Your name, address and phone number

Share these videos all over America:

“In a five minute astoundingly simple yet brilliant video, Immigration, Poverty, and Gum Balls”, Roy Beck, director of www.numbersusa.ORG, graphically illustrates the impact of overpopulation.  Take five minutes to see for yourself:

“Immigration by the numbers—off the chart” by Roy Beck

This 10-minute demonstration shows Americans the results of unending mass immigration on the quality of life and sustainability for future generations: in a few words, “Mind boggling!”  www.NumbersUSA.org

© 2022 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

By Karen Schoen

July 20, 2022

A newly released report from Steve Moore, states that there is no one, NOT ONE, ZERO person in the OBiden regime that knows anything about business. think about this: These people are pushing their untried, untested, complete failure policies on We the People because they don’t care about people or results. They only care about power.

It seems as though our SCOTUS believes in the US Constitution. We won great decisions in the Supreme Court but got screwed by the Gutless Outrageous Prostitutes = GOP. (Thank you Sally Baptiste for that great new name for the GOP.)   Are you still going to vote for the same traitors again? Chaney is out begging democrats to vote for her. I hope that even Wyoming Democrats are not that stupid.

To understand what’s going on today we really have to go back and look at the 60s-70s. Most Americans pushing abortion are Boomers from that era. The boomers, myself included were the hippies, the flower children, the rock n  rollers, anti-G-d, Anti-family and Anti-America.  Morality was tossed out the window when G-d was removed from public buildings, due to 1person complaining in Engel v. Vitale . Then we accepted perversion, drugs, liquor,  sex as the new lifestyle. We would do anything our parents didn’t do. We hated the establishment.

In the 60s-70s we were so despondent and in such despair at seeing our great American heroes being assassinated in front of our very eyes. We strongly believed that the assassinations were part of a government coup. Of course we were told we were conspiracy nuts. HA! John F Kennedy, Martin Luther King JR, Robert Kennedy, our hope for a bright future was slowly fading.  We were forced into a war by draft in Vietnam that no one wanted. We were forced to fight a war in Vietnam against communism while promoting communism at home in school. How sick was that?  We were taught to lay our hatred on the heroes that were forced to fight. While those who avoided the draft became teachers in this new education called Social Studies/sustainability aka communism.

And so like all other peoples of the world when we were abused we responded. We were angry .We demonstrated, we marched and we rioted. We destroyed statues, burned buildings and listened to the emotional news about the war even though we knew they were lying.

We were taught to divert our attention into sex and drugs which we learned in school through a variety of “new” SEX Ed courses and we learned fast. After all we learned in school so it had to be OK. We had multiple outlets to express our new found “free love” like Studio 54, Plato’s Retreat and Playboy Club.  We often took out our hostility in our music and art. Bill Ayers (Obama’s mentor and leader of the Weather Underground responsible for multiple bombings of federal buildings, now a professor) asked John Lennon to write a song for the revolution. John wrote “Revolution”. Bill was pissed. (read the lyrics https://www.azlyrics.com/lyrics/johnlennon/revolution.html)

We took massive quantities of drugs and had Love Ins with sex, drugs and  lots of liquor hooking up at any time with anyone. Nothing has changed. Those teens, grew up and are now running America using their never tried utopian/Marxist theories that they write when under the influence of something. If they wanted the drug war over, they would end it instead of participating in it. These insane illogical theories don’t work, can’t work, will never work. They are instead designed to take forever and be way over budget.  If their programs worked, they couldn’t bleed us dry.

What did we learn? Well my group of teenagers were told never talk about politics and religion.  Don’t trust your parents after all anyone over 30 doesn’t know what is going on. Be the silent majority.  Never talk about the war. We were told the government knows best.  We grew up to being so anti-establishment that it didn’t matter what the establishment did or said we figured they were just lying. The GOP and DNC are filled with these globalists who vow to take down America’s greatness and steal everything they can’t get legally. . Check out the “GOP-Gutless Outrageous Prostitutes”  who just voted to take away the only protection we have with our guns while they bring terrorists into America. They hate Americans. They want us to suffer so we will be happy with their government crumbs. We will do more for less while they take everything and we will be happy with drugs and video games. Yuval Noah Harari from World Economic Forum describes their intent, video.

War makes their problem of too many useless eaters, easy to dispose of. These globalists will protect the border of Ukraine and provide Ukraine guns while disarming Americans. All they want is for us to DIE (Diversity, Inclusion, Equity) so they can steal our property and keep power.

Where did we turn to vent our frustration and agree to transform America? Our educators took care of that. In 1989, Shirley Mc Cune from the McRel Foundation told the Governors Association:

We will change education from fact based to value based (on emotion) learning.

(Emotional people are easier to control using emotional triggers.)

We will stop focusing on the individual, and focus on the collective (we can conform everyone to the group mentality.)

We will train for work, not educate for life. (We need workers not thinkers or experts).

Communists learned that uneducated people are easier to control.

While all eyes looked at colleges, they infiltrated K-12 while convincing the family to “keep up with the Jones” by overspending so both mom and dad had to work ensuring the breakup of the family. The evolution of the family went from Father Knows Best to All in the Family to Married with Children showing how dysfunctional families are really the norm.

Today we suffer the results of those teachings as our government officials and experts are only capable of reading their talking points. I am just following directions, you will hear as their excuse for their third world actions of government against the people. Our police, after being emasculated (the goal of the feminist movement), will stand and watch as children are being slaughtered because they are just following directions.  The hell with the Americans.  They are just useless eaters. Less people is better they have been taught. According to Stalin, “Less people, less problems.”

We turned to a new type of government called socialism. It sounded so social, fun and inviting. It sounded so nice. All people will look after each other. Everyone would share. It will be wonderful. Everyone will all have the same stuff. And so the confused children turned to the communists who were so ready to open their arms for their new flock. The commies changed all the words and definitions to reflect Peace and Love. We followed Saul Alinsky’s Rules for Radicals and they offered the people exactly what Khrushchev said. I will feed you little bits of socialism and one day you will be a communist.

Now we have America’s new normal. How does that work?

Kevin Sorbo on  Twitter:
” Can I drive your car? No, you’re 5
Can I have a beer?  No, you’re 5
Can I have a cigarette? No, you’re 5
Can I have a gun? No, you’re 5
Can I take hormones and change my gender? Of Course, you know what’s best.”

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………

My conversation (Italics) with a Greenie:
Greenie: I am getting an EV. I will save tons of money on fossil fuel since it will soon be outlawed. I can depend on clean green energy from wind or sun. No dirty fuel for me.
That is great but what do you do if there is no wind or sun.  It won’t matter because I will plug my car in the wall socket.
Where does the electricity in the socket come from? It comes from the wires.  Where does the electricity in the wires come from? It comes from the power company.  Where does the electricity in the power company come from? From the grid.  Where does the electricity from the grid come from? DUH! OOPS OK Where? Fossil fuel.) NO FOSSIL FUEL = NO ELECTRICITY. We are assisting in our own failure.

……………………………………………………………………………………..

CO2 is necessary to produce food not climate change. America is having a food shortage crisis. CO2 helps plants aka food to grow.                       CO2 is about .03% of the atmosphere and is a result of warming, NOT the cause.  Joe said he doesn’t know why or what to do about the food shortages but Joe has a plan. He increased ethanol aka corn aka soy in gas which burns our food for fuel resulting in less food at a higher cost for Americans and more expensive gas.

“Growing ethanol not food wastes: 5Billion tons of N Fertilizer; 68 Trillion BTU of natural gas; 57000sq MILES (not acres) of farmland.” Dr. Sarah Taber.  Joe has opened border for illegals to eat our food giving Americans less food; higher cost.

Then Joe wrote an EO forcing new furnaces to eliminate CO2. No CO2 = No Food.  Since over 20 processing plants were attacked, Joe signed an EO to give $1Billion to farmers to build new plants. Only the EPA regulations make it cost prohibitive.  Is it Joe’s intent to starve Americans so he can trade food for guns?

……………………………………………………………………………………………………

American government schools teach their students to be mediocre.  Multiple educators, myself included know that Common Core insures America’s children will be 2 years below average. Now we are surprised that they are.

https://www.yahoo.com/news/identical-twins-raised-apart-korea-185552767.html

Based on their IQ test results, the woman from the U.S. scored 16 points lower than that of her sibling in Korea.

https://floridaphoenix.com/2022/05/31/fls-state-reading-results-troubling-about-25-percent-of-3rd-graders-could-read-proficiently/  This is a recent article regarding the low # of 3^rd Graders who can read at proficiency level of 4 or 5 on the scale of 1-5

These programs DON’T WORK

https://populistpress.com/san-franciscos-lowell-high-school-returns-to-merit-based-admissions-after-lottery-system-was-a-disaster/

We just had LGBTQ month. Where is the Hetero Month? or the Cisgender Month.  After all we are the majority and in a “Democracy” the majority wins. So why are we not recognized?  These labels are just used to divide the people. Really who cares what anyone does in their bedroom? My question is: Can you do the job? It is obvious in this failed regime the answer is No, but not to worry their departments met their DIE quota.

Now the big question:  Is America worth saving? What will you do about it?

© 2022 Karen Schoen – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Karen Schoen: kbschoen@bellsouth.net

By Bradlee Dean

July 20, 2022

It was reported over this last weekend how many criminals used a weapon to illegally to murder another human being (Exodus 20:13).

Of course, and without fail, the purposeful lying and deceptive media, working hand in glove with corrupt politicians, did their best to divert Americans into accusing the weapon for the crimes rather than the one that made the choice to pull the trigger (Deuteronomy 30:19). The act, my friends, is not apart from the actor (Romans 6:16).

[Rumble Video]

If only the American people would take the time and see through the obvious when it comes to what it is that these politicians leave undone, enforcement of the law, in deterring the crimes rather than accusing and attempting to disarm the innocent (Proverbs 17:15).

We should also observe what it is that they are responsible for when it comes to these illegal gun free zones where 94-96% of all these mass shooters.

It is for the American people to remove the corrupt politicians (Article II, Section 4; Article I, Section 3, Clause 7 U.S. Constitution) before the people are disarmed and subjugated to them.

[Link]

Please watch and share this brand-new short video: Gun Owners – Why Are The Innocent Accused Of The Crimes Of The Guilty?

[Rumble Video]

© 2022 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

By Kelleigh Nelson

July 19, 2022

Politicians are more or less so warped by party feeling, by selfishness, or prejudices, that their minds are not altogether balanced.  They are the most difficult to cure of all insane people.  —Robert E. Lee, from his personal journal, circa 1860

A decline in courage may be the most striking feature that an outside observer notices in the West today. The Western world has lost its civic courage.  Such a decline in courage is particularly noticeable among the ruling and intellectual elite, causing an impression of a loss of courage by the entire society.  —Aleksandr I. Solzhenitsyn

Sick cultures show a complex of symptoms such as you have named…but a dying culture invariably exhibits personal rudeness. Bad manners. Lack of consideration for others in minor matters. A loss of politeness, of gentle manners, is more significant than is a riot. —Robert A. Heinlein, in his book Friday

For us in Russia, communism is a dead dog, while, for many people in the West, it is still a living lion.  —Aleksandr Solzhenitsyn

As a youngster, my church and my family educated me as to what was coming in the future, Biblically and politically. I knew about communism, but back then I didn’t know it had been around since the early 19^th century.  President Kennedy was shot and killed when I was a junior in high school. Then came the murders of Martin Luther King and two months later, Bobby Kennedy.  Tanks rolled down the streets of Chicago in April and August of 1968, and a 10 p.m. curfew was declared for the entire city.  Apartment buildings were boarded in case of attacks by rioters.  Chicago was on fire, looting and burning was everywhere after King’s death.  Mayor Richard J. Daley told the police, shoot to injure if they are stealing, shoot to kill if they’re starting fires.

Fires were dotted across the South Side and the Near North Side.  Six hundred fires burned destroying 28 blocks on Chicago’s West Side.  Daley, looking down from a police helicopter, broke into tears.  He asked, “What did they do to my city?”  That was 1968.

I don’t believe I fully realized the enormous consequences of what had happened back then, and it wasn’t the beginning; it was just another piece of the slow destruction of our beloved nation.

Murders on the world stage, every one of them for an evil purpose.

In 2020, the assassinations were aimed at the “Rule of Law” and our culture.  Antifa, BLM and smaller communist groups joined together to riot and destroy public property and to set fire to anything that would burn, all allegedly because of George Floyd’s death.  Police were injured and some killed, often outnumbered, or told to stand down while cities and towns were set ablaze.  Monetary damages reached two billion.

Instead of mayors telling the police to halt the violence by shooting those who set fire, they encouraged the riots.  Kamala Harris promoted the Minnesota Freedom Fund that bailed out a twice-convicted rapist accused of sexual assault, an alleged murderer and a woman accused of shooting at police.  And no one can forget Maxine Waters urging rioters to attack people when they see them in restaurants, at gas stations, etc.  She actually asked Minnesota rioters to get more “confrontational.”

Our once courteous and well-bred culture has been purposely eviscerated.

Now we face an even worse threat.  Alex Berenson reports that official Canadian data show vaccines now RAISE the risk of death from Covid.  It’s much the same in Britain and worldwide.  We all know it, but Big Pharma, WHO, FDA, CDC, NIH all continue.

Klaus Schwab, Founder and Executive Chairman, World Economic Forum, made it clear when he said, “The pandemic represents a rare but narrow window of opportunity to reflect, reimagine and reset our world.”

There’s only one conclusion, they want us dead.  Those who survive will be enslaved.

Control of food production will guarantee massive genocide.

Blackrock, Vanguard and State Street

In August of 2021, Jim O’Neill wrote a stunning expose of Blackrock, Vanguard and State Street entitled Monolithic Monopoly. Take a gander at it.  Jim has listed the large companies of which Vanguard, Blackrock and State Street are top shareholders.  His article first alerted me to Blackrock’s Chairman and CEO, Larry Fink.

In March of 2022, Investopedia reported, “BlackRock Inc. (BLK) is by some measures the biggest investment management company across the globe, with more than $10.0 trillion in assets under management (AUM) as of Dec. 31, 2021. [1] As a major publicly traded company with a market capitalization of about $112.3 billion, Black Rock provides investment and technology services to both institutional and retail clients around the world.”

According to a May 1, 2022 Newstarget article, Blackrock and Vanguard have taken over centralized food production technologies and will have near-total control over the future food supply in America.  It’s been under the radar for the majority of America, and it certainly doesn’t bode well for the future.  Remember Kissinger’s famous quote, “Who controls the food supply controls the people; who controls the energy can control whole continents; who controls money can control the world.”

The USDA and FDA have already approved lab grown meat, genetically modified cattle, and are funding the globalists to research and develop cellular agriculture as well as indoor growers and genetics companies, while they slack on regulations for gene-edited produce.

Union Pacific is mandating railroad shipping reductions by 20%, impacting CF Industries Holdings, the world’s largest fertilizer company. Vanguard, BlackRock, and State Street happen to be the top shareholders of Union Pacific, and BlackRock and Vanguard are in the top 3 shareholders of CF Industries Holdings.

Only 10 companies control almost every food and beverage brand in the world.  Vanguard and Blackrock are the top shareholders in most of these companies.  Their plans include owning all the seeds, produce and meat.  Everything will be grown inside secured facilities after a gene splice or inside a petri dish, and farmland will become dormant due to overreaching regulations, lack of supplies, and manufactured inflation.

No more farmer’s markets.

If you missed Kathleen Marquardt’s latest article, Being BlackRocked = Being Cancelled by a Global Public Private Partnership, dig into it because it’s all about our taxpayer dollars going into these global public/private partnerships which is a network of the world’s stakeholders!

Think we’re kidding?!  Over 100 food processing plants have caught fire and been destroyed.  Conspiracy theory?  Hardly!

Vertical Farming

Bill Gates owns tons of our farmland, 242,000 acres, but insists that all foods will eventually be grown in huge indoor vertical farming and will be in urban areas where people will migrate to, more like forced into.  Who gets to sit at the table with healthy produce served up by Gates while the rest of the population eats gene-edited produce from locked-down facilities, delivered to their local grocery store, and accessed only through a digital ID?  Check out the 11-minute video of one of these farms in Wyoming.

But guess what else Gates owns?  In an April 27, 2022 article on controlled food systems, we read, “The Consultative Group of International Agriculture Research (CGIAR) holds the world’s largest private seed banks consisting of 10% of the worldwide germplasm across the globe, which is controlled by the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation, Rockefeller and Ford Foundations, and World Bank, managing 768,576 accessions of hijacked farmers seeds.”  How lovely!  Total control by total evil!

In one of Dr. Joseph Mercola’s articles, he stated the following:

“In August 2020, Monsanto/Bayer helped found a startup called Unfold, which develops new vegetable seed varieties specifically geared for vertical farms. According to investigative journalist, Corey Lynn, ‘GMOs already account for 75 to 80% of food Americans consume,’ and once fresh produce is under patent, that percentage will inch closer to 100%.

The University of California is also working on plant-based mRNA vaccines. The idea there is to disseminate vaccines through the conventional food supply, which puts a whole new spin on the old adage to ‘Let thy food be thy medicine.’” (Oh yummy!)

Good old Monsanto/Bayer who has allegedly poisoned the planet with Roundup’s cancer-causing glyphosate has a long and evil history.  Eva Moses Kor and her twin were in Auschwitz.  Mrs. Kor sued Bayer and stated, “They were right there with Dr. Joseph Mengele at Auschwitz.”  The parties negotiated a settlement establishing the creation of a $5 billion fund for the Foundation Remembrance, Responsibility and Future.  I was fortunate to have had a lengthy conversation with Eva in 1997; what an unbelievably amazing woman.

German companies, Bayer and BASF, two of the world’s largest suppliers of seed, are both heavily involved with the vertical farm industry.

It was during the Obama administration in 2014 when congress established the Foundation for Food and Agriculture Research Act (FFAR) through the Farm Bill, which ultimately created a non-profit organization outside of the government with a $200 million kickoff from taxpayer dollars and additional millions in support from Bill Gates as seen here, and here. Then a 15-member board of directors was appointed which unsurprisingly included deputy director Dr. Robert Horsch of the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation and high-ranking employees from Cargill and the Aspen Institute, among others.

UN Agenda 21 author and promoter, Maurice Strong, was the Director of the Aspen Institute for some years.

UN Agenda 21/30

In June of 1992, the United Nations Conference on Environment and Development was held in Rio de Janeiro.  It is known as the “Earth Summit.” In the book, “Earth Summit, Agenda 21, The United Nations Programme of Action from Rio,” the foreword is written by Maurice Strong, who was at the time, the Secretary-General, United Nations Conference on Environment and Development.

He starts out telling us that humanity is in the midst of a profound civilization change and we can see the signs everywhere and that all the people who attended the Rio summit and all the people of the world, there are exhilarating and uplifting signs.

He states, “While it is still too early to provide a precisely calibrated measure of the ultimate success of the Earth Summit, I believe it has ignited a wildfire of interest and support at every level of society in every corner of the planet.”  He goes on to tell us that since the Summit, “There has been a profusion of conferences, seminars, symposia and other organized colloquies of major sectoral groups.  Industrialists, economists, financiers, engineers, scientists – those who, in truth, hold the levers of economic power and change –have joined the constituency of earnest environmentalists in a commitment to the fulfillment of the hopes and aspirations engendered by Rio.”

Strong continues, “In short, the movement to turn the world from its self-consumptive course to one of renewal and sustenance has unmistakably spread from the grass roots to the brass roots.  The Declaration of Rio and its Agenda 21 action programme are now, it seems clear, on everyone’s agenda.”

United Nations Agenda 21/30 is now called the “Great Reset.”  All of this was planned long ago and it is fast coming to fruition.

Conclusion

Fifty-nine years ago, President Kennedy was murdered in Dallas.  Five years later, Martin Luther King was fatally shot in Memphis, Tennessee.  On April 4^th, 1968, Robert F. Kennedy, who just announced his presidential candidacy, delivered the news to a predominantly black neighborhood in Indianapolis that King had died. That night, amid one of the most chaotic years in American history, the country burned. Riots broke out in more than 100 cities, including Washington, where at least a dozen people died.  Two months later, Robert F. Kennedy was gunned down at the Ambassador Hotel in Los Angeles. The country reeled in shock, horror, and disbelief.

In March of 2020, America was locked down due to COVID.  We lost many of our unalienable rights, especially those of the first amendment.  That summer, Antifa and Black Lives Matter looted and torched the entire country.

America was set ablaze, but the Insurrection Act was never used.  There were no Mayors like Richard J. Daley.

Communism isn’t on its way, it’s already here.

Klaus Schwab wants to “reflect, reimagine and reset our world.”

Yes, a reset to totalitarian control.   The world population and all its resources will be run by governments empowered to “fairly” distribute goods and services to the people.

Food production is the number one target of control by the World Economic Forum’s Great Reset.  The key to genocide is food control and a totalitarian slave system.

As Americans, we must make Schwab’s “rare but narrow window” an impossibility.

© 2022 Kelleigh Nelson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: proverbs133@bellsouth.net

by Rees Lloyd

July 19, 2022

President Joseph Biden began his first days as Commander-in-Chief of America’s armed forces by a disastrous surrender to the Taliban and a disgraceful withdrawal from Afghanistan.

Now, the question must be raised: Is Commander-in-Chief Joseph Biden, who never served a day in defense of America, going to war—against Veterans serving now, and Veterans who have served?

This question is necessitated by at least three of the Biden regime’s policies:

BIDEN REGIME COVID VACCINE MANDATE PUNISHMENTS

First, tens of thousands of active duty military, National Guard, and Reserves, are facing “adverse administrative action,” up to and including “discharge,” for declining to submit to mandatory CCP Covid shots—including on religious objection grounds.

Over 700 Air Force pilots and more than 40,000 members of the Army National Guard and 22,000 reservists, are facing loss of pay or benefits —and possible discharge—for failure to submit to mandatory CCP Covid shots, many of whom have claimed exemption on religious grounds.

The deadline for National Guard members and Reservists to submit to two shots passed on June 30, 2022. The next day, July 1, the Army announced that it would begin enforcing the vaccine mandate, threatening that all those without a pending or  approved exemption would be subject to “adverse administrative actions.”

As of July 1, 13% of the Guard and 12% of the Reserve remained unvaccinated; and over 1,000 active-duty soldiers were purged from the service for failure to take the shots.

Americans who volunteer to defend the nation with their lives do not lose their constitutional rights when entering military service.

A number of lawsuits have been filed across the country alleging that the Biden Covid shots mandate violates the military members’ Constitutional First Amendment right to Free Exercise of Religion, the Religious Freedom Restoration Act, and the military’s duty to “accommodate” religious claims.

Several courts have issued restraining orders against the Biden policy, and at least two have certified the complaints as “ class actions.”

The first injunction was issued in a case brought for a single Air Force officer in Georgia by the Thomas More Society, which is now seeking class action status.

First Liberty Institute in Texas has achieved a preliminary injunction and class action status in a case brought for Navy SEALS which now protects all serving in the Navy. (U.S. Navy SEALS 1-26 v. Austin).

Another important action is pending in Nebraska, brought by 36 Air Force active duty, National Guard and Reserve, 17 of whom are “pilots” fully and expensively trained to fly the most sophisticated air craft, according to  their attorney, Kris Kobach, General Counsel of the Alliance for Free Citizens. He alleges that despite its duty to accommodate, “the Air force has granted only 17 religious exemption requests, but has denied 4,637 of them.”

The most recent court decision was on July 14, 2022, in the case of Doster vs. Kendall in the Southern District of Ohio. U.S. District Court Judge  Matthew W. McFarland granted a restraining order against Biden’s policy, and certified the case as a class action protecting all Air Force personnel.

In doing so, he made this finding, which appears to be applicable generally to Biden’s policy as Commander-in-Chief:

“The facts show Defendants have engaged in a pattern of denying religious accommodation requests. Indeed, of the over nine thousand religious exemption requests, only 109 have been granted by either initial determination or appeal.…This amounts to only 1% of religious accommodation requests being granted. ‘It is hard to imagine a more consistent display of discrimination.” (Quoting the discrimination finding of the Texas court in U.S. Navy Seals 1-26 v. Austin.”

BIDEN PLAN TO DIVERT VA RESOURCES TO THE BORDER

Second, the Biden administration has been forced to admit that it has been developing a plan to divert Veterans Administration doctors, nurses, other medical personnel, and funds, from providing medical care to Veterans who have defended America, to serving aliens at the southern border who are illegally breaking the immigration laws of America.

Admission that such planning was taking place was reluctantly made by Biden’s Homeland Security Secretary,  Alejandro  Mayorkas, only after persistent questioning by Rep. Ashley Hinson (R-Iowa) at hearings of the House Appropriates Committee at the end of April.

In response to that revelation, Senate Bill S.4082 to block the diversion of funds and medical personnel from the VA to the border has been filed, sponsored  by Sen. John Boozman (R-AR), joined by ten Senators so far (all Republicans).

Significantly, The American Legion—the nation’s largest veterans’ service  organization — is in support of Senate Bill S.4082,  in order to protect VA resources for Veterans (as  was confirmed to me upon inquiry to the Legion’s Legislative Dept.)

BIDEN REGIME’S ILLEGAL SUSPENSION OF VA BENEFITS

Third, in an outrageous case, the Biden administration has illegally suspended the earned VA benefits of a disabled American veteran solely on the “accusation” that he participated in the Jan 6 protests  in Washington D.C.

Disabled veteran Kenneth Harrelson, and his wife, Angel, received notification from the VA that it was suspending earned VA benefits pursuant to “38 U.S. Code Sec. 38 U.S. Code Sec. 6105 — Forfeiture for subversive activities,” because he had been “indicted” by the Grand Jury apparently in last June.

What makes the VA’s action so outrageous is that 38 U.S. Code Sec. 6105 — expressly states that it authorizes suspension of benefits only after a “conviction” of a veteran, not an accusation, which is what an indictment is.

Further, It must be noted that disabled veteran, Kenneth Harrelson, has been in jail, without trial or right to bail, since being arrested at his home in Florida in March 2021. That is, he has been in jail for almost a year and a half. No “speedy trial.” No bail. And now, illegal suspension of earned VA benefits.

It should be noticed that there is no allegation that Harrelson had personally engaged in any violent conduct against any person  on Jan 6.

I note that because too he estimated 574 violent riots of the self-declared Marxist Black Lives Matter (BLM) and its Marxist allies in Antifa, violent riots which included millions of dollars in damage to personal businesses, and governmental buildings (e.g. burned down police precinct in Minneapolis, attempts to burn down the Federal Court House in Portland, OR), and physical injury to hundreds of police and others, while chanting “burn it down.” As far as is known, there has not been a single prosecution for “Seditious Conspiracy”  of BLM or Antifa members.

The manifestly illegal suspension of VA benefits has hit Kenneth, Angel, and their three kids hard, as they are dependent on Kenneth’s earned VA benefits.He remains incarcerated, denied bail.

Whatever anyone’s position is regarding Jan 6, it is absolutely clear that there is a failure of “equal protection of the law” in this case, manifest discriminatory enforcement of the law, and a clear violation of the rights of the Harrelson.

Notwithstanding, the media has generally ignored this story.

The Patriot Freedom Project has denounced  as outrageous actions of the  DOJ,  the VA, and the Biden regime; and is attempting to assist the family — which they desperately need, and deserve.

© 2022 Rees Lloyd – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rees Lloyd: ReesLloydLaw@gmail.com

By: Devvy

July 18, 2022

I must start out by saying all wars are nothing but horror, death, destruction and mourning.  Yes, I’ve seen all the terrible videos of the dead, wounded; pleas from Ukraine to help save dogs.  All the allegations of torture and murder by both Russians and Ukraine troops.

War should be the very last option for any feuding countries.  Here, the last constitutional war – meaning a declaration of war by Congress – was WWII.  Article I, Section 8, Clause 11 of the U.S. Constitution grants Congress the power to declare war.  FDR wanted the U.S. to go to war:

FDR and the Pearl Harbor attack, May 20, 2005 – “Stinnett spent 16 years doing his research and fighting in the courts to obtain a plethora of shocking documents under the Freedom of Information Act – their authenticity cannot be denied. This link to a .pdf file provides a few of the official documents, i.e., “It (official document) directs the Hawaiian U.S. Army commander, Lt. Gen. Walter Short, to follow an official U.S. government desire: ‘The United States desires that Japan commit the first overt act.'”

“Pearl Harbor was no surprise. “Day of infamy,” indeed.

“There were 2,403 Americans who died at Pearl Harbor. According to Stinnett, who backs up FDR, those 2,403 Americans were acceptable casualties in order to take America into war. Stinnett goes on to say (same page), “Had the facts uncovered in this book been known immediately after the war ended, and had Roosevelt explained his war strategies and tactics to the families who lost their sons at Pearl Harbor, how different American history might be viewed today.”

I feel confident in saying that the families of those 2,403 Americans slaughtered at Pearl Harbor with the full knowledge of a sitting president of the United States would not have been very understanding. I was further shocked by Stinnett’s next comments (same page), “The truth that has been told here does not diminish FDR’s magnificent contributions to the American people. His legacy should not be tarnished by the truth. As with all American presidents, Roosevelt must be viewed in the total context of his administration, not just Pearl Harbor.” Quite frankly, I would be ashamed to say such a thing.” *End*

As soon as the fighting broke out between Russia and Ukraine, the prostitute media began their scripted, manufactured lies.  Russia – Ukraine War Propaganda Exposed, March 3, 2022 – “Kim Iversen from “The Hill” breaks down what’s true and what’s false about Russia’s invasion of Ukraine. Using images of past wars to depict the current conflict is blatant propaganda. Iversen noted that she mistakenly promoted a picture of Zelensky in full military gear that was taken in April 2021, and honestly owned up to her mistake with an apology. The fake news has spread from the average social media user to the mainstream media, all of who seem to be supporting the same agenda. Even journalists are confused as to what is real.

“Although Zelensky is receiving praise from the world for staying with the troops, he is far from a Julius Caesar leading his troops in battle with a red cloak on the frontlines. Everyone fails to mention that Zelensky’s policies pushed Russia from defensive to aggressive. Imagine if we were told Biden would remain in power for over eight years without receiving a proper vote on the matter?

“Media outlets throughout the world are misreporting this war. The video above notes a German news channel accidentally aired an explosion leak that occurred years ago in China, claiming it was current footage from the ongoing war. We were shown images of Ukrainian troops dying on Snake Island, only to hear a follow-up that they are still alive.”

Iverson apologized because she got caught.  But, how many Americans were told about her ‘oops’ on the nightly propaganda news?

The Lying Media’s Ukraine Propaganda, April 9, 2022

The usual Hollywood imbeciles began holding fund raisers – tens of MILLIONS of dollars – for the Ukrainian people.  Those donors will never know where the money went.

The same “stars” and “super models” who bellowed Nelson Mandela, upon his death, was the Second Coming.  Mandella was a true Red right up to his last breath – something I and many others wrote about a long time ago.  New Evidence Emerges about Nelson Mandela and His Secret Communist Past, Jan. 19, 2014.  (Yet, those bastions of history wailed and wore black as they attended Mandella’s funeral.)

The American people, touched by the savagery of war between Russia and Ukraine, Putin vs. Zelinsky, opened their hearts and wallets.  But what do they really know about why Putin – who believe me – is a ruthless, authoritarian (it’s his way or the cemetery) moved against Ukraine?  Those who think Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky is some choir boy need to understand that former comedian is just as ruthless and corrupt as they come.  Don’t let that little boy innocent face fool you for a second.

Pandora Papers: Zelensky Stole Public Money To Fund His Rise to Power, March 7, 2022 – “Ukrainian puppet President Volodymyr Zelensky’s rise to power was funded through stolen public money funneled to him by corrupt Oligarchs, according to leaked documents.”

Blockbuster: ‘Drag Queen’ Zelensky found a billion dollars and a villa in Miami, March 2, 2022 – “Zelensky’s name appeared prominently in both the Panama Papers and the Pandora Papers (as did the name of his key backer, Kolomoisky). His connections to the neo-Nazi Azov battalion are now well-known.”

Ukraine is and has been known as the biggest money-laundering country for decades.  Zelensky was going to clean it up while making sure he got his share of the pie first.  Ukrainian Corruption:  “It is being reported that Zelensky has stashed over $800 million in offshore accounts while demanding $7 billion per month in aid. Even the IMF cut off Ukraine because it is so corrupt. You cannot do business in Ukraine – period! There is NOTHING that Zelensky says which can be verified independently and he will say whatever necessary to keep the money pouring in.

“Ukrainian corruption has been a systemic problem that the IMF has been complaining about since 2016. I am warning people that the corruption in Ukraine is off the charts. Reliable sources have warned that you have to pay bribes, and if you pay the wrong people, you and your family are still beaten because there is a wholesale level of corruption by many groups.

“Ukraine has long been a place where you do not do business for you really have to count your fingers after shaking hands. Even the Ukraine press warns that reforms are always blocked. Even Ukraine’s former governor Valeria Gontareva of its central bank has come out and told the International Monetary Fund they must act decisively to protect the independence of Ukraine’s central bank against Zelensky.

“And yet the world runs to Zelensky’s aid while he stuffs his pockets with their cash. What fools…” – The Liberator

Protecting Zelensky, shipping him military equipment, using our troops to train them and the deliberate lies vomited by the prostitute media is to protect the truth about Ukraine, money laundering by BIG, powerful names and, of course, Hunter & Joe Biden’s criminal activities.

Book mark and read the two articles below.  Time well spent.

Ukraine: Situation and Background – “Brzezinski predicted that between 2005 and 2010, Ukraine “should become ready for serious negotiations with both the EU and NATO”. In 2004/2005, the US helped organize the successful “Orange Revolution” in Kiev; when its results were reversed in 2010, the US helped organize the more forceful “EuroMaidan”  in 2013/2014. In response, Russia took control over Crimea and supported the de facto secession of Russian-speaking parts of Eastern Ukraine.

“To explore the many “NGOs” that helped prepare the Ukrainian revolutions or regime changes, see our extensive list of 1600 organizations (including British “Bellingcat”) funded by the US National Endowment for Democracy (NED), essentially a civil society front of the CIA.

“To relive the famous “fuck the EU” phone call between then US Assistant Secretary of State Victoria Nuland and then US Ambassador to Ukraine, Geoffrey Pyatt, see the transcript and audio version on the BBC website. During the call, which was held prior to the Euromaidan revolution or regime change in February 2014, Nuland and Pyatt discussed who should “go into” the future Ukrainian government. Victoria Nuland today is US Under Secretary of State for Political Affairs.

“To learn more about the “Maidan massacre” in February 2014, watch The Snipers’ Massacre on the Maidan in Ukraine (18+) by University of Ottawa professor Ivan Katchanovski. Essentially, it looks like the US employed Ukrainian nationalist combatants and foreign mercenary snipers (mainly from Georgia) to escalate the situation in Kiev and achieve a second revolution or regime change.”

A no-nonsense analysis of the ongoing Ukraine war and its global impact. (120 days in)

You, me, our children and grand children will be paying the debt for these geopolitical games for power the rest of our lives while the major players don’t give a damn how many they have to kill to achieve their agendas and power.

The fake president in the first stage of Altzheimer’s, life-long crook, Joe Biden, continues to rape We the People with phantom money being shipped to Ukraine.  Phantom money because there is none; the people’s purse is overdrawn more than $30 TRILLION dollars.  Nothing but more unpayable debt heaped on our backs stolen from your paycheck, for what?

To protect Biden’s son’s business dealings with crooks in Ukraine which come right back to old Uncle Joe and “American” and foreign millionaires and billionaires who’ve been in bed with corrupt Ukraine over the decades.

Detailed Proof of the Breathtaking Graft and Corruption of Joe Biden, March 7, 2022 – “On or before June 22, 2020, a joint press conference was held with Interfax Ukrainian News Agency, during which a member of the Ukrainian Parliament, Andrii Derkach, and the head of a group of Ukrainian prosecutors in the General Prosecutor’s Office of Ukraine (GPO), Konstantin Kulyk, explained in detail the evidence of bribery and corruption against Joe Biden and his son, Hunter Biden, acting as his front-man.

“They uncovered kickback payments from Burisma of $3.4 million dollars to the Morgan Stanley account of Rosemon Seneca Bohai LLC, a company controlled by Hunter Biden. That was only part of the payments made to Hunter Biden who was the conduit and front-man for Joe Biden.”

Do take the time to read that piece. All hidden and covered up to protect (during 2020) a dementia addled old man the king makers behind the scenes needed to get into the WH.  Biden never wanted to run but he knew getting into the WH – even in his befuddled mind – he should be able to protect his gutter trash son and himself from prosecution with a new corrupt Attorney General.  Biden Was Fed Pills to Function During Campaign, Supervised by Dr. Jill; Before Dosing Biden Was ‘Like a Small Child’: Tucker Carlson Source, July 16, 2022.  (The DNC knew they were running a mentally impaired crook incapable of performing duties as president of these United States, but Biden was just what the shadow government needed – NOT Donald Trump.)

It’s become obvious to a huge portion of the American people Biden is mentally gone, his illegitimate administration is being run by FOOLS, IDIOTS and IMBECILES who don’t know what the Hell they’re doing – except destroying this country with their “green” climate change bull sh*t and incompetence.

The “talk of the town” is usurper, Biden, will not last his first illegitimate term.  One can see the prostitute media has started turning on Biden.  The thought of that whore who advanced her career on her back, Kamala Harris – another one with little brain matter – sitting in the oval office is almost more than most of us can stomach.  The first candidate to drop out of the presidential race because no one wanted her except voters who voted skin color and female anatomy.

Calls to Replace Kamala ‘Intensify’, July 12, 2022 – “And Kamala? Biden’s first (and only) priority was to choose a “woman of color.” Never mind that Harris’s mindblowing ineptitude and ridiculous word salads have become humiliatingly legendary.”  *End* I believe the shadow government will try to keep Biden upright until November and then we’re going to see a constitutional crisis.

NATO on my mind

Afghanistan is the TENTH massive failure by the U.S. sticking our military where we don’t belong.  Many are too young to remember what happened with the ‘Balkan War’ from 1992-1995, a steaming pile America’s favorite adulterer, Bill Clinton, stepped right into.  (If you haven’t seen the movie, Wag The Dog (1997), by all means, watch it.  Amazon and a dozen other streaming platforms.  Clinton was drowning in the semen stains on Monica Lewinsky’s little blue dress; his DNA was confirmed.  So, to distract the American people, a Hollywood producer simply invented a war, filmed it and sold it to the American people. Wag the Dog. Amazing.  It takes years to get a major movie into theaters.  Wag the Dog was done in 90 days.)

The Balkan Wars drew my attention to NATO, really for first-time research so I could better understand.  1990s Balkan Conflicts  – “The involvement of NATO, during the 1995 Operation Deliberate Force against the positions of the Army of Republika Srpska internationalized the conflict, but only in its final stages. The war was brought to an end after the signing of the General Framework Agreement for Peace in Bosnia and Herzegovina in Paris on 14 December 1995. Peace negotiations were finalized on 21 December 1995. The accords are known as the Dayton Agreement.

“Despite this agreement the situation in Kosovo remained largely unaddressed and by 1996 the Kosovo Liberation Army (KLA), had started offering armed resistance to Serbian security forces, resulting in early stages of the Kosovo War. By 1998, as the violence had worsened and displaced scores of Albanians, Western interest had increased. The Serbian authorities were compelled to sign a ceasefire and partial retreat, monitored by OSCE observers according to an agreement negotiated by Richard Holbrooke. However, the ceasefire did not hold and fighting resumed in December 1998.

“The Račak massacre in January 1999 in particular brought new international attention to the conflict. Within weeks, a multilateral international conference was convened and by March had prepared a draft agreement known as the Rambouillet Accords, calling for restoration of Kosovo’s autonomy and deployment of NATO forces. The Serbs found the terms unacceptable and refused to sign the draft.  Between March 24 and June 10, 1999, NATO intervened by bombing Yugoslavia aimed to force Milošević to withdraw his forces from Kosovo. Ultimately by June Milošević had agreed to a foreign military presence within Kosovo and withdrawal of his troops.”

If you think the bloody, God-awful killing going on right now in the Russia-Ukraine war is bad, Lord, the butchering that went on in the Balkan Wars was simply horrifying – a mirror image of the slaughter in Rwanda.  And yes, Clinton sent in American troops who spilled their blood – for what?

While I am no fan of the CATO Institute in DC by any stretch of the imagination, don’t throw out the baby with the bathwater.  Ted Galen Carpenter wrote a superb book titled, Beyond NATO:  Staying Out of Europe’s Wars published by CATO.  And while it dealt with the post-Cold War European Security, (published in 1994), it is even more relevant today regarding the Russia-Ukraine war going on.

There are too many Republicans who continue to serve in Congress who’ve never met a war they didn’t love.  Neo-cons believe interventionism across the “great pond” is absolutely essential for America’s national security completely ignoring the wisdom of President George Washington in his Farewell Address:  “The great rule of conduct for us in regard to foreign nations is in extending our commercial relations, to have with them as little political connection as possible. So far as we have already formed engagements, let them be fulfilled with perfect good faith. Here let us stop. Europe has a set of primary interests which to us have none; or a very remote relation. Hence she must be engaged in frequent controversies, the causes of which are essentially foreign to our concerns. Hence, therefore, it must be unwise in us to implicate ourselves by artificial ties in the ordinary vicissitudes of her politics, or the ordinary combinations and collisions of her friendships or enmities.”

And the Monroe Doctrine message conveyed by President James Monroe:  “During the president’s customary message to Congress on December 2, 1823, Monroe expressed the basic tenets of what would later become known as the Monroe Doctrine. According to Monroe’s message (drafted largely by Adams), the Old World and the New World were fundamentally different, and should be two different spheres of influence. The United States, for its part, would not interfere in the political affairs of Europe, or with existing European colonies in the Western Hemisphere.”

The U.S. needs to get out of NATO.  It is a war machine which produces unimaginable wealth for those who peddle war equipment of every sort.  Let Europe take care of their own squabbles and keep killing each other instead of working together for actual peace among nations.  War is big business (fighter jet manufacturers, munitions, outside civilian contractors and the list goes on – a lot of US jobs) and it sure as hell was BIG business for Iraq & Afghanistan.  Left Behind: Billions in U.S. Equipment for the Afghanistan Taliban to Use Against… Us – $83 BILLION BORROWED dollars in military equipment from planes, tanks, you name it.  Biden’s Blunder not only got 13 Americans killed, we left behind a massive amount of military hardware that WILL be used against us, make no mistake about that.

Oh, I can hear the wailing and gasps from GOP neo-cons and even members of the Democrat/Communist Party USA in Congress and think tanks.  OMG, we can’t pull out of NATO!  It’s a critical component of our national security!

Bollocks I say.  Take time to listen to a video by Maj. Gen. Smedley D. Butler.  It’s his audio book free:  War is a Racket and he would know.  Americans Who Tell the Truth:  “At the time of his death, Major General Smedley Darlington Butler, also known as “The Fighting Quaker”, was the most decorated Marine in US history; he was the only person to be awarded a Marine Corps Brevet Medal and a Medal of Honor for two separate military actions. He had also become an unrelenting voice against the business of war.

“I served in all commissioned ranks from second lieutenant to Major General. And during that period I spent most of my time being a high-class muscle man for Big Business, for Wall Street and for the bankers. In short, I was a racketeer for capitalism. I suspected I was just part of the racket all the time. Now I am sure of it.”

Now so here we are again, using BORROWED DEBT to send to a corrupt regime in Ukraine.  For God’s sake, we’re borrowing some of this new debt from our mortal enemy, the Communist Chinese!  Sen Rand Paul:  “We actually borrow money from China to send it to Ukraine” – short video.  How do you feel about that insanity?

How much has the illegitimate brain-dead puppet in the WH taken it upon himself to send to a corrupt foreign president, Zelensky, for his war with Russia?  Well, back in March, Biden pulled BILLIONS of phantom money out of his arse:  The U.S. has moved a massive amount of arms into Ukraine since Russia’s invasion, but the window is closing

“Within 48 hours of President Biden approving a $350 billion security aid package for Ukraine on Feb. 26, two days after Russia invaded the country, the first shipment of U.S. weapons were arriving at airfields near Ukraine’s border, ready for transfer to Ukrainian Soviet-era transport planes, U.S. officials tell The New York Times. “In less than a week, the United States and NATO have pushed more than 17,000 antitank weapons, including Javelin missiles, over the borders of Poland and Romania,” to Kyiv and other major cities.”

But old Joe didn’t stop there.  Biden to Send Yet Another ‘Large’ Military Aid Package Into ‘Black Hole’ in Ukraine, April 20, 2022 //  Biden Wanted $33B More For Ukraine. Congress Quickly Raised it to $40B. Who Benefits?, May 12, 2022  / /  Biden Commits Another $400 Million Of Your Taxpayer Dollars To Ukraine, July 9, 2022  (See short list of Republicans who voted no.  Thankfully, one is my congressman, Jodey Arrington.  I took the time to call his office and remind him NO WHERE in Art. 1 Sec. 8 of the U.S. Constitution does it authorize Congress to rape We the People for all this spending debt for a foreign country.)

Biden To Spend $1.7 Billion For Healthcare…In Ukraine!, July 13, 2022 //  Obvious agenda: Biden forces hospitals in the US to fire unvaccinated nurses while sending American taxpayer dollars overseas to pay the salaries of Ukrainian nurses, July 14, 2022

We are sending our weapon arsenal supplies to Ukraine which is insanity.  The war in Ukraine is depleting America’s weapons stocks and the U.S. defense industry is struggling to make replacements, April 25, 2022 //  NATO pushing for Kaliningrad CATASTROPHE by provoking Russia into global nuclear war, June 21, 2022  //  Pentagon: ‘Vast majority’ of $350M in lethal aid to Ukraine has been delivered, March 4, 2022

Nuclear Sea-Launched Cruise Missile: Badly Needed for Deterrence, June 22, 2022 – “U.S. President Joe Biden, overruling his top generals and military advisors in the Pentagon, has defunded development of the Sea-Launched Cruise Missile-Nuclear (SLCM-N). They warn, correctly, that SLCM-N is vitally necessary for nuclear deterrence.

• Throughout the Cold War, and today, in order to prevent nuclear war, it is foundational to the concept of deterrence that the U.S. should allow no nuclear adversary to achieve significant advantages in the balance of nuclear power.
• Indeed, the U.S. under President Biden is not willing to risk nuclear escalation on behalf of Ukraine, which is why Russian nuclear blackmail is succeeding.”

Americans really need to understand the area, the history and what really set Putin off.  Many do, but most adults in this country by the millions only watch the manufactured lies on ABC, CBS, NBC, MSNBC and, increasingly FOX News Network.  (Except Tucker Carlson.)

While there are a lot of links in this column, I’m closing with a strong recommendation you watch the video (16:23) linked below.  The narrator is not a professional journalist or politician although he did run for office in 2021.  Unfortunately, he didn’t win which is not surprising considering his beliefs:  IF ELECTED I PLEDGE TO:  work for what concerns the citizens of Whitby and the country. I will work to have families pay less tax and make it easier and more affordable to purchase a home. I promise to fight for freedom: conscience, thought, religion and speech. This means Bill C-10 must not pass.”  Unfortunately, Androvic wasn’t elected.  Canadians have been losing their freedoms even faster than us under puppet Dictator Trudeau.

While Thomas Androvic was born in Canada, his parents were immigrants who fled Czechoslovakia in 1968.  He is someone who knows the history of the former Soviet Union, Ukraine declaring independence and Putin’s only concern:  NATO on his door step.  While I have watched many videos on that horrible war going on, I think Androvic’s video is not too long but filled with historical truth, oil pipelines and bio labs.  It is food for thought for everyone, agree with him or not, as this war between Russia and Ukraine must end soon for many reasons.  But, as long as We the People continue to be raped sending tens and tens of BILLIONS of BORROWED dollars to Ukraine and NATO doing their war part, the nightmare will only worsen.

Watch here:  Putin putting a wrench into WEF agenda – Thomas Androvic talks UKRAINE – RUSSIA – IrnieracingNews

Note: For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions. [Order two books and save $10.00. Give one to a friend or relative]

© 2022 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@npn.net  (I simply have to say while I really do appreciate emails, I receive several hundred a day except Christmas and New Year’s Day.  I simply cannot answer all of them asking for advice, please help me with my case and other requests because it’s just me.  I try to work some of the requests and answer questions into my columns but I can only do so much.  I thank you for understanding.)

Related:

BREAKING BOMBSHELL: Hunter Biden’s Laptop Contains Emails Showing then-VP Biden’s Son Reportedly Helped Secure $Millions For Military Bioresearch Program In Ukraine, March 25, 2022

Think pedophile daddy Joe didn’t know?  More Details on Hunter’s International Investigation, July 14, 2022 – “Hunter’s payments to a Ukrainian woman linked to an Eastern European trafficking and prostitution ring were flagged by JP Morgan Chase in 2018 in a report filed with the federal government. According to the documents, prosecutors now have a case for federal prostitution against Hunter Biden.”

How Biden’s Sanctions on Russian Energy Are Playing Right into Putin’s Hands, July 1, 2022

BREAKING: Jack Maxey Declares Hunter Biden Laptop Shows ‘Secret Biological Projects’ In Ukraine, March 24, 2022 – “Former War Room Pandemic host Jack Maxey, who is now in Switzerland releasing the entire contents of the Hunter Biden ‘laptop from Hell’ on a private server for the world to see, has declared that evidence on the computer shows the Department of Defense, along with the Biden Crime Family, and Ukrainian organized crime, were running ‘secret biological projects’ in Ukraine.”  As the months have gone by, we now know this is fact.

Bosnian War (1992-1995) –  Bosnia, Intelligence and Clinton’s Presidency, CIA, State Department, Department of Defense & White House Files

Book:  The Road to Kosovo:  A Balkan Diary by Greg Campbell, available at the usual book outlets and on line stores.

By Paul Engel

July 18, 2022

• Is your right to self-defense enough “good cause” to carry a concealed weapon?
• Does a state like New York have the legal authority to only issue carry licenses if they think it is appropriate?
• How will the decision in the case New York State Rifle and Pistol Association v. Bruen effect the other “may issue” states?

Can a state arbitrarily decide whether or not you get to exercise a right protected by the Constitution of the United States? That is the question in the case New York State Rifle and Pistol Association (NYSRPA) v. Bruen, Superintendent of the New York State Police. New York State is a “may issue” state, meaning that you may not get your carry license even if you’ve met all of the legal requirement and you had to show you had a “good cause” to carry a firearm in public. However, self-defense was not considered a “good cause” by the New York courts. You had to show you had a special need for self-defense, greater than the general public. Does that sound like infringement on your right to keep and bear arms to you?

What limits can a state put on a person’s right to keep and bear arms?

The State of New York makes it a crime to possess a firearm without a license, whether inside or outside the home. An individual who wants to carry a firearm outside his home may obtain an unrestricted license to “have and carry” a concealed “pistol or revolver” if he can prove that “proper cause exists” for doing so.

New York State Rifle & Pistol Association v. Bruen

Let’s start with the obvious. The Constitution, as the supreme law of the land, makes this New York State law invalid and void.

A well regulated Militia, being necessary to the security of a free State, the right of the people to keep and bear Arms, shall not be infringed. 

U.S. Constitution, Amendment II

The Constitution says that your right to keep and bear arms “shall not be infringed.” I cannot understand how making the exercising of a right illegal is not an infringement of it.

To break, as contracts; to violate, either positively by contravention, or negatively by non-fulfillment or neglect of performance. 

INFRINGE – Webster’s 1828 Dictionary

New York, and other states, claim that it is not an infringement because you can get a permission slip from the government to exercise your right, but New York State law is quite clear: The keeping and bearing of arms is illegal. Then the State of New York furthers the infringement by placing special conditions on the issuing of that permission slip and makes you show “proper cause”.

Petitioners Brandon Koch and Robert Nash are adult, law-abiding New York residents who both applied for unrestricted licenses to carry a handgun in public based on their generalized interest in self-defense. The State denied both of their applications for unrestricted licenses, allegedly because Koch and Nash failed to satisfy the “proper cause” requirement.

New York State Rifle & Pistol Association v. Bruen

Why did the state of New York deny both Koch and Nash their carry licenses? Because they did not show that they had a “proper cause” to carry in public. But isn’t self-defense a good enough reason to carry a weapon in public? Isn’t the right to defend oneself “proper cause” to be able to use the most effective tool to do so?

An applicant satisfies the “proper cause” requirement only if he can “demonstrate a special need for self-protection distinguishable from that of the general community.”

New York State Rifle & Pistol Association v. Bruyn

According to New York State, you need to show you have a special need to defend yourself in order to have proper cause to defend yourself or your family. Interestingly, the State of New York recognizes the carrying of large sums of money or valuables as “proper cause”, but not living in a dangerous neighborhood.

This was the core question in this case. Does New York State’s requirement to show a special need for self-protection violate the Constitution of the United States?

Petitioners then sued respondents—state officials who oversee the processing of licensing applications—for declaratory and injunctive relief, alleging that respondents violated their Second and Fourteenth Amendment rights by denying their unrestricted-license applications for failure to demonstrate a unique need for self-defense.

New York State Rifle & Pistol Association v. Bruen

OK, the Second Amendment seems pretty simple, and I’ve already shown how New York State is violating the right of the people to keep and bear arms. So what does the Fourteenth Amendment have to do with this case?

Strictly speaking, New York is bound to respect the right to keep and bear arms because of the Fourteenth Amendment, not the Second.

New York State Rifle & Pistol Association v. Bruen

The court has continued to hold that the Bill of Rights is somehow not completely a part of the Constitution. Even though the language of the Second Amendment says nothing about limiting its effect to the federal government, the court has used their doctrine of “selective incorporation” to determine if and when they will hold the states accountable to the supreme law of the land. This is why the Fourteenth Amendment was brought into the case. While the court believes the Bill of Rights does not apply to the states, unless they want it to, Section 1 of the Fourteenth Amendment explicitly says it does:

… No State shall make or enforce any law which shall abridge the privileges or immunities of citizens of the United States; nor shall any State deprive any person of life, liberty, or property, without due process of law; nor deny to any person within its jurisdiction the equal protection of the laws.

U.S. Constitution, Amendment XIV, Section 1

Which is why, I believe, the court ultimately wrote the holding in their decision the way they did.

Held: New York’s proper-cause requirement violates the Fourteenth Amendment by preventing law-abiding citizens with ordinary self-defense needs from exercising their Second Amendment right to keep and bear arms in public for self-defense.

New York State Rifle & Pistol Association v. Bruen

The court isn’t wrong; the State of New York was denying its citizens the right to keep and bear arms in public. I would have liked to see the court recognize that the legislature and officials of the State of New York were required to fulfill their oath to support the Constitution of the United States, including the Second Amendment, but that isn’t how they got there. Instead, in the tradition of the court, they used previous opinions to come to their conclusion.

Since Heller and McDonald, the Courts of Appeals have developed a “two-step” framework for analyzing Second Amendment challenges that combines history with means-end scrutiny. The Court rejects that two-part approach as having one step too many. Step one is broadly consistent with Heller, which demands a test rooted in the Second Amendment’s text, as informed by history. But Heller and McDonald do not support a second step that applies means-end scrutiny in the Second Amendment context. Heller’s methodology centered on constitutional text and history. It did not invoke any means-end test such as strict or intermediate scrutiny, and it expressly rejected any interest-balancing inquiry akin to intermediate scrutiny.

New York State Rifle & Pistol Association v. Bruen

Justice Thomas, who wrote he opinion, pointed out what the court saw as a problem with the two-step process the Courts of Appeals had adopted. The first step, that of looking to the text and history of the Second Amendment did not bother the court. The second step did.

The second of the two-step approach involves a means-ends analysis. “Means-ends” is a problem solving technique whereby the difference between impact of the means when compared to the impact of the ends, is minimized. Put another way, do the ends justify the means? The one problem is that the Constitution of the United States doesn’t say your rights are protected unless the government has a good enough reason not to do so.

One of the objections frequently heard about regulating arms is that the Founding Fathers could never have imagined an AR-15 or other arms popular today. Justice Thomas dealt with that as well.

But the Constitution can, and must, apply to circumstances beyond those the Founders specifically anticipated, even though its meaning is fixed according to the understandings of those who ratified it. … Indeed, the Court recognized in Heller at least one way in which the Second Amendment’s historically fixed meaning applies to new circumstances: Its reference to “arms” does not apply “only [to] those arms in existence in the 18th century.”

New York State Rifle & Pistol Association v. Bruen

I’ve always found it foolish when people claim that the Second Amendment meant you only had a right to keep and bear muskets, because they were the arms of the day when the Second Amendment was written. After all, they extended the freedom of speech and press to include the telegraph, then radio, television, and even the Internet. Why not do the same for the right to keep and bear arms? Sure, there were also cannons, swords, and other weapons, but so many have become focused on the firearm that they fail to realize that the Second Amendment protects the right to keep and bear “arms”:

Weapons of offense, or armor for defense and protection of the body.

ARMS – Webster’s 1828 Dictionary

The other common claim made by those who wish to strictly regulate firearms is the purpose of the Second Amendment as stated in its opening few words.

A well regulated Militia, being necessary to the security of a free State,

U.S. Constitution, Amendment II

But this ignores that plain language of the rest of the text.

the right of the people to keep and bear Arms, shall not be infringed. 

U.S. Constitution, Amendment II

The court recognized that when the Constitution refers to the people, it means the rights of everyday, ordinary, individual people.

It is undisputed that petitioners Koch and Nash—two ordinary, law-abiding, adult citizens—are part of “the people” whom the Second Amendment protects. … And no party disputes that handguns are weapons “in common use” today for self-defense. … The Court has little difficulty concluding also that the plain text of the Second Amendment protects Koch’s and Nash’s proposed course of conduct—carrying handguns publicly for self-defense. Nothing in the Second Amendment’s text draws a home/public distinction with respect to the right to keep and bear arms, and the definition of “bear” naturally encompasses public carry. Moreover, the Second Amendment guarantees an “individual right to possess and carry weapons in case of confrontation,” …, and confrontation can surely take place outside the home.

New York State Rifle & Pistol Association v. Bruen

Based on these facts, and the court’s predilection for placing government interests above the constitutionally protected rights of the people, the court expects the respondents (in this case the Superintendent Of New York State Police), to prove why their regulations are consistent with history and tradition.

The burden then falls on respondents to show that New York’s proper-cause requirement is consistent with this Nation’s historical tradition of firearm regulation. To do so, respondents appeal to a variety of historical sources from the late 1200s to the early 1900s. But when it comes to interpreting the Constitution, not all history is created equal. “Constitutional rights are enshrined with the scope they were understood to have when the people adopted them.” … The Second Amendment was adopted in 1791; the Fourteenth in 1868. Historical evidence that long predates or postdates either time may not illuminate the scope of the right. With these principles in mind, the Court concludes that respondents have failed to meet their burden to identify an American tradition justifying New York’s proper-cause requirement.

New York State Rifle & Pistol Association v. Bruen

Here we see why the court’s history and tradition standard is so dangerous. When in history do we look? What traditions do we consider? New York State went all the way back to English history in the 1200s in an attempt to justify their actions. But not only did the American colonies not exist in the 1200s, they declared themselves independent from the crown in 1776.

Respondents’ substantial reliance on English history and custom before the founding makes some sense given Heller’s statement that the Second Amendment “codified a right ‘inherited from our English ancestors.’ ” … But the Court finds that history ambiguous at best and sees little reason to think that the Framers would have thought it applicable in the New World. The Court cannot conclude from this historical record that, by the time of the founding, English law would have justified restricting the right to publicly bear arms suited for self-defense only to those who demonstrate some special need for self-protection.

New York State Rifle & Pistol Association v. Bruen

The State of New York looked at other pieces of history. The state gave only gave three restrictions on public carry from the colonial era and early republic, but they prohibited the bearing of arms that intended to spread fear. But Koch and Nash were not seeking permission to carry in a way to spread fear, since according to New York law, if they had received their carry licenses, they would be required to carry concealed. Because of that, under New York State law, if they allowed their weapons to become unconcealed while in public they were committing a crime.

After reviewing the Anglo-American history of public carry, the Court concludes that respondents have not met their burden to identify an American tradition justifying New York’s proper-cause requirement. Apart from a few late-19th-century outlier jurisdictions, American governments simply have not broadly prohibited the public carry of commonly used firearms for personal defense. Nor have they generally required law-abiding, responsible citizens to “demonstrate a special need for self-protection distinguishable from that of the general community” to carry arms in public.

New York State Rifle & Pistol Association v. Bruen

In short, the State of New York did not make its case. They showed no history, tradition, or even good reason for their requirement that an individual needed to demonstrate a special need for self-defense.

The constitutional right to bear arms in public for self-defense is not “a second-class right, subject to an entirely different body of rules than the other Bill of Rights guarantees.”… The exercise of other constitutional rights does not require individuals to demonstrate to government officers some special need. The Second Amendment right to carry arms in public for self-defense is no different. New York’s proper-cause requirement violates the Fourteenth Amendment by preventing law-abiding citizens with ordinary self-defense needs from exercising their right to keep and bear arms in public.

New York State Rifle & Pistol Association v. Bruen – Thomas Opinion

Probably my favorite phrase from Justice Thomas’ opinion is that the right to keep and bear arms is not a second-class right. It must be treated like any other right protected by the Bill of Rights.

Dissent

As is so often the case, not all of the justices agreed.

In 2020, 45,222 Americans were killed by firearms. See Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, Fast Facts: Firearm Violence Prevention (last updated May 4, 2022) (CDC, Fast Facts), https://www.cdc.gov/violenceprevention/ firearms/fastfact.html. Since the start of this year (2022), there have been 277 reported mass shootings—an average of more than one per day. See Gun Violence Archive (last visited June 20, 2022), https://www.gunviolence archive.org. Gun violence has now surpassed motor vehicle crashes as the leading cause of death among children and adolescents. J. Goldstick, R. Cunningham, & P. Carter, Current Causes of Death in Children and Adolescents in the United States, 386 New England J. Med. 1955 (May 19, 2022) (Goldstick).

New York State Rifle & Pistol Association v. Bruen – Breyer, Sotomayor, and Kagan Dissent

The dissent here sounds more like they are making an argument on the floor of Congress rather than debating the legality of the law in question. The judicial power of the United States extends to deciding the controversies of cases, not developing the policies of the nation. This appeal to people’s emotions rather than the law did not get past Justice Alito in his concurrence:

What is the relevance of statistics about the use of guns to commit suicide? … Does the dissent think that a lot of people who possess guns in their homes will be stopped or deterred from shooting themselves if they cannot lawfully take them outside?

The dissent cites statistics about the use of guns in domestic disputes, … but it does not explain why these statistics are relevant to the question presented in this case. How many of the cases involving the use of a gun in a domestic dispute occur outside the home, and how many are prevented by laws like New York’s?

The dissent cites statistics on children and adolescents killed by guns, … but what does this have to do with the question whether an adult who is licensed to possess a handgun may be prohibited from carrying it outside the home? Our decision, as noted, does not expand the categories of people who may lawfully possess a gun, and federal law generally forbids the possession of a handgun by a person who is under the age of 18, 18 U.S.C. §§922(x)(2)–(5), and bars the sale of a handgun to anyone under the age of 21, §§922(b)(1), (c)(1).

The dissent cites the large number of guns in private hands—nearly 400 million—but it does not explain what this statistic has to do with the question whether a person who already has the right to keep a gun in the home for self-defense is likely to be deterred from acquiring a gun by the knowledge that the gun cannot be carried outside the home. … And while the dissent seemingly thinks that the ubiquity of guns and our country’s high level of gun violence provide reasons for sustaining the New York law, the dissent appears not to understand that it is these very facts that cause law-abiding citizens to feel the need to carry a gun for self-defense.

New York State Rifle & Pistol Association v. Bruen – Alito Concurrence

The dissenting justices also noted the importance of the case:

The question before us concerns the extent to which the Second Amendment prevents democratically elected officials from enacting laws to address the serious problem of gun violence. And yet the Court today purports to answer that question without discussing the nature or severity of that problem.

New York State Rifle & Pistol Association v. Bruen – Breyer, Sotomayor, and Kagan Dissent

Does the Constitution prevent “democratically elected officials” from enacting laws contrary to its language? This is exactly the point. The question before the court is not how severe a problem gun violence is, but does the state law violate the supreme law of the land? It seems the dissent wants to ignore the Constitution as long as it’s an attempt to deal with a truly severe problem. But if We the People wanted states to be able to restrict our right to keep and bear arms if gun violence got really bad, we would have said so when we had the states ratify the Second Amendment.

Indeed, the Court’s application of its history-only test in this case demonstrates the very pitfalls described above. The historical evidence reveals a 700-year Anglo-American tradition of regulating the public carriage of firearms in general, and concealed or concealable firearms in particular. The Court spends more than half of its opinion trying to discredit this tradition. But, in my view, the robust evidence of such a tradition cannot be so easily explained away.

New York State Rifle & Pistol Association v. Bruen – Breyer, Sotomayor, and Kagan Dissent

May I remind the dissenters that this is not the Anglo-American States of America, but the United States of America. As I’ve already pointed out, we fought a war to get away from much of the first 450 years of the Anglo-American tradition that the court wishes to subject us to. In fact, one of the grievances listed in that document in which we declared our independence from the Anglo-American tradition of monarchal rule was:

He has combined with others to subject us to a jurisdiction foreign to our constitution, and unacknowledged by our laws; giving his Assent to their Acts of pretended Legislation:

Declaration of Independence

It appears, the dissenters of this court are also willing to subject us to jurisdictions foreign to our Constituiton and unacknowledged by our laws.

The historical examples of regulations similar to New York’s licensing regime are legion. Closely analogous English laws were enacted beginning in the 13th century, and similar American regulations were passed during the colonial period, the founding era, the 19th century, and the 20th century. Not all of these laws were identical to New York’s, but that is inevitable in an analysis that demands examination of seven centuries of history. At a minimum, the laws I have recounted resembled New York’s law, similarly restricting the right to publicly carry weapons and serving roughly similar purposes. That is all that the Court’s test, which allows and even encourages “analogical reasoning,” purports to require.

New York State Rifle & Pistol Association v. Bruen – Breyer, Sotomayor, and Kagan Dissent

Funny, I did not know that three examples constitute a “legion”. Yes, there were ancient English laws that restricted the carrying of arms, but we a no longer an English colony, neither are we part of the English commonwealth. As for the regulations from the colonial period to the early 20th century, as Justice Alito noted, they regulated the use of firearms in public, and none of them required a special need for self-defense to bear arms in public.

Conclusion

In sum, the Courts of Appeals’ second step is inconsistent with Heller’s historical approach and its rejection of means-end scrutiny. We reiterate that the standard for applying the Second Amendment is as follows: When the Second Amendment’s plain text covers an individual’s conduct, the Constitution presumptively protects that conduct. The government must then justify its regulation by demonstrating that it is consistent with the Nation’s historical tradition of firearm regulation. Only then may a court conclude that the individual’s conduct falls outside the Second Amendment’s “unqualified command.”

New York State Rifle & Pistol Association v. Bruen – Thomas Opinion

In other words, it is up to the state to prove that the ends justify the needs, not the courts. But this places the states above not only the Constitution, but the people themselves. It also places, supreme over all, the very court Justice Thomas sits on. This time, the court decided that the state did not justify the need to infringe on people’s rights protected by the Constitution. I can only hope that future justices would uphold their oath to the Constitution, as the supreme law of the land, above the perceived “needs” of the state.

Finally, we come to the biggest question brought up by this court.

New York is not alone in requiring a permit to carry a handgun in public. But the vast majority of States—43 by our count—are “shall issue” jurisdictions, where authorities must issue concealed-carry licenses whenever applicants satisfy certain threshold requirements, without granting licensing officials discretion to deny licenses based on a perceived lack of need or suitability. Meanwhile, only six States and the District of Columbia have “may issue” licensing laws, under which authorities have discretion to deny concealed-carry licenses even when the applicant satisfies the statutory criteria, usually because the applicant has not demonstrated cause or suitability for the relevant license. Aside from New York, then, only California, the District of Columbia, Hawaii, Maryland, Massachusetts, and New Jersey have analogues to the “proper cause” standard. All of these “proper cause” analogues have been upheld by the Courts of Appeals, save for the District of Columbia’s, which has been permanently enjoined since 2017.

New York State Rifle & Pistol Association v. Bruen – Thomas Opinion

What will the officials in these six states and the District of Columbia do? Will they recognize their mistake, that placing discretionary requirements on the exercise of a constitutionally protect right is both arbitrary and capricious? Will they learn from this opinion and begin to correct their infringements on the rights of the people they purport to serve? Based on what I’ve seen in the news so far, my guess is the answer is no. That these states will only recognize the Second Amendment if and when the citizens of their states force them or the other states in the compact punish them for their violation of the agreement. I’m not holding my breath for either solution to be tried in the near future.

© 2022 Paul Engel – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

By Frosty Wooldridge

July 18, 2022

With my last column titled, “America’s Ethicality, Morality and Decency Quotient Spiraling Into The Toilet” July 14, 2022, your responses dropped in like paratroopers landing in France during WWII.  Many of you expressed your fury as to what’s happening to our country.  Others felt saddened.  All of you “see” what’s happening to the United States, and it’s not pretty. Half of America stands at odds with the other half. Liberal versus Conservative.

On Friday, July 15, 2022, FOX NEWS’ Tucker Carlson spoke out directly to the fact that Joe Biden suffers from severe dementia and is incapable of leading this country.  Carlson showed where Biden exhibited his dementia in 2019.  His wife gave him pills of some sort to pump him up when he gave speeches.  Today, not even pep pills can help his addled mind.  He’s clearly on his last legs both mentally and physically.  He shakes hands with the air after he steps away from the podium. If not for the teleprompter, he would not be able to give a coherent speech.

What’s disgusting remains the fact that Biden’s wife, Jill, concealed it, his handlers hid it, and the mainstream media continues to hide Biden’s dementia.  The 25^th Amendment needs to be brought into play.  Even if it gives us that “willy-nilly” and totally incompetent Kamala Harris, something must be done.  Biden stands at the doorstep of a stroke, heart attack or simply total exhaustion.

Biden’s entire cabinet cannot solve our nation’s problems.  They are all standing at the door of the Peter Principle, i.e., people in the Western world keep getting promoted to their highest level of incompetence. Whether it’s Pete Buttigieg, Kamala Harris, that transgender guy pretending to be a woman by wearing dresses in the Department of Human Services, or Mr. Mayorkas of DHS who will not stop the invasion of our southern border. It has topped 2,000,000 illegal migrants as of Sunday, July 17, 2022.

One reader said, “Like you I see the same “news” and it is NOT pleasant.  I only differ in one area…HANG THEM ALL IN THE PUBLIC SQUARE and start with the lawless criminals of Washington, DC…work from the top down!

“It is VERY hard to vote anyone in/out with nationwide voter fraud and I know they are ramping it up.  These people are surely not coming clean or arrest themselves.”

We are losing our moral footing

Another reader said, “The question is:  Whose ethics, morality and decency?  Every worldview holds a position on these topics but those positions of one worldview are usually at great odds against those of another worldview.  What you described about the crimes in the cities and the criminal behaviors of our elected officials match the acceptable ethics, morality and decency of cultural Marxism…they are all relative and match the agenda for anarchy.  What you have hinted at should be restoration of the ethics, morality and decency found in the Judeo/Christian based Western Civilization.” Richard

Our second president, John Adams said it best:

While our country remains untainted with the principles and manners which are now producing desolation in so many parts of the world; while she continues sincere, and incapable of insidious and impious policy, we shall have the strongest reason to rejoice in the local destination assigned us by Providence. But should the people of America once become capable of that deep simulation towards one another, and towards foreign nations, which assumes the language of justice and moderation while it is practicing iniquity and extravagance, and displays in the most captivating manner the charming pictures of candor, frankness, and sincerity, while it is rioting in rapine and insolence, this country will be the most miserable habitation in the world; because we have no government armed with power capable of contending with human passions unbridled by morality and religion. Avarice, ambition, revenge, or gallantry would break the strongest cords of our Constitution as a whale goes through a net. Our Constitution was made only for a moral and religious people. It is wholly inadequate to the government of any other. (….11 October, 1798)

As we lose the “rule of law” because of such people like Chicago’s Mayor Lightfoot, or AG Kim Foxx, or AG George Gascon in LA or Alvin Bragg in NYC…we’re in BIG trouble.  One African-American judge said, “I don’t like to be around cops.”  That’s not a good indication that she supports law and order.  But it doesn’t end with “black” because “white” AG Gascon in LA is pathetically anti-laws.

Another reader wrote, “Thank you for your article on accountability.

I believe and many more believe …Until justice is implemented on criminals at ALL levels and our police forces are allowed to do their job according to our laws, we will continue to slide into hell.”  J.

Another wrote, “I am a Christian Conservative Black female, and I just read your article.  I agree in part and disagree in part.

“I agree that evil and crime are running rampant in America, and too Black Attorney Generals’ are doing absolutely nothing to help solve the crime problem.  In fact, many are directly contributing to it.

“I disagree that, at this point, criminals are intimidated by jail time.  Many brag that they have a free bed, and free meals, in an air-conditioned building. Anything less in America, would be considered, maltreatment of prisoners.

“I believe the death penalty needs to be used more against these menaces to society.  They need to be put to death, many of them, and only then will you see the crime rate drop.  Criminals will never take American laws seriously because the laws are too lenient on criminals.”

A reader wrote, “You did it again!  You hit that nail square on the head again, with your article, America’s Ethicality, Morality and Decency Quotient Spiraling Into The Toilet!   In that article, you make it so plain that anyone with even a half a brain could understand what’s happening in our country. Except, I think we’re buttin’ our heads against a wall – ‘cause there’s not enough people getting to read your article!  I don’t know how to get it out to all of the nation, and all of the nation needs to read it.  This is another one of your articles that needs to go viral – nationwide.  Then we all need to band together – maybe it would be in mind, only, but that would be good enough – and then hit the poles with knowledge of what those we’re voting for, stand for.  How do we make it all happen?  We’re going to hell in a handbasket!”

In the final analysis, we need to impose strict law enforcement, and the harshest jail terms to get those lawless animals off the streets. We start very strict educational standards to bring our kids up to understand their obligations toward their own society.  We must indoctrinate them to be “good citizens” by making sure they understand that if they break our laws, they will severely pay a very severe price.

Do we want to continue down this current path?  Will we survive this division within our country?  If you have better ideas on how to “right” our ship of state, please come forward.

© 2022 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

By Rob Pue

July 16, 2022

There’s a new “buzz phrase” going around these days — and it’s catching on; becoming another MOVEMENT — promoted by Leftist, “Progressive,” feminist activists.  I’m sure you’ve heard of it.  It’s called “Toxic Masculinity.” “Toxic Masculinity” is a new mindset these “progressive” feminists are attempting to force into the cultural talking points, which vilifies traditional manhood and all things “masculine.”
——
The Leftists have been incredibly successful over the past few years in pushing their crazy ideas.  What was once UNTHINKABLE in America has now become the “norm.”  Good has become “bad,” and BAD has become “good.”  While most of these ideas are only accepted now by a small, but VOCAL minority, if things do not change, it won’t be long before this nonsense is embraced by an overwhelming majority…like everything else they’ve come up with.

So what IS ‘Toxic Masculinity?’  According to FEM Magazine,“toxic masculinity harms all genders.  It promotes sexism, misogyny, violence and rape culture, while enforcing dangerous sterotypes of masculinity and femininity.  It is a fundamental pillar in the patriarchy and its normalization throughout cultures demands action.  Next time you hear comments that promote toxic masculinity, remember to call them out;  taking actions to disband this mentality are necessary in order to dismantle the patriarchal structure.”

There you have it, in their own words…. the ultimate goal is the demise of manhood, the dismantling of what they call the ‘patriarchal structure.”  In other words, “Men BAD, women GOOD.”  More division.  You see, the Left is not content to divide us by ethnicity, religion, or political ideology. Now they must ALSO divide us by gender, which I find ironic, because it is these same Leftists who want us to accept as fact that there are now as many as 13 different “genders” — an insane idea which they insist we must all embrace as truth.  And WOE to the poor soul who makes the “mistake” of calling someone by the “wrong” pronoun!

FEM Magazine goes even further in their fight to destroy manhood. In an article from December of 2016, they wrote, “Machismo leads to homophobia, sexual harassment and murder, as violence becomes a channel through which to acquire control.”  And so these radical feminists are now portraying men as sexists, misogynists, rapists and murderers.  It was not long ago that it would have been unthinkable for people to accept the idea of “transgenderism,” much less the idea that there are now THIRTEEN distinctly, different “genders.”  But now, “transgenderism” is being forced upon an unsuspecting, but largely apathetic populace under the force of law… “Get your mind ‘right’ and accept all these different genders or you will pay the consequences.”

Isn’t it interesting, though, that the same people who want to vilify males as rapists and murderers are the same ones who want to do away with the TRUTH of the matter, which is, there REALLY ARE only TWO genders:  male and female.  For goodness’ sake, even the ANIMAL world understands this.  You do not see male dogs confused over their gender. You don’t see male birds confused over their genders.  God made all created things male and female.  One is not “better” or “worse” than the other.  On the contrary, the TWO (and there ARE only TWO) different genders were designed by God to COMPLIMENT one another.

Are there men who abuse women and act wickedly? Absolutely, and that is behavior that we have NEVER accepted in civilized society.  Abusers of women and children and those who are bullies have NEVER been considered “good” men.  They have been looked at as the rude, crude JERKS that they are.  But the same can be said of women.  If you have any doubt, just look at the recent Womens’ marches that have been taking place around the nation, ostensibly to support “womens’ rights.” Consider the foul-mouthed speakers at their rallies and the mean-spirited hateful vitriol that flows from their mouths as they proudly wear their “vagina hats!”   Most of these feminist activists are more vulgar than any men I have ever known.  Yet THEIR actions are considered just fine — simply because they are female….

But wait a minute:  I thought we were not supposed to focus on gender.  I thought there were 13 different “genders,”  and all of them were “equally good.”  But it turns out, I guess, TWELVE of them are “good,” but ONE is very, very BAD.  It is very, very BAD to be male or “masculine.”  That just cannot be tolerated any longer.  Masculinity, they say, MUST BE DISMANTLED, along with our “traditional patriarchal structure.”  The clear and obvious hypocrisy of the Left never ceases to amaze me.

There is no question that manhood is under full assault in America today.  Just like the LGBT movement, the idea of “toxic masculinity” is now becoming more and more widely accepted.   And as usual, it starts with the indoctrination of young boys in preschool, grade-school, middle school, high school… and then this idea that masculinity is a horrible, awful thing is solidified in their young minds in college. This is why we are seeing more and more young “men” embracing feminism; dressing —and acting — more and more like women.  I dare say that MANY young men in our public colleges today are, in many cases, more feminine in their behavior than the young women are.  They have been indoctrinated WELL by the propaganda that has been drilled into their heads all their lives.

Let me ask you a question:  if you wanted to bring down a nation; if you wanted to DESTROY a nation from within, how would you start?  By destroying the natural family.  By twisting the truth and deceiving the minds of milllions of young people over a period of just 12-16 years, the time it takes for a child to go through public school and college.  Drill your lies into their heads for just 16 years and you can fundamentally change an entire culture and society.  Mission accomplished.

This is what has taken place in America.  The first step in destroying the natural family was to bring down the HEAD of the family, the Dad.  And so, not so long ago, we began seeing fathers portrayed in TV sitcoms and movies as bumbling fools and idiots.  Not so long ago, we began drugging our children — mostly young BOYS — to alleviate the “problem” of ADHD.  (By the way, have you noticed there aren’t many young GIRLS who have ADHD and must be drugged with Ritalin?)  No… it’s always the BOYS who suffer from this malady.  If they act too masculine or display too many male traits in school, that is simply unacceptable.  And “for the good of the child,”they tell us, “they must be treated for ADHD.” And so we drug our children, on the advice of the so-called “professionals.”

We’ve been lied to, folks.  We’ve turned our children over to the mercy of the almighty State and after 12 years of public school and 4 years of college, and much medication, our boys finally manage to “get their minds right.”  Now our young men eagerly join the Womens’ marches, the “pride” parades, and embrace transgenderism.  Not to mention the holocaust known as “a woman’s right to choose.”  Now they dress like women, act like women, speak like women. These are not the young men of that Greatest Generation that fought for freedom in World War II.  My own Dad left school at the age of 17 and enlisted in the US Navy.  He was among our fighting men in the South Pacific and HE WAS THERE when we liberated the Phillipines.  Can you imagine a 17-year-old boy doing such a thing today?  Or, are they more likely to join ANTIFA and wreak havoc on their own country?  Or simply sit at home and watch porn and play video games in their Mom’s basement while wearing their “skinny jeans,” painting their toenails and poofing up their hair?  You tell me.

It goes without saying, they have also abandoned the God of the Bible.  If they have any “faith” at all, it’s in some weird religion.  Many young people today worship the Earth.  Many worship the pagan “goddess” of feminism — or as they are now calling it, the “Gynarchy.”  Many seek out satanism, eastern mysticism or ancient demons masquerading as “angels.”  And many are simply atheist or agnostic.  This is the easiest route, because it gives them the perceived “freedom” to do as they please.  Like the satanist Aleister Crowley wrote, inspired by the devil himself, “Do what thou wilt shall be the whole of the law.”

So to bring down a nation without firing a shot, first you destroy the family, and you start that by destroying the head of the family — the Dad. Then you feminize the boys, and confuse their minds, so that many of them actually believe they were meant to be girls.  Those who still have a little common sense left find themselves in deep, dark turmoil in their souls.  They instinctively KNOW they are male, yet they are not allowed to BE male. Everything all around them in the culture tells them:  “masculinity is BAD!”  They are so conflicted in their spirits…. and then we wonder why we’ve seen such a dramatic spike in the suicide rate — especially among young men and boys.

There is NO SUCH THING as ‘Toxic Masculinity,’ friends. God made us male and female.  And make no mistake:  there are only TWO genders, designed by God Himself to compliment one another.  Even our physical anatomy proves this out. DIFFERENT, but equal… and BOTH ARE NEEDED to procreate AND to raise spiritually, mentally and physically healthy children to be responsible, well rounded adults.  When my children were young, they would walk BETWEEN my wife and I and each of us would hold one of their hands.  My wife would hold our kids’ left hand, and I would hold their right. Because a child NEEDS BOTH PARENTS to feel safe and secure, and to grow up healthy in mind, body and spirit.  Two men cannot do that.  Nor can two women.  It takes a Mom AND a Dad.

“Toxic Masculinity” is a lie from the pits of hell.  It is so sad for our young men.  They are ashamed of themselves, just because they are male… and if they happen to be WHITE males, then they’re even more ashamed, because as we all know now, the Leftist mantra has been:  “white males are BAD, ‘people of color’ — especially ‘WOMEN of color’ — are oppressed victims, who must be PROFUSELY apologized to and then celebrated, worshiped and adored.”  

Meanwhile, our families disintegrate, relationships between fathers and sons are destroyed, the minds of our young people are radically confused and twisted, and suicide rates are increasing exponentially. ‘Toxic Masculinity’ is a lie. It’s just another brick in the wall the Leftists are building to further divide us and separate us from the truth, from rational thinking, from God’s natural order and design.  When a nation no longer accepts and follows God’s natural design, it reaps the consequences, which are too many to mention, but suffice to say, we are seeing all those consequences play out in living color before our very eyes this very day.  So how’s that working for us?

But what IS true masculinity?  What is the role of the man in God’s natural order?  First, the man is to submit to God, his Creator, follow His commandments, and with the guidance and counsel of the Holy Spirit, take up his cross daily and follow Christ.  He’s to be the husband of one wife, taking every thought captive to the obedience of Christ.  Once united to his wife in Holy Matrimony, he is then to be the MINISTER of his home — the spiritual leader.  He is to SERVE his wife, protect his wife, and provide for her.  He is NOT to use his authority as head of the household as a tyrant, but rather as a SERVANT.

Then, together, the husband and wife are to be fruitful and multiply.  As the wife follows her husband as he follows Christ, the children then see modeled for them how to “do life right.”  They grow up with a Mom and a Dad in the home, actively involved, guiding, nurturing and training them up in the fear and admonition of the Lord…. as Jesus said, “teaching them to obey all He commanded.”  THIS, my friends, is what makes for a strong, solid FAMILY, and the family is the FOUNDATION of a civilized nation.  Destroy the family and you’ve destroyed the nation.  The first step is taking down the head of the home, the man… the husband and father.

So men:  do not let the agenda of pop culture shame you because of your gender.  STAND UP!  BE the MAN God created you to be, with all the attributes and virtues of a REAL man of God.  Remember, it only took 12 men — Jesus’ 12 disciples — to turn the whole world upside down.  So embrace the freedom you have in Christ — or perhaps a better way to state it — embrace the DUTY you have been given by God Himself, to be counter-cultural, world changers, watchmen on the walls and truth tellers.

I can tell  you, this will not make you “popular” or well-liked by most; especially those in your own home, your own church.  But as you life out and model true masculinity, those around you will begin to “get it.”  Real men love babies, real men stand up for those unjustly led to slaughter.  Real men push back and fight evil.  Real men protect, lead, provide for — and SERVE — their wives and families.  Real men have a PURPOSE, ordained by God.  Be a REAL man.

Audio CDs and transcripts of this message are available when you call me at (715) 486-8066 or email Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com. Ask for message number 247.

© 2022 Rob Pue – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rob Pue: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com

By Roger Anghis

July6 17, 2022

When our Founders established our nation they set it on a foundation of integrity and honesty. Our government today is far from what they gave us.  We have what is called the Deep State which is nothing but a bunch of power-hungry and greedy elites that believe they have the right to control everything you do. We no longer have the representative government the Founders gave us. Because we have not paid the proper attention to who we have put into office we have allowed serious lowlifes to sit in places of authority.  Patrick Henry warned us: Bad men cannot make good citizens. It is impossible that a nation of infidels or idolaters should be a nation of freemen. It is when a people forget God that tyrants forge their chains. A vitiated state of morals, a corrupted public conscience, is incompatible with freedom. No free government, or the blessings of liberty, can be preserved to any people but by a firm adherence to justice, moderation, temperance, frugality, and virtue; and by a frequent recurrence to fundamental principles.

Samuel Adams gave us a warning as well: “The public cannot be too curious concerning the characters of public men.” We have not been curious enough in the last hundred years. Our freedoms have been eroded to where our First Amendment has been restricted to only what Big Tech agrees with.  Our religious freedoms are restricted to inside the walls of the church building and even in the last couple of years, we haven’t even been allowed to do that.  George Washington warned about power-hungry men: “Cunning, ambitious, and unprincipled men will be enabled to subvert the Power of the People and to usurp for themselves the reins of Government, destroying afterwards the very engines which have lifted them to unjust dominion.” Washington also stated: “No compact among men … can be pronounced everlasting and inviolable, and if I may so express myself, that no wall of words, that no mound of parchment can be so formed as to stand against the sweeping torrent of boundless ambition on the one side, aided by the sapping current of corrupted morals on the other.”

We will not maintain our freedoms nor the free nation the Founders gave us until we get back to what they built this nation on.  We are allowing one of the most inept world organizations, the United Nations, to control everything on the planet. Here is the Preamble of the UN’s Agenda 2030:  This Agenda is a plan of action for people, planet and prosperity. It also seeks to strengthen universal peace in larger freedom. We recognize that eradicating poverty in all its forms and dimensions, including extreme poverty, is the greatest global challenge and an indispensable requirement for sustainable development. All countries and all stakeholders, acting in collaborative partnership, will implement this plan. We are resolved to free the human race from the tyranny of poverty and want and to heal and secure our planet. We are determined to take the bold and transformative steps which are urgently needed to shift the world onto a sustainable and resilient path. As we embark on this collective journey, we pledge that no one will be left behind. The 17 Sustainable Development Goals and 169 targets which we are announcing today demonstrate the scale and ambition of this new universal Agenda. They seek to build on the Millennium Development Goals and complete what these did not achieve. They seek to realize the human rights of all and to achieve gender equality and the empowerment of all women and girls. They are integrated and indivisible and balance the three dimensions of sustainable development: the economic, social and environmental.

The Goals and targets will stimulate action over the next fifteen years in areas of critical importance for humanity and the planet.[1]

Everything in this declaration is to control agriculture, transportation, manufacturing, housing, and healthcare.  Their plan is to redistribute the wealth of rich nations and make all people equal.  That’s nothing less than communism and our elected officials have swallowed this line of BS hook line and sinker and are willing to give up the sovereignty of America to these world dictators.  Their declarations seem noble but are impossible with destroying the lives of many people. In their Declaration #3 they state: We resolve, between now and 2030, to end poverty and hunger everywhere; to combat inequalities within and among countries; to build peaceful, just and inclusive societies; to protect human rights and promote gender equality and the empowerment of women and girls; and to ensure the lasting protection of the planet and its natural resources. We resolve also to create conditions for sustainable, inclusive and sustained economic growth, shared prosperity and decent work for all, taking into account different levels of national development and capacities.[2] Without forced labor and the removal of wealth from people who have earned that wealth, this will never happen. Keep in mind this is only eight years away.

Under the Biden administration as under the Obama administration, we are seeing the opposition being attacked by the FBI and Department of Justice.  The people involved in the so-called insurrection of January 6^th are being treated like foreign terrorists instead of American citizens. Our Constitution gives us the right to a speedy trial.  Those arrested for simply being on the grounds of the capital have been held in solitary confinement and are held with being charged with anything. This is the action of a dictatorship, not a constitutional republic.

Governor Gretchen Whitmer (D) of Michigan had the Republican candidate running against her arrested just for being on the grounds of the Capital on January 6^th.  Biden has had several of Trump’s inner circle arrested in obvious attempts to intimidate his opposition.  When the leak from the Supreme Court came out and protestors surrounded the homes of the Supreme Court Justices, which is illegal, not one person was arrested except the one that announced that he wanted to kill Kavanaugh.  Even Harry Truman knew that this behavior would lead us down a path we, as a people, don’t want to go. In a special message on August 8, 1950,  to Congress on the Internal Security of the United States, he said: “Once a government is committed to the principle of silencing the voice of opposition, it has only one way to go, and that is down the path of increasingly repressive measures, until it becomes a source of terror to all its citizens and creates a country where everyone lives in fear.” Nixon did this, Bill Clinton did this, Obama did this, and now Biden is doing this.

There is a two-tiered justice system with Democrats not having to abide by the laws and Republicans having to obey the law to the letter. If you doubt ask yourself why is Hillary still free when she deleted 30,000 emails AFTER they were subpoenaed,  she paid for the Steel dossier illegally bringing foreign involvement into the election.  Why is Joe Biden free when he used the pay to play to protect his son from his involvement in the corrupt oil company in Ukraine.  By the way, Pelosi’s son, John Kerry’s son, and Mit Romney’s son are all involved in businesses in Ukraine. We have proof that Joe Biden was involved in shady dealings with the Communist Chinese government.  How about Obama’s involvement in the spying on the Trump campaign AND the Trump presidency.

They raided Roger Stone’s house with a swat team, Paul Manaforts’s house with a swat team, and Jeffery Clark’s home was hit with a pre-dawn raid:  The head of the Center for Renewing America, where Clark is a fellow, in a statement called the visit “a pre-dawn raid” by “more than a dozen DOJ law enforcement officials” who seized Clark’s electronic devices as he stood outside on the street in his pajamas.[3] But no raids on Democrats no matter how their actions prove that they are traitors. We are on the path Harry Truman warned us about.

We can no longer let things be run as they have been for the last hundred years.  We have term limits for the president but we need it more for Congress and the Senate.  The Great Reset we need is to get back to what the Founders gave us not what the corrupt UN wants. Only the citizens of this great country can accomplish that and accomplish that we must.

© 2022 Roger Anghis – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

Footnotes:

1. https://sdgs.un.org/2030agenda
2. https://sdgs.un.org/2030agenda
3. https://www.cnbc.com/2022/06/23/federal-agents-visit-the-home-of-trump-ally-former-doj-official-jeffrey-clark.html

By Sidney Secular

July 16, 2022

World food production is projected to decline precipitously in 2022. The wheat harvest alone is expected to drop by 10 million metric tons from last year while other grains and food staples are in similar dire straits. A record 45 million people are on the brink of starvation and a further 800 million lack a reliable source of daily food. Farmers in the world’s leading farm belts outside of Russia and the Ukraine as well as the US, Canada, Europe and India are being forced to protest simply for the right to produce this much needed food. Earlier in 2022 there were reports that American farmers would be offered subsidies if they destroyed their crops and farmers in the Netherlands are now blocking streets in protest over the situation as have farmers in Germany for the past 3 years.

The food crisis is the direct result of the “Green agenda” in which productive investment in water, power, and other infrastructures essential to agriculture are blocked by governments acting on the part of the mega food cartels, Goldman Sachs, hedge fund managers, and the billionaire royal-elitist class. The plutocrats are fronted by the World Wildlife Fund and other major environmental groups to which money is funneled by deep pocket leftists and foundations. “Carbon-concerned” cultivation and climate change clamor are causing money to flow into Green finance swindles while farmers and ranchers are ruined! Of course, the result is that people are now or will be starving by the millions in a government policy akin to Stalin’s genocide in the Ukraine in which statistics say over nine million starved in what the Ukrainians called the Holodomore (the Hunger). As happened then, this matter is being blacked out by the blackguards of the mainstream media in the US and around the world, the same liars who messed up the minds of the masses with the concocted COVID coverage.

The control over food production and the attempted control of humanity in toto began with the 1992 Rio Earth Summit which introduced the institutional version of the ongoing green fraud. This was followed by the reinforcement and implementation of resolutions coming under the aegis of the North Atlantic Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA) in 1994 and the World Trade Organization in 1995 and was further facilitated by the 2008 repeal of the Glass-Steagall Act of 1933. The latter event was a major factor in the meltdown of the housing market that year as the result of unscrupulous lending practices. People were being quietly induced to return to urban areas as they sought to escape from the foreclosures forced upon them. The said 1992 Rio Earth Summit unleashed the global warming/climate change bugaboo and its accompanying campaign for the maintenance of biological diversity and population limitation.

From that time, the New World Eco-order has dominated the international dialog calling for the restriction of human activity ostensibly to prevent the emission of too much greenhouse gases supposedly in the fear that the Earth’s climate will skyrocket!  These “environmental” folks have also called for severely restricting the areas of the planet occupied by humans lest the “wilderness” and its animal and plant species go extinct. The “stack and pack” campaign that sought to further concentrate people within cities resulted in ever increasing urban sprawl without concern or restriction even of the ecological kind. Of course, the sprawl itself was the result of increases in population almost entirely due to the unrestricted inflow of refugees and immigrants from the third world who were needed, we were assured, to increase our “diversity.” Parenthetically, the increase certainly didn’t arise from native citizen birth rates as every Western country including the US did not present with even a replacement population birthrate much less an increase.

Unfortunately for the nations of the West, far from these Third World “blessings” being appreciative of their welcome, they were demanding of the rights of citizens including welfare and other government goodies. On the other hand, these “imports” could do no wrong according to our government and were to be coddled and appeased lest they have reason to complain about anything. In this as in all other stupid leftist policies, liberals have been permitted to “have it both ways” while American citizens are permitted to notice or say nothing about the destruction of our culture and the nullification of our laws. The simple fact is that as long as a policy “feels good” to our leftist leaders and their minions, the rest of us are “left” to accept whatever consequences ensue.

International conferences to promote the aforesaid goals have been held regularly over the years. These include the noteworthy “COP26” “climate summit” conference in Scotland in November 2021, the 15th biodiversity summit in China held in October 2015 (COP15), and the COP21 conference held in Paris also in 2015 in which dozens of nations agreed to provide “Nationally Determined Contributions” or plans to reduce those nations’ output of “greenhouse” gases. The predictable results of these confabs are now seen in worsening electricity and fuel crises resulting from the takedown of coal and nuclear power generating stations as well as the buildup of unreliable wind and solar power and the deregulation of energy prices. More Texas-type freezes such as occurred in January 2021 can be expected to topple power grids dependent upon unreliable solar and wind sources.

Of course, these policies affect more than the electrical power used in homes and businesses. Two of our leading grain states – Iowa for corn and Kansas for wheat – depend heavily upon unreliable solar and wind for half of their electricity. European agriculture has also been hit hard. Farmers can’t afford or obtain reliable fuel for their machinery or for drying crops and other necessary agricultural functions. Also, with the rising price of fuel, large numbers of high-yield Dutch greenhouses can’t afford electricity. In what is rapidly becoming a world-wide disaster, rising fuel prices have crippled nitrogen fertilizer production. It’s feedstock is natural gas whose price has soared and whose supply is uncertain. Farmers can neither afford nor obtain if they were able to afford, the fertilizer essential for good yields of corn and wheat. The EU is actually decreasing their food output on purpose! In May 2020, the EU enacted the “Farm to Fork” Green Deal calling for the reduction of land use for agriculture by 10%; fertilizer use by 20%; and the use of pesticides by 50% even though these measures would eliminate the food needed by an estimated 185 million people. One has to wonder if the “kill rate” of COVID “vaccines” is not what is driving the use of such policies! After all, if enough people die by “healthcare” the food output reduction becomes far less a threat! In another idiocy, the British government has declared that the main function of farmers will now be enhancing the environment [!] while the production of food will become a secondary “benefit.” Of course, rewards and punishments will be utilized to force the implementation of these new policies. It is at times like this that the old Greek saying demands a restatement: “Whom the gods would destroy, they first make mad!”

Illegitimate “President” Biden, immediately upon taking office issued Executive Order 14008, in which Section 216 requires that by 2030, 30% of US lands and waters must be removed from any human use! At present, some 13% of US lands and waters are under some form of government limitation. Agriculture is directly threatened as can be seen by the state of New Mexico setting aside 30% of its land for removal from human use. In Montana, a billionaire is promoting the “American Serengeti” whereby the new “American Prairie Reserve” would bring back bison and ban cattle and sheep grazing in an area the size of Lebanon. In the US, 85% of all meatpacking is controlled by just a few transnational entities– Cargill, Tysons, Smithfield [a company that has been purchased by China!], Marfrig and JBS. A pilot program is in place called the Ranch Systems and Viability Planning Project (RSVP) which will dictate a program for cattlemen to sharply reduce carbon emissions by removing the cattle that produce it. Meanwhile, Bill Gates is promoting a program for all “rich countries” to move to 100% synthetic beef! Many carbon curbing programs are also being initiated. Cargill is in charge of a program called “Regenerative Agriculture” to capture carbon in the soils of six states. Farmers will be surveilled remotely for compliance through the program that is known as “Regrow.”

“Biofuels” are a longstanding swindle begun by G.W. Bush and promoted by every president since. Now 40% of the US corn crop which itself constitutes one-third of the world’s corn harvest, goes into ethanol production. It is a major diversion of agricultural capacity to an unworthy effort to make energy “vegan.” So much soy oil is going for biodiesel that bakers and food processors are appealing for government intervention because of the shortage of vegetable oils with the resultant soaring prices of those oils. Internationally, edible oil prices have gone up 60% in one year. The British Crown think tank Chatham House bluntly states that depopulation is the goal to save the planet and asserts that food production is harmful since it degrades or destroys natural habitat and contributes to species extinction. Of course, OUR extinction apparently is less problematic than that of the buffalo or the butterfly.

The methodology of these “well meaning” bio-fascists is to change dietary patterns to reduce the demand for certain foodstuffs, including meat! If the US switched from beef to beans (or bugs!), the claim is that such a program would free up former cropland for other uses such as eco-system restoration. But taking out the “inputs” to farming will make farming unfeasible – with all that means to human survival. The dietary preferences of most cultures of the world relate to one or another of the top grains, e.g., corn (tortillas), wheat (bread or pasta), rice (alone or as noodles), etc. The majority of humanity’s caloric intake comes from grains. Outside of China, India and Russia, there is essentially no attempt being made to guarantee an adequate food supply. Instead, with the blessing of world governments, the transnational food cartels will get to decide who can – and cannot – afford to eat. All of Sub-Saharan Africa depends on imports for 40% of its people’s grain consumption. Under the emerging circumstances, a future of major famine looms there. Remember, this area of Africa is the only area of the world with an exploding population! You can bet they will be swarming across the borders of their more fortunate neighbors soon!  We are looking at a stark dark and savage future ahead for all mankind if this wickedness is not stopped.

© 2022 Sidney Secular – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Sidney Secular: Success_Express@yahoo.com

By Steven Yates

July 16, 2022

-The Khiara Bridges Chapter–

Just recently, an exchange between Josh Hawley (R.-Mo.) and a law professor at UC-Berkeley named Khiara Bridges at a Senate Judiciary Committee meeting in the wake of the overturning of Roe v Wade went viral. The exchange went like this:

JOSH HAWLEY: Professor Bridges, you said several times, you’ve used a phrase I want to make sure I understand what you mean by it. You’ve referred to people with a capacity for pregnancy. Would that be women?

KHIARA BRIDGES: Many women, cis women, have the capacity for pregnancy. Many cis women do not have the capacity for pregnancy. There are also trans men who are capable of pregnancy, as well as non-binary people who are capable of pregnancy.

J.H.: So this isn’t really a women’s rights issue, it’s a— 

K.B.: We can recognize that this impacts women, while also recognizing that it impacts other groups. Those things are not mutually exclusive, Senator Hawley.

J.H.: So your view is that the core of this right then is about what?

K.B.: So I want to recognize that your line of questioning is transphobic and it opens up trans people to violence by not recognizing them.

J.H.: Wow, you’re saying that I’m opening up people to violence by asking whether or not women are the folks who can have pregnancies?

K.B.: So I’m—  I want to note that one out of five transgender persons have attempted suicide. So I think it’s important—

J.H.: Because of my line of questioning?

K.B.: Because—

J.H.: So we can’t talk about it?

K.B.: Because denying that trans people exist and pretending not to know that they exist—

J.H.: I’m denying that trans people exist by asking—

K.B.: Are you?

J.H.: —if you’re talking about—

K.B.: Are you? Are you?

J.H.: —about women—

K.B.: Are you?

J.H.: —having pregnancies?

K.B.: Do you believe that men can get pregnant?

J.H.: No, I don’t think men can get pregnant.

K.B.: So you are denying that trans people exist! Thank you!

J.H.: And that leads to violence? Is this how you run your classroom? Are students allowed to question you—

K.B.: Absolutely!

J.H.: —or are they also treated like this where—

K.B.: No, no, no, they’re allowed to question!

J.H.: —they’re told they’re opening up people to violence by questioning?

K.B.: We have a good time in my class! You should join!

J.H.: I bet!

K.B.: You might learn a lot!

J.H.: Wow, I would learn a lot. I’ve learned a lot—

K.B.: I know!

J.H.: —just in this exchange.

K.B.: Absolutely!

J.H.: Extraordinary.

K.B.: Yep.

So what did Sen. Hawley learn? Judging from the look on his face, I would surmise he left the exchange convinced he was dealing with a certifiable nutjob. With a nose ring at that, symbolic of the regression to tribalism heralded by identity politics.

He might also have inferred: one of many, in American academia. For obviously Professor Bridges did not hire herself. Academic hiring (which I saw up close a few times, back in the day) is a lengthy, bureaucratic process. Numerous higher-ups must sign off on permanent appointments. Many of these higher-ups have agendas. Filling quotas of “underrepresented groups” — women, ethnic minorities, and more recently, sexual minorities — has been one of them for quite a while now.

We see the result, with bizarre neologisms like cis women and trans men (now common in academia), and the wild, impulsive leaps Professor Bridges makes from seemingly banal questions like, Are we talking about women? to insinuations of violence and suicide.

American academia has fallen to the point where one is not allowed to state openly that those capable of normal pregnancy are biological women.

That’s intellectual suicide.

Also of interest is how corporate media handled the exchange. The idea that Sen. Hawley somehow lost the encounter, or engaged in a “transphobic” line of questioning, was picked up. The mental confusion over who can get pregnant was missed.

This is corporate media suicide.

Just the titles of the various reports are enough.

From the initial article I ran across (Yahoo, aggregating from ultra-left HuffPo): Professor Schools Sen. Josh Hawley for His Transphobic Questions During Abortion Hearing.

Or, from the same source: Law Professor Takes Down Josh Hawley.

Really? Did whoever wrote these headlines actually view the exchange?

From Yahoo News itself: Professor Scolds Sen. Josh Hawley During Abortion Hearing: ‘Your Line of Questioning Is Transphobic’.

From the hard-left The Advocate (also courtesy of Yahoo’s news feed): Watch Law Professor Khiara Bridges Blast Josh Hawley’s Transphobia.

From Vox (picked up by MSN and other feeds): Josh Hawley’s Viral Transphobic Comments Explained.

From NBC News: Law Professor Khiara Bridges Calls Senator Josh Hawley’s Questions About Pregnancy ‘Transphobic’.

From Business Insider: Berkeley Law Professor Tells Josh Hawley He’s Paving the Way for Violence Against Transgender People By ‘Denying That Trans People Exist’ and Can Be Pregnant.

Those should do. If you are so inclined, gentle reader, you can find more accounts of how major news media online and offline reported this incident here.

Lemmings could not do better.

It should go without saying, Hawley was not “denying that trans people exist” or can get pregnant. He was denying, by implication at least, that “trans men” are really men. If they can get pregnant, it is because they are not men but women. Period.

This should not be rocket science, but this is where we are in 2022, when a national senator is no longer allowed to say that only women can get pregnant without getting “schooled” for it (interesting word, that!), and when intellectually suicidal law professors deny biological reality in order to use “inclusive language.”

And when corporate media, given its leftward leap into wokery over the past couple of decades, describes an exchange such as this as “taking down” one of the few political figures who seems to have a grip on reality.

I recently explained this to a friend, who finally interrupted with something like, “How can someone get to be a law professor and be that stupid?!”

My response may have sounded, at first glance, like I was coming to Khiara Bridges’ defense. I pointed out that she has a doctorate in anthropology as well as a law degree. She’s written a couple of books, even if one of them is on critical race theory.

The point isn’t easy to grasp at first, but this isn’t about intelligence. It’s about your basic worldview and the direction you take it. Your reasoning — good, bad, or indifferent — and the lens through which you see the world, will follow your worldview.

Some philosophical materialists, for example, are brilliant thinkers — and if their thinking is brilliant enough it will take them into a mental cul-de-sac, which they may recognize as such or not. An example is the British-born philosopher Colin McGinn (b. 1950), who spent much of his career trying to answer, “How can human consciousness exist in a material universe?” He eventually concluded that the human brain isn’t “wired” to understand itself. Some call this the “new mysterianism.” It is a way of throwing up one’s hands in a gesture of despair. Most academic philosophers feel compelled to see everything through the lens of materialism, just like most academic scientists.

I thought it a good idea to toss a nonpolitical example in here, because readers can consider it dispassionately. For if someone begins with the political premise behind, say, critical race theory (that racism has been built into the structure of the American Constitutional political and legal system from the start, and so permeates American life whether we know it or like it or not), that person will see every situation through that lens, never question it, and hit a parallel cul-de-sac: how could the best-intentioned social engineers end racism from American society without ending American society itself? (Which may, of course, be the real goal of critical race theory.)

That such considerations are over the heads of cultural leftists is to be expected. I would be interested in a survey of how many of Professor Bridges’ students could get the year of the U.S. Constitution’s ratification right, or what they would come up with if asked to write about — for example — Federalist Papers 10 or 51. Or, more broadly, how they would respond to queries about the influence of various strains of Christianity on the history of the legal system in the U.S.

In short, if her students are learning anything.

Have they been taught anything except case law and how to view the American legal system through any lens other than race and sexual confusion?

This is the seemingly unstoppable train American academia has been on at least since the late 1980s, and when we watch exchanges such as the above, we see that train going over an intellectually suicidal cliff. When viewing how corporate media has reported the exchange to the public, we see that cliff broadening, as like lemmings, woke-era presstitutes mindlessly follow the academic “experts.”

© 2022 Steven Yates – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com

Steven Yates’s latest book What Should Philosophy Do? A Theory (2021) is available here and here. His earlier Four Cardinal Errors: Reasons for the Decline of the American Republic (2011) is available here.

These columns present a perspective unavailable elsewhere: of personal freedom and community autonomy, based on a philosophically-informed conservatism within a Christian worldview holding that in the last analysis, we all answer to our Creator.

This stands in contrast to the major threat of our time: a sociopathic superelite using technology and financialization to gain world domination, unleashed by secular materialism and the latter having collapsed all forms of valuation other than money and power. Globalists see themselves as answering only to each other. They do not believe in a Higher Power. They are the culmination of the materialist / secularist / liberal worldview.

My perspective incorporates accounts of how emergencies of various sorts arise or are manufactured, how controlled media hysterics generate fear in populations, and how these enable controlled governments to grab power and do the superelites’ bidding.  Hegelian dialectic: crisis, reaction, response. Foment a crisis or through inaction allow it to develop; the crisis leads to a predictable reaction within populations (“Do something!”); those with power move in with the response they planned all along.

These ideas are dispensed essentially for free. The editor of this site cannot afford to pay writers such as myself. Nor am I on the payroll of a “think tank” or some other such entity. No university or corporate leviathan has my back. I receive no grants. I am an Independent. We live in a foreign country, because of the lower cost of living. My wife and I survive on what remains of an inheritance, my monthly social security deposit into my U.S. bank account, the occasional donation, “gigs” and “odd jobs” that come our way, and Patreon.com.

This last had been rising, but over the past few months has fallen dramatically! I have no theories why, except that I am not one of their “creatives” consistently dispensing “infotainment” on the site. Nor is the site especially truth-teller friendly.

Where this is going: the lights on this project could go out at any time, and just when they are needed most! If you value what I do, please consider becoming a Patron or arranging some other means of support to help keep this project alive (I accept donations via PayPal). Do not do it for me. Do it for you. Do you want to help spread truth, or do you prefer to live in a fake reality based on official narratives steeped in lies?

We all benefit from helping disseminate truth, and from furthering the idea that persons and freedom have intrinsic value because we were created in God’s image. These things will not preserve and defend themselves. So please consider becoming a Patron today by going to the site linked to above and making a small pledge. If just 100 people reading this were to pledge $5/mo., that would be $500 extra each month in defense of truth-telling!

by Servando Gonzalez

July 15, 2022

According to what it was reported in the press, as soon as they heard about the ongoing situation at the Uvalde school, some of the mothers ran to the place in an effort to protect the lives of their children. Unfortunately, the Uvalde police did not treat them well.

We saw dramatic scenes of Uvalde police mistreating and harassing desperate mothers. Some of them were gassed, tased, handcuffed and treated as criminals. It was a shameful day for America.

Anyway, as in the classic Sherlock Holmes novel, the dog that didn’t bark is the key to understand what really happened there. Evidently most Americans failed to notice the absence of key actors in this tragedy: the fathers. Where were they?

The events at the Uvalde school extended for close to an hour and a half. Even if some of the fathers were at work, there was enough time for some of them to go home, grab their AR-15s and extra mags, get their sidearms, and run to the school to save their children. At least, that is what I expected true American men would have done if one of their children had been taken hostage at the school.

Once there, they would have located the perpetrator, shoot him and rescue the children. Moreover, they would have shot anybody, and I mean anybody, who have tried to stop them from rescuing their children. Unfortunately, American men, the most armed population on planet Earth, do not act like men anymore. Seemingly, they lack what makes men act like men.

What has happened to the American men? Why the most heavily armed group of men in the world are currently acting like sissies? Well, there might be some answers to such questions.

Scientific evidence indicates that, particularly after the Covid shots, there has been a substantial decline on sperm count in American males.[1]  Moreover, Some studies show that American men’s testosterone levels have been declining for decades. The most prominent, a 2007 study in the Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism, revealed a “substantial” drop in U.S. men’s testosterone levels since the 1980s, with average levels declining by about 1% per year.[2]

According to these studies, this dramatic decline in testosterone levels is almost certainly linked to higher rates of obesity (which suppresses testosterone) and may be linked to lower rates of smoking in men. In the 2007 study, however, the age-matched declines persisted after controlling for these variables. Many observers put more weight on increased exposure to environmental toxins, such as pesticides, and chemicals common in household products like phthalates and bisphenol A, as well as bST hormone on milk.

Moreover, some other scientists have found that residues of birth-control pills are adding 10 millions of hormones to our wastewater every single day. Most likely, some of that estrogen ends up in our drinking water and may be the cause of lowering testosterone levels in American males.[3]

But there is more than meets the eye that seemingly those studies have failed to acknowledge: what if some of these changes in testosterone levels in American men have been intentionally provoked? May it be that the globalist conspirators are intentionally destroying masculinity in the U.S.? Well, maybe they are.

According to some U.S. government documents, it was known that since 1994 the U.S. military had been developing what they called a “gay bomb”, which would made enemy soldiers “sexually irresistible” to each other.[4] The plan for a so-called “love bomb” envisaged an aphrodisiac chemical that would provoke widespread homosexual behavior among troops, causing what the military called a “distasteful but completely non-lethal” blow to morale.

The so-called “gay bomb” is the name for a non-lethal psychochemical weapon that a United States Air Force research laboratory speculated about producing. The idea was discharging sex pheromones over enemy forces in order to make them sexually attracted to each other. In 1994 the Wright Laboratory in Ohio, a predecessor to today’s United States Air Force Research Laboratory, produced a three-page proposal on a variety of possible nonlethal chemical weapons, which, according to official sources, were never developed.

But, what if they lied about it, as they usually do? Why if the globalist conspirators who fully control our armed forces actually gave the green light and they developed the “gay bomb” and have been using it against their potential domestic enemies: American men?

It is known that the CIA conducted experiments on LSD and other drugs on unaware American citizens in San Francisco and New York’s subways.  So, it would not be farfetched to think that there be more reasons apart from propaganda and indoctrination explaining why American men are nor acting like men anymore.

Obviously, the globalist conspirators who are working hard to push their New Word Order upon us don’t like real men. Eventually real men may rebel and violently respond to these attacks on their country, their way of living, their family and their masculinity. This explains why the strong promotion of femininity and anti-masculinity has become a key part of the globalist conspirators’ agenda.

Currently, the globalist conspirators are devoting a lot of their time and money to push women and unmanly men into positions of political power. This is not, as they claim, because they want to give women an equal role in society, but because they think that women are easier to manipulate and control than real men. Unfortunately, examples such as Hillary Clinton, Nancy Pelosi, Liz Cheney, Chicago’s mayor and The Squad prove they are right.

As a result of the social law that any political vacuum of power is rapidly occupied, we are experiencing a situation in which women and non-acting men are more and more grabbing that political power. Seemingly, the only real man left in this country is Tom Cruise. Unfortunately, I have the feeling that most of his macho man acting is just that: acting.

© 2022 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

Footnotes:

1. https://palexander.substack.com/p/sperm-count-in-males-whats-a-little?utm_source=%2Fprofile%2F58916651-dr-paul-alexander&utm_medium=reader2
2. https://www.forbes.com/sites/neilhowe/2017/10/02/youre-not-the-man-your-father-was/?sh=289cff228b7f
3. https://www.businessinsider.com/birth-control-pills-hormones-estrogen-drinking-water-health-effects-2019-10
4. http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/americas/4174519.stm, also http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/americas/4174519.stm
5. http://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/main.jhtml?xml=/news/2005/01/15/wlove15.xml&sSheet=/news/2005/01/15/ixnewstop.html

By Cliff Kincaid

July 15, 2022

Oprah Winfrey’s last major foray into politics was backing Barack Hussein Obama, who promised a fundamental transformation of America and delivered. Now, Oprah is backing Wes Moore for governor of Maryland. He is supposed to be the next Obama, assuming he can win the July 19 primary.  In a campaign ad, she says, “The type of transformational leader that these times demand – that’s Wes Moore for Maryland governor.”

Moore promises to legalize dope in Maryland and once served on the board of a marijuana company, which paid him more than $1.6 million.

Remember that Obama started out as an Illinois State Senator before he was elected to the United States Senate and then ran for president.

“This moment that we’re in demands of different type of leader,” says Oprah, who is reportedly an occasional user of the drug. “For governor in Maryland, you have one in my friend Wes Moore.”

Of course, Democrats are now clamoring for a “different type of leader” on the national level.

Even if Moore doesn’t win the Democratic Party nomination for Maryland governor and the general election, he could easily surface as a Democratic Party presidential candidate in 2024. Oprah, a billionaire, carries a lot of clout.

Moore is a very controversial character, having served on the board of a marijuana company, Green Thumb Industries, as people are gradually becoming aware of marijuana’s link to mental illness and some of America’s mass shootings in recent months and years.

Of course, this isn’t of any concern to politicians trying to make money from this deadly addiction, which generates a “consumer” who comes back for more until the psychosis causes the stoner to go haywire, become homeless on the streets, or enter a mental ward.

Oprah’s endorsement of Wes Moore, a cannabis industry mouthpiece, should remind us of her own flirtation with the drug culture.

In my book about Obama, Permanent Revolution, New Age expert Constance Cumbey examined Oprah Winfrey’s career, explaining how she had gone beyond promoting kooky New Age ideas to recommending drugs for her mostly female readers.   The April 2018 edition of her “Oprah Magazine” featured the article, “Is Marijuana the New Merlot?” Another article, “Mom’s Guide to Not Getting Busted,” advised women how to use dope “without getting into trouble.”

Nevertheless, Oprah still remains an icon. “Watching Oprah,” an exhibition at the Smithsonian’s National Museum of African American History and Culture, presented the billionaire as a role model (Oprah gave the museum $21 million) and noted she has received eight awards from GLAAD for “LGBTQ acceptance” and positive portrayals of lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender and queer people.

Moore is committed to a “green” economy in ways other than legalizing marijuana. He wants a “climate corps” to implement a “green energy economy.”

Al Hunt, the former executive editor of Bloomberg News, admits, however, that there are a “few controversies” involving this super star candidate but then tries to dismiss them. One is that “he implied — and allowed others misleadingly to claim — that both grew up in Baltimore. He was born in another part of Maryland, moved to the Bronx and came to Baltimore for college.” Another is that he “is under some criticism for not correcting interviewers who said that he won a Bronze Star in Afghanistan.”

We are supposed to look beyond these issues.

But why would one of the major marijuana businesses in the world reach out to hire Wes Moore and put him on its board? As noted by Capital news Service, “In 2018, Moore was awarded more than $1.6 million in stocks in a marijuana company that does extensive business in Maryland and served on its board while a candidate. His connection to Chicago-based Green Thumb Industries (GTI), one of the largest cannabis companies in the world, represents a possible conflict of interest if he becomes governor as the office appoints the commission overseeing the state’s medical marijuana industry.”

Similar questions are being raised in Florida, where, as noted by the Daily Caller, Democratic Florida gubernatorial candidate Nikki Fried, who pledged to legalize marijuana if elected, “owns a sizable stake in a pot dispensary company, according to a financial disclosure.” She is so committed to dope that a Tampa newspaper labeled her as the politician who “wants to be the marijuana governor.” A local journalist by the name of Brian Burgess has raised serious questions about her “secret” connections to the marijuana industry and unexplained personal wealth.

But most journalists, who probably smoke the mind-altering substance for “recreational” purposes, don’t bother to report the political influence of Big Marijuana.

Dope is clearly a big part of the new “green” economy that Democrats have planned for the United States as a whole. Indeed, marijuana is the Soma of America’s Brave New World and the plan is to go far beyond marijuana. For those who didn’t read the Aldous Huxley classic, Spark Notes provides this information: “Soma is a drug that is handed out for free to all the citizens of the World State. In small doses, soma makes people feel good. In large doses, it creates pleasant hallucinations and a sense of timelessness.”

It also makes people believe things that are not true, such as that men can become pregnant and that more federal spending will lower inflation.

Mass murderer Nikolas Cruz blamed marijuana and other drugs for the 2018 massacre in Florida that killed 17 people.

At an America’s Survival conference in 2017, Dr. Tina Trent explained how the movement to legalize drugs now wants to make “mind-expanding” drugs more available, even mandatory, in order to erase traditional Christianity and transform consciousness through “New Age” practices.

Indeed, Measure 110 (also known as Initiative Petition 44) passed in Oregon, with the support of George Soros, Mark Zuckerberg, and the Oregon Democratic Party, and decriminalized dangerous drugs like meth, cocaine, Oxycodone and heroin. As a result, to no one’s surprise, substance abuse is rising.

This seems to be the plan.

© 2022 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

• Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. usasurvival.org

by Lee Duigon

July 14, 2022

You’ll own nothing, have no privacy… and you’ll be happy! Such is the promise offered to humanity by Klaus Schwab, Mr. World Economic Forum.

How’s that promise shaping up for us?

In Sri Lanka, ham-fisted government policies reminiscent of our own Green New Deal have exasperated the people beyond their means to tolerate it—booming inflation, shortages of food and other necessaries. They can’t stand it anymore; so they stormed the presidential palace and have chased their lunatic “president” out of the country. He was to have departed yesterday.

In the Netherlands the government’s goons are shooting at farmers who have been protesting equally insane new policies that will destroy their livelihoods. All in the service of Saving The Planet, dontcha know. There’s no indication that this mess will calm down anytime soon.

And in Canada, libs allied to the Trudeau Regime want the government to monitor “private communications” (which won’t be private anymore—so there!) so they can come down on anyone who has a difference of opinion with the rulers. Dissent in Canada has a new name: “misinformation.” We have not been told how they plan to control what is said in private communications. Will they steam open people’s letters? Create algorithms that will rat them out for any discouraging words posted on the social media? They’ll come up with something.

Is this whole world sliding into tyranny? Is freedom an endangered species?

Our Declaration of Independence, our country’s founding document, states that we “are endowed by [our] Creator with certain inalienable rights.” That means our rights are God-given and cannot and may not be sold or taken away from us. Not even by the government.

Oh, but they try! If they can’t buy our rights, they’ll use force. They’ll use fear—and chaos. Riots and all that. So they have the FBI spy on parents who don’t like what the teachers’ unions and race-baiting educators are “teaching” their children. Our national border is ruptured—on purpose. And the Biden Regime still has its sights set on establishing some kind of “Disinformation Governance Board” which would come down on anyone whose mind’s not right. It seems we don’t need no stinkin’ inalienable rights.

They want a world government, run by themselves, so passionately, they can taste it. And they don’t care who they have to hurt to get it.

As Plutarch observed some two thousand years ago, it’s not hard to impose a tyrannical regime on a city or a nation. The hard part is keeping it in being. He also remarked that tyranny is a nice lofty perch—but there’s no safe way down from it.

(And to think that all that King George III wanted was a stamp tax…)

They’ve thoroughly enjoyed subjecting us to mandates, lockdowns, an invasion of illegal immigrants, hysterical warnings of “insurrection,” Critical Race Theory, and transgender mania. Enjoyed every minute of it. This has to stop. If we can stop it with an election, good for us. But it does have to stop.

Let freedom ring! And when they try to stifle us… sing louder! And appeal to a righteous God who sets up nations and sets them down as He sees fit.

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . Click the link and drop in for a visit… while it’s still allowed. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

© 2022 Lee Duigon – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

By Frosty Wooldridge

July 14, 2022

Have you noticed what’s happening across our country every time you read or watch a news broadcast?  Countless acts of cruelty, crime, and mayhem erupt in our cities from California to Boston.  Chicago to Miami.  Houston to Denver, et al.

Last night in Portland, Oregon, an 82 year old waited at a bus stop to be beaten to death by a four-time felon.

“Multnomah County District Attorney Mike Schmidt said the elderly men, Donald Pierce and Edward Lichenstein, were waiting for a bus at SW 5^th Street and Hall when they were attacked.  Keffer J. White approached them, began to yell, made fun of them for being older and became more aggressive.

“’White headbutted Lichenstein and shoved him to the ground,’ the DA said. ‘Pierce, using a cane for balance, was pushed into the street and onto the ground where White kicked him in the head and face several times. Both men tried to get up and get away but, Schmidt said, ‘White continued his attack on both. Lichenstein died of his injuries.’”  (Source: CBS News, COIN News 6, Portland)

June 29, 2022, New York City, another lady pushing her child in a stroller suffered death from a black guy coming up from behind to shoot her in the back of the head.  Child instantly without a mother!

As reported in the previous column, 220 shooting deaths and 589 wounded during the 4^th of July weekend…all in our big cities. Most of the shootings from minorities over turf, drugs, family quarrels, car jackings, and robberies.

Not to be left out, we’ve got a plethora of mass shootings at our elementary and high schools.  From Uvalde to Columbine to King Soopers in Boulder to the next killing event…and there will be another massacre somewhere in America.

Our big cities: war zones!  What else would you call that much killing?  Why can’t these people talk things over, talk things out, compromise, and then, choose to live?

While a bunch of useless politicians try to make January 6^th something more than it was, they ignored the $2 billion in burning, looting and killings from the summer of 2021.  Why?  It didn’t fit their narrative.

We have attorney generals in Chicago like Kim Foxx, who is an affirmative-action law graduate and totally incompetent.  We’ve got AG Gascon in Los Angeles who is clearly corrupt. Oh, and don’t forget AG Alvin Bragg in NYC who doesn’t know a law book from a comic book—literally pushing felons back onto the streets within hours, what do you expect?

In San Francisco, street thieves rob cars on every block. They break windows and steal suitcases, cameras and anything of value.  You cannot leave your car parked on Fisherman’s Wharf because it WILL be broken and smashed when you return.  How did I know?  It happened to my wife and me last summer.

Yesterday, police discovered a homeless cave in San Jose, California with $100,000.00 in shoplifted goods.  Police arrested six homeless thieves.

But that’s only the tip of the iceberg.  Another $52 billion in mercantile goods will be shoplifted out of American stores in 2022 just like $52 billion was shoplifted out of stores in 2021, 2020, 2019, 2018…etc.

We’re talking a LOT of stealing by a LOT of people.  They steal from grocery stores, clothing, sports, convenient stores, Home Depot, just about any store that doesn’t monitor who goes out the doors with what.  We’ve got immigrant gangs stealing in groups because that’s what they  did back in Somalia, Mexico, India, South Africa, Columbia, et al.

We’ve got inner-city (ghetto) kids stealing as a way of life.  They steal and deal drugs.  They steal and sell Air Jordan’s.  They steal anything they can find.

Last year, thieves stole $50,000.00  worth of goods from my brother’s and my farm in LeRoy, Michigan, population 500.  We worked hard all our lives for that gear, and in a few trailer loads, they were gone…never to be caught.  Where?  We bet all our gear made it to flea markets in Ohio or other states where there was not chance for us to catch them.

In a bodega this past week, an African-America multiple felon robbed and beat a convenient store clerk in NYC. Only this time, the clerk stabbed the felon, who ultimately died, and AG Bragg brought murder charges against the clerk.  If he had not defended himself, he would have been dead at the hands of the felon. You can see it on the video.

Our own president breaks our laws daily. He invites, houses, and transports illegal border jumpers to all part of the country.  He’s up to his ears in complicity with oil deals with his son Hunter who is a drug addict, sex addict and totally filthy human being.  Our own president invites drug cartels to move their drugs into our country to addict our children and kill 100,000 Americans annually. That’s President Joe Biden.  He’s a criminal. He’s a liar. He should be impeached.  He should be sent to an assisted living resort for senior citizen criminals suffering from dementia.

So, what does all that say about morality, ethics and decency  in America?

It means that we are losing the foundation of basic honesty, integrity, personal accountability and personal responsibility in America—in a growing percentage of our citizens…and non-citizens. It means we’re losing the basic tenants of bringing up our children to be responsible, honest and contributing adults in America.  It means that we all pay for that $52 billion in stolen goods annually.  It means that anyone of us can get killed by felons let back onto the streets.  It means we are importing crime, drugs and criminals as a way of life from other countries.

We cannot keep going forward into this lawless, defund the cops, future. We cannot become a lawless civilization. We’ll be no better than Somalia, Congo, Sudan, Mexico or Ethiopia.

What do we average Americans do to save ourselves?

1. We need to vote AG’s, Mayors, Governors and top lawyers into positions to enforce our laws, period.  Give criminals big, fat, long jail sentences.
2. We need TV ad campaigns showing criminals the jail times for petty shoplifting, carjacking, driving while drunk, stealing of any kind.  We’ll be happy to pay for their three squares and a cot. It would be a savings over losing $52 billion in shoplifting losses.
3. We need to put the fear of God into every criminal by showing them on TV what they face in prison for every crime they might commit.
4. Hire and pay police offers top salaries for serving the public. Make sure they have AG’s and the best support from their communities.
5. Teach respect for law and order in schools.  Give sobering classes to students as to what it’s going to cost them to live a life of crime. And, what’s it like in prison.  Make them watch real-life videos of prison life.
6. Especially show what it’s going to cost them to drink and drive. Loss of car, loss of license for 10 years, jail time, charges dramatically increased for insurance. Make it much worse for them to drink and drive. Same with drugs!  Same with texting. Make it really hurt to break our laws.
7. Whatever it takes, short of public hangings, we need to enforce our laws to maintain a civil society.

Because if we don’t, this current nightmare will accelerate.  You want that?

© 2022 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

By Sidney Secular

July 13, 2022

THE LOST KINGDOMS OF THE ANASAZI AND HOHOKAM

Up until recently, the origination and racial derivation of the culturally advanced civilization of the Anasazi and Hohokam peoples who lived in the American Southwest around 1,000 years ago were basically obscure but they were assumed to be just “Native American” tribes who were ancestors to the Hopi, Navaho and other pueblo Indian peoples who today reside in that area. The two peoples in question inhabited a large swath of the desert Southwest but their settlements were more or less were centered in the Four Corners region where Utah, New Mexico, Arizona and Colorado meet.

That these peoples were “Native Americans” in the accepted meaning of that term could not be further from the truth! Indeed, the folklore “history” of the resident “Indians/Native Americans” readily admit to that fact, acknowledging that the Anasazi and Hohokam were ancient enemies of their own people at a time when those civilizations were ending. As a matter of fact, the Native American populations were instrumental in destroying both cultures in a sort of precursor of the same fate of those “Indians” at the hands of the white man in the American west of the 1870s! What goes around, comes around, they say.

From what is known, the Anasazi and Hohokam peoples arrived seemingly out of nowhere, dominating their areas of settlement from just before 1,000 AD until approximately 1,250 AD. Racially, both peoples were white as indicated by the fact that a majority of both “tribes” were red-headed! This physical fact alone puts to rest any claim that they were “Native Americans!” Furthermore, both groups were far more advanced than their “native” neighbors, a fact that continues to feed the myth that Native Americans were at one time far more advanced since by arbitrary decree and definition all Pre-Columbian cultures in the Americas are deemed to be Native American – that is, Indian, a Mongoloid race of people.

Conventional archeologists just can’t seem to let go of their out-of-date paradigm that non-Native American advanced civilizations in North America could not have existed before Columbus arrived in the New World. They willingly acknowledge “Native American” civilizations such as the Aztec, Inca, Maya and Nazca,* all of whom are considered far advanced. But even in that acknowledgement there is more recent evidence of a much deeper understanding of astronomy and the cosmos – all of which was gained without the telescope and modern instrumentation. (*The Nazca Lines are a collection of giant geoglyphs—designs or motifs etched into the ground—located in the Peruvian coastal plain about 250 miles south of Lima, Peru. Created by the ancient Nazca Indians in South America and depicting various plants, animals, and geometric shapes, the 2,000-year-old Nazca Lines can only be fully appreciated when viewed from the air [!] given their massive size. Despite being studied for over 80 years, these geoglyphs are still a mystery to researchers.

Some authors in the field such as Erich Von Däniken, believe that this “knowledge” was brought to Earth by “extra-terrestrials” in that historic period and that these civilizations were, in turn, consumed in the attempt to understand where they fit into the overall scheme of creation and to live in accordance with universal principles. Living in accordance with the natural order and conducting religious ceremonies to curry the favor of those whom they considered “the gods” was more important to these supposedly culturally “primitive” people than is the case with our present godless materialistic modern society! The Anasazi and Hohokam were fanatically (by our standards) consumed with such spiritually oriented practices and employed highly developed technologies to implement their visions in a practical manner that included advanced understandings of the use of herbs, natural cures, earth energies, trance-inducing plants, shamanism and esoteric practices usually associated with stone age peoples (like the Indians) but in addition were extremely competent agriculturalists with a knowledge of how to grow plentiful crops, introduce new crops where they had never grown in a particular area before, and conduct bio-engineering to create new varieties of food plants including the strain of blue corn we still consume today.

These people were not hunter-gatherers as were the great majority of those “Native Americans” who either moved from place to place following their food source or farmed on a far more primitive level. Both the Anasazi and Hohokam were able to make barren landscapes productive and had developed an urban style of structured settlements far more advanced than that of the Pueblo Indians who replaced them. They also developed extremely sophisticated canal and irrigation systems to fully utilize the precious and often sparse availability of water in their areas of settlement.

The Anasazi set up their main base of operations in the Chaco Canyon in Arizona. They created edifices of superb masonry known as “great houses,” lofty affairs sometimes five stories high with extensive horizontal additions over time that could add up to hundreds of rooms, all according to formalized floor plans. Finely plastered, high-ceiling rooms were organized into suites. These structures spread across the canyon floor in a leveled area two miles wide by nine miles long. For every twenty-nine rooms or so, a ceremonial pit known as a kiva was built. These were geometrically elegant features of plastered dry stone sunk up to fifteen feet into the ground. A bench was fashioned around the inside perimeter of the circular wall. Religious ceremonies and enactments were the primary focus of Anasazi life. A common theme of the enactments was the re-emergence of humanity after the Great Flood, an almost universal pre-occupation of ancient civilizations, which is also, of course, a major theme of our Bible.  Anasazi kivas are preserved amongst the remnants of the Anasazi cliff dwellings within Bandelier National Monument in New Mexico. About 16% of the kivas investigated were integrated with underground temples called sipapus. The overall number of these temples is unknown.

At Yellowjacket Canyon, 400 kivas have been excavated, the largest of which is 81 feet in diameter. The Great Houses had walls of dressed sandstone blocks coated with a matrix of clay and mortar, then covered with layers of dried mud within which were inserted surfacing stones in distinctive patterns. The entire Great House complex was tastefully landscaped suggesting that the houses might not have been residences at all but just ceremonial centers on holy ground visited only on religious occasions! This interpretation is supported somewhat by what appear to be residential areas surrounding the Great Houses. The Chaco Canyon complex expanded over time to include 70 or more outlying towns and trading posts covering 25,000 square miles of the San Juan basin. The grandest of all the Great Houses is called Pueblo Bonito, or “Beautiful Village.” It has 5 stories covering 2 acres – 3 times the area of the White House in Washington, DC. and was about the size of the Roman coliseum, containing 800 spacious rooms. The walls were 3 feet thick to support the overall ceiling that weighed 90 tons!

There were no significant trash middens (piles) found in the area, something supporting the idea that the site was ceremonial rather than a housing structure. This belief is also supported by the presence of many kivas within the complex. These Great Houses are curiously D-shaped, apparently denoting part of a sacred architectural canon. Altogether, building all these “great houses” required 900 million stones and a quarter-million conifer trees – and their felling and transportation would not have been an easy affair. After having exhausted all the local stands by the mid-eleventh century, the ponderosa pine, spruce and fir required for construction would have had to come from mountain ranges up to 70 miles away. How this was accomplished was a great mystery made even greater by the fact that none of the lumber used bore a single mar or scratch mark on them! At the least, an extensive road system would have been required and speaking of road systems, Anasazi settlements were connected by six skillfully engineered systems covering 95,000 square miles. The lone surviving example, the Great North Road stretches from the San Juan River to Pueblo Alto where the massive turquoise processing and chert tool production sites were located. In one Great House alone, a pair of richly dressed adult human skeletons lay on a bed of 56,000 pieces of turquoise and other precious grave goods. In one kiva, archeologists removed a turquoise necklace that was 17 feet long!

Anasazi roads had a bed of caliche (hardpan), a natural cement that is still used today in the manufacture of Portland cement. Anasazi roads averaged 30 feet wide and were clearly defined at the edges by earthen beams or rock walls. Because of the type of ground over which they ran, the roads had no shoulders that might lead to a load of valuable material being overturned and thus damaged. Amazingly, the roads ran in unerringly straight lines oblivious to any obstacles in the way. Very large boulders that could not be removed were provided with steps or other means used to get over them while steep cliffs were simply bored through to avoid deviations or detours. While many today ponder how the ancient Egyptians built the pyramids, it would seem that a similar miracle took place in the American West by another “primitive” people.

Being a profoundly religious people, 70 mile-long spiritual pilgrimages were undertaken by large numbers of Anasazi through the worst of the New Mexican deserts. Neither were these haphazard but the pilgrims were provided with support by groups that included food suppliers, medical personnel, and guards. Participants engaged in prayer and meditation in these ancient worship practices in order to create a transcendental experience. Timing for these events was determined by celestial cycles and/or events that had a particular association with the pilgrimage. The Anasazi operated a form of pre-Internet information superhighway. Signal posts were set up at regular intervals along the entire network of roads and during daylight hours, data was passed from one relay station to the next with the use of polished obsidian mirrors. Obviously, this worked very well in the desert climate of the place!  At night, bonfires transmitted information. As noted, overcast skies and rain were infrequent and thus not a hindrance to the transmissions.

The full complexity of the Anasazi road system was not apparent until the year 2000 when the known data of the system was fed into high powered computers for analysis. Every land feature – roads, kivas, great houses, rivers, and even prominent geological structures were all deliberately aligned in a sort of sacred landscape. The alignments themselves reflected astronomical alignments with respect to the positions of the sun and moon at the solstices and equinoxes and other astronomical configurations and cycles. This type of activity in trying to align what goes on in the heavens to what is aligned on the earth seems to be a feature of all highly developed ancient civilizations such as Egypt and Mesopotamia, as well as the advanced Mesoamerican civilizations mentioned at the beginning of this article. Julius Evola, in his metaphysical writings, described these correspondences with the formula: “As above, so below.” Ceremonies observing these astronomical alignments and regularities were aimed at establishing a type of peaceful and proper correspondence between the human and natural worlds that would find favor with the gods.

Several engineering feats illustrate the Anasazi’s prodigious mechanical capabilities and the ability to carry out very large-scale operations. A spectacularly huge dam was found in New Mexico’s Animas Valley in 1892 measuring 5.5 miles across with provisions for the creation of a large reservoir. The structure was created from a mind-boggling 8 to 10 million cubic yards of material. As a means of comparison, Boulder Dam is only 1,244 feet across at the top meaning that it would take more than four dams the size of Boulder Dam to match the Animas Valley Dam. Another large scale water management project was the Weritos Dam near Pueblo Alto that created a reservoir to control storm water runoff. That project involved extraction of hundreds of thousands if not millions of tons of quartzite, a hard metamorphic rock beginning as pure quartz sandstone and converted into quartzite through heating and pressure usually related to tectonic compression. A huge complex of Anasazi quarries has been found about 125 miles north of Cheyenne, Wyoming. These vast projects were accomplished with strict adherence to existing guidelines that prevented the marring or polluting the local sites.

As well, Anasazi pottery methodology was in a class by itself compared to the more primitive techniques employed by the local Indians. All of this is beyond amazing since there is no evidence the Anasazi had a written language with the possible exception of the petroglyphs found on rocky surfaces near the cliff dwellings that they occupied during the latter part of their stay in the Southwest. From the civilization’s florescence around 1000 AD until its disappearance 140 years later, there is no indication that they had any recognized defensive measures in place. There were no warriors or walls or fortifications. Neither were there any slaves, prisons or poverty. Evidence of statecraft – that is, governing structure(s) or an existing bureaucracy is largely absent. It appears that when word spread among neighboring tribes that the Anasazi were turning a desert scrub wasteland into a paradise and needed laborers for their immense engineering projects, word spread and the other tribal people of the southwest migrated to Chaco Canyon to fill this need. Unfortunately, allowing these foreigners and non-whites to become integrated into their society was the Anasazi’s downfall. All great white civilizations have perished eventually when that occurred as we see in the West today. It is what doomed ancient Egypt, the Romans, the ancient Persians, the Anasazi and many others.

The Southwest’s climate turned more arid about 1150 AD and the drought was too severe to alleviate especially with the large numbers of people who had to be succored. When one adds the extended period of increased volcanism that consumed the region beginning at that time, the more primitive Indian cultures who had conceived of the Anasazi as gods then saw them as evil spirits who were destroying everything that they in fact had created. The consequences of the falling away of their past worshippers were terminal and the Anasazis paid for their elevated culture, lack of military preparedness and humane naivete with their extermination and the destruction of nearly all they had created so that today there is very little evidence that an advanced civilization ever occupied the region. More details on that eventuality anon.

There was another distinct but complimentary white people who settled a large area south of Chaco Canyon. These people had arrived simultaneously with the Anasazi and were named the Hohokam. Interestingly enough, the Hohokam had been allies of the Anasazi for many generations before they migrated together from South America. What distinguished the two peoples from one another was their fundamentally different approaches to agriculture.  The Anasazi were dry land farmers who relied on sufficient rainfall and upon their skills in building reservoirs for the distribution of water to crops. For a period of time matters worked out until, as we have seen, severe drought conditions led to their undoing. Meanwhile, the Hohokam who had settled in extremely dry southern Arizona were sophisticated hydraulic engineers who were able to utilize local river systems to create an amazing irrigation system which curled around to create a 1,000 mile long system of canals comparable in sophistication to anything extant today. To illustrate the size of these systems, had they been laid end to end they would have reached the Canadian border. With this system the Hohokam were able to create a twice annual growing season with a profusion and variety of crops where nothing comparable had grown before or since. Today, all these canals have been obliterated by urban development, modern farming, and the destruction wrought by the Indians. However, two of their canals have been preserved at the Pueblo Grande Museum and Agricultural Park in Phoenix, Arizona. Pueblo Grande (“Big Town”) was the Hohokam’s largest city. Today’s so-called experts, assuming the Hohokam were just another tribe of “Native Americans” assume that the Hohokam had no draft animals and that they would have had to dig through the hard sun-baked soil using hoes, axes, and digging sticks. If that were the case, it would have taken generations to construct their irrigation system. The Hohokam also developed an extensive salt mining system to preserve the superabundant quantities of produce they grew. The wealth produced by trading their prolific quantities of produce and salt allowed for extensive trading with the inhabitants of the Mississippi Valley and the Valley of Mexico (Mexico City area).

The Hohokam decorated their pottery with distinctive variations of the symbol of the swastika, a symbol used by many ancient civilizations to represent sun worship. Hohokam residential areas were comprised of clusters of homes opening on a common, open-air courtyard. Homes were fabricated to standardized measurements. They usually housed spacious workshops for arts and crafts activities, jewelry making, and weaving. Over ten local minerals including turquoise, amethyst and jade were used in these crafts and as a result, the Hohokam undertook extensive turquoise mining operations. They supplied the product in massive quantities to their Anasazi allies and exported it in large quantities to the Indians and to the rest of Latin America from Mexico to Chile. In other significant accomplishments, the Hohokam invented acid etching hundreds of years before it was independently developed in Renaissance Europe, that enabled the creation of remarkable works of art. They were also advanced metal smiths producing silver, copper and bronze bells.

The golden age of “white prehistory” (“white” American history supposedly began with Columbus) in the American Southwest lasted only 140 years. The glittering civilizations of the Anasazi and Hohokam attracted upwards of 250,000 Indians who invaded and inundated the developed area much as the “barbarians” invaded the Roman Empire from its edges. The Southwestern civilizations were very fragile since they were founded upon sophisticated technology and dried up when there wasn’t enough water to sustain the system due to severe and extended “climate change” – and, yes, this was the result of actual “climate change!” As their civilizations failed, the ignorant mass of Indians turned against them with a savagery beyond belief and destroyed those who had been their benefactors as well as nearly all the great creations of those civilizations.

Perhaps these great white cultures did not realize that their more primitive neighbors saw them as “divine” and so, when they failed, they suffered not just from the ordinary problem of “inter-tribal” hostility, but the consequences of blasphemy! For their former worshippers blamed the natural events on the very people they knew to be capable of creating “miracles.” Thus, the very people who had brought them wonders were now believed to be evil spirits that had to be destroyed in order to save what little could be saved. Violence raged through Chaco Canyon incinerating the Great Houses and many of their “elitist” occupants. The entire fabric of civilized life was torn apart. The remaining Anasazis and Hohokam understood that their formally successful experiments in advanced civilization on the Colorado Plateau had come to an end and organized evacuation was the only option. A trek of 400 miles south to the thriving commercial center of Paquimé in Mexico was considered, but they decided to employ a less risky strategy – retreat to higher elevations such as Mesa Verde and Canyon de Chelly where they could live free from fear of attack in unassailable cliff dwellings while protecting the farmers working the fields below. Defensively, stone towers of refuge constructed in the fields would afford immediate protection to those same farmers. For though none believed that the massive drought would last forever, yet the real question is why these advanced peoples believed that the Indian menace would cease or, in the alternative, could be overcome. However, not having any military tradition or training is a good indication these were peaceful people who suffered from a lack of understanding of the hostility of others as do many of today’s clueless liberals.

Nonetheless, they were not totally unthinking for besides the cliff dwellings, there were several other developments in their mountain strongholds that can be seen as the equivalent of today’s gated communities. But the strength of these strategies was a mirage as it took less than 40 years for the Indians to overcome them, one by one. The lack of any military background certainly facilitated their destruction. The Anasazi had one castle-like defensive fortification which is preserved today at Hovenweep National Monument in Utah. It is pointless to go into the gory details of how the “Native Americans” dealt their former benefactors! Simply put, these peaceful, intelligent, cultured people were killed, mutilated, and burned and all traces of their civilized cultures obliterated to the greatest extent possible. On the other hand, it does provide an interesting comparison to the howls of rage against the white man and his interaction with the Plains Indians in the 1870s when those Indians were seen purely as victims of the evil and greedy whites. It’s not that the claim was altogether wrong, but the matter was not nearly so one-sided. For by 1970, some 500 cannibalized skeletal remains had been assembled from forty Anasazi locations. And while some of these advanced people managed to escape to Mexico, at least 40,000 were savagely killed, the networks of roads they built destroyed and covered over and the temples built for their religious practices turned into banquet halls for cannibal feasts. Almost all traces of the engineering marvels built by the Anasazi and Hohokam have been buried by the sands in their former kingdoms.

The Anasazi and Hohokam were not native to the American Southwest. They had already developed their engineering and artistic skills when they were known as the Huari and the Moche peoples, prosperous pre-Inca civilizations in Peru. The time in which these people were forced to leave South America by their enemies in that place was coincidental with the sudden rise of the Anasazi and Hohokam peoples in the Southwest thus leading us to connect the groups. The Huari, Moche, Anasazi and Hohokam shared enough cultural traits to reveal their common roots.

Today, the Southwest continues to suffer from an extended drought and shrinking water reserves while nothing is being done about it. It can be properly asked is this a prelude to a scenario where the illegals and never-do-wells take over California despite the high tech Silicon Valley culture that rules it today? If that becomes the case, the parallels with the fate of the Anasazi and Hohokam are there for us to contemplate.

© 2022 Sidney Secular – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Sidney Secular: Success_Express@yahoo.com

By Lex Greene

July 13, 2022

Isn’t it ironic that it’s only the most critical questions of all, that are deemed politically incorrect to ask?

If YOU can’t be trusted to protect your own child, can you be trusted with anything else? If you have demonstrated no regard for human life at all, should any human anywhere trust you with their life? If you don’t believe in the most foundational Right to Life, what other Rights could you possibly believe in?

Allow me to continue…

Since none of the experimental CV19 so-called “vaccines” can prevent catching CV19, prevent severe illness or death related to CV19, what is the purpose of the jab? Since more people have taken ill or died after the “vaccines” than from CV19 itself, should we still be forcing people to get the “vaccines?”

Since no amount of social distancing or mask wearing prevented CV19 from infecting people regardless of these measures, what is the purpose of these measures?

Since the 2020 elections violated State Election Laws in every State of the Union, how could the results of that unlawful election process, be lawful?

Why do you think democrats are on your side when it was Republicans who freed the slaves and advanced every Civil Rights law in the USA, while the democrat party fought against both, every step of the way?

Why do you think Republicans are “racist” when it’s democrats who started and operate the KKK, including the Senate hero for all democrats, Senator Robert KKK Byrd?

Now that Jeffrey Epstein’s key human pedophile trafficker Ghislaine Maxwell has been convicted for these crimes, shouldn’t every JOHN who participated in the rape and abuse of these young girls also be prosecuted to the full extent of the law? Is it right for our federal government to protect the identity of these horrific pedophiles? Do you really think the news media doesn’t already have the real list of rapists and pedophiles?

Unless we ask the right questions, we will never get the right answers… shall I continue?

Why do you believe that conservatives or republicans are “warmongers” when history shows us that it has been democrats who started nearly every war since our nation’s founding?

Why should anyone believe in socialism and communism when both have failed everywhere they have ever been tried?

If socialism is such a great idea, why are people from socialist countries invading our southern border to escape it, and why has the USA sent foreign aid to all socialist countries for decades? Has any foreign nation ever sent aid to the USA because capitalism failed?

Why do we fight amongst ourselves when our government is the common enemy of us all, constantly working around the clock to divide our people beyond repair? Have you never heard of “divide and conquer?”

If Trump was to blame for everything that happened during his four year tenure, why isn’t Biden to blame for everything that has happened during his tenure?

88% of people recently polled in the USA agree that the USA is on the wrong track and headed for total collapse, and they are right. But do you expect this reality to change how they vote in November? Shouldn’t it?

If democrats make better government leaders, why are all of the worst, most deadly, most corrupt cities in the USA, all run by democrats?

Do you really think the same party that has already destroyed every major city in the USA, can somehow make all of America anything better?

Do you really expect people who refuse to even protect the lives of their own children, to protect you or your loved ones?

How much have you been lied too? How long have you been lied to? We have all been lied to, repeatedly, for many years. Are we now no longer able to discern truth from lies?

If you don’t trust politicians, lawyers, judges, news media, doctors, or scientists, why do you place your faith in man at all? Our Founders knew better, why don’t you?

Do you even grasp the difference between inalienable Natural Rights of every human being vs. negotiable privileges temporarily granted by some government official, usually to benefit their own power and wealth?

Everyone and their cousin is trying to tell you what to think and what to do, from politicians to judges, news anchors to social media addicts. Instead, I’m desperately trying to get you to think. I want to know what YOU think this time.

Instead of telling you what I think and why I think it, which I have done many times for many years, I’m asking you the most critical questions of the era and hoping you will take the time to answer these most critical questions.

I look forward to your answers… WRITE ME AT: nwvlexgreene@gmail.com

© 2022 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com

By Bradlee Dean

July 13, 2022

“Let justice be done though the heavens fall.” –The Maxim signifies the belief that justice must be realized regardless of consequences.

Blood Guiltiness: The guilt or crime of shedding blood.

After the Roe vs Wade decision made by the Supreme Court of the United States came down, it was interesting to see the ignorance displayed by the American people (Hosea 4:6).

It was almost, as if to suggest, it was ever legal to murder their own baby in the first place.

The government in this country has no business whatsoever giving permission to the people, under the guise of “choice,” to murder the fruit of their wombs. It is the government’s purpose to condemn such an act, not to advocate for it (Proverbs 17:15).

What is more disturbing than this is when the American people somehow saw it their way to advocate the murder of the innocent in the first place especially, when it comes to those who pretend to be what they clearly are not (Titus 1:16; 1 John 2:4)!

[Rumble Video]

Some might say, Well, I didn’t have an abortion.”  I respond with 63 million babies have been murdered since 1973.  I have to ask you, where have you been?

Maybe you have forgotten that you are your brother’s keeper.

Simply put, if you are not standing against it, then you are guilty of it! Their blood is on your hands (Proverbs 6:17).

One professor posted an arrogantly, flippant statement: “Prayers heard,” as if that was enough. “Faith without works is dead” (James 2:14-26).

Friends, Scripture tells us: “He that turneth away his ear from hearing the law, even his prayer shall be abomination” (Proverbs 28:9).

God’s law states, “Thou shalt not murder” (Exodus 20:13), and if these biblically ignorant ones understood what this meant, they would have understood that the Lord does not hear their prayers.  Why, you may ask?  They did not enforce the law against those who were doing the murdering (Deuteronomy 19;19). In other words, these bystanders were made accomplices of the crimes that were being committed.

Another woman went on and said, “Praise God, the curse has been removed.” Once again, this comes from an individual who has not taken the time to search the Scriptures to know the heart of God (2 Timothy 2:15). Friends, I am here to tell you that there will be recompense bestowed on this nation for every single drop of innocent blood that has been shed… every drop (Nahum 1:13).

Their blood cries from the ground.

Genesis 4:10: “…the voice of thy brother’s blood crieth unto me from the ground.”

“Whoso sheddeth man’s blood, by man shall his blood be shed.” -Genesis 9:6

Numbers 35:33 also tells us: “So ye shall not pollute the land wherein ye are: for blood it defileth the land: and the land cannot be cleansed of the blood that is shed therein, but by the blood of him that shed it.”

Also, read 2 Samuel 21:9, 2 Kings 21, Galatians 6:7, etc.

In conclusion: This woman making unbiblical posts in response to me calling her out, even went on to say that what I am saying only applies to the wicked.

I, of course, responded that the wicked, as defined in Websters 1828 Dictionary, are those that have deviated from the divine law (Exodus 20), and you know who that is (Jeremiah 5:28).

[Rumble Video]

[Rumble Video]

© 2022 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

by Kathleen Marquardt

July 12, 2022

While most of us thought that we had a government of the people, by the people and for the people, we do not and have not had one for many decades. The transformation has been in the works for over 100 years, but the final weapon to take us to a one-world government was the two-part President’s Council on Sustainable Development/National Partnership for Reinventing Government. The first part embedded Agenda 21 into even the most minor areas of government — from federal to Podunkville. The second, while we heard even less about it, is the dangerous “focus on leading a fundamental culture change in the government”, that transfers(ed) power from Congress to the bureaucracy; from representatives of the people to unelected bodies (and thus we have no ability to oust them) who “ultimately control international finance, all corporate & business activity, government policy, and international relations.” And thus, they “have constructed a system that will enable them to seize the “global commons (ed: control of the entire world). ”[1]

This transfer of power “destroyed the check and balances in the Constitution at the local level, and therefore destroy(ed) representative government. This power shift is a philosophical shift to a completely new form of government. It is a merger between government, corporations, and non-governmental organizations.[2] This established Public/Private Partnerships (PPP) to become the new nucleus of the government. The Preamble to the Earth Summit/Agenda 21, stated flat-out that Public Private Partnerships were the future. And the Earth Summit/Agenda 21, p. 15 tells us that “Government, business and industry, including transnational corporations, strengthen partnerships to implement the principles and criteria for sustainable development.”

Now that 30-some years have passed since the Globalists began putting this into effect, we are seeing the results – and they are hideous and overwhelming. The PPPs have morphed into one Global Public/Private Partnership (GPPP), too big to fail — they hope. The term “too big to fail” is used to describe a company that’s “so entwined in the global economy that its failure would be catastrophic” If it doesn’t fail, it will be the end of civilization on this earth. But it will fail. There are too many power-hungry maniacs running things; there will be fights on who’s “king of the mountain”, who’s in charge today. When it fails, it will still be an ugly and dangerous world, but not one in which tyrants will be in control of every area of our lives. But let’s look at what the GPPP is now.

The Global Public/Private Partnership is a network of the world’s stakeholder capitalists. What is stakeholder capitalism? It is the notion that “a firm focuses on meeting the needs of all its stakeholders: customers, employees, partners, the community, and society as a whole”. Dream on. You and I, and the customers, employees, the community, and society as a whole (if that were even possible), are not, and never will be, stakeholders. The stakeholders are those rich men and women, those who run the central banks and a few government leaders. No ordinary people allowed! Think about it; it is impossible to meet the needs of all its stakeholders that they list – unless those stakeholders are told what they want, i.e., “you will own nothing and be happy”. That is the only way this can work; there are too many competing interests with that large a sphere of categories to cater to.

The stakeholders of the GPPP are global corporations, central banks, governments, billionaire foundations, think-tanks, major academic and scientific institutions, non-governmental organizations, and even labor unions. What entity did they leave out? Uh, we citizens. We will have no say (not that we have much now). Not that the governments that are considered their stakeholder partners have any say either. If you look at the U.S., you can see that the government bureaucrats hold all the power of Congress; while the executive branch is controlling those entities, the Globalists (with the Deep State) are controlling the executive.

Free-market capitalism has been dominant in the Western world since the breakup of feudalism, in which most means of production are privately owned, production is guided, and income is distributed largely through the operation of markets. And history shows that free-market capitalism has been the best economic system ever yet devised. We have not been living under a free-market system for decades; it has been gradually morphed into what we have today, a corrupted, manipulated, and controlled mess with no central structure and a monetary system with nothing to back it. And most or all of the world’s economic systems are on the verge of collapse. A planned collapse so the GPPP can step in and take over. “Since the creation of the US Federal Reserve over a century ago, every major financial market collapse has been deliberately triggered for political motives by the central bank. . .. today the US Fed is acting with its interest rate weapon (another tool of asymmetrical warfare) what is the greatest speculative financial bubble in human history, a bubble it created) [3]. All to create globalism.

Right now, we are dealing with severe land-use and housing regulations that are forcing people into cities (now called human habitats – as opposed to the rural areas which are to become part of the animal habitat). Single-family homes are considered damaging for the environment (see Sustainable by Tom DeWeese) so people need to be urged (driven) out of them and into Stack-n-Pack housing (see The Ideal Communist City). [4] Calling suburbia “sprawl” to denigrate big yards and neighborhoods with yards, barbeques, and lots of kids running around, is another tool of asymmetrical warfare. But many, if not most, of those living in suburbia in their single-family homes are middle class; the backbone of America building on the American Dream. Those desiring to own a home are finding fewer available, so they are losing a chance to build equity. Economic freedom is at stake, and with it free-market capitalism – a cornerstone of American liberty.

Now, let’s look at probably the most dangerous Global Public Private Partner, BlackRock. It is the world’s single most powerful financial institution with assets now at 9.6 trillion dollars. As Tucker Carlson said, “… that fact gives the CEO, Larry Fink, unparalleled control over the U.S. economy”. Not a pleasant thought that one person has so much power. BlackRock advises central banks and has connections with state leaders of the world. Apple and Microsoft are just two of their investments. BlackRock established a new investment fund in China; the first owned entirely by a foreign firm. Chinese investors have put a billion dollars into it. It has already attracted over 111,000 investors.

But I want to focus on BlackRock’s investing here in the U.S. – pensions and property. Re pensions: Consumers’ Research is warning that BlackRock is taking pension funds that are invested through BlackRock and putting that money into investments in China. As Consumers’ Research states, “What we’ve seen is that while BlackRock is virtue signaling[5] in the U.S., they’re aiding our adversaries with American pension dollars.” They also list the ten states whose “public pension funds are most deeply invested in Blackrock: Washington, Florida, New York, Nevada, South Carolina, Oklahoma, Pennsylvania, Montana, and West Virginia.”

What about property? We at American Policy Center have been writing and speaking for years about how the world’s bureaucrats have been making laws, regulations, rules, and reinventing governments to establish Agenda 21 through the U.N., World Economic Forum (WEF), and the GPPP. One of the many outcomes of a completed Agenda21/2030 world would be “no private property”.

The federal government (i.e., Deep State and Globalists running D.C.) incentivized Wall Street to get into the housing market. “In early 2012, it launched a pilot program that allowed private investors to easily purchase foreclosed homes by the hundreds from the government agency Fannie Mae. These new owners would then rent out the homes, creating more housing in areas heavily hit by foreclosures.” [1]

Sounds great; government has the answer. Wait. The renters of these single-family homes have discovered that a big, deep-pocket company as landlord isn’t all it’s cracked up to be. And the companies are finding out that, while they may consider these homes are, basically, cookie cutter homes and the tenants are cookie cutter tenants, life may work that way in technocracy, but it doesn’t in real life. But the tenants are the ones paying for the glitches. (See the Atlantic article on Wall Street landlords. [6] That was last year; then BlackRock was a minor figure in real estate.

BlackRock is now aiming to become one of the largest landlords in the U.S.; they already own $34 billion in real estate here. And more than half of our country’s properties are owned by institutional investors (BlackRock and other stakeholders of the GPPP). According to the New York Times, BlackRock is buying every single-family house they can find, paying 20-50% above asking price and outbidding usual home buyers.” (And before you ask, BlackRock is connected to Black Stone, but that is another story.)

BlackRock and one of the other GPPPs are also “. . . taking over centralized food production technologies and will have near-total control over the future food supply in America”. [7] They also largely own the world’s top ten food companies. And owner, Larry Fink, says it is time to force people’s behavior to change. What behavior is that? Where we live, what we eat, if we procreate? Those are the general Agenda21/GPPP/Great Reset points. To “build back better” in Marxism means to destroy everything of moral value and individual freedom and leave a rotten, fallow, world behind. Marxism cannot build back anything; it is built on the Hegelian Dialectic which tears down step after step – with no reconstruction. So, according to the GPPP, building back better means taking full control of the global commons. The global commons used to mean “those parts of the planet that fall outside national jurisdictions and to which all nations have access”. Now they mean “and all the other parts of the planet, too”.

Will they succeed? In my opinion, no. They have rushed their plan in attempt to complete it – it being Agenda 21 and one-world government – by 2030, rather than their 2050 initial date. There are other factors that will undo them, including that no matter how big your computer, you cannot factor in every variable necessary to build that tyrannical rule. In fact, there are schisms amongst the players right now. And the biggie – we Americans who still have functioning brains and moral compasses are not ready to be serfs or be composted for fertilizer.

We will prevail, but because so many waited so long to wake up, it will be an ugly, dystopian world because the “building back better” only builds, at best, brownfields.

Being BlackRocked is a dream of the GPPP and a “nightmare of all nightmares” for sane, rational, moral people.

The Lion may be battered and bruised, but he will still Roar.

© 2022 Kathleen Marquardt – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kathleen Marquardt: koikpm@yahoo.com

Footnotes:

[1] https://www.theatlantic.com/technology/archive/2019/02/single-family-landlords-wall-street/582394/

[1] Iain Davis, “Seizing Everything: the Theft of the Global Commons, Pt. I https://off-guardian.org/2021/11/08/seizing-everything-the-theft-of-the-global-commons-part-2/

[2] Joan Veon, The United Nations’ Global Straitjacket, p. 88

[3] https://qoshe.com/new-eastern-outlook-en/f-william-engdahl/global-planned-financial-tsunami-has-just-begun/140959347

[4] https://americanpolicy.org/2019/04/02/form-based-codes-replacing-the-everyday-american-city-with-the-ideal-communist-city/

[5] Real Clear energy: Virtue signaling is defined as the act of publicly expressing opinions in order to demonstrate that you are a good person. However, this has become muddied with placing more importance on the appearance of moral correctness, than the correctness itself.

[6] https://www.theatlantic.com/technology/archive/2019/02/single-family-landlords-wall-street/582394/

[7] https://www.naturalnews.com/2022-05-01-blackrock-vanguard-controlling-america-centralized-food-production.html

By Kelleigh Nelson

July 12, 2022

We will see how contact tracing has an unequalled capacity and a quasi-essential place in the armory needed to combat COVID-19, while at the same time being positioned to become an enabler of mass surveillance. —Klaus Schwab,  Founder and Executive Chairman of the World Economic Forum

The theory of Communism may be summed up in one sentence: Abolish all private property. —Karl Marx

I consider that the Communist Party of the United States is one of the few Communist Parties to which history has given decisive tasks from the point of view of revolutionary movement.  You must forge real revolutionary cadres and leaders of the proletariat, who will be capable of leading millions of American workers toward the revolutionary class wars.  —Joseph Stalin in his speech to the American Communist delegation in Moscow, May 6, 1929

The 19^th Century Victorian scholar of freedom, Lord Acton, made it plain to the people when he said, “Socialism is slavery.”  It is also starvation and death.

“Terror By Starvation” is Charles Scaliger’s latest article in the June 13^th issue of the New American Magazine.  He states, “The practice of deliberate starvation as a tool of war and oppression was fine-tuned by communists in the 20^th Century.”

Vladimir Ilyich Ulyanov, better known by the pseudonym Lenin, died on the 21^st of January 1924, having killed an estimated 3 million of his people and that’s beyond the six million who died in the civil war with the Marxists gaining power. He had built a totalitarian horror, and it fell to a monster after his death.

The communist state took the place of God. Under the rhetoric of liberation, Lenin’s Red Terror plundered the rural middle class, known as Kulaks, and when they resisted, it slaughtered.  The confiscation and redistribution of grains from Kulaks in Ukraine and Russia led to starvation on an epic scale.  The urban middle classes in general, and free-thinkers in particular, suffered a similar fate.

Other mass murderers followed Lenin.  Stalin, who through mass starvation murdered at least 20 million, and Chairman Mao, most prominent among them, who starved at least 45 million Chinese.  Scaliger writes, “Mao Tse-tung’s Great Leap Forward, which resulted in the deaths of tens of millions of Chinese, primarily by starvation, was a deliberate imitation of Stalin’s Great Turn.”

Millions upon millions died of starvation when communism’s collectivism took over farms, production and ultimately property. By the time the Soviet Union collapsed the engineered famines and sweeping purges of Lenin and Stalin had murdered from 40 to 60 million, probably even more.

Remember the truckers of Canada and now the farmers of the Netherlands.  We’re seeing the beginning “tools of oppression” ultimately leading once again to mass starvation.  It was the key in the 20^th Century and it’s now the 21^st Century plan for the entire world and it started long, long ago.

Communists Emigrate to America

In previous articles, I’ve mentioned the 48ers, European communists who emigrated to America in 1848.  The 48ers left Europe after a series of revolutions, including Germany where Marx and his colleagues worked and fought.  Bourgeois liberals and communists fled their countries and emigrated to various countries across the world, including the United States.  The 48ers played a large roll in American leftist movements in the middle and late 1800s.

But they weren’t the first communists to come to the US.  There is a tradition of socialism and communism in the United States tracing back almost to the very origins of the movements and much further back than many of the things we consider “American” today.  Matthew Britt, author of The First Communists in the United States writes, “Only a selective reading of American history will tell you that socialism and communism don’t have a place in America’s history or society today.”

Not long after America’s founding, members of the first Marxist organization known as the Communist League moved to the states to avoid political persecution in Europe.  Robert Owen, a socialist from Wales, emigrated to America in 1824.

Owen created the Utopian Socialist Society of New Harmony, Indiana in 1825.  He tested some of his writings and speeches in both Scotland and Indiana and his experiments were very influential on Marx, Engels, and other socialists and communists at the time and later on. This led to Owen being mentioned in the Communist Manifesto and would lead to the creation of other utopian societies around the country.

Robert Owen’s influence reached key members of society.  In February and March of 1825, Owen gave two speeches to Congress when figures such as John Adams, Thomas Jefferson, James Madison, James Monroe, John Quincy Adams, and others were present.  Wouldn’t you love to know what our early presidents and founders thought of Owen’s speeches!

One of Owen’s sons later became a member of Congress from Indiana. Robert Dale Owen was a Democrat steeped in his father’s utopian socialism.  Later in life, he was into spiritualism as were President Lincoln and his wife, Mary.

Many of the early American communists were figures in history and have been mentioned in numerous books and articles.  Let’s take a look at just a few of the many.

Edward Bellamy, born in 1850 in Massachusetts, was another latter 19^th century utopian socialist.  His claim to fame was his best-selling book, Looking Backward.  His book, still popular today, is nothing more than a socialist polemic promoting a communist society for America.  Charles Beard and John Dewey (the famous Dewey of progressive/leftist education, no relation to the John Dewey of the decimal system) considered Bellamy’s book to be the second most important book of the 19th century.  The book cited by Beard and Dewey as the most influential book of the 19^th century was Marx and Engels’ Das Capital.

On page 16 of Crimes of the Educators by Samuel Blumenfeld and Alex Newman, the authors state, “Even after the rise of Hitler’s National Socialism in Germany and the Marxist-Leninist communism in Russia, Dewey still clung to Bellamy’s vision of socialist America.”  On page 17 of Crimes of the Educators, the authors write, “Dewey, who spent his professional life trying to transform Bellamy’s fantasy into American reality, is responsible for the dysfunctional public education we have today—a minimal interest in the development of intellectual, scientific, and literacy skills, and a maximal effort to produce socialized, politically correct individuals who can barely read.”

Education was a massive target of the early communists.

Francis Bellamy was the socialist minister cousin of Edward Bellamy and the original author of the Pledge of Allegiance.  Francis believed the Civil War was the defining event in American history and desired a pledge that would reinforce the meaning of the North’s victory over the south, (and the centralized federal government).  On page 292 of Lincoln’s Marxists, the author Al Benson Jr. and Walter Donald Kennedy write, “His pledge was designed to incorporate into the mind-set of all Americans the views of Abraham Lincoln, Daniel Webster, and the radical abolitionists, who he believed held the correct view of what America should be.” (One nation, indivisible.)

Joseph Weydemeyer was one of the first major figures to arrive as a forty-eighter.  He was part of the League of Communists and headed its Frankfurt chapter before moving to the US.  Prior to emigrating, Weydemeyer participated in the 1848 revolution and was a close friend of Marx and Engels.  In 1852, Weydemeyer founded the first Marxist organization in the US called the American Workers League.

In 1860, he became involved in the campaign to elect Abraham Lincoln.  Weydemeyer joined the army soon after Lincoln was elected, and during the Civil War, he led volunteer units from Missouri. With his socialist faith in strong central government, he was an avid supporter of the Union cause.

Marx even wrote a letter to Lincoln on behalf of the International Workingmen’s Association congratulating him on his second electoral victory, which you can read here.

Weydemeyer stayed politically active, which continued after the end of the war, even handing out copies of Marx’s Inaugural Address of the International Working Men’s Association to troops under his command. In his post-war career, he was elected as a county auditor in Missouri.

August Willich was a Brigadier General in the Union Army and was often referred to as “the Reddest of the Red 48ers.”  He fought in the 1848 Revolution in Germany and Friedrich Engels was his aide-de-camp, which is basically the highest-level personal aide.  Marx called Willich a “communist with a heart,” even though Willich had publicly insulted him and called him too conservative. Willich was actually more “radical” than Marx, and was part of the opposition group against Marx when the Communist League split. He wasn’t fond of Lincoln’s close ties with big-business interests, but he still supported the Republican Party and the Union’s war efforts against the South.

William Tecumseh Sherman – On page 296 of Al Benson Jr. and Walter Donald Kennedy’s book, Lincoln’s Marxists, is the following:

While doing research for this book, the author came across Sherman’s name in a list of “approved” socialists/communists in America.  The press of the Communist Party of the United States published the book from which this name, as well as the names of other leading socialists/communists, was taken.  The editor of this communist book noted that Sherman was an “outstanding” general of the Union Army.  It should be noted that the co-founder of modern-day communism, Fredrick Engels, also held this opinion.  Both Gen. William Sherman and Sen. John Sherman, his brother, believed in a strong, indivisible, central government.

General William Tecumseh Sherman’s Union “Army of the West” marched from Atlanta, Ga., to the seaport of Savannah. Enroute, Sherman’s forces intentionally devastated a 60-mile-wide swath of countryside.  Sherman’s March to the Sea was a hideous five-week destruction of “total war.” Sherman’s engineers and foraging “bummers” — were scorched-earth devils, burning Atlanta and then plundering the countryside.

Sherman’s order was clear: Thoroughly destroy every building and every piece of equipment that might be militarily valuable.  Lincoln’s army, especially those under the command of Sherman, left a swath of destruction.  Congressman Zachariah Chandler said this about the rights of Southerners, “A rebel has sacrificed all his rights.  He has no right to life, liberty, property, or the pursuit of happiness.  Everything you give him, even life itself, is a boon which he has forfeited.” (Congressional Globe, 37th Congress, 1^st sess.)

Horrors were visited on the civilian population of the South, even upon women and children; mass starvation, pillaging of homes and churches, rapes of both white and black, yes, raped and murdered, thousands of citizens, both white and black, left homeless and forced to forage for whatever morsel of food they could find in the rubble left desolate after the slaughter.  Destruction of all means of production, even of medicines and medical supplies, cemeteries were looted, colleges and libraries were obliterated, a massive blight on the land and her people.

Sherman, upon hearing in 1864 that continued attacks on his army were being conducted by Southern partisans, said this, “There is a class of people (Southerners) men, women and children, who must be killed or banished before you can hope for peace and order.”  Sherman wasn’t the only one, Grant was in on the murder of non-combatants.  Grant stated, “It is our duty to weaken the enemy by destroying their means of subsistence, withdrawing their means of cultivating their fields, and every other way possible.”  And it was an order from on high, Lincoln did not dissuade his Union Army from these atrocities on Southern Americans.

With the blessing of President Abraham Lincoln, General Sherman and his 62,000
battle-hardened Union troops fulfilled his promise, raping, pillaging and burning their way through South Carolina and Georgia.

General Henry Halleck, Army Chief of Staff wrote to General Grant the order to annihilate the south, “…make all the valley south of the Baltimore and Ohio road a desert.”

Sherman obliterated the ability for men, women and children, and the elderly and infirm to sustain life.  One need only search, “The War Crimes of William T. Sherman.”

Sherman didn’t retire after the war.  He took his “scorched earth” tactics to the American Indians and wiped out their food supply.  In the late 1860s and early 1870s, nearly every Buffalo herd of the plains was slaughtered by Sherman and his men.  In an 1867 letter to Grant, Sherman referred to his policy against the native Americans as “the final solution to the Indian problem,” the same sentence Hitler said some 70 years later.

Nationwide Infiltration

In the late 1940s and early 1950s, Wisconsin Senator Joseph McCarthy tried to warn the American people that communists had infiltrated every branch and department of government, and society.

Hollywood romanticized communism by promoting “world peace” in the 1933 movie, Gabriel Over the White House.  The movie was a promotion for the 1945 United Nations Charter and was funded by William Randolph Hearst.

The pulpits of America were slowly infiltrated with black churches being the first targets for subversion.

But the real quarry was education.

As Lenin stated so long ago, “Give me just one generation of youth, and I’ll transform the whole world.”

John Dewey’s plan to dumb down America was launched in 1898 and today it is alive, well, and flourishing with communist propaganda. Academic education is gone, a collective utopia runs in the veins of every public school and most private and religious schools. Dewey has destroyed the literacy of millions upon millions of American children, most of whom have attained only a third-grade level of reading.  Phonics is long gone, English literature is a thing of the past, simple math has become a nightmare.

Dr. Theodore Brameld, an avowed communist, was professor of education at New York University and right-hand man of Dean Ernest 0. Melby. Dean Melby was perhaps the most conspicuous champion of progressive education, and also was most vocal in his criticism of any investigation of subversion in education.

The Turning of the Tides by Paul W. Shafer and John Howland Snow was first published in 1953.  It is an expose of the destruction of academic education in America by the communists.  On Page 47, the authors expose Dr. Brameld’s device for circumventing opposition via slyness and outright deception.

In 1935, Brameld said, “Teachers favorable to the collectivist philosophy and program must influence their students, subtly, if necessary, frankly, if possible, toward acceptance of the same position.”   

It is the method referred to in the May 1937 issue of The Communist: Only when teachers have really mastered Marxism-Leninism will they be able skillfully to inject it into their teaching at the least risk of exposure, and at the same time to conduct struggles around the schools in a truly Bolshevik manner.

They trained the teachers.  And we willingly gave them our children!

Homeschool your babies and grandbabies!

Conclusion

The tentacles of socialism/communism are deeply ensconced in our culture, but the Great Reset is nothing new.  It has been around from the beginning of time, the desire of man to eliminate opposition and subjugate survivors into slavery.  It’s the same serpent from the Garden and his fallen minions.  The Great Reset may be communism’s final solution, but an all-powerful Creator is still in control.

We’ve recently seen breathtaking answers to prayer.  We must keep working in our local communities, keep praying, and as my friend Roger Anghis says, “God has everything in control.  It’s time to get the popcorn.”

© 2022 Kelleigh Nelson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: proverbs133@bellsouth.net

By Cliff Kincaid

July 12, 2022

In the deep blue state of Maryland, as primary elections approach, an anti-Trump Republican governor, Larry Hogan, is attempting to curry more favor with Democrats by passing the baton to Kelly Schulz, another liberal anti-Trump Republican regarded as the RINO-anointed heir to Hogan. Hogan, considered a major RINO, is term-limited. On the other hand, the Democrats are offering what some observers are calling “another Obama,” a black advocate of marijuana legalization by the name of Wes Moore.

Attempting to disrupt this pitiful choice is the Trump-endorsed state Delegate Dan Cox, running in the Republican primary against Schulz on July 19.  If he can win Maryland, Trump-backed candidates can win anywhere.
​
Maryland is an example of what’s happening nationally – Democrats and RINOs are teaming up to defeat and destroy Trump Republicans.

Kelly Schulz is running commercials on Fox News claiming that she is a conservative candidate for Governor in Maryland. But on her website she touts her endorsement from the liberal Washington Post. The paper, a long-time voice of the national Democratic Party and the Deep State, claims Schulz’ win in the primary on July 19 against conservative Dan Cox would make Maryland into “a vibrant two-party system” when she has backed out of several debates with Cox because she knows her views are unpopular with conservatives.

But she has RINO money, just like Liz Cheney.

The real story, which should be of interest to Fox viewers, is that some “Republicans” such as Schulz and Hogan are working to destroy the Trump movement in the party. What’s more, Maryland Democrats have intervened in the race, running commercials and producing fliers claiming that “Dangerous Dan Cox is Too Conservative for Maryland.” Schulz claims those efforts are meant to elect Cox, not defeat him.

Sounding like Liz Cheney attacking Trump, Schulz has accused Cox of being “QAnon” and a “fringe” candidate because he dares question Biden’s election.

In fact, however, Cox was not alone in calling for election integrity. Thousands of people from his home state of Maryland attended the January 6, 2021, rally to protest Biden’s “election.” A leader of the Frederick County (Maryland) Conservative Club, Seth Eisenberg, reported that members filled 3 buses and headed to Washington D.C. to exercise their first amendment rights. “No other club in Frederick has ever accomplished getting that many people together to attend a rally in DC before,” he said.

None participated in any violence.

But after he posted a video of the crowd, on January 8, “I woke up to find an official Facebook notice calling the video a ‘violation of community standards on dangerous individuals and organizations.’”

A similar thing happened to me, but in much bigger form, as YouTube terminated my channel, with 500 videos, because I questioned the legitimacy of the Biden and Obama presidencies.

I don’t take positions in political contests, being a journalist, but I covered a recent Cox for governor rally and saw no evidence of “QAnon or “conspiracy” theories. What I found was a group of over 500 people concerned about their rights, the miseducation of their children in Maryland schools, and high crime in the cities.

Cox, a State Delegate who is backed by former President Trump, has been relentlessly attacked by liberal elements in the Maryland Republican Party and the liberal Big Media.

“Kelly Schulz has five times the cash I do, and has paid her team around $800,000 in salaries, has spent $1.3 million at least on negative ads against me, and yet our campaign for Freedom is beating her,” says Cox, who is leading in the polls.

Showing his backbone, Cox, a state delegate, had filed impeachment charges against Hogan himself over the governor’s handling of Covid-19 and related matters. He demonstrated that he will hold both political parties “accountable” for the mess we’re in.

Having introduced a parental rights bill in the state legislature, Cox is also standing up for the fundamental rights of parents to direct their child’s medical needs, education, religion and family morals.

During Covid, Hogan closed down churches and left pot shops open. Indeed, “medical cannabis growers, processors, and dispensaries” were considered public heath establishments.

Like many states, Maryland is home to a booming “medical marijuana” industry that developed under Hogan and Schulz. Yet, on marijuana legalization, Schulz said “she doesn’t yet have a policy position,” one report indicated. Cox is opposed.

Like many areas of the nation, drug use in Maryland is out of control, thanks in part to the increasing availability of marijuana, domestically grown and imported from Mexico by the cartels.

Under RINO Governor Larry Hogan, Maryland’s medical cannabis industry has hit $600 million in revenue. Marijuana can trigger paranoia and violence and primes the brain for opioid addiction. A “Review of Cases of Marijuana and Violence” exposed the danger in all of this, finding numerous cases of marijuana linked to violence and mass murder.

On May 24, 2022, Salvador Ramos fatally shot nineteen students and two teachers and wounded seventeen others at Robb Elementary School in Uvalde, Texas. Earlier that day, the perpetrator shot his grandmother in the face, severely wounding her. It appears he was another mass murderer who used pot. He said he hated his mother and grandmother who restricted his marijuana use.

Robert “Bobby” Crimo, who killed seven people and wounded more than 40 in a July 4th parade, was described by friends as an “isolated stoner” into “alternate reality.” Police reports document his drug use, including marijuana.

RINO Governor Hogan went so far as to direct his Governor’s Office of Minority Affairs (GOMA) to initiate a “disparity study” of Maryland’s “regulated medical cannabis industry,” in order to identify and ensure “appropriate opportunities for minority participation.”

In other words, rather than save blacks from this drug scourge, he wants some blacks to make money by getting other blacks hooked on the dope.

On the Democratic Party side, Wes Moore, who leads the fundraising pack, wants to go further, advocating full-blown legalization. This would be payback to Green Thumb Industries, one of the largest marijuana companies in the world, on whose board he served. However, he has to win the Democratic Party nomination on July 19 and is competing against nine other Democrats.

House Majority Leader Steny Hoyer has endorsed him, even though questions have been raised about Moore’s claims regarding his own military service and background.

“I’m inspired by the leadership of President Obama and President Biden and forever grateful for their service to our country,” says Moore.

This is Maryland’s future, unless Dan Cox can vanquish Kelly Schulz on July 19 and then defeat the Democrats in November.

© 2022 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

*Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. www.usasurvival.org

By: Devvy

July 11, 2022

The open border invasion – because that’s EXACTLY what’s been going on for decades -continues destroying this country as I thoroughly covered in my column, Illegal Aliens Stealing Our Jobs, Food, Housing, Water, Clogging the Courts & Health Care System, June 20, 2022.  Illegals are counted in the census (despite Trump’s efforts to stop it) so they can get a chunk of YOUR paycheck.

The minute illegitimate president and life-long crook, Joe Biden, was sworn into office, border governors should have immediately declared the hordes an invasion and put the National Guard – armed – on the border.  At hot spots and the Rio Grande.  Do not try to step on U.S. soil.  Turn around and go back to Mexico and let them deal with you.

In AZ, where I have been on the border and seen the destruction myself, our brave Border Patrol know the established runs and paths used by illegals, coyotes and the drug cartel.  Same for Texas.  Forget California. My beautiful home state wrecked by freeloaders, leeches and criminals will now get free healthcare paid for by California taxpayers, many who can barely afford their own health care premiums or are going without.  Violation of federal immigration laws about aiding and abetting but California has become nothing but a lawless free-for-all thanks to their legislature and governor Gavin Newsom:  California Gives Free Healthcare To Illegal Immigrants, July 2, 2022

Along came President Trump who had to fight RINO’s as well as maggots in Congress, the Democrat/Communist Party USA and partisan judges who did everything they could to keep “the wall” from being built.

Biden’s handlers have done a good job having their puppet destroy just about everything Trump did to keep illegals on the Mexican side of the border.  Dirty filthy traitor:  DHS Secretary Alejandro Mayorkas is vowing an end to the “Remain in Mexico” program despite its success in drastically cutting asylum fraud, July 1, 2022

Well, one sheriff and God bless him, took matters into his own hands in his own county:

Texas sheriff takes migrant crisis into own hands, drives detainees back to border, June 30, 2022 – “Kinney County, Texas Sheriff Brad Coe said he had no choice but to take matters into his own hands at the southern border as the influx of illegal immigrants continues…

“I’ll always place the safety of the residents of Kinney County, the residents of Texas, above the comfort of anybody that’s illegally entered this country,” he said. “My job is, as an elected official in Kinney County, is to protect these people. And that’s my job and that’s what I will continue to do until further notice.”

“According to the sheriff, Biden’s open border policies are anything but compassionate and tragedies like the 53 migrants killed in a human trafficking operation will continue to happen until the administration begins to enforce border laws.”

Oh, you can’t do that! The federals are the ones who enforce immigration laws!  The human invasion has been political from the moment Ronald Reagan sold out this country when he signed an immigration “reform” bill that would end the illegals invasion once and for all!  What he did was open the door and invite millions to come on in and suck off hard working Americans.  Thousands and thousands of dead Americans at the hands of illegals since then while guns and drugs flood across the border every day of the week.

DHS anticipates an average of 441 unaccompanied children per day at border this year, a new record – President Biden’s DHS expects between 148,000 and 161,000 encounters, dwarfing the previous record, July 10. 2022

Art. 1, Sec. 8, Clause 15 of the U.S. Constitution says:  To provide for calling forth the militia to execute the laws of the union, suppress insurrections and repel invasions

As Dr. Edwin Vieira has written so many times in his superb columns it’s a legitimate president’s job to protect these united States of America and that includes repelling an invasion.  How the President Can Secure the Borders by Dr. Edwin Vieira, Jr., Ph.D., J.D.,
August 18, 2015

Of course, we have no constitutional militia in any state of the Union.  Second Amendment:  A well regulated militia, being necessary to the security of a free state, the right of the people to keep and bear arms, shall not be infringed.

Too bad no one on the U.S. Supreme Court pays any attention to the true meaning of the Second Amendment.  Gun owners in this country READ:   True vs. False Militia and Why the Difference Matters by Dr. Edwin Vieira, July 30, 2007

Our governor, Greg Abbott (who I did NOT vote for in our March primary) has taken some actions long after the cows were out of the barn and at the slaughterhouse:

To build Abbott’s border barrier, Texas will use surplus wall panels from the federal government, Feb. 15, 2022 – “The 1,700 unused wall panels are being stored in Eagle Pass. Texas didn’t have to explain its plans for the panels when it secured the federal donation.”

EXCLUSIVE VIDEO: Texas Restarts Border Wall Project Cancelled by Biden, Says Governor, March 14, 2022 – “EAGLE PASS, Texas — The State acquired a large quantity of 30-foot wall panels from the Biden Administration to utilize in the construction of a border wall. The materials came from federal contracts cancelled in January 2021.

“Texas is the first state ever to build a border wall,” Governor Abbott began in an exclusive interview. “A lot of the border wall is being built by border wall material that there was a contract for, Texas bought it from contractors who built the wall for President Trump. We’re building the exact same wall.”

Abbott, however, refuses to declare an invasion underway to the delight of the president of Mexico.  Watch: ‘One of the Largest Groups We’ve Ever Seen’ – Mob of 500 Illegals Swarms Texas – Enormous horde of illegals followed by another enter Eagle Pass hours apart, July 7, 2022

JUST IN: Governor Abbott Authorizes Texas National Guard, State Troopers to Apprehend Illegal Aliens and Return Them to Ports of Entry, July 7, 2022 – “Texas Governor Greg Abbott (R) on Thursday authorized the Texas National Guard and state troopers to apprehend illegal aliens and return them to ports of entry.  This is the first time the state has ever done something like this.

LONG overdue, but oh, wait!  Gov. Abbott Allows Illegals to Be Taken to Border, But Not Removed – “No significant changes to current policy. This is still catch and release.” – Ken Cuccinelli, July 7, 2022

“This authorization by the governor follows several South Texas counties’—Kinney, Goliad, Uvalde, Val Verde, Terrell, and Zavala—announced intent to declare the border crisis an invasion themselves, as well as the Republican Party of Texas calling Abbott to declare an invasion and invoke Article I, Section 10, Clause 3 of the U.S. Constitution to protect Texans.

“Additionally, National Border Patrol Council Vice President Art Del Cueto called out Abbott earlier this week for his hesitancy in declaring the crisis an invasion, stating Texas “should’ve declared an invasion a long time ago.”

No doubt the illegitimate Biden Administration will have their illegitimate Attorney General, buffoon Merrick Garland, file a lawsuit.  But, there’s the problem of losing tens of thousands of National Guard who refuse to have their human rights violated by being forced to take those deadly experimental gene therapy injections being passed off as vaccines.

Army Reserve and Guard members who refused COVID vaccine now banned from drills, training, July 1, 2022 – “Guard officials told CBS News they hope that missing a paycheck for drill weekends will change the minds of the vaccine holdouts. Over time, those who remain unvaccinated will not only forfeit paychecks by missing weekend drilling, but they could also lose their proficiency, no longer be able to perform their mission, and face a discharge.”

Exclusive: Vaccine Mandate Will Force Over 700 Pilots, 40,000 National Guard Troops to Be Discharged, July 4, 2022 – So many who’ve served 18, 19 years will lose all their benefits.  Short video to watch.  Absolutely disgusting.

The solution to the human and drug invasion has been sitting since 1993.  I’ve been pounding on this since 2014.  Below is a letter I sent last week to Gov. Ron DeSantis [R-FL) as neither Abbott or our AG are remotely interested.  Encluded was page one of the bill so he can have his staff look it up.  I also sent a copy with a short cover letter to Rep. Thomas Massie [R-KY] who is the most constitutionally grounded member of the U.S. House asking him to introduce the bill – along with the bill name, number and page one.

Dear Gov. DeSantis:

I saw recently you said “Enough is enough” regarding the illegals invasion. This planned nightmare could have been over by 2017. In 1993, (now deceased) Senator Dirty Harry Reid introduced the strongest most constitutionally effective and legal bill that will force millions of illegals to self-deport.

That bill, 76 pages, covers everything and one very important section blows the “legal” myth called “anchor babies” right out of the water. I’m dead serious when I say that bill IS the permanent solution. Of course, later Dirty Harry changed his mind purely for political gain and became a champion of illegal aliens.

The big magnet is welfare in all forms. Reid’s bill wipes it all out including very clearly the asylum issue. It was NOT meant to give asylum for domestic violence and while one can be sympathetic to the conditions in El Salvador, Honduras, Guatemala and Mexico, abuse of our asylum laws is just an excuse to come suck off the government teat paid for by working Americans who can barely make it every month.

Three months after President-Elect Trump was sworn in (2017), I sent him a letter (overnight express mail) along with the bill; also a copy to Stephen Miller who was Trump’s Senior Advisor and very vocal against illegals and supported “build the wall”. Not even a canned letter response.

I also sent the information to six GOP reps and six GOP senators who claim to be fighting to close the border. Rep. Louis Gohmert, Ted Cruz, Rand Paul, etc.

I told them to introduce Dirty Harry’s old bill. You own Congress and Trump will sign it, of that I have no doubt. I never received a response from any of them. I waited three more months and repeated my efforts. To this day, not a peep from any member of Congress about the permanent solution. I have NO doubt China’s lapdog, crook Mitch McConnell will never support the bill.

No doubt in my mind Dirty Harry did NOT write that bill. It was likely written by their top attorneys to withstand court challenges. Reid wasn’t very intelligent but he was a cunning scoundrel.

Our governor owned by big money here in Texas has refused to do what needs to be done so he’s been putting a Band Aid on a patient hemorrhaging on the operating table. Greg Abbott is NOT the big hero people think he is or a great conservative. Rubbish.

I’m sending a copy of this to Rep. Thomas Massie [R-KY] who is the most constitutionally grounded member of Congress. A true warrior who fights like a lion against the RINOs in Congress who care nothing for the Constitution.

You, Gov. DeSantis, make things happen and I don’t say this lightly having nothing but contempt and disgust for Congress – especially Republicans. They had control of both chambers of Congress for 17 months under Trump and could have gotten Reid’s bill passed and onto Trump’s desk.

I hope you will use your considerable power in the Republican Party to get this bill, not only in front of Republican governors, but to the public. I’ve been trying since 2014 through my weekly column. I know tons of my readers have written or emailed their GOP reps and senators about Reid’s bill and receive either no response or some canned BS email response.

Hoping also Rep. Massie will re-introduce the bill even though the communists currently control both chambers of Congress for now. But, that bill should be the talk of America and rub it in the face of dementia addled Nancy Pelosi, Schumer and the rest of the scum in the Democrat/Communist Party USA.

Attached is the announcement by Reid back in 1993 for his bill. *End*

To read Dirty Harry’s press release on booting out illegals, here’s my column.  A Bill:  Stop All Public Welfare in Any Form for Illegal Aliens, August 24, 2014.  If you can’t read it now, book mark and read later because not only is it the strongest bill to self-deport millions of illegals, I discuss an important court case.

DeSantis has tremendous pull in the GOP.  If the “big red wave” does happen in November, hopefully Rep. Massie will introduce it again and that’s when the big push by the American people needs to be heard around the world.  Unless and until ALL forms of welfare and illegal minors are removed from OUR schools, the wall sections will help some, but it won’t stop the hordes until they’re caught.  And NO AMNESTY.  Rewarding those who break our laws to get into this country only invites more illegals.  Time has shown that to be a fact.

If there is a super majority in the House and enough votes in the Senate (and tell Mitch McConnell to go to Hell) they can over ride a veto penned by whoever is stinking up the White House by January 2023.  OUR HOUSE.

There is one consideration which I’ve written about before and I focused on the ag belt in California.  Yes, there are workable programs that can fairly benefit seasonal workers and Americans the right way.

If the solution isn’t signed into law and enforced America will no longer be America.  As planned, our sovereignty will be dead, over run with tens more millions of illegals from more than 100 countries.

If you live in Florida, call or write a letter to DeSantis encouraging him to pursue this with every GOP house member and senators in his state:  Make that bill the talk of his state.  If you live in Rep. Thomas Massie’s district [KY], call or send him a short letter about Harry Reid’s bill and ask him to re-introduce it now and in January.

Of course, one of the big problems is the same incumbents who haven’t cured the problem – both parties – allegedly winning their primaries, will likely win in November and go right back to DC to do nothing unless We the People demand that bill get passed by both chambers of Congress.

One senator will have to introduce Reid’s bill.  It won’t be this POS:  Republican John Thune Asks Biden for More Foreign Workers to Fill U.S. Jobs as Millions of Americans Jobless, July 6, 2022.  “Senate Minority Whip John Thune (R-SD) is joining Democrats, as well as the big business lobby, in asking President Joe Biden for more legal immigration to the United States to fill American jobs.”

Thune allegedly won his primary and will likely win in November.  He is the quintessential example of why the Seventeenth Amendment must be abolished.  It’s a damn shame Rep. Mo Books [R-AL] allegedly lost his bid for the senate in Alabama while a poltroon like Thune wins.

We are the solution but not if we don’t act so get involved here.  Keep up to date on the illegals invasion here.  Encourage your border sheriffs to do the same as Kinney County, Texas Sheriff Brad Coe mentioned at the top.  Want a show down with the federals?  Bring it on.

Call talk radio and make that bill the discussion instead of more Biden this or that.  The American people can see he’s nothing but a brain impaired old man manipulated by his wife and handlers.  We either go for the solution or we, our children and grandchildren are doomed.  America is turning into a third world sh*t hole and if you think it won’t affect you or your family, you’re in denial.  Take a look at the two illegals in the photo below.

Take a look at this long list of very young to seniors killed by illegal aliens.  Think it can’t happen to you or your family?  I can guarantee you their families are still grieving and today another 12-14 Americans will die at the hands of an illegal alien.

Note: For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions. [Order two books and save $10.00. Give one to a friend or relative]

© 2022 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@npn.net  (I simply have to say while I really do appreciate emails, I receive several hundred a day except Christmas and New Year’s Day.  I simply cannot answer all of them asking for advice, please help me with my case and other requests because it’s just me.  I try to work some of the requests and answer questions into my columns but I can only do so much.  I thank you for understanding.)

Related:

Short video to watch:  Tomi Lahren: This is why Democrats are allowing the border crisis to continue, July 8, 2022

‘Ludicrous’: Illegal aliens arrested for trespassing sue Texas governor, other officials for “violating their rights”, May 5, 2022

CBP finds ‘no evidence’ Border Patrol agents whipped Haitian migrants, but still seeks to discipline them, July 8, 2022.  We must remember what Biden, now in the first stages of Altzheimer’s, said, reading from his first grade instruction card:  “To see people treated like they did, horses barely running over, people being strapped — it’s outrageous,” Biden told reporters, making a whipping motion with his hand. “I promise you, those people will pay. There will be an investigation underway now and there will be consequences. There will be consequences.”

Illegal Aliens Plotted July 4th Mass Shooting, Thwarted by ‘Hero Citizen’, July 7, 2022 – “The pair of suspects arrested for allegedly plotting to “shoot up” a Fourth of July celebration in Richmond, Virginia — thwarted by an American citizen — are illegal aliens, court records state.

“On Wednesday, as Breitbart News reported, the Richmond Police Department announced the arrests of Guatemalan nationals 52-year-old illegal alien Julio Alvardo Dubon and 38-year-old illegal alien Rolman Balacarcel Ac for allegedly plotting a mass shooting at the city’s July 4th celebration.”

By Paul Engel

July 11, 2022

• After almost 50 years, the Supreme Court opinions in Roe and Casey have been overturned.
• The right to obtain an abortion is not in the language of the Constitution, neither is it in the history of this country before 1973.
• While this decision has certainly caused an uproar, this is an opportunity to review the court’s opinion.

After almost 50 years, a landmark decision of the Supreme Court has been overturned. Will it be remembered with other decisions like Dred Scott or Plessy v. Ferguson? Only time will tell. After all of the furor when a draft of the opinion was leaked, we finally get a chance to review that actual opinion in Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Health in its final form.

At 213 pages, the opinion and dissents in Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Heath is not only large in size but in scope. There are so many quotable phrases, it can easily become overwhelming. For that reason, and my own sanity, I’ve focused mainly on the syllabus and the summary of the opinion, adding quotes from the opinion, concurrences, and dissent only as necessary. As with all cases before the Supreme Court, this one started with a question.

Mississippi’s Gestational Age Act provides that “[e]xcept in a medical emergency or in the case of a severe fetal abnormality, a person shall not intentionally or knowingly perform . . . or induce an abortion of an unborn human being if the probable gestational age of the unborn human being has been determined to be greater than fifteen (15) weeks.” Miss. Code Ann. §41–41–191. Respondents—Jackson Women’s Health Organization, an abortion clinic, and one of its doctors—challenged the Act in Federal District Court, alleging that it violated this Court’s precedents establishing a constitutional right to abortion, in particular Roe v. Wade, 410 U. S. 113, and Planned Parenthood of Southeastern Pa. v. Casey, 505 U. S. 833.

Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Health

The framing of a question is just as important as the question itself. Mississippi passed a law that limits abortions after fifteen weeks gestation. Jackson Women’s Health Organization and one of its doctors believed that the law “violated this Court’s precedents establishing a constitutional right to abortion.” Notice two very important things in that statement. Jackson Women’s Health did not claim that Mississippi’s law violated federal law or the Constitution of the United States, but judicial precedent. Judicial precedent is not law, neither is it recognized by the Constitution as supreme over the laws and constitutions of the states.

This Constitution, and the Laws of the United States which shall be made in Pursuance thereof; and all Treaties made, or which shall be made, under the Authority of the United States, shall be the supreme Law of the Land; and the Judges in every State shall be bound thereby, any Thing in the Constitution or Laws of any State to the Contrary notwithstanding.

U.S. Constitution, Article VI, Clause 2

Jackson Women’s Health is asking the court to place a previous opinion of the court above the supreme law of the land. That really isn’t surprising, since the court has been doing that for decades, though please notice the second part of the original plaintiff’s statement. The court, through its precedent, established a constitutional right to abortion. I have not reviewed the Planned Parenthood v. Casey opinion, but I have reviewed the Roe v. Wade opinion, and you know what I did not find: A claim of a “constitutional right to abortion”. Rather, the court claimed that the decision to have an abortion was private between the woman and her doctor, and that Texas’ law criminalizing abortion represented an unreasonable seizure of her body. For almost 50 years, courts have used the precedent set in Roe and Casey, frequently referring to this so called constitutional right to abortion. If the Supreme Court said there was a right to abortion, then there’s a right to abortion.

However, in the Dobbs case, the majority of the court, rather than relying on the opinions of previous justices, looked at the Constitution and made a startling discovery.

Held: The Constitution does not confer a right to abortion; Roe and Casey are overruled; and the authority to regulate abortion is returned to the people and their elected representatives.

Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Health

Most people I’ve read or heard discuss this opinion, have rightly focused on the overruling of Roe and Casey. But did you notice the Tenth Amendment undertones in the holding? If the Constitution does not confer a right to abortion, then it’s not within the judicial power of the court to protect it. It’s therefore reserved to the people and their elected representatives.

How did the court come to such a decision?

(a) The critical question is whether the Constitution, properly understood, confers a right to obtain an abortion. Casey’s controlling opinion skipped over that question and reaffirmed Roe solely on the basis of stare decisis. A proper application of stare decisis, however, requires an assessment of the strength of the grounds on which Roe was based. The Court therefore turns to the question that the Casey plurality did not consider.

Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Health

As I’ve already pointed out, the Constitution, not court precedent, is the supreme law of the land. The Casey court, like so many others, placed the idea of “stare decisis” (Latin for “Let the decision stand”), above all other considerations. Since judges and justices are human, there must be a recognition of their fallibility. Courts get things wrong. If a court opinion could not be reviewed, courts would still enforce segregation laws and the concept of separate but equal. So are the grounds of Roe and Casey strong enough to survive a constitutional review?

The Constitution makes no express reference to a right to obtain an abortion, but several constitutional provisions have been offered as potential homes for an implicit constitutional right. Roe held that the abortion right is part of a right to privacy that springs from the First, Fourth, Fifth, Ninth, and Fourteenth Amendments. … The Casey Court grounded its decision solely on the theory that the right to obtain an abortion is part of the “liberty” protected by the Fourteenth Amendment’s Due Process Clause.

Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Health

The Ninth Amendment to the Constitution makes it quite clear:

The enumeration in the Constitution, of certain rights, shall not be construed to deny or disparage others retained by the people. 

U.S. Constitution, Amendment IX

So, is the right to an abortion among those that while not enumerated in the Constitution, are still protected by it? To find out, the court needed to look at the history of this so called right to abortion.

Next, the Court examines whether the right to obtain an abortion is rooted in the Nation’s history and tradition and whether it is an essential component of “ordered liberty.” The Court finds that the right to abortion is not deeply rooted in the Nation’s history and tradition. The underlying theory on which Casey rested—that the Fourteenth Amendment’s Due Process Clause provides substantive, as well as procedural, protection for “liberty”—has long been controversial.

Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Health

Let’s start by asking what is this “ordered liberty” the court is so concerned about?

A loosely used term, diversely applied in scholarly literature and judicial opinions, “ordered liberty” suggests that fundamental constitutional rights are not absolute but are determined by a balancing of the public (societal) welfare against individual (personal) rights.

Ordered Liberty, Encyclopedia.com

The concept of “ordered liberty” is itself a violation of the Constitution of the United States. Remember when I quoted Article VI, Clause 2?

This Constitution, and the Laws of the United States which shall be made in Pursuance thereof; and all Treaties made, or which shall be made, under the Authority of the United States, shall be the supreme Law of the Land; and the Judges in every State shall be bound thereby, any Thing in the Constitution or Laws of any State to the Contrary notwithstanding.

U.S. Constitution, Article VI, Clause 2

The Constitution is the supreme law of the land, not a court’s attempt to balance your constitutionally protect rights against a public interest. “Ordered liberty” is the court usurping the role of supreme law of the land.

What did the court find in America’s history and traditions around abortion?

For the first 185 years after the adoption of the Constitution, each State was permitted to address this issue in accordance with the views of its citizens. Then, in 1973, this Court decided Roe v. Wade, … Even though the Constitution makes no mention of abortion, the Court held that it confers a broad right to obtain one. It did not claim that American law or the common law had ever recognized such a right, and its survey of history ranged from the constitutionally irrelevant (e.g., its discussion of abortion in antiquity) to the plainly incorrect (e.g., its assertion that abortion was probably never a crime under the common law). After cataloging a wealth of other information having no bearing on the meaning of the Constitution, the opinion concluded with a numbered set of rules much like those that might be found in a statute enacted by a legislature.

Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Health – Opinion of the Court

The court looked at the history and traditions of abortion in the United States and did not find it sufficient to establish as a right that was not enumerated in the Constitution, and therefore protected by the Ninth Amendment. It was not considered a constitutionally protected right for the first 185 years of the Constitution, and it was not recognized under either American law or common law. Although the Roe court attempted to come up with a history to justify their preferred outcome, their reasoning used both the irrelevant and the incorrect to find this missing right.

Which leaves us with a simple question. What will govern our nation, the Constitution of the United States or the previous opinion of justices?

The doctrine of stare decisis does not counsel continued acceptance of Roe and Casey. Stare decisis plays an important role and protects the interests of those who have taken action in reliance on a past decision. It “reduces incentives for challenging settled precedents, saving parties and courts the expense of endless relitigation.” …. It “contributes to the actual and perceived integrity of the judicial process.” … And it restrains judicial hubris by respecting the judgment of those who grappled with important questions in the past. But stare decisis is not an inexorable command,

Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Health

Stare decisis does have its place, but not at the expense of the law. When looking at a case, is it wise for judges and justices to look at the opinions of their predecessors? Yes. But to place the opinions of judges above the laws of our land is not only a violation of the judges’ oath of office, but an attack on self-government and an imposition of a dictatorial oligarchy on the American people. I’m not saying that precedent should be ignored, merely kept in proper perspective. And a majority of the court agrees.

The dissent argues that we have “abandon[ed]” stare decisis, … but we have done no such thing, and it is the dissent’s understanding of stare decisis that breaks with tradition. The dissent’s foundational contention is that the Court should never (or perhaps almost never) overrule an egregiously wrong constitutional precedent unless the Court can “poin[t] to major legal or factual changes undermining [the] decision’s original basis.”

Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Health – Alito Opinion

So when precedents as poorly founded as Roe and Casey are challenged, the court must act, or violate the very reason for their existence.

Like the infamous decision in Plessy v. Ferguson, Roe was also egregiously wrong and on a collision course with the Constitution from the day it was decided. Casey perpetuated its errors, calling both sides of the national controversy to resolve their debate, but in doing so, Casey necessarily declared a winning side. Those on the losing side—those who sought to advance the State’s interest in fetal life—could no longer seek to persuade their elected representatives to adopt policies consistent with their views. The Court short-circuited the democratic process by closing it to the large number of Americans who disagreed with Roe.

Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Health

As I said, Roe and Casey substituted the opinions of oligarchs for the rule of law.

Without any grounding in the constitutional text, history, or precedent, Roe imposed on the entire country a detailed set of rules for pregnancy divided into trimesters much like those that one might expect to find in a statute or regulation. … Roe’s failure even to note the overwhelming consensus of state laws in effect in 1868 is striking, and what it said about the common law was simply wrong.

Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Health

Based on these facts and the law, the court had no other legitimate course of action.

We hold that Roe and Casey must be overruled. The Constitution makes no reference to abortion, and no such right is implicitly protected by any constitutional provision, including the one on which the defenders of Roe and Casey now chiefly rely—the Due Process Clause of the Fourteenth Amendment. That provision has been held to guarantee some rights that are not mentioned in the Constitution, but any such right must be “deeply rooted in this Nation’s history and tradition” and “implicit in the concept of ordered liberty.”

Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Health – Opinion of the Court

There is no right to abortion, either in the text of the Constitution or in the history and traditions of the nation. On a personal note, I find it interesting that both Roe and Casey based their claims of a right to abortion in the Fourteenth Amendment’s due process clause:

nor shall any State deprive any person of life, liberty, or property, without due process of law;

U.S. Constitution, Amendment XIV, Section 1

The very right to have your life protected is the right these two courts claimed gave a women the right to take the life of an unborn child. The court went on:

The inescapable conclusion is that a right to abortion is not deeply rooted in the Nation’s history and traditions. On the contrary, an unbroken tradition of prohibiting abortion on pain of criminal punishment persisted from the earliest days of the common law until 1973. The Court in Roe could have said of abortion exactly what Glucksberg said of assisted suicide: “Attitudes toward [abortion] have changed since Bracton, but our laws have consistently condemned, and continue to prohibit, [that practice].”

Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Health – Alito Opinion

This is the hubris of the court. Without any legal basis, the Roe court made up a supposed right to abortion, and inflicted it on the nation. Then the Casey court abdicated their duty to review the law and simply allowed this abuse to continue.

The Dissent

Of course, not all of the justices agreed:

When overruling constitutional precedent, the Court has almost always pointed to major legal or factual changes undermining a decision’s original basis.

Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Health – Breyer, Sotomayor, Kagan Dissent

In other words, those in the dissent assume no prior court could possibly be wrong. Without “major legal or factual changes undermining a decision’s original basis”, we are to forever be stuck with the decision. The possibility that a court has been wrong is not allowed.

The majority’s core legal postulate, then, is that we in the 21st century must read the Fourteenth Amendment just as its ratifiers did. And that is indeed what the majority emphasizes over and over again. … If the ratifiers did not understand something as central to freedom, then neither can we. Or said more particularly: If those people did not understand reproductive rights as part of the guarantee of liberty conferred in the Fourteenth Amendment, then those rights do not exist.

Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Health – Breyer, Sotomayor, Kagan Dissent

And thus we again see the hubris of the court and all those who believe the “living, breathing document” theory. These dissenting justices claim the authority to ignore the language of the Constitution, and the basic tenets of contract law (the Constitution is after all a compact between the states), and determine for themselves the understanding of rights. This is not a power delegated to the judicial branch. If, as these dissenters believe, the understanding of what is central to freedom changes, it is up to the people and the states to change the Constitution, not nine high priests in black robes. As Alito pointed out in the opinion of the court:

The Court in Roe could have said of abortion exactly what Glucksberg said of assisted suicide: “Attitudes toward [abortion] have changed since Bracton, but our laws have consistently condemned, and continue to prohibit, [that practice].”

Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Health – Alito Opinion

The dissenting justices furthered their heavy-handed opinions when it comes to the application of state laws.

Enforcement of all these draconian restrictions will also be left largely to the States’ devices. A State can of course impose criminal penalties on abortion providers, including lengthy prison sentences. But some States will not stop there. Perhaps, in the wake of today’s decision, a state law will criminalize the woman’s conduct too, incarcerating or fining her for daring to seek or obtain an abortion. And as Texas has recently shown, a State can turn neighbor against neighbor, enlisting fellow citizens in the effort to root out anyone who tries to get an abortion, or to assist another in doing so.

Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Health – Breyer, Sotomayor, Kagan Dissent

Once again we see justices of the Supreme Court placing their opinions above not only the law, but of the people’s right to govern themselves. If an abortion is the claiming of a human life, and it is done illegally, should not all who participate be subject to judgment? After all, if two people conspire to murder another, both are charged with a crime. As for Breyer’s comment about the state of Texas, I would remind him that it was the Supreme Court that prohibited the state of Texas in the Roe case from criminally punishing abortion providers. Meaning, Texas was merely finding a way to fulfill its duty to prevent the taking of human life without due process within the ridiculous restrictions placed on it by the Roe court.

Can a State bar women from traveling to another State to obtain an abortion? Can a State prohibit advertising out-of-state abortions or helping women get to out-of-state providers? Can a State interfere with the mailing of drugs used for medication abortions? The Constitution protects travel and speech and interstate commerce, so today’s ruling will give rise to a host of new constitutional questions. Far from removing the Court from the abortion issue, the majority puts the Court at the center of the coming “interjurisdictional abortion wars.”

Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Health – Breyer, Sotomayor, Kagan Dissent

Are the states sovereign or vassals of Washington, D.C.? That is the question Breyer brings up here. Apparently, in the mind of the dissenters, the states are mere vassals to their opinions. These justices act as if the rest of the Constituiton does not exist when it supports their rhetorical purposes. But remember, the question presented to this court was not travel, advertising, or mailing, but the legality of Mississippi’s law regulating abortions.

For half a century, Roe v. Wade,… and Planned Parenthood of Southeastern Pa. v. Casey,… have protected the liberty and equality of women. Roe held, and Casey reaffirmed, that the Constitution safeguards a woman’s right to decide for herself whether to bear a child. Roe held, and Casey reaffirmed, that in the first stages of pregnancy, the government could not make that choice for women. The government could not control a woman’s body or the course of a woman’s life: It could not determine what the woman’s future would be. … Respecting a woman as an autonomous being, and granting her full equality, meant giving her substantial choice over this most personal and most consequential of all life decisions.

Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Health – Breyer, Sotomayor, Kagan Dissent

Once again we see justices misleading those who read their opinions in an emotional attempt to promote their political agenda. The question in Roe, Casey, and Dobbs was not whether or not a woman could decide for herself whether or not to bear a child, but if and when the killing of the life in her womb is protected by the Constitution. Put another way, was the taking of a human life a legal form of contraception? As Alito noted in the opinion he wrote:

The dissent is very candid that it cannot show that a constitutional right to abortion has any foundation, let alone a “‘deeply rooted’” one, “‘in this Nation’s history and tradition.’ ”

… The most striking feature of the dissent is the absence of any serious discussion of the legitimacy of the States’ interest in protecting fetal life.

Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Health – Alito Opinion

The dissent’s case reminds me of a story I heard:

There is an old trial lawyers’ saying “When the facts are on your side, pound the facts. When the law is on your side, pound the law. When neither is on you side, pound the table.”

1975 December 30, Chicago Tribune, Mr. Ford, meet Mr. Harris by Patrick Buchanan

Conclusion

Even in a generally well thought out opinion, courts often get things wrong. The concept of “ordered liberty” the court used is a violation of the Constitution, and therefore a violation of the justices’ oaths to support it.

The Roe opinion was so badly decided, not because people disagreed with it, but because it failed the most basic concepts of judicial scrutiny. It should become a lesson on the dangers of “ordered liberty”, stare decisis, and our court’s slavish devotion to precedent above the laws they have sworn to uphold. As Justice Kavanaugh noted in his concurrence:

The Constitution does not grant the nine unelected Members of this Court the unilateral authority to rewrite the Constitution to create new rights and liberties based on our own moral or policy views. As Justice Rehnquist stated, this Court has not “been granted a roving commission, either by the Founding Fathers or by the framers of the Fourteenth Amendment, to strike down laws that are based upon notions of policy or morality suddenly found unacceptable by a majority of this Court.”

This Court therefore does not possess the authority either to declare a constitutional right to abortion or to declare a constitutional prohibition of abortion.

Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Health – Kavanaugh Concurrence

In so much of the hype about this opinion, one very important thing is frequently lost. This decision does not make abortion illegal in the United States nor does it does not take away a women’s right to get an abortion. It does not even claim that abortion could not be protected by law. It only says that the laws and Constitution of the United States do not provide for a right to an abortion. Those who want legal abortions in this country will have to go to the representatives’ legislative branch to get it, rather than relying on a ruling body in the courts.

May the courts, Congress, the Whitehouse, and each and every America learn the lesson of the dangers both of stare decisis and the hubris of courts issuing “rulings”. Otherwise, all it will take for those oligarchs in black robes to rule over this nation as kings and queens is the right person to not let a crisis go to waste.

© 2022 Paul Engel – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

By Frosty Wooldridge

July 11, 2022

These Crazy, Insane 2020’s

Have you ever wondered how crazy people operate?  What makes them do stupid things? What makes them commit crazy acts of self-mutilation? Or stick that first drug needle into their vein, or drive while drunk, or shoot someone on the street?  Or rob a store?  Or make a video where they ride a bicycle off a roof to crash onto a cement driveway?

They’re out there all over America!  They make videos of some of the dumbest, most dangerous and insane acts that any human being can imagine.

But what happens when our own elected officials commit some of the dumbest, stupidest, and terribly consequential acts upon us, the American people?

This past month, gasoline hit a record $5.00 per gallon.  Exactly 18 months ago, the United States enjoyed energy independence.  Gas cost around $2.00 a gallon.  But then Joe Biden, shut down the Keystone Pipeline, shut down drilling permits, and now he’s begging OPEC to pump more oil to sell us.  Not only that, as reported on all the news networks, he just sold millions of barrels of our oil reserves to China. Yes, we’re starving for gasoline, but Dementia Joe sold our oil to our enemy that’s trying to undermine us.

Did you watch a press conference where he repeated everything on the teleprompter all the way to the end, and then, read “end of quote.”  In other words, Joe Biden isn’t leading this country…the guy who writes his speeches for the teleprompter is leading our country.  Ironically, we don’t possess a clue as to his or her identity.  But it’s for damned certain, that Joe Biden is not in charge.

You would think that a rational wife who knows Joe Biden suffers from extreme dementia, for sure she would expose him, and encourage the 25^th  Amendment to be put into play.  For the good of our country!   But instead, she clings to power as her husband loses his mental faculties.

Which begs the question? Who is in charge of the presidency and where is that person (s) taking our country?

Last week, I listened to one of NPR’s top water experts spend a half hour explaining how every state west of the Rocky Mountains is experiencing an eight-year “exceptional drought.”  Dry woods, drying- up rivers, drying-up lakes, aquifers being exhausted, Colorado River severely down, Lake Mead and Lake Powell down over 137 feet, and climate change not about to let up!  With another 50 feet drop, water will not turn the last turbine at Hoover Dam.  Las Vegas will go dark without electricity.

The lady water expert said that 50 million people in California, Nevada and Arizona face severe water shortages, so much so, she couldn’t see any solutions.  During the entire interview, she never spoke once about the fact that California remains on course to add 20 million, Arizona to add 3 million, and Nevada to add 1 million within 28 years.  All of those numbers of people caused by mass immigration and their birth rates!  Why won’t anyone address that fact?

And yet, I sent NPR my population book in 2009 and invited Terry Gross, Scott Simon, Steve Inskeep, Lakshmi Singh and their producers to interview my work: America On the Brink: The Next 100 Million Americans by Frosty Wooldridge.  In 2021, with another 35 million people added to the USA in 12 years since my 2009 book, we punched up to 335 million people, I sent them my latest book: America’s Overpopulation Predicament: Blindsiding Future Generations by Frosty Wooldridge.  I sent it out to 40 top news networks and TV hosts.

Not one single response from any of them!

I’ve sent Tucker Carlson, Anderson Cooper, John Dickerson, Chuck Todd, Bret Baier, Dana Perino, Martha McCallum, Bill Hemmer, David Muir, Norah O’Donnell, Lester Holt, 60 Minutes, Meet the Press, Face the Nation, News Nation, local TV stations in Denver, and radio talk show hosts the horrible facts that our leaders are driving our country toward another added 100,000,000 more immigrants within 28 years.  Results: nothing!  It’s obvious they could care less about their own kids’ lives and yours in 2050.

Who and why are the top networks ignoring, even suppressing the gravest issue America faces in the 21^st century?  How are we going to feed, water, house, work and sustain another 100 million people added to American society?  Is anyone thinking about that?

Another nightmare: we’ve got big city inner-cities exploding with gunfire nightly and especially on weekends.  Over 220 shot dead and 589 wounded over the 4^th of July, 2022.  And, yet mayors, attorney generals, city councils and police will not stop it.  That’s right!  THEY WILL NOT STOP THE KILLING!  They could by enforcing our laws, but they  don’t because, why?  Well, I don’t possess a clue.

Does anyone understand that if we keep shoving huge numbers of people into our cities, that it’s the same as rats in a cage? First, they fight with one another, and then, they start eating one another.  Same kind of animal behavior for humans—killing each other.

Why would anyone want to see the breakdown of our entire society?  Why would they not want the laws enforced to FORCE criminals into prisons, and FORCE anyone thinking of crime to stop because they KNOW they will be sent to prison?  How does such incompetence like Chicago’s Lori Lightfoot continue?  Or Adams in New York City? Or, Mayor Breed of San Francisco?  Or, Brandon Scott of Baltimore?

All of them are minority mayors in minority dominated cities that suffer  devastating breakdown of the rule of law.  Why?  What do they do all day in their offices?

Then, look at the southern border.  NBC’s Lester Holt reported that 1.5 million illegal alien migrants crossed the border in the first six months of 2022.  That’s more than 500,000 more than the first six months in 2021. Biden uses your tax dollars to fly, bus and distribute them all over the country.  In other words, Biden is on course, to reach 3,000,000 illegal aliens migrants that must be fed, housed, medically cared-for, educated, and, in the end, totally dependent on long-term welfare out of your tax dollars.  Worse, Biden is knowingly breaking our laws!

Why aren’t the mainstream media people reporting on this incredible, if not CRAZY criminal behavior?

Why aren’t the people at Face the Nation, Meet the Press, NPR and PBS reporting on any  of these disasters occurring right before our eyes?

Instead, Congress continues on the absolutely STUPID rehashing of January 6, 2021.

At the same time, we’ve got 6’4” inch DNA transgender men pretending to be women, and competing against 5’4” women in swimming, track, wrestling and more.  We’ve got mothers being turned into “birth persons” because someone said that DNA men can have babies.  HORSEFEATHERS!   We’ve got “mathematics” now on the list for being “racist” because some minority students can’t do the equations because they either don’t attend class and do the homework, or they simply don’t possess the intellectual horsepower to do the work.  It’s biological, it’s their intellectual condition…and has nothing to do with being racist.  If it was, water, blue sky, rain and dirt would all be racist.   Every time you turn around, it’s “racist” this and “racist” that.

We see our baby boomers as the fattest, most obese generation ever on the face of the planet.  We’re seeing their kids following in their footsteps.  We’ve got millions upon millions of kids tattooing their bodies into total “ink disfigurement.”  And, countless millions of kids addicted to cell phones, so much so, they can’t operate without those phones.  Pity the future of our country!

It’s my contention that this decade of the 2020’s, must be the most insane, totally crazy and absolutely NUTS period in U.S. history.  Worse, it’s going to get worse, and then, worse than that.

© 2022 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

by Rolaant McKenzie

July 10, 2022

In Peter Jackson’s 2003 movie adaptation of J.R.R. Tolkien’s The Lord of the Rings: The Return of the King, the Dark Lord Sauron sent an enormous force of Orcs, trolls, and Easterlings to besiege the city of Minas Tirith and overthrow it during the War of the Ring. The commander of his army, the witch-king of Angmar, brought numerous siege engines and towers and catapulted incendiary missiles into the lower city, setting it ablaze. By nightfall, the Orcs brought out their largest battering-ram, called Grond, which managed to penetrate and destroy the city’s gate. Though Gandalf and the soldiers of Gondor defending the city fought bravely, they were overwhelmed by the Orcs and trolls pouring through the broken gate and had to retreat to second of the city’s seven levels.

Throughout the night, the Sauron’s forces engaged in pell-mell combat with the exhausted soldiers of Gondor, inflicting heavy losses. The defenders of Minis Tirith would fight, but then retreat to the next level of the city. Eventually, the Orcs and trolls pushed them to the fifth level. As Gandalf and the remaining soldiers of Gondor stood at the ready, waiting for a troll with an exceptionally large hammer to break down the door and allow the Orcs to stream in for the final slaughter, his friend Pippin ruefully commented:

Pippin: I didn’t think it would end this way.

Gandalf: End? No, the journey doesn’t end here. Death is just another path, one that we all must take. The grey rain-curtain of this world rolls back, and all turns to silver glass, and then you see it.

Pippin: What? Gandalf? See what?

Gandalf: White shores, and beyond, a far green country under a swift sunrise.

Pippin: Well, that isn’t so bad.

Gandalf: No. No, it isn’t.

With these words Pippin, though not looking forward to meeting death breaking through the door, was encouraged by this hope and set his face forward with resolve. Whatever happened, he looked beyond his current circumstances to a new and better country.

In the southernmost portion of ancient Sumer (Mesopotamia) was a land called Chaldea (in modern-day Iraq), and the most important Sumerian city located on the western portion of the Euphrates River was called Ur. The land of Chaldea contained wealth beyond imagination, and Ur was preeminent in knowledge, culture, and commerce. It is said by some that the history of this region exceeded that of the land of Egypt at the height of its greatness.

It was into this environment that Abram was born, growing up in probably the most advanced culture of his day with all the comforts and modern-day conveniences it afforded. It was from here that God called him to leave the familiarity of home to travel to a new land, where he would become a great nation and a blessing to the whole world.

“Now the LORD said to Abram, “Go forth from your country, and from your relatives and from your father’s house, to the land which I will show you; and I will make you a great nation, and I will bless you, and make your name great; and so you shall be a blessing; and I will bless those who bless you, and the one who curses you I will curse. And in you all the families of the earth will be blessed.” (Genesis 12:1-3)

Abraham wandered from place to place in this land his innumerable descendants would receive as an inheritance, not making any permanent dwelling, but living in tents. Though not seeing the fulfillment of the promise, he trusted God to accomplish it long after his earthly journey was done. As a foreigner, a stranger in a strange land, he looked even farther into the future with gladness to the One who would establish his permanent dwelling in the new country to come (John 8:56).

“By faith Abraham, when he was called, obeyed by going out to a place which he was to receive for an inheritance; and he went out, not knowing where he was going. By faith he lived as an alien in the land of promise, as in a foreign land, dwelling in tents with Isaac and Jacob, fellow heirs of the same promise; for he was looking for the city which has foundations, whose architect and builder is God. By faith even Sarah herself received ability to conceive, even beyond the proper time of life, since she considered Him faithful who had promised. Therefore there was born even of one man, and him as good as dead at that, as many descendants AS THE STARS OF HEAVEN IN NUMBER, AND INNUMERABLE AS THE SAND WHICH IS BY THE SEASHORE. All these died in faith, without receiving the promises, but having seen them and having welcomed them from a distance, and having confessed that they were strangers and exiles on the earth. For those who say such things make it clear that they are seeking a country of their own. And indeed if they had been thinking of that country from which they went out, they would have had opportunity to return. But as it is, they desire a better country, that is, a heavenly one. Therefore God is not ashamed to be called their God; for He has prepared a city for them.” (Hebrews 11:8-16)

The apostle Paul saw this new country as well when he spoke of a vision he received where he was caught up to paradise and heard indescribable words no man was permitted to speak (2 Corinthians 12:2-4). He could have been a great scholar of Judaism, in time enjoying perhaps greater renown and honor in the Jewish community of his day and today as Gamaliel his teacher (Galatians 1:14). But he considered Jesus, the builder of the new country to be far more precious.

“But whatever things were gain to me, those things I have counted as loss for the sake of Christ. More than that, I count all things to be loss in view of the surpassing value of knowing Christ Jesus my Lord, for whom I have suffered the loss of all things, and count them but rubbish so that I may gain Christ, and may be found in Him, not having a righteousness of my own derived from the Law, but that which is through faith in Christ, the righteousness which comes from God on the basis of faith, that I may know Him and the power of His resurrection and the fellowship of His sufferings, being conformed to His death; in order that I may attain to the resurrection from the dead.” (Philippians 3:7-11)

Paul recognized, as Abraham did, that he was a sojourner on earth with no permanent home, even our bodies being as temporary as a tent. No matter the afflictions he faced for proclaiming the gospel, he considered them of little weight in comparison to being in the new country with the Lord (2 Corinthians 4:16-18).

“For we know that if the earthly tent which is our house is torn down, we have a building from God, a house not made with hands, eternal in the heavens. For indeed in this house we groan, longing to be clothed with our dwelling from heaven, inasmuch as we, having put it on, will not be found naked. For indeed while we are in this tent, we groan, being burdened, because we do not want to be unclothed but to be clothed, so that what is mortal will be swallowed up by life. Now He who prepared us for this very purpose is God, who gave to us the Spirit as a pledge. Therefore, being always of good courage, and knowing that while we are at home in the body we are absent from the Lord—for we walk by faith, not by sight—we are of good courage, I say, and prefer rather to be absent from the body and to be at home with the Lord.” (2 Corinthians 5:1-8)

Paul saw his real home from a distance, and he was so eager to be there that he considered the tearing down of his earthly tent preferable to remaining in it.

“For to me, to live is Christ and to die is gain. But if I am to live on in the flesh, this will mean fruitful labor for me; and I do not know which to choose. But I am hard-pressed from both directions, having the desire to depart and be with Christ, for that is very much better; yet to remain on in the flesh is more necessary for your sake.” (Philippians 1:21-24)

John, the disciple closest to Jesus, heard Him promise that He would go on ahead of him and the other disciples to His Father’s country, where He would prepare dwelling places for them so that when He returned, they would be where He is forever.

“Do not let your heart be troubled; believe in God, believe also in Me. In My Father’s house are many dwelling places; if it were not so, I would have told you; for I go to prepare a place for you. If I go and prepare a place for you, I will come again and receive you to Myself, that where I am, there you may be also.” (John 14:1-3)

When he saw His Lord risen from the dead, He knew even more than ever before the reality of the new country. It fueled his drive to preach the gospel and make disciples for Jesus Christ. During the reign of Roman emperor Domitian (81-96 AD), according to the early church historian Eusebius of Caesarea (c. 260–c. 340 AD), a persecution of Christians took place. During this time John was arrested in Ephesus and summoned to Rome, where he was cast into a cauldron of boiling oil (Foxe’s Book of Martyrs). Miraculously he was not harmed, so John was exiled to a small Greek island in the Aegean Sea called Patmos.

Life was extremely hard in this desolate place, but the risen and glorified Jesus appeared to John and gave him a panoramic view of the new country (Revelation 21-22), where God forever wipes away all tears, pain, turmoil, separation, and death. This view more vivid than before, not so distant as when he walked with Jesus in Galilee, gave him encouragement and hope to persevere in his current tribulation. Like Abraham, Paul, and the faithful before him, he knew that he was a pilgrim on earth passing through to a far more permanent and better home. He was given a glimpse of the new country and longed to be there.

A passport is an official document issued by a government identifying a citizen. It certifies nationality and grants formal requests for admittance and safe passage from foreign countries. Possession of a passport in a foreign land signifying a citizen of the United States of America was considered something of great value in the world for many decades. Should a U.S. citizen find himself in a country amid a crisis or disaster that threatens his safety, he can go to the U.S. embassy with confidence that his passport will make available the significant resources of the United States to grant him safe passage back home.

The city of Philippi (present-day Filippoi in northern Greece) was located on the major Roman road known as the Via Egnatia. It was “a leading city of the district of Macedonia, a Roman colony” (Acts 16:12). Whether by birth or by purchasing it with a large sum of money (Acts 21:27-22:1-29), the Romans there greatly valued their Roman citizenship with the rights and privileges it granted, much like many born or naturalized Americans today value U.S. citizenship.

As a Roman citizen himself, born in the city of Tarsus (modern-day Tersous in southeastern Turkey), the chief city of the Roman province of Cilicia, Paul shared this appreciation for Roman citizenship and on occasion took advantage of its benefits. However, he reminded the believers in Philippi the inestimable worth of citizenship in the new country.

“For our citizenship is in heaven, from which also we eagerly wait for a Savior, the Lord Jesus Christ; who will transform the body of our humble state into conformity with the body of His glory, by the exertion of the power that He has even to subject all things to Himself.” (Philippians 3:20-21)

This world with its oppression, war, disease, brutality, genocide, and death is not all there is, even though it may seem like it sometimes (2 Peter 3:9-12). But there is something much better and everlasting coming.

There is a new country!

Like Abraham 2,000 years earlier, the apostles, the early Christians and believers through the centuries trusted God’s promises and looked forward to “new heavens and a new earth, in which righteousness dwells” (2 Peter 3:13). We, too, who trust in His promises will join them. All who believe the gospel (1 Corinthians 15:1-4) receive a citizenship that never fades away or ends. It cancels the old citizenship in the domain of darkness and re-births it in the kingdom of the Son of God (Colossians 1:13-14).

Walk with an eager tread as those who have passed out of death into life (John 5:24), face adversity with patience, and continue faithfully working for the Lord, knowing that your hope is not in vain, but is steadfast and sure.

Jesus is the one and only passport to the new country!

© 2022 Rolaant McKenzie – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rolaant McKenzie: rolaant@gospeloutreach.net

Website: http://www.gospeloutreach.net/

By Roger Anghis

July 10, 2022

If there are no borders a nation will not long stand as a sovereign nation.  Under Trump, we were securing our borders which no previous president had done. Reagan tried but Senator Chuck Schumer has seen to it that they remain porous as a sive. When Biden stole the office of the presidency he told the world that our southern border would be open for all to come. He did this because he knows they’ll vote democrat and most will vote illegally which is how democrats get a lot of their votes.  Now Biden is saying he’s doing everything he can to curb the invasion of illegals but he stopped the construction of the fence and the only illegals that this administration rejects outright are Cubans.  Why? They hate communism and won’t vote democrat. But Mayorkas struck a very different tone in his statements. In no uncertain terms, the DHS Secretary told Cubans that those who manage to reach the US by sea will be apprehended by the US Coast Guard and taken back to their home countries. And in regards to those with political asylum requests he said, “If individuals make, establish a well-founded fear of persecution or torture, they are referred to third countries for resettlement,” he continued. “They will not enter the United States.”

It’s worth noting that Mayorkas himself is a Cuban immigrant who fled the country with his family in 1960 when he was just a year old.[1] How’s that for being a total hypocrite?

Trump was fought by the Democrats every step of the way to build the wall.  They tried to defund it and even stated that walls don’t work yet the majority of them live in gated communities.  Even then he managed to have an increase in border apprehensions: The number of migrant apprehensions at the U.S.-Mexico border rose in fiscal 2019 to its highest annual level in 12 years. The 851,508 apprehensions recorded last fiscal year (October 2018-September 2019) were more than double the number the year before (396,579).[2] Because of Trump’s America First policies and the threat of being sent back the flow across our southern border was greatly reduced.  Under Biden however, there is an open invitation and they are coming in by the millions: The latest Biden administration disclosures in Biden v. Texas reveal that in May, DHS released 95,318 migrants CBP had encountered at the Southwest border into the United States, bringing the total of illegal migrant releases there under the Biden administration to 1,049,532 — a population larger than the number of residents in the president’s home state of Delaware, at a rate of 2,115 per day.[3]

America is supposed to be a Constitutional Republic.  The people we elect are supposed to represent the people. Most Democrats represent their political ideology and way too many Republicans follow lockstep with the Democrats, Sen. John Cornyn (R-Texas), Sen. Mitch McConnell (R-Ky.), Sen. Thom Tillis (R-N.C.), Sen. Susan Collins (R-Maine), Sen. Lindsey Graham (R-S.C.),  Sen. Bill Cassidy (R-La.), Sen. Roy Blunt (R-Mo.), Sen. Richard Burr (R-N.C.), Sen. Mitt Romney (R-Utah),  Sen. Rob Portman (R-Ohio), Sen. Shelley Moore Capito (R-W.Va.), Sen. Joni Ernst (R-Iowa), Sen. Lisa Murkowski (R-Alaska), Rep. Todd Young (R-Ind.) These are the traitors to the 2^nd Amendment.  If we don’t stop electing people who ignore our constitutional rights we’ll soon not have any constitutional rights.

If a nation that has more energy than most of the Middle East combined won’t allow its citizens access to that energy we will soon become a third-world nation dependent on rogue nations for energy.  Under Trump, we were energy independent for the first time in over 70 years. Now Biden is begging OPEC to increase production and trying to buy oil from Venezuela.  Why?  We have more oil than both of those countries combined. Biden stopped the XL pipeline on his first day in office, stopped all fracking on federal land, rescinded permits for wells on federal land in the Gulf of Mexico and now he tries to convince us that our oil shortage is Putin’s fault. His voting base may be dumb enough to believe that but not the majority of the people.

We are seeing historically high prices for a gallon of gas and it is 100% Biden’s fault.  Media won’t talk about how his policies have caused the prices to skyrocket and help him push the Putin lies. Some have said that if Trump was back in office tomorrow there would be a 30% rise in the stock market, gas prices would drop by $2 a gallon, and inflation would be at 4% within 30 days. I believe that they are right.  What we are seeing Biden do is purposefully set things in motion to destroy America.

We have an oil shortage, we have baby formula shortages that Biden knew was coming and did nothing about.  Somehow this year has seen an unbelievable number of food processing plants destroyed or badly damaged for unexplainable reasons. There have been at the time of this writing 95 plants damaged or destroyed.   No one will ever convince me that this is a coincidence.  This is planned and contrived. Remember Klaus Schwab called for the great reset and declared that by 2030 we’ll own nothing and be happy. Traitor to America and former Secretary of State under Richard Nixon, Henry Kissinger, states: “Control oil and you control nations; control food and you control the people.” US strategy deliberately destroyed family farming in the US and abroad and led to 95% of all grain reserves in the world being under the control of six multinational agribusiness corporations. Can you see where this is going?

We have seen almost 100 food processing plants destroyed or badly damaged. A handful a year is acceptable but when there have been almost a hundred and we aren’t even halfway through the year,[4] well something that isn’t going to be good for America is afoot. We must be alert and vigilant. Not just our future but the future of our children and grandchildren are at stake.

© 2022 Roger Anghis – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

Foot Notes

1. https://fee.org/articles/biden-administration-to-cuban-refugees-sorry-you-re-not-welcome-here/
2. https://www.pewresearch.org/fact-tank/2020/03/02/how-border-apprehensions-ice-arrests-and-deportations-have-changed-under-trump/
3. https://cis.org/Arthur/Disclosures-Biden-Has-Released-Nearly-105-million-SW-Border-Migrants-US
4. https://thinkamericana.com/heres-96-examples-that-the-food-shortages-are-being-created-not-predicted/

By Wylie Marshall

July 9, 2022

I haven’t watched much “news” for the past several years. But I did hear through the grape vine that Roe v. Wade was reversed. And I heard that the Supreme Court even strengthened the personal protection gun laws unless that was just a rumor. After how many years? Does that seem a little strange to you? In the middle of the most damaging administration in our history, our Supreme Court has suddenly found and can read and understand the Constitution of the United States and the Bill of Rights?

Do I hear more noise in the streets now than I did before? Of course, we might hear more noise if the those that run the Oil Company’s filling stations lower their prices for gasoline. After President Biden told them to lower their prices to what they pay for the gas! Saw that too, and did a huge double take on that one. Just couldn’t believe he was saying it, but low and behold, they have dropped a bit! Yes, we may see more clamoring in the streets about abortion and how those guns are killing people. I am a cautious person, and I am going to have to hang on a bit longer to see what happens next. I have always been of the opinion that there are no free lunches! Are they so worried about the next election that they would reverse the abortion opinion of the Supreme Court after around 70 million babies have been murdered in and outside the womb? I have to think that something is going on here that we just don’t understand yet! They have been lying to us for years and now they are going to tell us the truth and reverse their opinion? Their modus operandi has always been to divide and conquer!

Also saw where a coach won a case for praying with his football team. What is this country coming to? Do you remember that it was 27 years ago that another football coach lost his case to the ACLU for praying with his football team?

I just read a great article by Rob Pue about Sodom and Gomorrah, I mean Columbus, Ohio and the debauchery that goes on there with the LGBTQP. I have never been to a pride parade and hope I never stumble into one going on. I have seen the remains of Sodom and Gomorrah and what fire and brimstone did to those cities! Of course, the inhabitants of those cities were burn to ashes instantly and have blown away. No evidence of them left to see!

Does it make any difference if we pray with our football team, pray in school, pray at home, or even pray at church? Does it make any difference if our children are being targeted by LGBTQP’s that have given their souls to Satan?Or if you get down to it, does it make any difference if we murder our children in the womb, in our schools or wherever?Does it really make any difference? Rob Pue’s article said the number of LGBTQP+ is rising daily with the flow of massive propaganda. And did you catch that he said that there were no less than FORTY so-called Christian “churches” marching IN the parade, in support of sodomy, transgenderism, sado-masochism and pedophilia. Why is this happening?

I read article after article after article telling us what is wrong with our culture, society, country and way of life. Everything we are doing wrong, everything our churches are doing wrong, everything our politicians are doing wrong. But where is the fix? How do we fix these problems? We have been trying to fix these problems for ages by voting a solution into office for years and years! How is that working? Not so good! Every time we vote what we think is a decent person into office, they become compromised or totally corrupted almost overnight! Satan has infiltrated every institution in our beloved country! Maybe it is time to try something different?

Do you ever pray to God, if you do, do you tell Him you love Him? Is it just lip service? How many times do we tell God that we love Him and then do the opposite of what He has told us to do? Does telling God that we love Him really mean anything if we refuse to obey Him? Obeying God is the key here. Obeying God is the only way we are going to get to where we really want to be, whether we know that or not. We praise Him in song, in sermons, and prayers and turn right around and disobey Him! How do we disobey Him? We break His Law! Even after He gave us His only Son so that we might have a relationship with Him and eventually, eternal life…how much it must hurt Him to see our behavior? The perfect life Jesus lived and the tremendous pain and suffering He went through to take away our penalty of everlasting death that we earned and deserved because we would not do the things our Creator told us to do, so that we might have life and have it more abundantly now and eternal life later! How sad this must make Him.

It was not just His dying on the cross that took away our death penalty. Jesus had to come as a human and live a perfect life! He had to live a life without committing even one sin! What does that mean? What is sin? I guess the short definition would be 1 John 3:4Everyone who practices sin is also practicing lawlessness, for sin is lawlessness. So, sin is breaking God’s Law, and if Jesus had sinned just once, He would not have been the perfect Sacrifice and would not have qualified to take away the sin of the world! Joh 1:29  On the next day, John sees Jesus coming to him, and he says, “Behold the Lamb of God, Who takes away the sin of the world. (The sacrificial lambs could not have even one blemish on them. One blemish would have disqualified them to be used as a sin offering. Exo 12:5  Your lamb shall be without blemish, a male of the first year. You shall take it from the sheep or from the goats.) And if Christ had sinned just once, He would have had a blemish, and we would still be living under that death penalty and still be facing that never ending death that we so deserve!

Do any of us understand that kind of love? No, not one! We are incapable of understanding agape love, and that is the kind of love God has for us! It is total unconditional love, and we are not capable of giving that kind of love. But that is where God is taking us, because that is what God is, total unconditional love! You might say, “Okay, I will understand it when I get there!” Well, if you are waiting to understand it when you get there, then you might not get there! You should start working on understanding it now! You don’t know when God the Father is going to say to you, “Come here and learn from Me!” Joh 6:45  It is written in the prophets, ‘And they shall all be taught by God.’ Therefore, everyone who has heard from the Father, and has learned, comes to Me. You just don’t know when that will happen! It might happen in this lifetime or the next, but it will happen, so you should be working on it now!

There is a lot of misinformation out there that is causing a lot of confusion. They confuse the “Works of the Law” which were the sacrificial laws that ended at the death of Christ, with the Law of God, the Ten Commandments! God’s word is not hard to understand if you live by every word that proceeds from the mouth of God. What were those words that God spoke and commanded His people to keep? They were the Ten Commandments. God personally SPOKE the Ten Commandments from His mouth and told His people to keep them for 1000 generations. Let’s see, that would be for at least 25,000 years and those years are not up yet! Exo 20:1  And God spoke all these words, saying, and He goes on to list the Ten Commandments! Deu 7:9  Therefore, know that the LORD your God, He is God, the faithful God Who keeps covenant and mercy with them that love Him and keep His commandments, to a thousand generations. 

God has to know who will obey Him and who will not. He will not allow anyone who will not obey Him to enter into His Kingdom. God will not create another Satan. God does not wish for anyone to suffer the penalty that Satan is going to suffer for all eternity. Rev 20:10  And the Devil, who deceived them, was cast into the lake of fire and brimstone, where the beast and the false prophet had been cast; and they, Satan and the demons, shall be tormented day and night into the ages of eternity. The beast and the false prophet were flesh and blood and were burnt to ashes in an instant, but Satan and the demons are spirit beings and will burn and be tormented for all eternity in the lake of fire and brimstone.

I have written before about the stories in the bible, in particular, the story of Jonah. Well, now I will tell you about another story when the children of Israel refused to obey God. I have mentioned this one before, but this time I want you to notice a different aspect of the story.

Remember the story of the children of Israel first arriving at the promise land. God had Moses send scouts into the promise land to scout it out and bring back a report. Moses sent a scout from each tribe and all, but two scouts brought back bad reports. They reported that the people of the land were too strong and there were giants in the land and that they were not able to defeat the people of the land, even though God had fought all their battles for them ever since they had left Egypt! The people became afraid because of the 10 scout’s bad reports, and refused to go up and take the promised land. So, what did God do? He had the children of Israel wander in the wilderness for 40 years until all of the adults that refused to go in and take the promised land had died. Num 14:29  Your dead bodies shall fall in this wilderness, and all that were numbered of you, according to your whole number, from twenty years old and upward, who have murmured against Me. God did not allow anyone who murmured against Him to enter into the promised land and God is not going to allow anyone into His Kingdom that will not obey Him, and He has to be assured of that fact beforehand!

People love to claim that all you have to do is to claim the grace of God and that is all that is needed. That is not what God says! Mat 15:8  ‘These people have drawn near to Me with their mouths, and with their lips they honor Me; but their hearts are far away from Me. God expects us to do something to show Him we are serious about our love for Him. God has total unconditional love for us, and we must develop that same love for Him before we will be allowed into His kingdom. He wants to know who His people are, and He wants His people to know Who their God is! Joh 14:15  If you love Me, keep the commandments— namely, My commandments. Joh 14:21  The one who has My commandments and is keeping them, that is the one who loves Me; and the one who loves Me shall be loved by My Father, and I will love him and will manifest Myself to him.” We will not enter into God’s kingdom on lip service!

God’s Law contains a sign that few people know exist. It is a sign between God and His people. Exo 31:13  “Speak also to the children of Israel, saying, ‘Truly you shall keep My Sabbaths, for it is a sign between Me and you throughout your generations to know that I am the LORD Who sanctifies you. Now how many generations are we to keep God’s Law? Yes, for a thousand generations! This “sign” just happens to be the fourth Commandment! That commandment is the only commandment that requires an outward example of it being kept. You actually have to do something to keep that commandment, so God can see you doing it. It is not a passive commandment that you can keep without doing anything. To keep the Sabbath day, you must go and fellowship with your brethren and go and worship God and sing psalms, and teach and learn, and pray! You have to physically do something! That is what makes it a sign between God and His people! But it has to be done on His day, the Seventh day of the week! That is the only day of the week God made Holy! Gen 2:2 And by the beginning of the seventh day God finished His work which He had made. And He rested on the seventh day from all His work which He had made. Gen 2:3  And God blessed the seventh day and sanctified it because on it He rested from all His work which God had created and made. 

When will you stop being ashamed of the God that created you and let Him help you? Rev 3:20 Behold, I stand at the door and knock. If anyone hears My voice and opens the door, I will come in to him, and will sup with him, and he with Me. Luke 9:26 For whoever shall be ashamed of Me and My words, of him shall the Son of man be ashamed when He comes in His own glory, and in the glory of the Father and of the holy angels. Rom 1:18  Indeed, the wrath of God is revealed from heaven upon all ungodliness and unrighteousness of men who suppress the truth in unrighteousness; And what is righteousness? 2Pe 2:21 For it would have been better for them not to have known the way of righteousness than, after knowing it, to turn back from the holy commandment that was delivered to them. 

So, what do you think is happening right now? We have a supreme court that has lied to us for 50 years while approximately 70 million babies have been murdered. Are they trying to cleanse their conscience or is it something else? What about their ruling on sodomy, gay marriage? Where is that in the Constitution of the United States?

This nation has closed its door to God a long time ago, and we are sliding into the abyss. I can not understand why our people can not see this phenomenon. Our Republic was established with Godly principles and can only flourish in a nation that has a God lead moral culture. Our Republic will not work with any other system and that is why our present government is working so hard to remove everything that has to do with a Godly moral family way of life. I’m sure there is a better way of articulating that, but I think you can understand what I am trying to say. If we don’t turn back to God and Obey His Voice, then maybe you should make your final arrangements, because if they don’t come after you with a needle, they will probably starve you to death.

Our problems are spiritual! They cannot be solved by voting them out of office. We saw that in the 2020 election. They have the elections rigged to where they will never lose another election and they know it. They are led by Satan the Devil, Eph 6:12 Because we are not wrestling against flesh and blood, but against principalities and against powers, against the world rulers of the darkness of this age, against the spiritual power of wickedness in high places. If you don’t wake up and understand what you are up against before it is too late, then you will have nothing in this life to wake up for. The only one that can help you is God, and all He requires is that you repent of breaking His Laws, His statutes and His Judgements! How little for so much! This doesn’t have to be Satan’s world. Satan can only do what God allows him to do. Turn back to God and repent of breaking His Law and watch what happens! Nineveh repented and was spared total destruction!

© 2022 Wylie Marshall – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Wylie Marshall: sirwylecoyote@yahoo.com

By Sidney Secular

July 9, 2022

THE WORLD’S BEST PLACES TO RETIRE IN 2022

The January 2022 issue of International Living magazine contains an article with a survey rating the best places in the world for an American to retire. The survey utilizes a formula considering the fifteen most important criteria that Americans use when they consider retiring abroad. The top twenty-five countries for retirement are rated in descending order. These are places the retiree can basically “have it all” at a small fraction of the cost of living in the USA while being free of the deteriorating quality of life we continue to suffer in this country. The results will surprise the average American who is not much of a world traveler and thereby harbors negative stereotypes about certain supposedly inferior “third world” countries.

The Gold Medal of retirement locations went to Panama with a rating of 86.1% edging out close competitors Costa Rica, Mexico, Portugal and Ecuador. Aside from highly rated Portugal, the only European countries to make the list were France, Malta, Spain, Ireland, Italy and Croatia. Thailand has made great strides in recent years and now ranks first among Asian countries. In Thailand, a couple can live on a white sand beach for $1,800 per month including rent. You can do the same in Panama for $2,000 a month or indulge yourself in Old World Europe(Portugal) for $2,200 per month. Portugal captures the essence of Old World Europe as is reflected in its outstanding score. That country’s combination of Old World charm, a rock-bottom cost of living and excellent real estate values earned it the highest rating among European entrants. The UN currently lists 193 nation states and the survey’s 25 chosen represent the cream of the crop as far as good living at reasonable rates is concerned.

You may wonder how tiny Panama edged out other better known countries that were considered. To begin with, Panama City is the only cosmopolitan capital in Central America. This exciting international hub is filled with restaurants, theaters, film festivals while having an abundance of athletic and sporting events, and features high culture and international cuisine. Islands and beaches pepper both the Pacific and Caribbean coasts with plenty of mountain retreats and rural hamlets in between. As well, there is the traditional rural lifestyle of the fishing mecca that is Pedasi. Coronado is a bustling little town with every comfort and convenience from high-speed internet to upscale grocery stores. The country itself is comprised of a small, narrow isthmus so travel distances are short. As a result, you can get to Miami in 3 short hours and to New York in 5 while remaining completely outside of the hurricane belt. The government is stable, the tap water is good and good quality personalized medical care is readily available.There are also many national parks and preserves. Of course, the most important items on your list of priorities are safety and freedom and the survey reports that you will be able to feel as safe and free as you desire, something that is no longer a guarantee in the good ol’ US of A!

And then there’s Thailand, Asia’s premium location.  Orange-robed monks walk in single file beneath glittering skyscrapers. Everything you could want or need is at hand in this colorful land and there is no long history of anti-American feelings among the populace. Thailand’s medical system is among the best in the world. The country also boasts some of the most beautiful beaches in the world and you can purchase a two-bedroom home for less than $100,000. Also, the new 10 year long-term visa is a significant perk that will make your life easier.

If, on the other hand, Europe beckons, enjoying the warm coastal nation of Portugal should be a notion to seriously consider. It is the epitome of Old World charm. Centuries-old architecture and vineyards, cobblestone streets, omnipresent outdoor markets, and convivial cafes make your days charming and pleasing. Northern Portugal is a land of deep river valleys and rolling hills. Furthermore, the country is more green and has a milder climate than one might expect. There are towns located on towering hills as well as working fishing villages. South of the capital, Lisbon, the landscape flattens out and presents with olive groves, big skies, and oak tree forests. Further south is the Algarve region with its almond plantations that sweep down to the sea with its coastline dotted with terracotta tiled hill towns and spectacular beaches.

The Algarve is Europe’s playground, containing world-class gold courses, tennis clubs, top-rated fine dining and some of the finest beaches in Europe. As with the south of France, a mild semi-tropical climate prevails. The most amazing thing is that all of this is so affordable. A meal for two with drinks will cost less than $12. Private health insurance for a couple will go for less than $275 a month. In Portugal, apart from antibiotics and narcotics, you can get almost any needful medicine over-the-counter in a pharmacy. For those who enjoy good wine and tasty fish dinners, there’s no better place than Portugal. There is also the added bonus that, because English is taught in the schools, nearly all the people with whom one deals will speak English and everybody knows how that is a must for most Americans.

© 2022 Sidney Secular – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Sidney Secular: Success_Express@yahoo.com

By Kat Stansell

July 8, 2022

Kris Jurski is a Florida resident and businessman, who has mounted a very successful crusade against voter fraud in his home state. Because of the time necessary to produce results, he has had to put aside his income-earning business, Vital Catalyst, LLC, and work full-time uncovering the machinery behind our stolen elections.

His company, Vital Catalyst, was hired by investors to help small businesses grow into corporations. To make it happen, he had to jump in and learn how a company works with little or no documentation, troubleshoot the bottlenecks, and develop systems geared to growth.

This is essentially what he has done with the voter fraud business in Florida. Using his expertise, he has jumped in to find out how it works (with little documentation from them, for sure!) and analyzed the operations. Only, instead of helping it to grow, Kristofer Jurski is working to put voter fraud in the Sunshine State out of business.

A lot of Florida residents knew that the fraud had been occurring. Some had done canvassing of precincts, and taken their findings to their county boards of election. Others had met with local leaders, and made public their issues. There was tremendous demand from various citizens groups to identify and fix the fraud, but there was no coordination or real direction. So, Kris Jurski provided it.

He formed The People’s Audit.

On this website, Kris provides the evidence of existing fraud, complete with graphs and charts, as well as education, to help citizens learn how to recognize and counter fraud in their own precincts. There is an online training academy to help people really understand the voting process and to protect the vote. As a Florida resident, you can go to this site, and check if your last votes were correctly registered and counted!

He has found that the Florida Fraud Machine includes state employees; special “rules” written by some to hamstring others; ERIC, the Electronic Registration Information System, of which Florida is a member; and a crafty system of voter registration that goes on 24/7/365, with fake addresses even more creative than graveyards. And, the totals manage to spike just before registration closes, to provide just enough registration to counter the anticipated “red wave”. Hmmmm…

Before revealing some details of what he has uncovered, I want to introduce you to the man behind this selfless mission.

Born in the US of Polish parents who lived under Communism, Kris remembers his aunt, on her first trip to America, standing in the bakery aisle at a Publix supermarket and weeping for the incredible bounty of baked goods on display. That image stays with him these decades later.

Kris’s wife, too, knows the suffering of those forced to live under totalitarianism. She is a naturalized American citizen born in Venezuela, whose mother is still trapped there. As they tried to get her out, the airport closed down, and they have not seen her since. The Jurski’s send money to her so that she may try to purchase the few things still available, to keep herself alive.

Kris’s mission, to expose and correct the theft of our voting rights, is born of his commitment to his own children, and to the nation that he loves. He has vowed that he WILL NOT allow his children to live under the horrors experienced by both sides of their family. Kris Jurski firmly believes that with one more stolen election, America will officially become a totalitarian state, and the only way back to freedom will entail much suffering and bloodshed, as it has worldwide.

Now, let us take a look at the highlights of what he has unearthed, by knowing how and where to look.

Statewide registrations for 2020 average 21,340 per week.

HOWEVER, in the last week before registration closed,

153,309 registered in that single week. Of that, 46,644 registered on the day registration closed; with Covid excuse applied to extend registration, another 26,895 registered the day after registration closed.

The spikes in registration over the last week are nearly identical in every county in the state. Of those last-minute registrants, 79% voted – mostly by mail! Kris calls BS on this.

Florida residents over the age of 65 need NO IDENTIFICATION! All registration for them is done by mail. In a state where people over 65 make up 20.9% of the entire population, THAT is nothing short of fraud food. In 75% of the assisted living and nursing facilities canvassed, over 50% of the names registered to that facility do not live there. Pure elder abuse.

Tens of thousands of people in just four counties (Pinellas, Miami-Dade, Okaloosa and Clay) are registered to courthouses as their residential address, with their mailing addresses listed as trailer parks, state parks and boat slips and empty buildings. Miami-Dade plays it more cleverly. Rather than using all the same addresses for over 11,000 people, they use the SOE building in Doral, and change the address by adding a letter at the end. For example, the street address is number 2700, so batches are marked 2700G, or 2700D, or 2700C, none of which actually exist.

Since 2019, over 80% of all voter registrations are accomplished at the Division of Motor Vehicles. Since 2017, when the application form was changed by the Director of Elections, there is no spot on which to declare citizenship. In addition, the new training manual for DMV admonishes employees to NEVER discourage someone from registering to vote. Essentially, every applicant at a motor vehicle center is registered or re-registered to vote.

The mandate to distribute voter registration forms at licensing centers came from the “Motor Voter Act”, National Voter Registration Act (NVRA) passed by Congress in 1993. Of the 40 states to which the NVRA applied, most ignored it for a number of years, declaring states’ rights. However, after ERIC (Electronic Registration Information Center) was formed in 2012, and Donald Trump entered the political scene, in 2014 – 15 suddenly, DMV’s in a number of states began assuming more of the registration process. During that period is when Maria Matthews, the Director of Elections in Florida, used $19 million in federal grants to revamp the voting procedures, adding the new forms above, and rewriting training manuals for state employees.

REMEMBER>>>the state drivers’ data is corrupted with massive amounts of DMV information – which includes green card holders, id card holders, and even learners’ permit applicants. All of these are, of course, ineligible to vote.

At this point, it is fair to mention that the County Supervisors of Elections have their hands tied to prevent them from correcting these situations. Even when citizens bring evidence to them, they can do nothing, thanks to their “training manual” rules, aka restrictions, handed down from the state Director’s office. One SOE in Flagler County, Kim Weeks, tried to disallow dishonest dealings in her meetings, and she was fired, fined and jailed for her efforts! This happened under Gov. Rick Scott, but I call for Gov. DeSantis to find out what is really occurring in his voting systems – if he plans to remain Florida’s Governor, as his state wishes him to do.

You have heard reference to ERIC, the 30-state membership organization of which Florida is a member.

The Electronic Records Information Center (ERIC) exists, ostensibly, to provide voter roll maintenance to its members. What it really is, is a massive data-gathering system that acts as a get-out-the-vote organization for the Left, and an intelligence- gathering mechanism on all state residents.

I have written two articles on ERIC, linked below. Rather than repeat myself, I urge you to read them to familiarize yourself with the organization and its ramifications.

ERIC mandates its members to register voters, legitimate or not, and brags on its website about how many new voters they have registered by the year. They would like us to believe, of course, that these were all “oppressed” people who could never have registered before – which, of course, they are not. Anyone who cares enough to vote is free to register and do their civic duty.

Perversely enough, all of the fraudulent registrations have shown how easy it is to get registered. Anyone (alive or dead or from another country) can get on the rolls.

Kris Jurski has found that the DMV input mandated by ERIC is the key to feeding millions of names of people ineligible to vote, into the voter rolls. He calls it the “Green Card Loophole”. He sees ERIC as an intelligence-gathering system that keeps personal records on everyone with a drivers license or who votes.

In Florida, we know that those registering at the Motor Vehicle locations do NOT have to be a US citizen. Each member state’s drivers permit applications differ, but many manage to get around or avoid the citizenship issue. ERIC itself, in its bylaws, forbids any voter application to be flagged for being a non- citizen.

It is important to note here that even some conservatives who say they care about voter fraud have thrown in with the ERIC system. ‘We are better with it than without it,’ they state, ‘because we need to know who moved and who died.’ The same exact words are spoken whenever the subject comes up, just like the scripted mantra from the MSM, when you hear the same words on every channel. But the voter rolls in ERIC member states are bloated, not cleaned, and its members are mandated to register, not remove. The lists ERIC provides their members, of “who moved and who died” certainly don’t help to maintain honest voter rolls in Florida. If ERIC were about cleaning the rolls, they would post THOSE stats on their website, instead of how many new voters have been registered. Lastly, ERIC would have been organized by someone with a real concern for honesty. David Becker does not qualify.

Recently, proof of election fraud in several other states was made into a dramatically factual film, 2000 Mules, by Dinesh DiSousa, with Catherine Engebrecht and Greg Phillips of True the Vote.

Another film, Rigged, by David Bossie for Citizens United, exposes the “Zuck Bucks”, from Mark Zuckerberg, which were used to aid the 2020 steal in Wisconsin and elsewhere. You must see one or both. They are powerful proof, and frightening, even nauseating, if you care about your country. Yes, it is a FACT that election fraud is occurring blatantly over much of the country, and with the help of both our government and private sources.

However, neither films answered the key question: WHAT IS THE SOURCE OF ALL THESE EXTRA NAMES? Kris Jurski has found the answer, and proven how these names are added to the rolls. He has answered the question of where the Mule Train gets its fuel – all of those votes that weren’t legitimately cast but were counted. He has opened the tombs of the Ghost Voters and traced their origins to street addresses of court houses and abandoned buildings. He has computer analysis, graphs and reports, that spell it out.

Kris feels that we need to do the following to secure our ballots:

Dump ERIC and all current election officials.
Dump all current voter registration rolls
Re-register everyone using in-person, paper records
Issue a photo id which will be required to cast a ballot
Eliminate all drop boxes and return to voting in person, on a single day or two, using paper ballots.

An odd list from a computer guy. Toss the electronics.

Is this a lot of work? You bet. Is our freedom worth it? Don’t even ask!
Kris will be speaking about the People’s Audit, on Catching Fire News. Please tune in. There is so much more.

© 2022 Kat Stansell – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kat Stansell: katvanatt@protonmail.com

By Cliff Kincaid

July 8, 2022

In another shocking display of America’s downward spiral into Cultural Marxism, a pothead by the name of Robert Crimo killed seven people and wounded more than 40 in a July 4th parade. Associates of Crimo, who maintained his own macabre YouTube channel, say that he was an “isolated stoner” into “alternate reality.”

You only have to look at pictures of this zombie, with his face tattoos, colored hair, and gaunt appearance, to know something is seriously wrong.

While the influence of prescription drugs cannot be ruled out, at this point all indications are that he had mental illness sparked by the “soft” drug known as cannabis.

Marijuana is legal in Illinois and Crimo’s neighborhood is home to a “marijuana dispensary.” Demonstrating his sense of priorities, Democratic Governor J.B. Pritzker had called the state’s marijuana legalization bill the “Most Equity-Centric Law” in the nation. The law set aside 20 percent of the revenue generated by legalization for “mental health and substance abuse services in Illinois,” indicating advance knowledge of what was to come from legalizing a mind-altering substance.

It turns out that “reefer madness” is real and is taking its toll on young people.

In America as a whole, Big Marijuana has become a booming business, with coverage as a respectable industry from the likes of CNBC’s Jim Cramer.

The Illinois case seems to be eerily similar to the case of Nikolas Cruz, the Parkland Florida mass shooter, who plead guilty to murdering 17 people in 2018 and told police about extensive drug use, including marijuana, and “demons” in his mind.

Crimo seems to be another case of someone “programmed to kill,” probably as a result of marijuana-induced psychosis. On one of his YouTube videos, where he advertised his intentions, Crimo had posted a photo of Lee Harvey Oswald, JFK’s assassin, on his wall. That’s significant, since Oswald, as noted by communist defector Ion Mihai Pacepa, was “programmed” to kill by the KGB.

One study, “SHOOTERS, TERRORISTS AND MASS KILLERS WHO USED MARIJUANA,” lists dozens of mad stoner episodes.

If someone wants to stop “gun violence,” one place to start is enforcing federal laws against marijuana.

The Highland Park shooter, who was under police surveillance at one time, is just the latest example of mass violence that escapes the attention of the Biden’s Department of Justice. A letter to Attorney General Merrick Garland from a national coalition urging him to support enforcement of federal marijuana laws has been ignored. That’s because Democrats favor legalization and the financial donations that would flow from the marijuana industry.

At the very least, enforcement of current federal marijuana laws will save the minds of some young people and reduce the number of drug addicts with mental problems running rampant in the streets of major cities and contributing to mass murder and the rising crime rate.

To make matters worse, marijuana is now being laced with fentanyl, made by Mexican cartels with chemicals from China, to increase the carnage.

Garland should be investigating and prosecuting those behind this trend. Instead, Garland mounts the biggest investigation in FBI history to go after protesters who were lured into the Capitol on January 6, 2021, even though the only victim of gun violence that day was Trump supporter Ashli Babbitt, murdered by a member of the Capitol Police.

During an appearance on Fox News’ “Sunday Morning Futures,” Senator Mike Lee called for Garland to be held “accountable” for another example of malfeasance in office — failing to protect the pro-life judges on the Court. This, too, is a serious matter involving potential violence and terrorism.

But Lee knows that only 30 Senate Republicans voted against Garland’s confirmation. He was one of them, to his credit. On the other hand, Garland won the votes of Senate Minority Leader Mitch McConnell and the Judiciary Committee’s top Republican, Iowa Senator Chuck Grassley.

Garland’s soft-on-drugs policy has been extended to Joe Biden’s son Hunter, a drug addict who illegally purchased a gun without disclosing his habit and has not been prosecuted.

As noted by Politico, “Hunter responded ‘no’ to a question on the [gun] transaction record that asks, ‘Are you an unlawful user of, or addicted to, marijuana or any depressant, stimulant, narcotic drug, or any other controlled substance?’ Five years earlier, he had been discharged from the Navy Reserve after testing positive for cocaine, and he and family members have spoken about his history of drug use.”

Only a concerted drive for impeachment can convince Republican voters they are serious about removing the Biden regime.

On the Fox show talking about the illegal street protests outside of the homes of pro-life Supreme Court members, Senator Lee said, “It is beyond my ability to understand why it is that Merrick Garland and his Department of Justice haven’t investigated and prosecuted these crimes.” He added, “I hereby call on them to do so. If they’re unwilling to do this, they’re really imperiling our entire system of government, and they need to be held accountable.”

Garland refuses to act, despite one assassination attempt on Justice Kavanaugh.

Lee, who won his Senate primary, is a good conservative but fails to grasp the serious nature of what the Biden regime represents.  This is not a collection of “radicals” but a communist-style regime determined to eliminate its political enemies, through intimidation and violence if necessary.  Garland showed his hand when he was caught hunting for parental terrorists at school board meetings.

Before YouTube terminated my channel, eliminating 500 anti-communist videos from public view, I had analyzed the issue of Merrick Garland’s involvement in a court case brought by the Obama Administration to drop terrorism charges against a communist by the name of Elizabeth Anna Duke. She was a member of a Weather Underground spin-off that specialized in terrorism and was charged with bombing the Capitol in 1983. Then-Judge Merrick Garland found no problem with a magistrate who arbitrarily dropped the charges against her, at the request of Obama’s Justice Department.

Garland authorized dropping that charge, but has proceeded as Attorney General with charges against trespassers lured into the Capitol on January 6 and calling them “insurrectionists.”

I had the Duke story confirmed by interviews with such key figures as legal analyst Montgomery Blair Sibley and Paul Kamenar of the National Legal and Policy Center. But now, as a result of YouTube banning my channel, these YouTube videos have been eliminated from public view (along with other videos opposing the drug legalization movement).

Through its censorship policies, YouTube is protecting Obama and the Biden regime. And now, according to filmmaker Joel Gilbert, another Obama is planning to run his wife Michelle for president in 2024, replacing Biden.

While Senator Lee demands accountability, with no likelihood of compliance, Rep. Scott Perry goes further, introducing a measure calling for Garland’s impeachment.

Lee should demand that Mitch McConnell disavow his vote for Garland and lead calls for Garland’s removal.

© 2022 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

• Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. www.usasurvival.org

by Peter Falkenberg Brown

July 7, 2022

~ Is the fetus a human being with sacred, inviolable rights, or is it just a clump of cells that might be inconvenient for a woman, much like a boil that can be removed at will?

The controversy after the approval in 2019 of New York’s Reproductive Health Act and its stipulation that abortion can take place up to the moment of birth, followed by then Virginia Governor Ralph Northam’s remarks which seemed to approve of infanticide,[1] have highlighted key variables in the arguments about abortion.

Pro-choice feminists argue that it’s all about a woman’s right to do what she feels is best for her body and that anyone arguing against abortion is a misogynist and a tyrant. This view rests on suppositions that are, in the opinion of many pro-life advocates, entirely untrue. They are:

• The “fetus” is just a “clump of cells.”
• The fetus is part of the woman’s body.
• The woman owns the clump of cells—what she does with them is nobody’s business but her own.

So, let’s explore these three assumptions.

“The ‘Fetus’ Is Just a ‘Clump of Cells’”

To me, this is the heart of the argument.

Is the fetus a human being with sacred, inviolable rights, or is it just a clump of cells that might be inconvenient for a woman, much like a boil that can be removed at will?

The New York Reproductive Health Act (Senate Bill 240), enacted on January 22, 2019, clarifies that babies in the womb are not persons.[2] The Senate bill includes this definition:

[1.] “Person,” when referring to the victim of a homicide, means a human being who has been born and is alive.

As reported by ChristianNews.net, in an article by Heather Clark on February 10, 2019, titled “NY’s New Abortion Law Allows Man Who Killed Pregnant Girlfriend to Get Away With Death of Unborn Child,”[3] Anthony Hobson, who killed both Jennifer Irigoyen and her unborn child, was only charged with the mother’s death.

Killing the child became irrelevant under the law because the unborn child was not a person.

The New York law also states (with emphasis added):

• 2599-BB. Abortion. 1. A health care practitioner licensed, certified, or authorized under title eight of the education law, acting within his or her lawful scope of practice, may perform an abortion when, according to the practitioner’s reasonable and good faith professional judgment based on the facts of the patient’s case: the patient is within twenty-four weeks from the commencement of pregnancy, or there is an absence of fetal viability, or the abortion is necessary to protect the patient’s life or health.[4]

In the January 22, 2019, National Review article “New York State Senate Passes Bill Permitting Abortions up to Birth,”[5] Alexandra DeSanctis wrote that the mother’s life or health was defined as:

… the exception that was defined in Roe companion case Doe v. Bolton as “all factors—physical, emotional, psychological, familial, and the woman’s age—relevant to the wellbeing [sic] of the patient.” In other words, abortion will be available to women essentially on demand up to the point of birth.

In my opinion, laws allowing abortion up to birth are possible because their proponents choose to believe that a child growing in a mother’s womb is nothing more than a lump of flesh. To me, this view is influenced by two primary motivating factors:

1. Babies Can Be Seen as a Huge and Inconvenient Responsibility

Having a baby that was not planned can be an enormous burden to mothers and their families. In some cases, mothers-to-be are overwhelmed with the consequences of bearing and raising a child and choose abortion as a way out of their predicament. Although abortion can indeed be offered as a compassionate response to the mothers-to-be, it has also allowed abortion to become an all-too-convenient solution to any unwanted pregnancy. It is such an emotionally difficult procedure that it can soothe one’s conscience if the “fetus” is considered less than human—just a “clump of cells.” In essence, a “woman’s right to choose” can become an excuse for what many would call a narcissistic viewpoint.

2. An Unwillingness to Consider the Spiritual Component of Human Beings

For someone to view a zygote or a fetus as an innately spiritual human being, however tiny and unformed it might be, one needs to view all humans as spiritual creations of an Intelligent Source.

As an aside, even among religious people who do view humans as “eternal children of God,” there is considerable questioning as to whether unborn children live forever in the afterlife if they die in the womb. Some religious people believe that a child doesn’t receive an eternal spirit until they leave the womb and draw their first breath.

Under that viewpoint, if the baby is aborted, it’s not the same as killing a living baby who has an eternal spirit. However, I would wager that even with that viewpoint, those religious people still tend to have a deep respect for children in the womb and view them as sacred creations. Still, the “first-breath” doctrine (if one may call it a doctrine) can make it a degree easier for some to consider an abortion under certain circumstances. Yet, there is no evidence anywhere that the newly-formed baby in the womb does not have an eternal spirit. I think the idea may have come about as a convenient justification to make abortion easier.

Although I once accepted the first-breath doctrine, I’ve now come to believe that God’s spirit and essence imbue everything. Everything is part of God’s energy. Thus, when the baby is conceived, I personally believe that it makes more sense to assume that the souls and spirits of the man and woman are also engaged in the sexual act (not just their physical bodies) and that God is present as well since each person is an individual incarnation of one distinct part of the omnipresent God.

Some might find it strange to consider the idea that God is present even when a man and woman make love, but it makes sense if one views God as omnipresent. If God created all energy and is the spiritual and physical force that runs the universe, if God is all there is, then God can’t be anything other than omnipresent. Where would God go during a couple’s sex act? Would God leave the room? If so, why?

Granted, there are many sexual acts that are not centered on love. Some are degraded and demeaning; some are violent and horrific, such as the act of rape. One can only assume that a compassionate and omnipresent God feels profound grief during those acts. Why God allows those acts to happen is a different topic—a discussion about the value of human freedom as it relates to the flowering of creative love, even at the cost of potential human pain.

With an omnipresent God participating in the creation of new human life, as the man and woman join and the sperm meets the egg and a zygote is created, it’s reasonable to conclude that the couple cooperates with God’s creative power to create a new life that is eternally spiritual, as well as briefly physical.

The process of creation of new life in the womb is a question that has enormous implications for how society views human beings. Or at least it should have. Is God the ultimate creator of each baby formed in the womb? Does each baby develop with eternal spiritual attributes, created from the spiritual essence of the father, the mother, and God? If so, that newly-formed zygote, fetus, and then baby inherits the God-given and inalienable rights of survival that all humans share.

If one removes God and spirituality from the process of pregnancy, then it allows the human mind to develop all sorts of theories about the definition of humans. It is plain to see, from laws like the New York Reproductive Health Act, that many on the hard-Left view babies as bits of flesh that can be flushed away.

Note that the “Left” and “classical liberals” are not the same. The “Left” includes people who espouse Marxism and totalitarian socialism and have a general contempt for freedom for all individuals—most especially those individuals with whom they disagree.

However, even an atheistic view of human life should not ignore common sense. The traditional definition of whether a human is alive or dead is the presence of a heartbeat. If the fetus has a heartbeat, it’s alive. It’s certainly not dead! So, the mishmash of convenient rationalizations about why a living baby in the womb can be declared as “not a person” really comes down to the Left’s contempt for human life in general. As reported by the Family Research Council in the January 2022 white paper “U.S. Abortion Law in Comparison with the Globe,” the author Mary Szoch wrote:

The answer lies in the definition of what abortion is. It is either the killing of an innocent unborn child in the womb, or it is not. … In light of the fact that abortion takes the life of a human being, the abortion laws of human rights violators like North Korea and China make sense. These countries do not value human life as being created in the image of God.[6]

This view of human life doesn’t stop with fetuses. As history has clearly demonstrated with the purges of over one hundred million people under Leftist regimes in the twentieth century, the hard-Left views all human beings as hunks of meat that can be put down if they don’t serve the purpose of the collective.

“The Fetus Is Part of the Woman’s Body”

Viewing the fetus as a clump of cells, disconnected from a spiritual source, allows a woman to declare that the fetus is part of her body. The slogan “my body, my choice” supports the rationale that a woman has a right to abort a fetus because a woman is the owner of her body.

However, even if God did not exist, and human babies were born solely through a process of physical evolution, it is completely erroneous to view a child in the womb as part of the woman’s body. A butterfly is not the cocoon. It is simply grown in the cocoon. A baby is born as a singular and unique entity that is able to live even after the mother’s body dies. The mother’s body is the temporary host of the baby, which is an entirely separate life form. It is utter nonsense to say that the baby is the mother’s body, and thus she can do whatever she wants with it as if she was removing a wart.

“The Woman Owns the Clump of Cells”

The short answer to a “my body, my choice” woman is: “Madam, the baby in your womb is not your body. It is a separate anddifferent mind and body of a living human being who does not belong to you.”

Even if the fetus is just a clump of cells, it’s very clear that a woman cannot produce a fetus on her own. It requires the participation of a man, even with the practice of artificial insemination. Without a man’s sperm, there will be no fetus.

Although there are some new variations on how that sperm meets with the woman’s egg, the standard, historical method has been based on a sexual relationship with a man. The historically optimal scenario involves love between the man and woman, with marriage binding them together.

Writing for Aeon Magazine, in the January 17, 2019 article “The marvel of the human dad,”[7] evolutionary anthropologist Anna Machin led with this question:

Among our close animal relatives, only humans have involved and empathic fathers. Why did evolution favour the devoted dad?

She wrote:

But crucially, dad has not evolved to be the mirror to mum, a male mother, so to speak. Evolution hates redundancy and will not select for roles that duplicate each other if one type of individual can fulfill the role alone. Rather, dad’s role has evolved to complement mum’s.

Millennia have passed with the men who contributed their sperm watching as the fetus grew and was subsequently delivered as a child who was intrinsically connected to both parents—not just the mother. Men were integral to the creation and maturation of their children—sons and daughters who were usually loved and raised by both parents.

Thus, the argument that the fetus, or clump of cells, is owned by the woman is nonsense. The pregnancy and pain of childbirth do not remove the value of the man’s contribution to the creation and parenting of a new life.

After Virginia Democratic Governor Ralph Northam spoke about abortion up to birth and gave the impression that he supported what many described as infanticide, directly after a baby is born, Tucker Carlson of Fox News interviewed pro-choice advocate Monica Klein about Northam’s remarks.

I was shocked by Klein’s smugness in her responses to Carlson. She refused to answer his questions and stated at the end of the short interview, “This is about a woman’s right to choose, and you as a man should not have a single say in that.”[8]

A Call to Action to Reexamine the Arguments for Abortion

In spite of the radical Left’s push for abortion until birth and infanticide after a baby is born, it is clear that there are still many sincere and good pro-choice women and men who are not “monsters.”

Many pro-choice men and women are compassionate. It seems like a Good Thing to care for the mothers-to-be who struggle with unwanted pregnancies that could radically alter their well-being for the worse. Who wants to inflict suffering on young mothers? No one.

Additionally, there may be cases where abortion is necessary: for example, in occurrences of severe deformity or the life of the mother. I personally think that those situations should be permissible. However, many parents of Down’s Syndrome children are grateful that those infants were not aborted. It is a complex landscape that needs to be reviewed with openness and respect for all points of view in a balanced and compassionate fashion.

Yet, as we have seen, the pro-choice movement contains elements within it that are radical and not balanced in their approach to all of the issues that need to be discussed, including the role and value of men in the parenting process, which begins at conception.

Men are the fathers of their unborn children and must be given equal rights of participation in abortion decisions.

Therefore, let us call out to both pro-lifers and good-hearted pro-choice advocates to go back to the roots of the abortion debate and reexamine all of the premises upon which abortion has been made legal. If the founding assumptions are incorrect, the end result will be deeply flawed and even horrific, as we have seen with the laws and proposals mentioned above.

We must analyze the many motivations to seek an abortion, from efforts to avoid serious repercussions or burdens to the mother to callously sought abortions that are done simply for convenience.

More than anything else, we must openly and honestly look at the sacred and spiritual value of unborn children and the definition of human life.

Killing an unborn baby in the womb must no longer be a casual action. Avoiding unwanted pregnancies should be the first method to reduce abortion. If that fails, even though placing a child up for adoption is a tragic step to take, it is still better than looking at an innocent child in the womb and deciding to kill it.

With the assumption that an unborn child is a human being—a person—that may indeed possess an eternal spirit created by God, killing that child (for that is what abortion will be, based on that definition of human life) should only happen, if at all, under the rarest of circumstances, like the life of the mother or untenable and severe deformities that would bring the child a horrific life on earth.

In all discussions about abortion, correctly defining human life is our first and most important task.

peterbrown@worldcommunity.com

https://peterfalkenbergbrown.com

~ See more author info below.

Photo of a baby wearing many items of winter clothing, 2007, by Andrew Vargas from Clovis, United States

Creative Commons Attribution 2.0 Generic / Image from Wikimedia Commons

© 2022 Peter Falkenberg Brown – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Peter Falkenberg Brown: peterbrown@worldcommunity.com

Website: https://peterfalkenbergbrown.com

1. https://www.dailywire.com/news/watch-virginia-governor-doubles-down-infanticide-ryan-saavedra
2. https://www.nysenate.gov/legislation/bills/2019/s240
3. https://christiannews.net/2019/02/10/new-yorks-new-abortion-law-spares-man-who-stabbed-pregnant-girlfriend-baby-to-death-from-murder-count/
4. https://www.nysenate.gov/legislation/bills/2019/s240
5. https://www.nationalreview.com/corner/new-york-state-senate-passes-expansive-abortion-bill/
6. https://downloads.frc.org/EF/EF21K55.pdf
7. https://aeon.co/essays/the-devotion-of-the-human-dad-separates-us-from-other-apes
8. https://www.foxnews.com/politics/tucker-and-pro-choice-advocate-have-heated-debate-on-virginia-abortion-bill – minute 2:22

by Lee Duigon

July 7, 2022

How do you get the Climate Change legislation that you really want? I don’t mean any half-baked toothless regulations for recycling your muesli cartons—no! I mean rock-hard, in-your-face, take-no-prisoners Climate Change laws. With jail time for anyone who dares to object.

Our friends at Far Left Crazy had to wear out their thinking caps, but they finally came up with something. Never underestimate the power of a modern education.

How do you get serious Climate Change legislation? Hold onto your birkenstocks.

**You glue yourself to famous paintings! And also slash people’s tires for having the wrong kind of car. But the caper with the paintings has grabbed all the headlines.

This is how you get a world without oil. Hey, wait a minute! Those are oil paintings, aren’t they? Well-hell! No way that slips past us! We didn’t take Nothing Studies for nothing.

So you find a classic famous work of art and you glue yourself to the frame! Make sure you’ve got your message printed on your T-shirt or a piece of cardboard: something catchy, something edifying. Like “No More Oil!” Oh—and make sure you use Crazy Glue or something equally strong, so no one can pull you loose.

This tactic really works! So far “climate protesters” have hit a Van Gogh in France, a Constable in London—and Leonardo da Vinci’s “The Last Supper.” The Leonardo was only a full-size copy, but you’ve got to give an A for effort. And in New York they slashed a bunch of tires.

Anyhow, there you are, glued to the picture-frame by Crazy Glue—and some enemy of the people asks, “What happens if you have to go to the bathroom?” Uh-oh. Well, who can think of everything? You practically burned out your brain just getting this far. I mean, you could have very easily brought along a jar of mayonnaise instead of the glue, and then where are you? Boy howdy, this is real life. It’s supposed to be harder than college.

But now let’s look at the bright side. If they ever want to enjoy this great art again, without having to look at social justice wackos glued to it—well, they’re just gonna have to give up fossil fuels, won’t they? You’ve got them over a barrel. Switch to origami-powered windmills, world, or say goodbye to Andy Warhol! Can’t you already hear them saying “Uncle”?

Every dindle knows the world will run just fine if the common people have no more access to the benefits of gas and oil, and have to eat bugs instead of meat. Save that Kobe beef, that fresh-caught sea bass, for big wheels at the World Economic Forum, as a reward for their inspired leadership. Politicians, movie stars, Big Tech grandees, and celebrities of every stripe deserve to live in luxury! It’s a privilege to work and sacrifice, if it keeps them in private jets, stretch limos, and mansions fifteen feet above the tide line.

It is amazing, though, that it took the Woke world so long to think of this can’t-miss scheme. And now that Extinction Rebellion has thrown in with us, it can’t fail.

Did somebody say “extinction”? But who cares? Everyone who deserves it will simply have xer brain uploaded into a computer and locked into a gender-fluid robot… and that will be that.

Imagine a world of infallible wokesters!

And without a single drop of oil.

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . Click the link and drop in for a visit—before they come for us. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

© 2022 Lee Duigon – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

By Frosty Wooldridge

July 7, 2022

“Gun violence spiked over the Fourth of July weekend, with shootings reported in nearly every U.S. state that killed a total of at least 220 people and wounded 570 others,”  according to CBS News, July 5, 2022.

Highland Park, Illinois: Robert Crimo, 22, mentally disturbed throughout his teens with suicide attempts, saying that he would kill people with 19 knives he had accumulated, bought a rife with help from his father—and shot up a 4^th of July parade with seven deaths and 30 plus wounded.

You can’t help but wonder—What happened to Norman Rockwell’s America?  He painted covers on the Saturday Evening Post Magazine that depicted a kinder, gentler and more civil America.  He painted kids going fishing with grandpa.  He painted girls dancing with their fathers with their feet on dad’s shoe tops.  He painted baseball games with something always uniquely American.

As a paperboy from age 12 to 18, I enjoyed his view of America. I also delivered the Jacksonville Daily News, North Carolina. Later, I also delivered the Atlanta-Constitution Journal seven days a week at 5 a.m.  Rockwell drew one cover shot of a paperboy outracing a dog nipping at his pants.  Well, I was that kid!  Dogs chased me all the time.

But I can tell you this—I never read headlines that we’ve seen since April 20, 1999, Columbine High School, Denver, Colorado, when killers Klebold and Harris shot the hell out of students and teachers.  Sandy Hook Elementary, December 14, 2012, some kid uses a rifle to blast two dozen little kids into oblivion.  Uvalde’s Robb Elementary just weeks ago, suffered a horrific slaughter of kids.

October 1,2017: That one guy in Las Vegas mowed people down at a concert in the park. He just sprayed bullets to kill 58 and wounded 489 people listening to music and drinking beer.  How did that happen?  What nurtured a mental nightmare that dwelled inside his skull?

A year ago, at a King Soopers where I used to live in Boulder, Colorado, suffered a Muslim immigrant who walked into the store and gunned down 13 people. He did it for Allah. I  could have been one of them.

Last week, two Mexican illegal aliens were stopped in Texas with 150,000 fentanyl pills in their car—to be sold all over the country. And, those pills could have killed upwards of millions of drug users. They were the ones that got caught. With over 107,000 opioid deaths last year, you might think Joe Biden would seal the borders.  Nope! That’s not on his list of “things to do.”

Meanwhile, thousands of Americans are dying needlessly.

Dozens of such incidents occur every weekend in Chicago, St. Louis, LA, San Francisco, Detroit, Minneapolis, NYC and Miami.  The bigger the city, the more insanity rears its ugly, deadly head.

Something is going wrong in America that is beyond comprehension!

Over this past 4^th weekend, how did 570 men shoot to kill 570 other people, and actually killed 220 of them?  I can’t even get my emotional and mental arms around that kind of killing.

Biden and company think it can be solved by stopping gun sales.  Psychologists and sociologists think up different societal glitches that need to be addressed.

How do you stop all the violent TV shows that engender guns as the final solution?  How do you stop Criminal Minds from giving disturbed kids ideas on how to torture people to death?  How do you top the FBI TV program where guns answer the call for every bad guy? How do you stop all the movies where violence dominates the entire movie?   How do you stop the tens of thousands of video arcades that promote gun violence?

FBI Stats Show Knives Kill Far More People Than Rifles In America – It’s Not Even Close: “Knives or other “cutting tools” accounted for another 1,476 homicides — about three times the number killed by rifles.”  (Source: Daily Caller, Virginia Kruta, March 24, 2021)

At some point, American leaders, teachers, principals, educators, and parenting associations need to come together to figure out HOW raise our children to be productive, contributing and mentally healthy human beings.

1. Personally, I think cell phones need to be banned out of high schools and colleges. Drop them in a slot when entering a classroom.  In fact, I would not allow my kids to have a smart phone until they turned 18. And, make them pay for it by securing a part-time job.  They need to learn how to communicate with their fellow human beings face to face.
2. Stop pumping our kids full of drugs, and very poor school lunches.
3. Two people about to marry need to pass a rigorous parenting class over a six- or 12-month period.  They need to learn how to love, care-for, discipline and raise healthy kids who will lead positive lives. There’s one program called “Love and Logic” on how to bring up kids successfully.
4. We need to bring dollars, teachers, professionals, modern schools, after school classes, and more into the inner cities to bring order to minority kids and a shot at a normal, productive life.
5. While we spend trillions on wars such as Afghanistan and Iraq for 20 years at $6 trillion wasted, we need to direct such money toward our own children.

In the meantime, my wife and I won’t be attending our Christmas Parade in Golden, Colorado this December, because we could be the victims of another Harris and Klebold who just decided to pick our town and that parade.  We attend movies at the matinees, so we won’t get shot at an evening showing with a lot of movie-goers. We never walk the malls for fear of being shot.  We don’t go to downtown Denver at the 16^th Street Mall because, quite frankly, it’s dangerous with 10,000 homeless living right there in the streets.

This country faces some really nasty events in the near future.  We’ve got useless politicians who won’t prosecute criminals, an absolutely senile president who lacks any understanding of what he is doing, and his “handlers” are as incompetent as he is, and, to tell you the truth from my position…nothing is going to change for the better. Biden just allowed another 240,000 illegals to cross the border in June, and God only knows how many tons of fentanyl, cocaine, hash, heroin, meth and MJ.  Those drugs make people crazy, and they make them crazy enough to kill other people.

Norman Rockwell must be turning over in his grave wondering what happened to his America?  About the most I can do is repeat what Walter Cronkite said, “And that’s the way it is on July 7, 2022.”

© 2022 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

by Bradlee Dean

July 6, 2022

“Louie Gohmert claims Justice Department and FBI using ‘Gestapo tactics.’”

Biden’s Justice Dept. rounding up innocent conservative political dissidents, Video

This is one of those topics that we cover quite a bit at The Sons of Liberty Media and that is the parallel to what is happening in America today and the Germans under Adolph Hitler in the 1930s, and here we go again (Hosea 4:6).

[Rumble Video]

All one has to do is to look to the history of many of these agencies here in America and one will come to the same conclusion.

[Rumble Video]

just-a-reminder-as-to-whom-is-responsible-for-engineering-jan-6-gretchen-whitmer-kidnapping-plot-the-f-b-i/

[Rumble Video]

The Washington Examiner recently reported:

NASHVILLE, Tennessee — Rep. Louie Gohmert (R-TX) ripped the Department of Justice and the FBI for lacking moral clarity, likening some law enforcement actions to “Gestapo tactics.”
“They think it’s OK to lie, especially if you’re going after Republicans,” he said Thursday at a conservative conference. “Is it reasonable or even moral for the FBI to bust down doors in the middle of the night of people that have never done anything violent, never done anything threatening?”

He added, “These are Gestapo tactics that have been incorporated in our own country, and it’s got to stop.”

Conclusion: Look to the history of how these agencies have been used.  Many are under the delusion that they are there to protect the little guy from the big guys when the opposite is true (Proverbs 17:15).

Taking it one step further, these agencies do not have constitutional standing.  So, what should one expect when they act in a foreign manner to the Constitution (John 8:44)? Just exactly what it is that they are getting.

© 2022 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

By Steven Yates

July 6, 2022

If there is one takeaway we should get from the scripted January 6 Committee hearings, it’s that its members, which include two hardcore Establishment Republicans, want to prevent another Trump presidency — by any means necessary!

The best way to do that would be to open the door to the Justice Department charging Trump with crimes ranging from seditious conspiracy to fraud, based on the official narrative (he tried to “overturn” a “free and fair democratic election”) and testimony at the hearings.

The Committee is forging ahead even though claims that Trump tried to grab the steering wheel of the presidential SUV are disputed. Other claims of Trump behaving violently (e.g., throwing soiled dishes against the wall on at least one occasion) are also questioned by a New York author who has been in a position to observe the man for decades and describes him as unlikely to engage in such acts. Caren White sensibly asks, if Trump had actually done this, wouldn’t we have heard about it long before now? Wouldn’t claims that he tried to grab the steering wheel of a moving vehicle have made instant headlines when they happened?

In other words, much as I hate to ask, where is the proof that these events really occurred? By the same standards of proof the Establishment has required of those alleging fraud during the early morning hours of November 4, 2020.

We are dealing with people who are not above making crap up. Criminal charges based on the official narrative of an attempted coup to block the “peaceful transition of power” — even if made on the basis of hoked-up “evidence” — would be sufficient to block another Trump run for high office while the case moved forward.

Which is why, if Trump plans to run in 2024, the time to announce his candidacy is now!

True, this would be unprecedented. November midterms are still four months away. But we have an unprecedented situation on our hands, and it’s time to pivot.

I’ve noted — many times — that we are in a war of narratives. Just over two thirds of Republicans either believe the election was stolen outright, or at least think there were enough “irregularities” to warrant investigation. They do not believe “there’s no evidence of fraud.” They think the evidence was memory-holed back in November 2020.

Almost a third of Independents agree.

From that standpoint, the Bidenistas are illegitimate, these hearings are illegitimate, and any prosecution based on them would be illegitimate.

My writing such things won’t stop this runaway locomotive, of course. Nor will any prosecution or labels (“extremist,” “white supremacist,” “fascist,” etc.), or threats,dislodge Trump and his supporters.

It is likely that some among the latter would deem a Trump prosecution as an act of war, as I’ve stated before.

All of which is why I urge sensible people to get out of big cities and even suburban environments if you can! Because we are watching two locomotives on the same tracks on collision course.

When they hit, assuming one side or the other doesn’t back down, things are going to get ugly!

The economic situation is likely to make matters uglier. For even if the Supreme Court has become a bastion of relative sanity—to the point where their conservative members have had to seek protection from leftie “peaceful protesters” outside their homes!—the last 18 months of the Bidenista regime have been catastrophic by any measure!

Everyone with a functioning brain knows this!

I’ve recently had the opportunity to have a few conversations. I’ve observed during these that you don’t have to like Trump personally. No one I know thinks he’s the most likeable guy on the planet. But as was said of Bill Clinton (who was personally very likeable), he got things done!

By all the official measures the Trump economy was roaring! We were on track for energy independence. Gas prices were under $2/gallon. Unemployment among Hispanics and African-Americans had fallen to record lows. The Dow was surpassing previous highs almost daily. Inflation was practically nonexistent. The situation on our Southern border was under control.

And unlike Clinton who had the winds of corporate media at his back, Trump did all this despite the most intense hate blasts ever directed at a president in America.

Had it been an Establishment figure in the White House, the above would have been considered major triumphs!

Trump did not start any new wars, moreover. Bill Clinton could not make that claim. And had Hillary won in 2016, U.S. troops would have been in Syria within a year. Bet on it. Also bet on ISIS still being in business and beheading Americans.

I did say, by all the official measures. We were on our way to economic heavy weather as well as significant political unrest both domestic and foreign. In 2019, both became manifest. But Trump did not control the Federal Reserve. The money printing presses started long before his watch. He did not invent inequality, nor did he invent the systems of financialization developed and honed by GloboCorp, which had begun to work their economic magic of welfare-statism-in-reverse (redistributing wealth upward!) long before his watch.

Biden killed over 10,000 jobs immediately when he closed the Keystone Pipeline with one signature. Inflation is roaring, not the economy; economists are talking recession again. Gas is averaging around $5/gallon and threatening to go higher. Our Southern border is once again an utter mess, with thousands trying to get across (and some succeeding). Biden’s abrupt pullout from Afghanistan stranded Americans there and left tons of U.S. equipment in Taliban hands. Finally, Putin moved on Ukraine because whatever other factors were involved, the Russian leader could be sure that the doofus in the American White House was too incompetent to lead any opposition against him.

So factually, are we better off or worse off than we were in 2020?

It’s a no-brainer, people!

None of this has mattered, because of how corporate media is protecting this disastrous administration with official narratives, while trying to destroy the legacy of its predecessor.

It is what it is, however, and I cannot emphasize enough what the freedom movement is up against. It starts with realizing that the truth is almost completely opposite what we get from the Establishment and its presstitute corporate media.

“Saving our democracy,” that is, refers to preserving systems that empower globalists who control economies from the top, while placating the masses with bread and circuses. Calls to preserve the “liberal world order” (such as one Bidenista recently issued over paying record-high gas prices) are the same.

And keep in mind that if you reject the Establishment’s narratives, you are ”spreading misinformation,” supporting “the Big Lie” (or “election denialism”), engaging in “right-wing extremism” or “fascism” or promoting “baseless conspiracy theories.”

It’s all upside-down, in other words. If you, your family or your community and associates want to be free of globalist structures and their effects, you’re “illiberal” and “authoritarian.” I’ve written how Viktor Orbán, a Hungarian nationalist who puts his country and its people first, is routinely labeled such. He’s hardly alone.

The possibility of such a figure, with a solid, populous movement able to defend itself with force of arms if necessary behind him, fully entrenched in the American body politic, doubtless scares the crap out of the globalists!

GloboCorp (Establishment) plans have long been to bring down what is left of the American middle class,replacing financial independence earned through work with permanent debt-serfdom, using the inflation the superelites created as a primary tool to pave the way for their Great Reset.

Speaking of which, Klaus Schwab and his cohorts are not hiding!

Six books, additional summaries of such, some available in Spanish translation, are readily available!

This is why any intelligent person buying the line that the Great Reset is a “baseless conspiracy theory” baffles me completely!

Fueled also by the “pandemic” the globalists also created for the purpose of bringing populations under direct control (conceivably minimizing the number of “useless eaters” out here), the Great Reset will introduce central bank digital currency, the use of which will be (1) monitored, and (2) required, as physical cash will slowly disappear.

I’ve personally encountered vendors already refusing cash. While in Florida recently I bought a replacement land phone. “Cash or credit?” I asked. “Debit or credit cards only,” came the curt reply. These companies probably do not know what agenda they are serving. All they know is that spending on credit has been super-streamlined and made über-convenient for both business and customer.

That’s called “nudging.”

The Great Reset is as much about psychology as it is political economy. An obviously intelligent gentleman working in a prominent bookstore in South Florida responded to my query with something like, “so we’re moving toward a world in which a handful of global corporations supply everything because they own everything” while shrugging his shoulders: “Since there’s nothing you can do about it, why should you care?”

My point has been that we are dealing with sociopaths at the top who are obsessed with total power over controlled masses who have been rendered psychologically helpless as well as economically debilitated and miseducated into thinking they live in a democracy.

Very few figures on the world stage have galvanized movements able to slow or even halt the globalist locomotive. Trump has been one of those figures, likeable or not. Can he and his supporters succeed? I don’t know. Can they survive the fallout from the ill-advised January 6 incursion which has been weaponized against them? I don’t know that, either. The largest resources and propaganda machine in human history are all arrayed on the Establishment side, the intent being to keep the Great Power Grab of 2020 (plandemic plus stolen election) in place.

For another Trump presidential run to be legally blocked would be a major triumph for the Establishment!

Trump’s enemies are moving fast! Which is why, if he plans to run again, his being coy about it must end! It’s time, as my late father might have put it, to either do something or get off the pot. If he does not plan to run, it is time to step aside with a decisive statement so someone such as Florida governor Ron DeSantis can step up when the time is right. Assuming he wants the job.

***********

Steven Yates’s latest book What Should Philosophy Do? A Theory (2021) is available here and here. His earlier Four Cardinal Errors: Reasons for the Decline of the American Republic (2011) is available here.

These columns present a perspective unavailable elsewhere: of personal freedom and community autonomy, based on a philosophically-informed conservatism within a Christian worldview holding that in the last analysis, we all answer to our Creator.

This stands opposed to the major threat of our time: a sociopathic superelite using technology and financialization to gain world domination, unleashed by secular materialism and the latter’s having collapsed all forms of valuation other than money and power. Globalists see themselves as answering only to each other. They do not believe in a Higher Power. They are the culmination of the materialist / secularist / liberal worldview.

My perspective incorporates accounts of how emergencies of various sorts arise or are manufactured, how controlled media hysterics generate fear in populations, and how these enable controlled governments to grab power and do the superelites’ bidding. Hegelian dialectic: crisis, reaction, response. Foment a crisis or through inaction allow it to develop; the crisis leads to a predictable reaction within populations (“Do something!”); those with power move in with the response they had planned all along.

These ideas are dispensed essentially for free. The editor of this site cannot afford to pay writers such as myself. Nor am I on the payroll of a “think tank” or some other such entity. No university or corporate leviathan has my back. I receive no grants. I am an Independent. We live in a foreign country, because of the lower cost of living. My wife and I survive on what remains of an inheritance, my monthly social security deposit into my U.S. bank account, the occasional donation, “gigs” and “odd jobs” that come our way, and Patreon.com.

This last had been rising, but over the past few months it has fallen dramatically! I have no theories why, except that I am not one of their “creatives” consistently dispensing “infotainment” on the site.

Where this is going: the lights on this project could go out at any time, and just when they are needed most! If you value what I do, please consider becoming a Patron or arranging some other means of support to help keep this project alive. Do not do it for me. Do it for you. Do you want to help spread truth, or do you prefer to live in a fake reality based on official narratives steeped in lies?

We all benefit from helping disseminate truth, and from furthering the idea that persons and freedom have intrinsic value because we were created in God’s image. These things will not preserve and defend themselves indefinitely without ongoing financial support, however. So please consider becoming a Patron today by going to the site linked to above and making a small pledge. If everyone reading this were to pledge just $5/mo., that would be $500 each month in defense of truth-telling!

© 2022 Steven Yates – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com

By Gregory Ciola

July 6, 2022

The Battle For Health Is Over pH

“The doctor of the future will give little medicine, but will interest his patients in the care of the human frame, diet, and in the cause and prevention of disease.” — Thomas Edison

The science of balancing the body’s pH to maintain a high state of health dates to the late 1800s.  A famous research scientist named Atoine Béchamp is the most notorious pioneer of this biology. After a century of suppression, doctors and researchers are finally giving pH the attention it deserves.

In Béchamp’s research, he was able to show scientific proof that a proper acid-alkaline balance in the body correlates to a high state of health. In direct opposition to another well known scientist – Louis Pasteur – Béchamp discovered that it wasn’t germs alone that caused disease, but rather the inner condition of the patient which is regulated by pH. Béchamp concluded that just as a slight variation in body temperature away from 98.6 degrees makes you sick, any slight variance in your body’s delicate pH balance will also throw your whole system out of balance and negatively impact your health.

One of the leading indicators of poor health is when the body’s pH goes from being slightly alkaline to acidic. As Dr. Robert O. Young says in his book, Sick and Tired? Reclaim Your Inner Terrain:

“There is only one physiological disease – the over-acidification of the body, due primarily to an inverted way of eating and living. This over-acidification leads to the one sickness, or primary symptom – the overgrowth in the body of microorganisms, whose poisons produce the symptoms we call ‘diseases’.”

Over the last 50 years the percentage of Americans suffering with poor health and disease has never been greater. A large part of this is linked to our turning away from an agrarian society where we lived closer to the land and ate pure, wholesome foods fresh from the field that were highly nourishing. Instead, almost the entire food industry is now dominated and controlled by a handful of global corporations who care more about the bottom line and shelf life than they do about quality and nutrition. Genetically engineered farming dominates the world. The following quote is important to note:

“Who controls the food supply controls the people; who controls the energy can control whole continents; who controls money can control the world.” — Henry Kissinger

Most of us are living in overcrowded concrete cities away from the farm and we’re consuming an overabundance of fast food, GMOs, processed, packaged, refined, unnatural foods and drinking sugar-laden, artificially contaminated beverages that are highly damaging and acidifying to the body. In addition to that, mineral deficiency is a silent epidemic. Heart disease is the #1 killer. Cancer is the #2. Type II diabetes and pre-diabetes affect roughly 80 million Americans. The medical system does nothing to educate patients about the shortage of minerals. They make no connection to pH.

If you’d like to get off the merry-go-round of poor health and maintain a high state of health throughout your life, then it’s time you tried a different approach. Regulating the body’s pH is leading to a paradigm shift in medical science. In a world burdened with sickness and disease, we can no longer afford to ignore the potential this biology can have on our health.

Regulating your body’s pH and making lasting changes in your health requires a complete overhaul of your diet and a thorough cleansing phase that focuses on removing unwanted acids and toxins. To modify your pH levels, you need to incorporate some simple protocols that can go a long way in assisting the body to get back to a state of homeostasis.

• Cleansing & Detoxifying All Your Organs Regularly
• Complete Alteration of Dietary Intake That Stops Contaminating Cells and Tissues
• Oxygenating The Cells Through Diet, Nutritional Intake and Exercise
• Addressing Mineral and Nutritional Deficiencies
• Modulating The Immune System With Minerals, Herbs, and Supplements
• Balancing Your Hormones
• Avoiding All The Toxic Landmines Prevalent In Food, Beverages, Cosmetics, Drugs, and Vaccines

Although this process may sound complex it’s very simple to understand and easy to incorporate into your daily life.

3 Main Causes of Sickness, Disease & Pre-Mature Aging:

Acidosis – Dehydration — Free Radical Damage

Scientists have complicated the disease process by subcategorizing it into hundreds of different fields.

Drinking Water Is Extremely Important

Most city water throughout America is laced with countless toxic chemicals such as fluoride, chlorine, bromine, arsenic, lead, pesticides, prescription drug residues, nuclear waste, and hundreds of other chemicals. The body is made up of roughly 80% water. Water is the matrix that bathes every cell in our body with life and energy.

I must caution everyone to be extremely suspect of the bottled water industry. Many tests still show chemicals.

Regarding distilled water, you need to be careful if you use it on a regular basis because it has no bioavailable minerals and no electrical resonance properties. If you drink distilled water regularly you need to supplement your diet with a full spectrum array of high-quality minerals to replace the electrolytes. In my opinion, distilled water is excellent to use for short periods of time because it’s a powerful chelator that helps pull heavy metals and toxins out of the body. However, over long periods of time it has the potential to leach valuable minerals from your body, which could lead to problems down the road.

You want to stay away from drinking tap water unless it’s properly filtered. There are many excellent water filters and systems on the market. I highly recommend that you do your own research.

Take Charge of Your Health By Regulating Your pH

The Bible tells us that the life of the flesh is in the blood (Lev. 17:11). Without blood continuously pumping through our entire circulatory network every second of every day, we’d be dead. Scientifically we know that a constant battle to maintain balanced pH is taking place both within and out of our cells, our body fluids, and our blood. If we take care of our body and feed it the proper nutrition, its pH levels take care of themselves, as automatically as the heart pumps blood.

By ingesting, drinking, and exposing ourselves to an array of toxic acids that contaminate the blood and by depleting the soil of alkaline minerals through conventional (non-organic) farming practices, we’re disrupting our pH balance and destroying our health in the process.

Knowing the important role pH plays in the blood, it’s disturbing to see so many people abusing themselves by contaminating their bodies and blood with an overabundance of acidic compounds. Just look at some of the toxic acids people are putting into their bodies on a regular basis. They are health destroying substances that are poisonous to cellular health and, over time, will alter the body’s critical pH levels.

If there is sufficient alkaline potential in the body from a well-balanced diet and all the elimination routes are open (colon, liver, kidneys, lymphatic system, thyroid), cell-damaging acids can be safely neutralized and excreted from the body before cellular damage takes place. If we consume high alkaline forming organic fruits, vegetables, nuts, seeds, and legumes grown on rich topsoil and avoid the acid landmines as much as humanly possible, we can properly alkalize the body.

The time is right for a paradigm shift to intelligent self-care and learning the divine mechanisms behind God’s magnificent, self-healing system – a process termed autogenic. We need a new level of understanding about the body’s own inherent, innate ability to heal itself. It’s time for a real wake-up call to the true causes of all disease and the direct enemies of self-healing.

When the blood contains living nutrients, the body’s cellular metabolism and pH is in proper balance, and the cells are properly nourished, hydrated, and oxygenated – susceptibility to illness is greatly lowered.

To learn more please order a copy of my book “The Battle For Health Is Over pH” that is sold by News With Views.

© 2022 Greg Ciola – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Gregory Ciola: crossingjordan77@gmail.com

By Sidney Secular

July 5, 2022

APPALLING PAUCITY OF NEWSPAPERS

A report from Northwestern University in an Associated Press article indicates that local newspapers in the US are dying at the rate of two per week. The report further says that there has been new growth in digital alternatives “but not enough to compensate for what has been lost”. Continuing with the data divulged in the said report, “areas of the country that find themselves with a reliable source of local news tend to have populations that are poorer and less educated than those covered well”. If you read between those lines, you realize that they are denigrating small town papers in comparison with those that are part of the mainstream media. The country had 6,377 newspapers at the end of May, 2022, down from 8,891 in 2005. Discounting any reckoning from the economic wreck known as the COVID pandemic, 360 papers have been shut down since the end of 2019, all but 24 of them weeklies serving small communities.

Many of the new digital news sites are focused only on single issues and are clustered in or are close to big cities. More to the point, they are limited to those “readers” who have the technological ability to reach them. Mostly older people who are unfamiliar or uncomfortable with computers and other such devices will not or cannot “tune in” to these publications. “News deserts” are growing: some 70 million Americans live in a county with either only one or actually no local news organization. The author of the aforesaid report, one Penelope Abernathy, worries that what’s at stake is our “democracy” and our “social and societal cohesion”. True daily newspapers printed and distributed seven days a week are also dwindling. Forty of the largest national so-called newspapers(actually propaganda rags) publish only-digital versions at least once per week, and thus are not really newspapers in the usual sense.

“Inflation” is the big bugaboo for the switch away from printed editions. The continuing degradation of the postal service coupled with the increase in charge for its use is also a matter that affects those publications reaching their readership by mail.The fiscal allegation of inflation is a sort of obfuscation as it doesn’t consider methodologies that could reduce costs such as alternative formats and smaller print that could squeeze more material on to a page, or use of cheaper paper. The report says with a “straight face” that another factor accompanying the declining number of papers is that the large newspaper chains have bought out hundreds of newspapers in small and mid-sized markets. It is readily apparent the these weren’t bought out for just the hell of it, but to produce the newspaper in a more economical and profit-producing manner. Less than one-third of the country’s 5,147 weeklies and just a dozen of the 150 large metro and regional dailies are locally owned and operated. It’s also a fair question to ask whether the buyouts were to allow the big lefty mainstream media sources to increase their grip on what is published insuring that the “press” fully follows leftist viewpoints.

Let’s further analyze what has been happening in order to elucidate what the aforesaid report is covering up or, in the alternative, leaving out. The decline in numbers of newspapers is most prominent in the poorer, older and less educated areas per said report. These would be the “whiter” areas in flyover country and in the South where the economy has tanked more than elsewhere and where people are starting to move towards greener pastures. As a result, there will be fewer and fewer people to read these papers as time goes on.Less subscribers create an attrition of papers and that results in newspapers folding. The “natives” in these mostly “red” areas are also turned off by the trash and leftist tripe their papers are probably publishing in increasing amounts, tripe that don’t reflect their values. All so-called journalists nowadays go to the same leftist academic schools to imbibe the leftist propaganda and talking points as they learn their trade. Some will return to their generally conservative oriented areas they grew up in to spread their newfound philosophies — thus the papers gradually turn “blue.” Many of these papers will have editorials and especially op-eds by prominent RINOs and neo-cons of the George Will variety whose balderdash and bald-faced lies turn off the locals to their papers.

The residents of the more rural and “less educated” areas are the last to join the digital dysphoria, so they are primarily not the ones signing up for the new digital news channels. The urbanites and sophisticates are the ones driving the digital transformations. Inflation of course is a factor when seniors and others are on fixed or low incomes, so they have to increasingly pinch pennies, so newspaper subscriptions would naturally take a hit when food and the products of big pharma take precedence overpaying for fake news they can see free on TV. Because, of course, everyone is hooked up and tethered to their boob tubes and “mobile devices!” Like intravenous feeding tubes it is infinitely easier to get fake news fixes free from the alphabet channels or that come along with their mobile device plans. Staring at screens is very addictive and tends to elbow out the time needed to read and think about newspaper articles.

These are the considerations the Northwestern University academics should have considered when they conducted their mindless survey.

© 2022 Sidney Secular – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Sidney Secular: Success_Express@yahoo.com

Pastor Roger Anghis

July 5, 2022

The Deep State thinks that this is the time to make the push for the Great Reset. Professor Klaus Schwab, Founder, and Executive Chairman, World Economic Forum stated: “The pandemic represents a rare but narrow window of opportunity to reflect, reimagine, and reset our world”[1] The only reason we need a reset is because the people who want total control don’t have total control and they believe that this is the only way they can get it. America has to be taken down for them to be able to accomplish this. The only way America can be taken down is for the American people to be disarmed.  We are seeing gun violence increase exponentially and that is to scare the people into believing that we need to ban guns. Britain did this and now they have a rash of knifings. They have actually discussed banning certain knives. Dumb as a rock. The criminal will always find what he needs to commit a crime. Making law-abiding people defenseless only protect the criminal.

The gun grabbers claim that the United States is around 5^th on a list of 192 nations in gun violence but if you remove Los Angeles, Chicago, Detroit, New York City, and Washington, D.C, cities that have the strictest gun laws, we’re 189^th out of 192.  That is proof alone that gun laws don’t work. Congress just passed more gun laws because of the Uvalde school shooting, but not one of the provisions will stop another school shooting. They did the same after Columbine, Virginia Tech, Sandy Hook, and the list goes on. They continue to restrict our Constitutional rights that produce zero results for solving the problem.  They don’t understand that you can’t solve a heart problem with legislation.

If we are to stay free we have to keep our 2^nd Amendment in place. ALL the facts about gun violence point to the need for the people to keep and bear arms. Let’s look at a few of the facts liberals and the media never talk about.  Guns are used 2.5 million times a year in self-defense which is 80 times more than they are used to take a life.  Conceal carry laws have reduced crime in virtually every state they have been enacted in. Twice as many kids are killed playing football than there are killed with guns. Gun-free England is not such a utopia after all. According to the BBC News, handgun crime in the United Kingdom rose by 40% in the two years after it passed its draconian gun ban in 1997. And according to a United Nations study, British citizens are more likely to become a victim of crime than are people in the United States. As many as 200,000 women use a gun every year to defend themselves against sexual abuse. Armed citizens kill more criminals than the police do. Vermont: one of the safest five states in the country. In Vermont, citizens can carry a firearm without getting permission . . . without paying a fee . . . or without going through any kind of government-imposed waiting period. And yet for ten years in a row, Vermont has remained one of the top-five, safest states in the union—having three times received the “Safest State Award.” All of these facts, and there are a lot more that prove gun ownership is the safest program can be found here.[2]

The American people are being lied to about guns and we have to wake up to that. The same idiots that are demanding that guns be banned are demanding that we defund the police.  How do you think that will work out? Not enough police and you don’t have any guns. That is a heaven send for a criminal yet liberals aren’t able to wrap their heads around the truth of that.

Red Flag laws are used to disarm a person without the benefit of a court decision. The biggest problem with so-called “red flag” laws is that there is typically no due process. If you are “flagged”, you are presumed guilty and must prove your innocence before you can get your firearms returned. Thus, if you have a neighbor who doesn’t like you or an embittered former spouse, they can simply make a phone call to disarm your household.[3] Remember that our Constitution states that we are innocent until proven guilty.  Red Flag laws ignore that and you are guilty until you prove you’re innocent. In most cases that I have read about the person usually doesn’t get his guns back even if he proves his innocence. In Maryland, a man refused to surrender his guns and police killed him.[4]

Our fight is real and the liberals will not give up until they are defeated or they attain what they want and that is total control over the population. On a radio program I had a few years ago I used to end it with ‘Stay informed to stay free’.  I still believe that but as of late, I heard a more accurate phrase for today: ‘We don’t have time to wake up the sheep, we have to wake up the other lions!’ I believe that today this is what we must do. Liberals are bound and determined to control the world and they don’t care what it costs you as long as they are in control. We must stand against them with all we have if we plan to live free.  Our Founders gave us the example of what we must do to keep our freedom. We may not have to go to arms, but then we may have to.

Facts prove that we are at the very least eighty times safer with an armed society than an unarmed society.  Thomas Jefferson stated: The tree of liberty must be refreshed from time to time with the blood of patriots and tyrants. We are threatened more by the government than by the citizenry and that is why our Founders gave us the 2^nd Amendment.

© 2022 Roger Anghis – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

Footnotes:

1. https://www.weforum.org/focus/the-great-reset
2. http://wayfinder.co/pathways/53a9bb77e8b2cb11001a45d8/7-articles-to-strengthen-your-argument-for-gun-rights
3. https://thepricklypear.org/there-is-nothing-common-sense-about-some-of-these-gun-proposals/
4. https://baltimore.cbslocal.com/2018/11/05/fatal-officer-involved-shooting-in-anne-arundel-county/

By Kelleigh Nelson

July 5, 2022

Only a government that is afraid of its citizens tries to control them.  —Thomas Jefferson

Government has within it a tendency to abuse its power.  —John C. Calhoun

There is danger from all men.  The only maxim of a free government ought to be to trust no man living with power to endanger the public liberty.  —John Adams

The secret of freedom lies in educating people, whereas the secret of tyranny is in keeping them ignorant.  —Maximilien Robespierre

Men would rather be starving and free than fed in bonds. —Pearl S. Buck

A large portion of America is suffering through extremely high temperatures and drought conditions destroying the ability of what’s left of our farming community to raise and harvest what is needed to feed us.  The planned starvation of Americans is well on its way to becoming reality.  And now, they’re using weather modification to make sure farmers endure another 1931 dust bowl.Tell the average American that our weather can be manipulated and they look at you with a “deer in the headlights” stare.

You don’t believe me? The Sirius Report gives us a list of 100 U.S. patents related to weather modification.  The first patent listed was in 1891 and the patent numbers are included with each.Scroll through the list as some of the titles are really quite telling.

In Jerry Tyson’s 2017 article, Consider the Weather, on the Prophetic Observer website, he lists just a few of the weather modification patents from 1964 to 2010.  Portions of the information below have been garnered from Tyson’s article.  Even Bill Gates is involved in weather modification and that should not surprise us as it fits well into his genocidal plans for humanity.

One of the earliest listed patents was designed to manipulate weather via “cloud seeding” or the ability to produce more rain.  Louis Gathmann of Chicago, Illinois is credited with the patent.

In August of 2013, a patent was granted to James M. Cordray for a “Rain-Maker” balloon able to produce rain at any given time, including during drought.

In 1951, Harvey M. Brandau of Wilton, Wisconsin filed his patent to modify weather.  “Process for controlling weather” had some key items that are of interest.  He said his process could dissipate clouds and fog by clearing the atmosphere of moisture particles.  Mr. Brandau also said his invention could control weather by dissipating typhoons, hurricanes and other storm centers by the dissipation of clouds forming the weather phenomena, even controlling weather causing snow and sleet.  He stated he could provide rain in designated areas and provide desirable weather.

By the 1970s, biologically active chemicals began to appear as well as “altering” precipitation by artificial means.  And in the early 1990s, the Pentagon funded HAARP.

HAARP – High-Frequency Active Auroral Research Program

Many of us have heard of Alaska’s HAARP.  The Pentagon erected a powerful transmitter designed to beam more than a gigawatt of energy into the upper reaches of the atmosphere.  The experiment involves the world’s largest “ionospheric heater,” a device designed to zap the skies hundreds of kilometers above the Earth with high-frequency radio waves.Their patent showed the “use of altering weather by transmitting electromagnet radiation from the earth’s surface through the region or regions to be altered.”  This could also be “established at select locations for communication or other purposes.”  The magnetic force lines that radiate from pole to pole are manipulated most effectively for these purposes.

HAARP – The Pentagon’s Ultimate Weapon, Whistleblowers Say written in August of 2021, states the following:

Ever since the existence of HAARP became public, a number of independent researchers have warned the operation has a secret agenda including:

– weather modification
– mind control
– hi-tech military experiments
– triggering of earthquakes

HAARP is the ultimate in geoengineering.  Their patent proves weather manipulation is a reality, and since this is true, it’s no longer a conspiracy theory – it’s a conspiracy fact.

U.S. Patent 20100224696 A1 describes a space-based technology for generating and controlling hurricanes to weaken or dissipate the weather element.  If they can weaken or dissipate it, they can also strengthen and direct it.

Some of the weather wars people are actually saying that the hurricanes are not generated wholly by artificial systems, but rather that they are steered or influenced in terms of their direction or intensity.  Multiple patents obviously say it is factual and the U.S. patent office didn’t reject those patents.

Cutting Edge Ministries tells us about GWEN Towers— Ground Wave Emergency Network — These are huge towers that have as many as 100 copper wires fanning out at the base of the tower system underground. The Defense Department built these systems with the cover story that they would be useful for communication during and after a nuclear strike. But that story will not hold up when you understand that a thermonuclear blast at the right altitude will completely fry all communications equipment, and will render it impossible to communicate by radio at all for several hours.What GWEN towers really do is to work in conjunction with HAARP transmitters to create storms and alter weather patterns.

Weather Control as a Cold War Weapon

The Smithsonian Magazine’s Matt Novak related the history of a 1946 pilot.  The article originally appeared in Collier Magazine in 1954.

“On November 13, 1946 pilot Curtis Talbot, working for the General Electric Research Laboratory, climbed to an altitude of 14,000 feet about 30 miles east of Schenectady, New York. Talbot, along with scientist Dr. Vincent J. Schaefer, released three pounds of dry ice (frozen carbon dioxide) into the clouds.As they turned south, Dr. Schaefer noted, ‘I looked toward the rear and was thrilled to see long streamers of snow falling from the base of the cloud through which we had just passed. I shouted to Curt to swing around, and as we did so we passed through a mass of glistening snow crystals! Needless to say, we were quite excited.’ They had created the world’s first human-made snowstorm.

“After the experiments of G.E.’s Research Laboratory, there was a feeling that humanity might finally be able to control one of the greatest variables of life on earth. And, as Cold War tensions heightened, weather control was seen by the United States as a potential weapon that could be even more devastating than nuclear warfare.”

Weather Weapons are real, they have a treaty to regulate them.  In fact, Patent Number 4,686,605 of August 11, 1987 by inventor Bernard J. Eastland of Spring, Texas is titled, Method and Apparatus for Altering a Region in the Earth’s Atmosphere, Ionosphere, and or Magnetosphere.

UN Treaty on Weather Modification

In this cover letter dated October 27, 1978, the United Nations Treaty was in effect.  The name of the treaty is “Convention on the Prohibition of Military or any Other Hostile Use of Environmental Modification Techniques Approved by the General Assembly of the Assembly of the United Nations on 10 December 1976.”

So, what kind of weather modification could be used in military warfare?  Floods, intense rains, droughts and lack of water, severe heat, volcano eruptions, tsunamis, earthquakes and even tornadoes…and more.  You can examine the document here or here.

From the United Nations Office for Disarmament Affairs:

“In July 1974, USA and USSR agreed to hold bilateral discussions on measures to overcome the danger of the use of environmental modification techniques for military purposes and three subsequent rounds of discussions in 1974 and 1975. In August 1975, USA and USSR tabled identical draft texts of a convention at the Conference of the Committee on Disarmament (CCD), where intensive negotiations resulted in a modified text and understandings regarding four articles of this Convention in 1976.

“The Convention was approved by resolution 31/72 of the General Assembly of the United Nations on 10 December 1976, by 96 to 8 votes with 30 abstentions.”

This Treaty, or Convention, does not forbid political leaders from using these Weather Warfare weapons against their own people!  The elitists in power, and we all know who they are by now… Blackrock and Vanguard who are controlling America’s food production technologies and will have nearly total control of our food supply in America, Bill Gates with his ownership of 242,000 acres of America’s farmland, the torching of over 100 food processing plants, 10,000 cattle mysteriously dying all at once in Kansas, ranchers destroyed by the Bureau of Land Management, (remember LaVoy Finicum’s death by the FBI).  And of course, Klaus Schwab of the World Economic Forum (WEC) and his top advisor, Yuval Noah Harari.

Check out this map to see a small (500+) list of all the food and energy companies who have suffered serious problems in the past two years.  Scroll down the list on the right.

Olive Tree Ministries states, Harari is praised by the Zuck, Bill Gates, Barack Obama, Klaus Schwab (founder of the WEC), and others. He suggests that after the Great Reset, we will enter what he describes as the “next industrial revolution,” in which we will produce, not machines, products, or services as we do now. Harari suggests we will produce “human bodies and minds.”

Dane Wigington of Geoengineeringwatch.org states, “Ionosphere heater-induced high-pressure heat domes are baking parts of the Northern Hemisphere while chemical ice nucleation cloud seeding operations cool-down parts of the Southern Hemisphere. Climate intervention operations continue to wreak havoc on ecosystems and populations all over the world. The global controllers are now more desperate than ever before, what cards will they play next?”

Fear

Manufactured fear has been used countless times throughout history to sway the masses into compliance and to surrender their God given freedoms for their “protection.”

The Nazi Party had Germans terrified that enemies were at the gates, and only a massive war, and the murder of millions of European Jews, Romany, dissidents and homosexuals could keep Germany safe. The evil desires of one man ultimately cost over 50 million lives, and left Germany in ruins.

The 1938 War of the Worlds radio drama by Orson Welles caused panic and massive fear among the listening audience.

The polio fears of 1949 to 1952 had everyone rushing to get the Salk vaccine and then in 1960, the Sabin sugar cube vaccine, both of which were tainted with SV-40 monkey virus causing soft tissue cancers.

The September 11, 2001 hijackings and attacks on the World Trade Center threw the nation into disbelief and yes, fear.

For two years, COVID was parroted as the worst killer pandemic to ever hit America, worse than the 2018 flu epidemic.  Fear erupted throughout the nation, except for a few who kept their wits about them.  Deadly virus causing and oxygen debilitating masks were donned even by toddlers, lockdowns destroyed a massive portion of small businesses and transferred trillions to gigantic corporations.  Drug and alcohol use skyrocketed as did suicide rates.

Hospital protocols denied cheap, safe, lifesaving medications and the federal government paid for COVID diagnoses, for oxygen masks, for ventilators and ultimately for the patients’ deaths from the Wuhan virus.  Fear was hyped…there is no cure…we must have a vaccine!  Instead, Americans received a DNA changing, emergency use authorization, rat, monkey and cat trialed “Operation Warp Speed” messenger RNA injection that failed to protect anyone from the virus.  Those injections have caused millions of deaths throughout the world, and adverse effects have destroyed the productive lives of millions more.

The virus was ultimately the culling of society’s elderly by five state governors who sent infected humanity into nursing homes, but the injections are now causing far more deaths than the actual virus itself. Now the FDA is promoting three injections for toddlers who don’t even get the virus.  Should they manage to live through it, they’ll most likely be sterile or have Vaccine induced Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome (VAIDS).

Food shortages are on the horizon, all planned and executed over the last several decades.  Henry Kissinger allegedly stated, “Control the food and you’ll control the people.”

This brings us to the few corporate and family farms left in operation.  The agricultural states are burning up with high temperatures and dry conditions.  The bread basket of the world is being dismantled.

In 1891 the first patent was listed for weather modification.  Imagine what they’re capable of 131 years later, another dust bowl and starvation.

Conclusion

In 1962, President Lyndon Baines Johnson said, “He who controls the weather will control the world.”  The Great Reset, the New World Order, and ultimately United Nations Agenda 21/30 are one and the same thing, the godless control of humanity by Luciferian forces.  Their goal is depopulation and the enslavement of remaining humanity.

Convincing Americans that our Industrial Civilization is so polluting the world that all of these unnatural storms, temperatures and disruptions are a natural result so that our citizens will be amenable to changing our civilization and moving into the already mapped out U.N. Biodiversity Areas is just part of the enslavement goal via the elites.

Starvation just may convince them.

We’ll then see how many, “Men would rather be starving and free than fed in bonds.”

© 2022 Kelleigh Nelson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: proverbs133@bellsouth.net

By: Amil Imani

July 4, 2022

This is the time of the year that the air is filled with joy and recognition of America’s Independence Day and the formation of one of the greatest nations on Earth. There is something for everyone: spectacular fireworks, family and friends’ gatherings, concerts, patriotic music, parades, and traditional BBQ.

It puts most of us in a reflective mood, particularly when we celebrate America’s birthday. Freedom, individual liberty, the Declaration of Independence, and the Constitution. All prodigiously good reasons to celebrate on America’s 246th birthday.

Yet, I am also disappointed to see the reality of the world as it is, particularly with what the current Democrat Party is doing to this nation of all nations. For decades, the Democrat Party has shown by both words and deeds that they despise the U.S. Constitution while they bend over backward to embrace Islamists, illegal aliens, and anyone who hates America and feels entitled. The left is interested only in power, control, and nothing else — even if it means sacrificing our safety and national security.

Creeping socialism, communism, liberalism, progressivism, New World Order (NWO) Globalists, and the American ‘Democrat Party’ are riding on a fast train to erode much of the foundation of this nation. A nation that is the best hope of all free people. Tragically, a terrible course was set in motion during Obama’s presidency. We have already seen the devastating impact of Obama’s redistributionist government. The Biden Administration continues Obama’s ‘Fundamental Transformation of America.

“A global pandemic and the Biden administration has given Obama & Co. the opportunity to undo the prosperity of the Trump years and move forward with their plans to remake the U.S. into a “green” socialist Utopia, the damage to actual Americans’ lives and businesses be damned”

I would like to join all of you in the celebration of the birth of this great nation. Yet, deep in my soul, I find it also my solemn duty to keep sounding the alarm about the fire of Marxism and communism even at this poignant moment during our 4th of July celebrations.

As Ronald Reagan once said: Let the Fourth of July always be a reminder that here in this land, for the first time, it was decided that man is born with certain God-given rights; that government is only a convenience created and managed by the people, with no powers of its own except those voluntarily granted to it by the people.”

I am for unity under just one banner: freedom. Any idea or action that separates people into warring camps and builds walls of separation is abhorrent to me. Marxist Democrats have degenerated into a force for oppression, segregation, and tyranny and I find it necessary to expose the harm it inflicts on fellow Americans.

This Democrat Party no longer hides its agenda. They now openly encourage millions of illegal aliens to violate our laws and break into our country, and they want to sign them up for free welfare, free health care, free education, and the right to vote — with the help of their ace in the hole, the “Fake News” media and RINO’s (Republicans In Name Only). It is obvious that the Democrat Party is at war with America, and is not interested in stopping any time soon.

As for politics, there are really no saints in this line of work — Democrats, republicans, or whatever. It is sad, but a fact that politics is dirty, parochial, and divisive. I am asking you not to make any decisions based on emotion. We must remain united and win this battle peacefully and wisely.

In 1776, our Founders stood up, put their lives and fortunes on the line and declared their freedom and independence from the chains and shackles of the King of England. I hope all Americans, once again, unite for the love of freedom and are willing to stand up and declare their Freedom and Independence, not from England, but from the chains and shackles of our own government and its lackeys.

In short, Americans have an illegitimate President and a federal government that has revealed itself to be punitive to its citizens; taking unconstitutional measures and issuing orders that amount to nothing short of federally mandated self-destruction. Nonetheless, first things first. Our highest priority is the preservation of this nation of the free. We have done what it took in the past and we must do what it takes now and into the future to safeguard our precious liberty. America is not perfect. Yet, it is the very best hope for a humanity struggling to find its humanness. We must promote the work of the good by unifying our fellow Americans to save America from fading away. America is worth defending.

Happy Independence Day.

© 2022 Amil Imani – All Rights Reserved

By Kelleigh Nelson

July 4, 2022

I can’t imagine there has ever been a more gratifying time or place to be alive than America in the 1950s.  No country had ever known such prosperity.  —Bill Bryson – non-fiction author

Our flag honors those who have fought to protect it, and is a reminder of the sacrifice of our nation’s founders and heroes. As the ultimate icon of America’s storied history, the Stars and Stripes represents the very best of this nation.  —Joe Barton – Texas Congressman 1985-2019

Yes, I grew up in the 1950s, and graduated from eighth grade in 1960.  Those were some wonderful years in America.  The war was over, the future was bright, and hard work promised prosperity.

Television was brand new and still pretty sweet.  The cartoons of those days were so much fun.  Mighty Mouse, Road Runner and Tom and Jerry were some of my favorites. And those Saturday morning programs…The Lone Ranger, Sky King, Adventures of Superman, Flash Gordon, Rin Tin Tin, Gene Autry, Roy Rogers and Dale Evans, The Cisco Kid, Andy Devine with “Plunk your magic twanger froggy.”

Famous evening shows I remember were Gunsmoke, Rawhide, Yancy Derringer, Cheyenne, the Rifleman, Lassie, Rod Serling’s Twilight Zone, Peter Gunn, Bonanza, Sea Hunt with Lloyd Bridges, father of Beau Jeff Bridges, and Paladin.

There were so many more, and I know readers born in the early baby boomer generation can name all their favorites from those marvelous days in America.

I miss those days.  I want them back.  And I want back the wonderful and patriotic American actors and actresses of that era.  Here is one of our favorites, John Wayne and the celebrity ensemble.  In the second half, they all share in singing God Bless America.  Surely, you’ll fondly remember those stars who have long since passed on, but there are a few who are still with us.  Each of them has a special place in my heart, but Duke was and is always at the top, right along with Bob Hope and Bing Crosby.

Before you start the barbecues and fireworks, watch this six-minute video, and ask the Lord for help in resurrecting the marvelous America we once had.  Won’t you take just a few minutes every day to bend your knees to the Lord and ask for Him to give us wisdom and guidance in saving our beloved country?

Then take six minutes to listen to the heroes and heroines of the past.

© 2022 Kelleigh Nelson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: proverbs133@bellsouth.net

By Devvy

July 4, 2022

Except during an election year.  They all campaign on caring about seniors; some over the decades actually did care and a few today currently serving.  But, an important bill that would go a long way towards correcting a wrong and putting badly needed money into the bank accounts of seniors continues to rot in committee.

No need to go into the strangulation regarding the price of gas and food because the majority of Americans are feeling it badly – even with two working per household.Seniors on a fixed income are really hurting.  I’m sorry to say it’s going to get a whole lot worse.

We all know the Internet is full of outright lies by special interest groups, the prostitute media, politicians and so forth.  Everyday of the week I get emails making all kinds of claims with no source reference.  After nearly 31 years in the trenches full time, I can usually spot the lies.  Some I attempt to verify only to end up on some web site peddling “legal” garbage.

Because this affects more than 55 million Americans, please let me clear up this which came in email:

“A woman dies at age 65 before collecting one benefit check.  She and her employer paid into the system for almost 50 years and she collected NOTHING.”

Correct because the woman passed.But, the legal fact is spouses of deceased, children and some other categories can apply for the deceased benefits.  See here and here.  In my case and completely unknown to me, the funeral parlor automatically notified SSA when my husband passed away.  They then stopped my SS monthly benefits and used John’s monthly benefits to me which was quite a bit more since gave up my career to do what I do.

“Keep in mind all the working people that die every year who were paying into the system and got nothing!”  Answer is same as above.  Yes, they paid into the system but now they’re deceased.  Should their SS benefits be mailed to their coffin or urn?

“And these governmental morons mismanaged the money and stole from the system, so that it’s now going broke.”

One of the more ubiquitous lies out there.  Americans need to understand: 42 USC 402: Old-age and survivors insurance benefit payments Text contains those laws in effect on July 2, 2022 – I covered this extensively in my last book.

Social Security is a tax that goes into the General Fund of the U.S. Treasury and is not earmarked for any specific spending purpose.  It is not any form of insurance or a contract.

“BEAUTIFUL!  And they have the audacity to call today’s seniors “vultures” in an attempt to cover their ineptitude.  DISGRACEFUL!”  Political rhetoric and CYA.

“The real reason for renaming our Social Security payments is so the government can claim that all those social security recipients are receiving entitlements thus putting them in the same category as welfare, and food stamp recipients.”   Social Security benefits are not an entitlement, it is a tax you pay during your working years and apply for later as a benefit.

1-  “THIS IS WORTH THE FEW MINUTES IT TAKES TO READ AND DIGEST!

2 – “F.Y.I.  By changing the name of SS contributions, it gives them a means to refute this program in the future.   It’s free money for the government to spend under this guise.

3 –  “The Social Security check is now (or soon will be) referred to as a  *Federal Benefit Payment* ?

4 – “I’ll be part of the one percent to forward this. I am forwarding it because it touches a nerve in me, and I hope it will in you. “  1 -4 is junk.

“Please keep passing it on until everyone in our country has read it.”  Don’t.

“Instead, the folks in Washington pulled off a bigger *Ponzi scheme* than Bernie Madoff ever did.

“They took our money and used it elsewhere. IT WAS LINDON JOHNSON THAT PUT THE OUR SS INTO THE GENERAL FUNDS. THE DEMOCRATS DO NOW LIKE OUR SOCIAL SECURITY PROMISES. They “forgot” (oh yes, they knew) that it was OUR money they were taking.  They didn’t have a referendum to ask us if we wanted to lend the money to them   … and they didn’t pay interest on the debt they assumed.   And recently they’ve told us that the money won’t support us for very much longer.  (Not true.)

“But is it our fault they misused our investments?  And now, to add insult to injury, they’re calling it a *benefit *, as if we never worked to earn every penny of it.   This is stealing!

“Just because they borrowed the money, doesn’t mean that our investments were for charity!

“Let’s take a stand. We have earned our right to Social Security and Medicare. Demand that our legislators bring some sense into our government.

“Find a way to keep Social Security and Medicare going for the sake of the 92% of our population who need it. Then call it what it is: Our Earned Retirement Income. 90% of people won’t forward this. PLEASE!  Will you? AND, WE ARE NOW TAXED ON OUR PAYMENTS.”

One thing is true from above:  SS is a Ponzi scheme because the system must continue to add workers to keep taxing them for the SS “fund” which is basically an IOU.  Your work history and SS taxes are in a computer file backed up by what?  A vault somewhere full of gold or worthless “Federal” Reserve NOTES?

Taxation Without Representation

We are taxed until a person decides to retire.  That person must then apply for their benefits.  During your working career SSA will send you an approximation of what you can expect in benefits upon retirement at a certain age.  What they DON’T tell you is that you will be taxed again on those benefits which are a tax you already paid. Double taxation.

Anyone who knows the factual history of the birthing of this nation knows what caused (over time) the Boston Tea Party:  Many factors including “taxation without representation,” the 1767 Townshend Revenue Act, and the 1773 Tea Act.

“In simplest terms, the Boston Tea Party happened as a result of “taxation without representation”, yet the cause is more complex than that. The American colonists believed Britain was unfairly taxing them to pay for expenses incurred during the French and Indian War. Additionally, colonists believed Parliament did not have the right to tax them because the American colonies were not represented in Parliament.”  I highly recommend you read actual history at the link above and teach your children the truth.

We the People no longer have representation in Congress 90% of the time.  The majority – both parties – have been shredding the Constitution for nearly 100 years.  Congress, the biggest whore house in the world have become representatives for special interest groups, multi-national corporations and whoever buys their favors. 

There are few exceptions and those are disposed of by ignorant voters and voters who want Congress to fund them from cradle to grave.  They demand Congress violate their oath of office to fund everything under the sun prohibited by the Constitution.  READ:  Below is a small excerpt from a speech I made at an event held by the Free Enterprise Society, July 6, 2002, in Sunnyvale, California. How well it describes America here and now: – Rest at link.

Rep. Thomas Massie is one of our greatest warriors in Congress no one hears anything about who has been trying for years to get rid of double taxing your social security benefits:

Seniors To Get Screwed – A Third Time?, June 19, 2021

For the THIRD time, Rep. Thomas Massie [R-KY] has introduced a bill to stop taxing social security benefits. No more federal taxes taken out of YOUR social security check. The time to stop this rape should have happened four years ago but it never happened because there wasn’t an outcry by tens of millions of Americans. I’ve done my best over the years to bring the bill to everyone’s attention as have many hard-working folks in organizations like AMAC, the Association of Mature American Citizens, who have supported the bill each time Rep. Massie has introduced it only to see it die in committee.

Rep. Massie Re-introduces the Senior Citizens Tax Elimination Act, May 19, 2017

WASHINGTON, D.C. – “Today, Congressman Thomas Massie re-introduced the Senior Citizens Tax Elimination Act (H.R. 2552), which would eliminate income taxes on Social Security benefits. The bill would boost the retirement income of millions of older Americans.  Social Security is financed with Americans’ tax dollars, so taxing Social Security is double-taxing by the Federal Government,” said Congressman Massie. “Taxing Social Security reduces benefits to seniors.”

“I am proud to again co-sponsor Congressman Massie’s bill to protect our seniors,” said Congressman Rod Blum. “This is a common sense bill that will end the double-taxation of our seniors. Our seniors pay enough Social Security taxes on the front end, and it is irresponsible for the government to tax them again on their earned benefits.”

“Income taxes on Social Security benefits is a double-tax on seniors when many are already being squeezed financially,” said Congressman Daniel Webster. “This is wrong and I’m pleased to co-sponsor this legislation to repeal this tax.” Congressman Jim Bridenstine said, “The government taxes, redistributes, then taxes the redistribution. Thomas Massie’s bill is a step in the right direction.”

“West Virginia seniors need relief from higher costs of living,” said Congressman Alex Mooney. “Seniors have worked hard to earn their Social Security benefits and have already been taxed on their contributions to Social Security.  The Federal Government tax on Social Security is a double-tax and its repeal would provide an immediate increase in benefits for our seniors.”

“The purpose of Social Security is to provide people with financial support during retirement, not to be another source of tax revenue for the Federal Government. Under this legislation, Social Security benefits would neither be taxable nor reportable on individual tax returns, thus restoring the integrity of the program.”

My congressman – according to his staffer – didn’t even know about Massie’s bill until I called and inquired why he was not a co-sponsor.  Rep. Massie, once again introduced the bill on Feb. 2, 2022:  H.R.6590 – Senior Citizens Tax Elimination Act, 2021-2022 session which means the bill will once again die in committee Dec. 31, 2022.

Full text here.  That bill now has a whopping 23 co-sponsors.  All Republicans; not a single Democrat.  My GOP rep in the House, Congressman Jodey Arrington, is not a sponsor of that bill.

Now tell me how much Congress cares about seniors when that bill has been repeatedly introduced (the POWERFUL House, Ways & Means Committee) and allowed to die in committee without ever coming to the floor for a vote – even under Trump with Republicans controlling both chambers of Congress?

For full disclosure, I am a senior.  I turned 73 last week and am a widow.  I can tell you stopping taxing my SS benefits would go a long way for my monthly budget.  If you’re a senior you know what I’m talking about and if you’re not and God willing you live a long and happy life, one day you will also apply for your benefits you’ve already paid taxes on only to be taxed again.

And, once again:  Where the hell is AARP?  With their 30 million plus membership, they could buy enough air time and use their newsletter to get that bill passed before the end of the year. AARP could light a fire Congress can’t ignore without looking like the scoundrels they are. That’s just one of the reasons I’ve never belonged to AARP.  The other is their staunch support for the unconstitutional, privately owned “Federal” Reserve.

Right now, partisan whores on the Jan. 6^th committee are busy blowing lies out their butts while Americans suffer in an effort to keep President-Elect Trump out of office along with campaigning for primaries and the November election all the while singing how they love and support seniors!  Yeah, well actions speak louder than words.

Here are members of the House, Ways & Means Committee.  Democrat/Communist Party USA controls that committee.  My congressman, Jodey Arrington, sits on that committee but does NOT support Massie’s bill.  Even though it’s July, if there is enough of a massive push by millions of seniors, the bill could still get passed before Dec. 31^st.  Whether or not the fake president, Biden, who is now in the first stages of Altzheimer’s would sign it into law – well, that decision would be made by Biden’s controllers.  However, as I mentioned in a previous column, Congress can over ride a legitimate president’s veto but that would really make the Democrat/Communist Party USA look bad.

Oh, but, darn, I forgot to mention:  Not ONE U.S. Senator (that I can find scouring through all the bills) has introduced the bill for the Senate.  Before a bill goes to a legitimate president you have a bill in the house, a bill in the senate.  They get together and exchange spit until the language matches exactly and then goes to a president to sign into law.

Where’s Senator Rand Paul, Senator Marsha Blackburn, Senator Ron Johnson or Ted Cruz?  I would think all of them would have introduced a bill years ago and fight to get it passed with Rep. Massie’s bill.  Nope.  Why not?  How about your senator?

Please do get this out to your email lists and social media.  55 million Americans collect social security benefits each month with thousands more retiring each year.  That’s a formidable number who can make this happen but that won’t happen if no one knows about this bill and why hasn’t a single U.S. Senator stepped up?

Note: For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions. [Order two books and save $10.00. Give one to a friend or relative]

© 2022 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@npn.net  (I simply have to say while I really do appreciate emails, I receive several hundred a day except Christmas and New Year’s Day.  I simply cannot answer all of them asking for advice, please help me with my case and other requests because it’s just me.  I try to work some of the requests and answer questions into my columns but I can only do so much.  I thank you for understanding.)

Related:

The Trojan Horse of Social Security Reform by Dr. Edwin Vieira, March 14, 2005

Reforming social security – the cruel hoax, Mine

If you want to learn the historical and constitutional facts about social security so you have a full understanding, while this is long, it is essential reading written by my dear friend, Larry Becraft.  Larry has been a constitutional attorney for, I think, at least 35 years and is an expert on this issue.  If you can’t read it all at once, book mark and study later.  Knowledge is power.

Comment Upon Voluntary Nature of Social Security (Updated: April 18, 2003; links added Aug. 18, 2017)

by Attorney Rees Lloyd

July 4, 2022

“The time is now near at hand which must probably determine whether Americans are to be freemen or slaves… .The fate of unborn millions will now depend, under God, on the courage of this army.  Our cruel and unrelenting enemy  leaves us only the choice of brave resistance, or the most abject submission.  We have, therefore to conquer, or die.”

These are the now immortal words of General George Washington in his Order of July 2, 1776, following the vote on that date by the Continental Congress to adopt the American  Declaration of Independence. It was signed by John Hancock on July 2, and would be deemed complete when all delegates had signed on July 4,1776.

The United States of America by that act became the first government in the history of the world to be established by the consent of the governed—“by the people, of the people, for the people.” America is now after its birth on July 4, 1776, 246 years ago, the longest lasting free republic in the world.

The American founders generation went to war against the  English Empire, then the most powerful military force in the world, in order to create their freedom—and ours. Indeed, we Americans of this generation are among those “untold millions” whose future freedom was dependent on the willingness of the founders’ generation to serve and sacrifice their lives in the War of Independence, as General Washington wrote in his July 2, 1776 Order.

Serve and sacrifice they did. Ultimately, 25,000 American patriots would give their lives for freedom. They were citizen soldiers, patriots, who left their farms, jobs, homes, and families, and went to war for freedom. Almost all brought their own  guns from home.

These citizen soldiers, with no formal military training, rose up to fight for freedom  against the greatest military power in the world at the time, the English Empire. English King George III had the best trained, best armed, best equipped, best experienced army and navy in the world. King George III and the English elitists of that era  scoffed at the idea England could be defeated by what they ridiculed as a “ragtag” American army, that was untrained, barely equipped, with no experience, no cavalry, and no navy while England ruled the waves of the world.

The American patriots suffered one disastrous military defeat after another in the months following the July 4th Declaration of Independence. The conditions in which they fought were horrendous. They lacked food, shoes clothes, supplies, medicines, ammunition, medical care. Only a third of the population supported the war; another third was neutral; and the final third—Tories— was actively in support of England,  desiring to remain subjects of King George III rather than free citizens of America.

Yet, the American patriots fought on. The first really significant American victory after the Declaration of Independence came on Christmas Day, December 25,1776, the now famous crossing of the Delaware River in a freezing winter storm led by Gen. George Washington to win the Battle of Trenton.

That victory brought hope and inspiration that the war for freedom could be won. It would take until 1783 for the revolutionary war to be ultimately won with the signing of the treaty of Paris. It was the longest war in our American history until Vietnam.

Freedom was achieved by the American patriots despite all odds. The indispensable American in this victory for liberty was General George Washington, who would not give up. He was universally admired, respected, by the troops, who were inspired by him. He placed himself in danger with the troops countless times in the heart of battle, mounted and visible to the troops and the enemy.  When at war’s end many credited Gen. Washington with being the cause of the victory, he demurred, saying  victory came only by  the intercession of “Providence” or “the hand of God.”

Gen. George Washington later was unanimously elected to preside over the Constitutional Convention,  which created then the  Constitution under which we live now as free Americans.

George Washington would go on to be unanimously elected as the First President of the United States of America. He was unanimously elected to a second four year term. After his second term, George Washington was offered a third term, or to be “President for life,” or even “King.” George Washington refused it all, saying to serve more than two terms as President would be improper. Instead, he relinquished all power and authority, and went home to his farm, content to be a private American citizen.

In walking away from all power and authority, George Washington shocked not only the country, but the world.  Even England’s King George III, whom Washington had defeated, said that George Washington was “the most distinguished of any man living…the greatest character of the age.” Napoleon, who had no doubt of his own eminence, said:  “This great man fought against tyranny; he established the liberty of his country… .George Washington is the greatest man of his era.”

Similarly, at home, George Washington would be universally recognized as “The Father Of Our Country.” Revolutionary War hero Harry “Light Horse Harry” Lee (father of Robert E. Lee), summed up the feelings of the nation for George Washington: “First in war. First in Peace. First in the hearts of his countrymen.”

On this July 4th 2022, 246th anniversary of our Declaration of Independence and the birth day of our United States of America, and on every day, we Americans ought to remember, honor, emulate and give thanks for the patriots of July 4th 1776 — from Gen. George Washington, the Father of Our Country, to the least ranked unknown soldier of the Revolutionary Army, whose service and sacrifice created our freedom.

May God bless and keep each and all of them, and may our nation never cease to honor  and emulate them in defense of freedom.

FOR GOD AND COUNTRY FOREVER; SURRENDER TO TYRANNY—NEVER!

© 2022 Rees Lloyd – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rees Lloyd: ReesLloydLaw@gmail.com

By Frosty Wooldridge

July 4, 2022

Part 3: Are there any solutions that would work?  How can we employ them?

Happy 4^th of July to all Americans! Thank you for upholding our U.S. Constitution while maintaining your families, your communities and our country.

Without a doubt, this series is a gut-wrenching experience.  Having witnessed, smelled and photographed the homeless in different states, I can state unequivocally that we’re facing a monstrous societal predicament.

If we let it go unsolved, we will most certainly turn our big cities into replicas of Mumbai, India, Mexico City or Rio de Janeiro…along with many more that I’ve witnessed in my world travels.

The problems have gotten SO enormous in those countries that the governments and even local politicians cannot, do not and will not solve the daily nightmare of slums.  Simply put: they let the situation get out of control and out of hand.  It’s like an infection in your hand that you don’t take care of…in time, sepsis sets in and poisons your blood stream…and soon, you have to have your arm amputated…and/or you die.

If you look at cities like San Francisco, Los Angeles and Chicago…you’re watching dying cities.  It’s amazing to me that we saw Detroit, Michigan “die” in the 80’s and 90’s from lawless tribalism by minorities, and now, we’re seeing it repeat in our other big cities.

In fact, we’re pumping more and more refugees into those cities to form even more cultural, religious and welfare-supported ghettos. If you don’t think I’m kidding, just visit the 125,000 residents of the “Somalian ghetto” in Minneapolis, MN.  Over 80 percent of them remain on welfare after 10 years in America.  Who in their right mind thought it would be a good idea to bring illiterate African bushmen to live in a modern first world country?  I just visited Minneapolis last month.  Oh my God!

The woman, J.S., who asked me to write this series, must feel even more hopeless than before she asked me. Why is that?  Answer:  I don’t think we possess enough honest politicians at the local, state or federal levels to create solutions or even follow the solutions in this series.

Here are a few other folks with their thoughts:

Frosty –

I feel your frustration.  We all share it.  But we must do something.

I live most of the year in La Quinta, Ca – – it’s part of the Palm Springs Coachella Valley.  A couple of years ago, our local paper – the Desert Sun – conducted an analysis of the homeless who inhabit this valley.  They found that 40% were mentally ill, 40% were addicted to drugs, and the other 20% were probably part of that bunch my dad called “bums.”

You can’t put 80% of the homeless who are mentally ill or on drugs into housing.  They will simply be mentally ill and on drugs in expensive houses.  So, what to do?

In California, stop wasting money on a train from nowhere to nowhere in the state’s valley.  This state needs to build mental institutions and addiction clinics.  That’s where these people need to go.  Then the state ought to build military style barracks for the bums.  Laws must be enacted to force all these people into institutions.  The bums must be forced into public works projects and housed in barracks.  It must be against the law to be homeless and on the street.

That’s how to start.  I’m not holding my breath.

Yours truly, P.F. La Quinta, CA

Mr. Wooldridge:

For way too long the solutions have been to fund for a new band-aid to treat a new symptom only to spark another new symptom requiring another band-aid, then another band-aid, then another, etc., etc., etc.

Truthfully, America is suffering from a spiritual war being waged between our Judeo/Christian based Western Civilization and humanist based cultural Marxism.  America was stable and prospering under Western Civilization but came under attack by our own university created cultural Marxist worldview beginning in the 1950s.  The goal of cultural Marxism is to destroy Western Civilization by destroying the traditional family, the Christian church, capitalism along, our constitutional republic by a slow march through the institutions.  One of the first institutions to fall was our locally controlled public schools to be converted to a government-controlled K-12 brainwashing system in order to deliberately dumb down the citizenry and destroy any sense of liberty and individual self-government.

The obvious solution is to restore our Judeo/Christian based Western Civilization.  Unfortunately, cultural Marxism is so well entrenched at this time and sustained by the university system, govt controlled K-12 schools, mainstream media, social media, alphabet soup government bureaucracies, the Democrat Party and RINOs, the WEF and the UN that there is no quick fix.  I believe life will have to get worse before enough people realize the fix is up to, WE THE PEOPLE, not civil government.

R.H. Lexington, SC

Dear Mr. Wooldridge,

Your piece on homelessness in America is a good start on a much-needed discussion.

I wonder if you have seen the multi-part documentary on this topic produced by KOMO news in Seattle.

Not only does this series portray the issues very graphically, but KOMO also proposes a solution.  The “solution” is expensive, of course, but what isn’t?  It also is working in another location, so there is much to learn from that.  No doubt there are naysayers, but clearly the formerly beautiful and workable major cities of the West Coast: Seattle, Portland, San Francisco, LA, are dying.  Is that, in itself, the solution?

I look forward to the next articles in this series.

Sincerely, L. B.

Can a society devolve to the point of dying?  What happens when our welfare systems cannot maintain this ever-growing, massive slum population?  What happens when your own president invites drug cartels to swamp our country in deadly opioids?   Did you know that last week, two Mexicans who had crossed our border in Texas were caught with 150,000 fentanyl pills worth millions…and would kill countless Americans?  What happens when all the educated, normal, contributing American citizens—flee those cities?  Does anyone realize that once you lose the contributing citizens, you lose the tax base, and you lose lawful citizens who make a city work?

I personally saw it happen to Detroit. One of my most read and forwarded commentaries was:  “The Tragedy of Detroit” back in 2009.  I chronicled the fall of Detroit from someone who worked there and watched it with a front row seat.  You would think we would make and take intelligent changes.  We didn’t, haven’t and you’re seeing the consequences in Chicago, NYC, Miami, LA, San Francisco and on and on. Without the “rule of law” being stringently enforced, we are doomed to mayhem by minorities who lack any understanding of personal accountability and responsibility.

So, this series presented solid, reasonable solutions.  Will our city mayors and city councils take them up?  Will our federal politicians move on them?  Will somebody speak up and take action?

With what has happened to create this situation, and what has happened NOT to solve it, do you think we stand a chance of solving the homeless issue in America?

Finally, with Washington DC’s brilliant politicians who are on course to add another 100 million third world refugees to our country, to create as Biden said, “The New Liberal World Order”, do you think we average Americans stand a chance?  Answer: not a snowball’s chance in hell.

This is what America’s future looks like if we don’t change course.  Share these videos all over America:

“In a five minute astoundingly simple yet brilliant video, Immigration, Poverty, and Gum Balls”, Roy Beck, director of www.numbersusa.ORG, graphically illustrates the impact of overpopulation.  Take five minutes to see for yourself:

“Immigration by the numbers—off the chart” by Roy Beck

This 10-minute demonstration shows Americans the results of unending mass immigration on the quality of life and sustainability for future generations: in a few words, “Mind boggling!”  www.NumbersUSA.org

© 2022 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

By Paul Engel

July 4, 2022

• Are the Several States in a similar state as the Colonies were in 1776?
• Is there really much difference between the government of King George in 1776 and the government in Washington, D.C. in 2022?
• Do you think the signers of the Declaration of Independence thought the American people would be so dependent on their central government?

Last year, I re-examined the Declaration of Independence in the light of current events. After another year, I believe the evidence is clear that the government in Washington, D.C. has become just as corrupt, despotic, and destructive to your rights as the government of King George III was.

This year, I want to look at new evidence to show you just how fast the American people are rushing toward their own servitude. My hope is that if we take a closer look how far we have fallen, We the People will once again show that tyrants are unfit to govern a free people.

I often talk about how much the state of America today resembles that of the colonies, and how the government in Washington, D.C. resembles King George. That’s why I wrote the Re-Declaration of Independence in the first place. In the 1776 Declaration, the founders listed 27 specific grievances against the crown. Let’s take a look at some recent events in the light of grievances from the Re-Declaration.

The Courts

The Federal Courts have refused their Assent to Laws, the most wholesome and necessary for the public good.

… For effectively taking away our State Constitutions, abolishing our most valuable Laws, and altering fundamentally the Forms of our Governments:

The Re-Declaration of Independence

We seem to forget that the federal judiciary is as much a creation of the Constitution, and therefore subject to it, as the other two branches of government. While the court has the judicial power to review cases, they do not have the legal authority to overturn state laws. Yet today it seems that whenever a state passes a law a federal judge doesn’t like, they claim the power to impose a nation-wide injunction. That’s not unlike what King George did.

Federal courts have dissolved state legislative acts repeatedly, for opposing with manly firmness the federal government’s invasions on the rights of the people.

The Re-Declaration of Independence

One thing a bully doesn’t want to hear is that there is someone stronger than they are. So it shouldn’t be a surprise that the federal government doesn’t like it when someone points out they were created as servants to the states and not the states’ masters. So I guess it also shouldn’t be a surprise when the federal courts, who are part of the federal government, push back when the truth isn’t to their liking.

The President has obstructed the Administration of Justice, by politicizing the appointment of judges, requiring their fidelity to certain opinions rather than the supreme law of the land.

The Re-Declaration of Independence

Not only has the President obstructed justice, but it appears there are those in the judicial branch willing to leak information to persuade the court. Not to mention those who have actually used vandalism and violence to intimidate the justices into changing their positions on a case.

The Senate has made Judges dependent on their Will alone, for appointment to their offices, and threaten them with impeachment for political reasons.

The Re-Declaration of Independence

Once again, we see members of the Senate upset with those they’ve appointed to the federal courts. Not because they didn’t adhere to the law, but because they didn’t adhere to the Senator’s or Senators’ political demands.

Congress

Congress has erected a multitude of New Offices, and sent hither swarms of Officers to harass our people, and eat out their substance.

The Re-Declaration of Independence

People like to blame the bureaucratic state on the President. While these new offices, for the most part, do report to the office of President, they are creations of Congress. So when you heard about the Disinformation Governance Board, you should not only point your righteous anger at President Biden, but also on those who represent you in Congress.

For suspending the actions of our own Legislatures, and declaring themselves invested with power to legislate for us in all cases whatsoever.

The Re-Declaration of Independence

After the 2020 debacle, Congress has tried to take over the entire election process. They’ve also threatened to impose abortion laws on the states if the Supreme Court decides to return it to them.

The President

The President has refused to enforce laws protecting the borders of this nation, the States remaining in the mean time exposed to all the dangers of invasion from without, and convulsions within.

The Re-Declaration of Independence

Did you know that the Department of Homeland Security has plans to crack down on what they refer to as disinformation? No, I’m not talking about the suspended Disinformation Governance Board, I’m talking about the current National Terrorism Advisory System Bulletin:

Some domestic violent extremists have expressed grievances related to their perception that the U.S. government is unwilling or unable to secure the U.S.-Mexico border and have called for violence to stem the flow of undocumented migrants to the United States.  We assess that there is increased risk of domestic violent extremists using changes in border security-related policies and/or enforcement mechanisms to justify violence against individuals, such as minorities and law enforcement officials involved in the enforcement of border security.

National Terrorism Advisory System Bulletin

So it seems, if you point out that the current administration has not only not secured our nation’s borders, but enacted policies to invite even more illegal aliens to enter our country, then you could be a “domestic violent extremist”.

The President has kept among us, in times of peace, Standing Armies by militarizing our police forces.

The Re-Declaration of Independence

Yes, the President helped militarize our police forces. Now, through the NSA and the DHS, the federal government is spying on us just as easily as if they stationed troops in our homes. Unfortunately, that’s not all.

The President has combined with the Senate to subject us to a jurisdiction foreign to our constitution, and unacknowledged by our laws; giving their Assent to the Acts of pretended Legislation from the United Nations and entering into international agreements without the advice and consent of the Senate:

The Re-Declaration of Independence

What do you think the President was doing when his administration suggested amendments to the World Health Organization pandemic protocols? Biden is only one in a long line of Presidents, not to mention Congressmen, who have tried to subject us to a jurisdiction foreign to our Constitution.

The Bureaucrats

The labyrinth of bureaucratic departments and agencies have created confusing, contradictory, and ruinous regulations for the sole purpose of fatiguing the American people into compliance with their measures.

The Re-Declaration of Independence

I’ve heard people say that the average American commits three federal felonies a day. Not because they are criminals, but because of the labyrinth of confusing and contradictory regulations that pass for laws in America’s current administrative state.

For abolishing the free System of United States Laws, establishing therein arbitrary government agencies, and enlarging the Boundaries of their power so as to render it at once an example and fit instrument for introducing the absolute rule into these States:

The Re-Declaration of Independence

The CDC’s public transportation mask mandate, the private company vaccine mandate, and the recent public school transgender bathroom threat are all examples of these arbitrary and illegal acts of government.

The federal government has excited domestic insurrections amongst us by allowing it to go unopposed in cities across the land, and has endeavored to bring on the inhabitants of our borders, the merciless criminal cartels, whose known rule of warfare is an undistinguished destruction of all ages, sexes and conditions.

The Re-Declaration of Independence

Have you noticed how certain crimes are punished severely, while others are brushed aside? BLM and Antifa rioted and vandalized parts of Washington, D.C., and yet it appears no one was held accountable. However, a few demonstrators on January 6th, 2020 enter the capital, and not only is everyone who attended the demonstration labeled an insurrectionist, but Congress holds illegal committee meetings, including prime-time “shows”, with no legitimate or constitutional purpose whatsoever.

Conclusion

It seems the American people have not learned from their history. Rather we have reverted to a state of servitude similar to the colonies 1776. I wonder if, when those 56 men pledged their lives, fortunes, and sacred honor in support of the Declaration of Independence, they ever conceived that not only would the American people return to a life of dependence, but that we would do so willingly. Thankfully, this does not have to be our fate.

John Jay said:

Every member of the State ought diligently to read and to study the constitution of his country, and teach the rising generation to be free. By knowing their rights, they will sooner perceive when they are violated, and be the better prepared to defend and assert them.

John Jay, First Chief Justice of the supreme Court of the United States

If We the People will pick up the Constitution, read it, and study it, we’ll find that our subjection to Washington, D.C., is not the law, but a result of our own actions. Washington, D.C.’s power is as fake as the emperor’s clothes in the Hans Christian Anderson story. Isn’t it time others join me in pointing out just how naked the government in Washington, D.C. really is? I believe, with a little education and some fortitude, We the People can restore the order our Constitution created. Because if we fail to do so, the future is too bleak to consider.

© 2022 Paul Engel – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

by Rolaant McKenzie

July 3, 2022

In the story of Esther, a young woman part of the Jewish exiles in Persia, through a series of providential circumstances, rose to become queen with King Ahasuerus. Though not explicitly stated in the account, it was clear that God arranged for Esther to be at that place at that time to play a crucial role in saving her people from annihilation.

When President Donald Trump nominated federal judge Amy Coney Barrett to the Supreme Court of the United States on September 26, 2020, to replace the late Justice Ruth Bader Ginsburg, many Christians and pro-life conservatives expressed hope that the new prospective Justice would be like a modern-day Esther in that she might be instrumental in overturning Roe vs. Wade, the 1973 Supreme Court decision credited with opening the door to legalized abortion in the United States.

After nearly 50 years of ending the lives of babies in the womb, and outside of the womb in many cases, the abolishment of abortion in the United States would be like someone condemned to death being granted clemency and the prospect of a new life.

Her record as a judge, law professor, being a devout Roman Catholic, and dedication to her husband and seven children increased the expectation that should a case come before the Supreme Court dealing with abortion, she would come down on the side of supporting life.

However, many times over the years those believing in the sanctity of human life in all its stages, especially those who have devoted their lives to prayer and the cause of protecting life, have felt great hope whenever a president professing to share their values on this issue nominated a judge for the Supreme Court, only for that hope to be dashed when the judge would later rule in a way inconsistent with protecting life.

Though at this time the hope was fulfilled on June 24, 2022, with the overturning of Roe vs. Wade by the Supreme Court (Justice Barrett joining the majority opinion with Justices Thomas, Alito, Gorsuch, and Kavanaugh), placing faith in human leaders like this is never a sure thing, for whatever good that can be accomplished is often unsure and temporary at best, and many times little to no good comes. Either way this can lead to great disillusionment.

“Do not trust in princes, in mortal man, in whom there is no salvation.His spirit departs, he returns to the earth; in that very day his thoughts perish.” (Psalm 146:3-4)

However, we can trust always in the Lord, who is more than able to turn the hearts of governors, presidents, and kings to accomplish His will in His perfect time. The best laid plans of the most powerful in the world are helpless and weak before the purposes and will of God.

“The king’s heart is like channels of water in the hand of the LORD; He turns it wherever He wishes.” (Proverbs 21:1)

An example of this can be seen in the account of Cyrus the Great (559 BC–530 BC), King of Persia, whom the Lord moved to free the Jewish captives in Babylon and rebuild the temple in Jerusalem (Ezra 1:1-4). And, in the story of Nehemiah, who prayed to God that his request to King Artaxerxes I (465 BC–424 BC) be granted to allow him to go to Jerusalem and rebuild its walls (Nehemiah 2:1-8).

Near the beginning of the 1971 movie adaptation of the 1964 Broadway musical Fiddler on the Roof, the rabbi of the Ukrainian village of Anatevka is leaving the synagogue with his students. They asked him various questions as they went down the steps into the village. One of them asked if there was a proper blessing for the czar. With a smile, the rabbi replied, “A blessing for the czar? Of course. May God bless and keep the czar … far away from us!”

While we can see the humor in the rabbi’s comments, it is proper to petition the Lord to move in the hearts and minds of political leaders to effect welfare and justice in society, especially in relation to the ability of believers to serve the Lord in peace and share the gospel.

“First of all, then, I urge that entreaties and prayers,petitions and thanksgivings, be made on behalf of all men, for kings and all who are in authority, so that we may lead a tranquil and quiet life in all godliness and dignity. This is good and acceptable in the sight of God our Savior, who desires all men to be saved and to come to the knowledge of the truth.” (1 Timothy 2:1-3)

Human beings come into this world condemned to death due to the sin of the first man Adam and the sin nature handed down to us. But because of the death of Jesus on the cross that paid in full the sin debt for sinners, and His resurrection from the dead, the repentant sinner who trusts in Him alone will rise from death to newness of life that will never fade away.

Prayers made to God’s on behalf of those who wield power and influence in society provide great opportunities for followers of Jesus Christ to be salt and light wherever they live (Matthew 5:13-16). That is,to be empowered by the Holy Spirit to preserve and extend what is good, proclaim this message of forgiveness and salvation to all, and bring glory to God.

Though we may not always get the leaders we wish, we should remember that God works all things after the counsel of His will (Ephesians 1:11), and that the prayers of His people can accomplish much good (James 5:16). Regardless of who arises to political power where we reside, the Lord remains the same God who never leaves or forsakes us (Hebrews 13:5-6). It is His continual presence that encourages us, gives us hope, and energizes us to be an extension of His love and grace in the world.

© 2022 Rolaant McKenzie – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rolaant McKenzie: rolaant@gospeloutreach.net

Website: http://www.gospeloutreach.net/

By Cliff Kincaid

July 3, 2022

Recognizing that communism didn’t end with the fall of the Berlin Wall, former President Trump said in a speech, “…we will fight the onslaught of radicalism, socialism, and indeed it all leads to communism once and for all.”

Not only does Trump understand that communism is not dead, he perceives that this foreign and alien ideology is in control of the Democratic Party.

Flying the flag on July 4^th can’t turn back the clock.

As we take pride in America, we have to recognize what has America become – and what is it becoming. For that answer, read the Communist Manifesto and take note of the fact that literally dozens of communist groups operate on American soil, in open violation of the Communist Control Act, which is still on the books. (It was introduced by a Democrat, Senator Hubert Humphrey, and signed by a Republican president, Dwight Eisenhower.)

As I note in The Sword of Revolution and The Communist Apocalypse, the Marxists see the U.S. as a society based on slavery which has since become the leading capitalist nation and must therefore be “transformed” into socialism on the road to communism. Hence, we currently see Marxists and their fellow travelers refer to slavery as the basis for American capitalism and the need for reparations.

This is what Democrats call “progressive” ideology.

Looking at this through Marxist eyes, the U.S. developed beyond an economic system based on slavery to be in the current stage between capitalism and socialism, what is called the highest stage of capitalism. This is when the Marxists capture the major organs of finance capital, major corporations, and the means of communication.

The centralization of the means of communications in the hands of the state, a key plank of the Communist Manifesto, is being implemented in the United States under the one-party state now in power. We are literally living through a “world revolution,” which is why I started the publication, “World Revolution Report,” to open the eyes of Americans to our fate as a country.

This fact was impressed upon me personally when, on the eve of July 4th, my anti-communist videos, some 500,were banned by YouTube, which is part of Google. They were eliminated from the platform all at once. I know other conservatives have been censored in this way, but my videos represented decades of anti-communist study and research. My channel was anti-communist from start to finish.

This development, which means thousands of my subscribers no longer have access to these videos as well, further represents the consolidation of a communist dictatorship in America, with control by the Marxist elites over the key means of communication.

We can debate whether the elites believe in Marxism or not. What is clear that they view Marxist strategy and tactics as political winners. The World Revolution is happening.

I believe I was targeted not for videos that questioned Biden’s election as president but those about the illegitimate presidency of Barack Hussein Obama.

My “crime” in the eyes of Big Media was challenging the legitimacy of the current one-party state, the China Joe Administration, and still raising legitimate questions about Barack Hussein Obama’s background and history. On this basis, my videos on related topics, such as Cultural Marxism, were removed.

To understand our predicament, consider that Obama’s August 19, 2020, address, at the Democratic National Convention, on behalf of Biden, was the clearest indication that Obama was working for a third presidential term. He wanted to use Biden as a front for the ultimate capture of state power for revolutionary purposes. It’s Obama, not Biden, running the show.

What’s interesting, according to filmmaker and researcher Joel Gilbert, is that Obama wants to replace Biden in 2024 with his wife, Michelle. It would be a clever Marxist move.

Some on the Fox News Channel assure us that the cavalry is coming, meaning the Republicans will take back Congress in November. But many Fox News personalities refuse to discuss shenanigans in the 2020 presidential election and openly promote the homosexual lifestyle and movement that has led to the problem of transgenderism in schools.

Fox News viewers have never been told that the founder of the gay rights movement, Harry Hay, wore dresses, got involved in the occult, and advocated for the “rights” of the North American Man-Boy Love Association. My group got his FBI file through a Freedom of Information Act request.

All major institutions of society, including the conservative establishment and the churches, are tainted by know-nothings, fakes, and fraudsters.

Channels like Fox and Big Media Tech monopolies such as Google serve the state, the Biden regime, by censoring any content which casts doubt on the legitimacy of that regime. That’s how I “violated” YouTube’s community guidelines.

But one censored video, my interview with well-known conservative author Jack Cashill, was not exclusively about the fraudulent nature of the 2020 election. We had a lengthy discussion of how Barack Hussein Obama was elected using a stolen Social Security number.

YouTube does not permit discussions like this. That particular video was cited for violating YouTube’s policy against “misinformation.”

What has changed over time, as the World Revolution continues gobbling up country after country, is that China has become the leader of the world communist movement, replacing the Soviet Union/Russia. Eventually, according to the Marxist theory of history, America will become a communist state and then be integrated into the China-dominated New World Order.

However, Russia is still playing a major role, as we have seen in Europe with the invasion of Ukraine and Biden’s no-win response, dragging on for five months now.

On Fox, the “conservative” channel, one of the only independent voices, who refuses to follow the establishment Republican line, is Tucker Carlson. However, he has completely misjudged Russia’s intentions and features left-wingers such as Glenn Greenwald.

Resisting censorship, conservatives must identify the communists and their fellow travelers for what they are. Calling this “woke capitalism” or “cancel culture” won’t suffice. And denouncing “McCarthyism” only confuses people about the need for congressional internal security committees to expose and identify communists.

Lt. Gen. Ion Mihai Pacepa, the highest-ranking official ever to defect from the former Soviet bloc, provided a statement for one of my conferences on the significance of the Obama presidency, saying, “I walked in Marxist moccasins for many years, and I can see how President Obama could have bought into the siren call of Marxism…”

That siren call has been accepted by so many in the United States that some might say the end is near – or fast approaching.

The cavalry, if it comes, must understand the nature of the World Revolution we find ourselves in. The solution lies in the strategy of dialectical reversal, used by President Ronald Reagan when he fought the communists in Hollywood and then on the world stage. On domestic matters, this one-time former pro-abortion politician had a reversal of his own, becoming a strong pro-life advocate and commenting, “Abraham Lincoln recognized that we could not survive as a free land when some men could decide that others were not fit to be free and should therefore be slaves.  Likewise, we cannot survive as a free nation when some men decide that others are not fit to live and should be abandoned to abortion or infanticide.”

In a comment that symbolized dialectical reversal of the terms of the abortion debate, he famously remarked, “I’ve noticed that everyone who is for abortion has​already been born.”

Legal abortion, like many of the other evils in society, originated in Soviet Russia.

© 2022 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

*Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. www.usasurvival.org

By Rob Pue

July 3, 2022

Homosexual activity has been going on since the fall of mankind, but what began in earnest in the 1970s has now metastasized into a full-blown cancer on the earth.  I’m talking about the radical homosexual agenda, which is now directly targeting our young children.  We’ve become so “woke” here in America that to have any doubts that this sexual deviancy is unnatural or “not normal” makes most people question whether or not they’re actually hateful bigots.

Until 1973, homosexuality was rightly considered a mental disorder.  But on December 15th of that year, the American Psychiatric Association asked all members attending its convention to vote on whether they believed homosexuality to be a mental disorder. 5,854 psychiatrists voted to remove homosexuality from the list and 3,810 voted to retain it.

The American Psychiatric Association compromised, removing homosexuality from the list of mental disorders, but replaced it with “sexual orientation disturbance” for people “in conflict with their sexual orientation.”  Thus began the push for what we now know today as “transgenderism,” even though the term was actually coined in the 1960s.  So now, with today’s Godless American culture, there can be no limits to the depths of perversity we will accept and affirm in order to “virtue signal” our wholehearted acceptance of “diversity.”  But it’s actually perversity disguised as diversity.

According to MedicineNet.com, in addition to male and female, there are now 72 additional genders, and according to law — either unwritten “societal” laws or actual city, state and federal laws, we must all obey or pay the consequences of our bigotry.

In 1987, the American Psychiatric Association removed homosexuality from it’s list of mental disorders completely, asserting that “concepts of mental disorder can be rapidly evolving social constructs that change as society changes.”  And according to a 2015 article published by Psychology Today, the standard of psychotherapy in the US and Europe is “homosexual affirming.”  Indeed, in countless cities, counties and no less than 20 states, it is now illegal for a counselor, therapist or pastor to counsel minors who are confused about their gender or have unwanted homosexual desires.

You may have heard of Jeff Younger, the Texas father of twins who’s been in a custody battle with his ex-wife wife, a pediatrician.  One of the twins — a boy — was encouraged by his mother to “transition” to a girl at the age of 2.  Jeff said his son was happy, comfortable and normal being a boy, but while living with his mother, the child took a female name, and wore girl’s clothing.  But it gets worse.

Jeff would drop his son off at school in boy’s clothes, but the teacher gave him a dress and school officials refused to use his real name or male pronouns.  They actively taught him — in public school — how to be a girl and made him use the girls’ restroom.

Younger stated, “I’ve spent over a million dollars trying to stop my ex-wife and the courts from chemically castrating my son.”  A pediatrician in Texas has planned to put him on chemical castration drugs at the age of 9.  The child is 9 now.  Jeff Younger added, “If they put James on chemical castration drugs, he’ll be permanently maimed and sterilized.  He’ll never be able to have a family or normal sexual relationship with a wife.  The American Academy of Pediatrics requires doctors to affirm children in false gender identities, rather than help them identify with their biological sex.”  Texas is one of the nation’s largest providers of sex-change surgeries and chemical castration hormone treatments to kids.

Last spring, a Canadian father, Rob Hoogland, was sentenced to six months in jail for attempting to intervene in his young daughter’s “gender transition.”  This all began several years ago, when Hoogland discovered that his then 12-year-old daughter’s name had been changed in the 7th grade yearbook.  His daughter had been shown “education” videos at her school, which are actually “gender ideology indoctrination propaganda.”  She then decided she was a boy, the school “affirmed” her as a “transgender” and proceeded to “socially transition” her without informing her parents.

The school kept all of this a secret from the parents in accordance with the British Columbia Ministry of Education’s “Sexual Orientation and Gender Identity Policy,” which dictates that parents have no right to know what their child’s “preferred sex, gender or name” is at school.  The school later sent the girl to a psychologist who then sent her to a doctor. That doctor  laid out a plan to medically “change” Hoogland’s then 13-year-old daughter into a male using injections of testosterone and a year later, the hospital informed the parents they would be medicalizing his daughter and that by law, they didn’t need parental consent to do so.

In 2019 a judge convicted Hoogland of “family violence” for using female pronouns when speaking about his daughter.  Thus, his prison sentence — along with a huge monetary fine.

These are just two examples of situations very similar to this.  Schools serve as powerful brainwashing facilities and their goal is to turn as many healthy young people into confused, mentally-disturbed, gender-questioning kids as possible — all without the parents’ consent or even knowledge.  And as you’ve seen, parents who do dare to speak out can end up in costly legal battles and even prison.  This is not only a massive human rights violation, but more than that, it’s extreme child abuse, taking place under “color of law.”

But it’s not just schools pushing the “queering” of our children today.”  It’s everywhere.  It’s in the atmosphere.  Radio, TV, so-called “public service announcements, billboards along the highway, the internet, movies, pop music and videos and more.

June became homosexual “pride” month in 1999 when Bill Clinton declared it to be so.  “Pride” celebrations include parades, marches, demonstrations, festivals, fairs, Drag Queen events and much more.  Including special days at Disney World and other amusement parks around the country.  Department stores like Target and Kohls celebrate homosex with rainbow-colored clothing — especially for children.  But homosexual “pride” isn’t just for June anymore.  It’s morphed into a hideous, demonic monster that preys on minds and souls — young and old — all year ‘round.

This is even commonplace now in government.  Last year, the New York Times boasted that there were nearly 1000 LGBTQP+  elected officials in the US, with the number rising fast.  The Biden regime has fast-tracked this, with the appointment of Richard “Rachel” Levine as Assistant Secretary for Health and Human Services.  Levine is a morbidly obese transgender — perfect for running our national “Health and Human Services” department.  Levine was also named a four-star admiral in the US Public Health Service Commissioned Corp.  StatNews.com states that Levine is “using ‘her’ newfound position and visibility to address a variety of inequities in health care while also serving as a role model for the LGBTQ+ community, particularly young people.”  Notice the part that says“particularly young people.”

Because the emphasis is always on the kids, for several reasons.  First, the homosexual mob must recruit young people into their death style because they’re unable to reproduce naturally, since homosexuality is the most un-natural thing in the world.  Two men committing sodomy cannot be “fruitful and multiply.”  Nor can two women.  Secondly, adult homosexuals have a known lust for “young meat.”  You’ll notice you see no rainbow flags flying at Senior Centers or nursing homes.  But wherever children gather, the homosexual agenda is deeply embedded.  The children are being groomed for sexual exploitation and rape.  If you do the research, you’ll find countless examples of pedophiles within the LGBTQP+ community.  The “P,” by the way, stands for “pedophilia.”

The Biden regime has continued it’s push toward national sodomy.  The new press secretary meets the necessary Biden criteria of being a black female. (Whatever the word ‘female’ may mean anymore).  But a headline from USA Today, dated June 8th of this year speaks volumes: “An Out Gay Woman: Karine Jean-Pierre Hopes to Empower LGBTP youth as White House Press Secretary.”  There we go… the YOUTH again.  Pay attention.  They’re coming for your children and grandchildren.

Last year, the Washington Post reported that 1 in 6 Gen Z adults are LGBT.  Meanwhile an article from US News and World Report stated the number of teens who now identify as LGBTQP+ is at 20% — so one in five of our teens is now fully brainwashed into mental illness, and that number is rising daily with the steady flow of massive propaganda.

All of this is being funded heavily by just about every major corporation in the country.  An organization known as the Human Rights Campaign (HRC) basically blackmails companies into compliance.  If they do not support the homosexual and transgender agenda — financially and in other ways — companies will receive a “bad score” from HRC.  So the more these corporations donate to the cause, the higher approval score they receive, thereby “virtue signaling” their commitment to so-called “equality.”

In case you’re wondering, companies that top the list as “Platinum Partners” with HRC include Amazon, American Airlines, Apple Corporation, Coca Cola, Google, Intel, Lyft, Macy’s, Microsoft, Morgan Stanley, Nationwide Insurance, Pfizer, Target and UPS.  But there is virtually no company in the country you can do business with anymore that does not support this agenda, openly and proudly.  Financial support for the LGBTQP+ agenda is in the trillions of dollars.

I’m going to assume that few, if any of you, have ever attended a “pride parade.”  I’ve been to a half dozen in Columbus, Ohio, where a group of Christians has tried to witness to those in attendance.  The first year there were only 22 of us.  The last time we went, there were over 200.  Only during the first year, was I able to have a meaningful conversation with a group of lesbians and their friends.  After coming to attack me, they relented and agreed to have a dialogue.  In the end, they began to see the light, had tears in their eyes and said, “I think I have a lot to think about.”  Then they left the parade and went home.

Columbus has the second largest “pride parade” in the country, with a half-million people.  The atmosphere is shocking, to say the least.  City ordinances against public nudity and lewd behavior are shelved.  At these events, you’ll see the deepest, darkest, most vile displays you can comprehend.  The sodomites target Christians for physical attack and constant harassment.  Meanwhile, the police view US as the “bad guys” and should we so much as brush up against one of the hundreds of thousands of transgenders, homosexuals or their allies (which is very difficult to avoid in a crowd of a half million people), they scream to the police that we have “assaulted them.”  Meanwhile, we endure pushing, shoving, kicking, spitting, punching and more…all to the delight of the police as we are their entertainment.

Every company, corporation and organization you can imagine is present.  The last event we went to included no less than FORTY so-called Christian “churches” marching IN the parade, in support of sodomy, transgenderism, sado-masochism and pedophilia.  I am not exaggerating.  If anything, I’m sparing you the gory details.

It’s very much like the story of Sodom in Genesis, where the men of the city marched to Lot’s house and surrounded it, demanding they send out the two angels so they could have sex with them, and then attempted to break down the door.  Violence against Christians at these “pride parades” has ramped up substantially with the complicity of the local police.   It’s grown worse with each passing year.  Without the indwelling of the Holy Spirit, there is no depth to which the human mind and soul will not sink.  No restraint, just hedonism, debauchery, and unbridled vile filth.  And people take their small kids there — and literally parade them in front of a half million lust-filled sodomites, literally IN the parade.  This has nothing to do with “equality.”  It’s pure, demonic evil.  It shall be more tolerable for the land of Sodom and Gomorrha in the day of judgment, than for that city…and any nation that continues to be proud of THIS.

© 2022 Rob Pue – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rob Pue: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com

Audio CDs and text versions of this message are available when you call me at Wisconsin Christian News, (715) 486-8066.  Or email Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com.  Ask for message number 364.

By Jim Hollingsworth

July 2, 2022

On Friday, June 24, the U.S. Supreme Court issued its opinion in Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Health Organization.  Their final opinion was basically the same as the draft by Justice Alito that was leaked May 2. The Court has overturned Roe v. Wade as well as Planned Parenthood v. Casey.

What the Court said was:

At the time of Roe, 30 States still prohibited abortion at all stages. [Roe] imposed the same highly restrictive regime on the entire Nation, and it effectively struck down the abortion laws of every single State.  the decision  represented the “exercise of raw judicial power,” and it sparked a national controversy that has embittered our political culture for a half century.

We hold that Roe and Casey must be overruled. The Constitution makes no reference to abortion, and no such right is implicitly protected by any constitutional provision, including the one on which the defenders of Roe and Casey now chiefly rely—the Due Process Clause of the Fourteenth Amendment.

Roe was egregiously wrong from the start. Its reasoning was exceptionally weak, and the decision has had damaging consequences.

The Constitution does not prohibit the citizens of each State from regulating or prohibiting abortion. Roe and Casey arrogated that authority. We now overrule those decisions and return that authority to the people and their elected representatives. (Alito: Cornell Law Review)

When the Supreme Court announced its opinion in Dobbs v. Jackson Women’s Health Organization the Democrats went ballistic.  Their world was ended.  They had believed that Roe v. Wade somehow gave them a right for an abortion.  They somehow missed the fact that abortion is not even mentioned in the Constitution, was just very bad jurisprudence when it was decided, as was also Planned Parenthood v. Casey.  Over sixty-three million precious babies have lost their lives since Roe was decided.

These precious babies could one day have been president or a congressman, or even an astronaut.  They never had a chance, for their lives were taken.  In a free market economy every soul is a benefit to society; in a socialist economy every soul is a liability.  Thus, the loss of these many little ones has been a loss to us as a nation.  Also worthy of note, a high percentage of those taken have been among minorities.

Not only did the Democrats respond immediately with anger but President Biden said he was contemplating an executive order making abortion legal again in every state.  He somehow missed the fact that executive orders were designed for emergencies when Congress could not act, and that all legislative powers is given by our great Constitution to the Congress.

All legislative Powers herein granted shall be vested in a Congress of the United States, which shall consist of a Senate and House of Representatives. (Article I, Section 1)

In recent years both the President and the Supreme Court have put forth their own legislation and Congress made little effort to stop them.  Right now the Court appears to be leaning on the Constitution, but that is a significant change from previous years.

Since Biden took office he has done more to destroy our great country than anyone before him.  If one did not know better he would have to assume that Biden and his administration were working for our enemies.

Everyone got some kind of stimulus money several months ago.  That money was not taxed, nor was it borrowed, but was simply printed and given out.  Economists call that “inflation” yet Biden has neglected to take any blame for rising prices.  Seventeen economists agree with him. These Nobel Prize winning economists are mainly professors at universities including Harvard, Princeton, Yale, MIT, and Stanford.  When it comes to economics it appears that those institutions have been wrong more often than they have been right.

Under the program of the former president to Make America Great Again life was improving.  The price of gasoline was under $2.00, and our people were working.  Even our enemies respected us. Our dollar was sound.  Now government inflation is eating at everyone’s savings, at the rate of about one percent every thirty days.

During his first week in office President Biden issued 37 executive orders.  Those orders were designed to undo all the good work of the former administration.  The most grievous was the position taken on energy.

First, he stopped work on the Keystone XL Pipeline, which put at least 11,000 people out of work.  Then he stopped drilling for oil on all public lands and offshore, and began to honor his commitment to end the use of all fossil fuels.

Surely they had to understand that over 6,000 things are made from oil, and most fertilizer comes from natural gas.  No more fossil fuels, no more vinyl fences or siding; no more plastic bags for most grocery items.  No more paved highways.  No more paint or paint thinner.  No more carpeting: Little furniture.  No refrigerators or air conditioning. Of course no more jet fuel, diesel, gasoline or kerosene.  Just look around you and notice the numbers of things made from oil.  Today, even much of our automobiles are made of plastic.

When prices began to rise the Administration said it was because of greedy meat producers, grocers and oil companies.  Some of the blame was placed on the “war” in Ukraine.  They did not seem to notice that the price of gasoline, now over $5.00/gallon, had already risen before the conflict in Ukraine.  Even the price for most food items had risen, as well as the price of housing.

Rather than reverse any of these terrible policy decisions the President went begging for more oil production from our enemies, from Venezuela, Iran and countries in the Mideast.  Every practical American knows that none of this is good energy policy, but the Biden Administration does not seem to care. Was their plan to destroy America?

Government policies have made it harder to do business, and draconian and unconstitutional measures led us closer to tyranny during the pandemic.  Even the demand that babies be vaccinated, when they are at little risk and there are serious side effects of the vaccines.  There is no discussion on anything; the President is determined to have his way in everything.  When professionals stand up and try to share the truth they are put down by the social media or various levels of government.  Some have even been fired for taking a stand against the common narrative.

As Americans we must stand against this move to take over our country by the president.  It is not too late: There is much that can be done on the local level, but time is running out.  Now is the time for patriotic Americans to stand forth and encourage others to do right.

For an excellent article on the present Biden energy policies see the excellent article by Professor Victor Davis Hanson.

© 2022 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Jim Hollingsworth: jimhollingsworth@frontier.com

[BIO: Jim Hollingsworth has a master’s degree from Pensacola Christian College.  He has written four books: Climate Change: A Convenient Truth, Cortez: A Biography, The Ancient Culture of the Aztec Empire, and Abortion Compassion.]

By Steven Yates

July 2, 2022

Friday, June 24, 2022 will go down in history as the day one of the worst Supreme Court decisions in U.S. history was finally reversed: Roe v Wade (also Casey v Planned Parenthood).

The claim that “abortion rights” are “found” in a Constitutional “penumbra” is dead in the water.

The death culture (one might call it) — a culture in which women and more than a few men will take to the streets protesting eliminating a “right” to kill unborn babies — is still very much around, though, and clearly isn’t going anywhere.

In anticipation of last Friday’s decision, police in riot gear were seen on their way to the SCOTUS building. Can you imagine this happening in years past when SCOTUS decisions favored the cultural left (as in, e.g., Obergefell v Hodges)?

Police remained busy as protests erupted in leftie-controlled big cities. Calls to “burn down” the SCOTUS building were heard; highways were blocked; prolife women were assaulted by more of those “mostly peaceful protesters.” Antifa was on the move. Some trying to film had phones knocked from their hands and were forced to flee. Evidence continues to amass that most politically-motivated violence in America comes from lefties, despite “expert” pronouncements reciting official narratives about “right-wing extremists” and “white supremacists.”

I had little interest in the abortion issue until the day I was “asked” to teach a contemporary moral issues class and handed the textbook. There it was, the lead unit.

I dove in with few preconceptions of what to expect. The selection of readings seemed fair, in the sense that both sides were represented. Articles by “pro-choice” women professors were balanced by tracts such as an excerpt from a Pope John Paul II encyclicalre titled “The Unspeakable Crime of Abortion.” Other authors argued that abortion was either never acceptable, or was acceptable only in those rare cases when the mother’s life was threatened if the pregnancy was carried to term, or in cases of rape or incest. There were seven or eight essays in all, with questions for reflection at the end. The textbook didn’t try to resolve the issue. Current ethics textbooks never do.

What impressed me was the concern for fundamentals on one side — fundamentals here meaning: concern for what a human person is, and what ultimately grounds our saying human beings have rights — any rights? Versus those assuming a standpoint in which such issues are fully decided by legal rulings or cultural consensus, and we’re just working out the consequences.

I was unprepared for how intellectually weak and sloppy “pro-choice” reasoning (dating mostly from the 1970s) really was. Some students weren’t having it. When I posed a rhetorical question drawn from the introductory reading at the start of the discussion: “Is a fetus human?” one girl retorted, “Well, it isn’t a fish.” Of course, the debate as framed in textbooks isn’t over whether the unborn are genetically human but whether they are persons, members of the moral community. A dichotomy is simply presumed.

One author demonstrated clearly, however unintentionally, the logical minefield we enter when essential criteria for personhood cease to be complete human DNA, and when rights cease to be God-given and become legal pronouncements (or “social constructions”).

Her name was Mary Anne Warren, and she presented five “criteria for personhood” which relied on a science fiction thought experiment. She asked for the circumstances in which travelers to another planet would recognize members of a presumably very different alien species as persons like us with rights.

As I sometimes say, you can’t make this stuff up. This was to be her test for whether the unborn — who are unlike adults! — are persons.

Some of her criteria — seeing in them evidence of complex cognitive ability — ruled out not just newborns but small children, people in comas, and many Alzheimer’s sufferers. Other criteria — an ability to feel and respond to pain—utterly failed to rule out unborn babies.

A different article tried to draw an analogy between the unborn baby and a famous but unconscious violinist, to whom a woman who had been kidnapped was hooked up so that their blood-streams were shared. She was to be forced to continue sharing her blood to keep the unconscious violinist alive for nine months.

It is hard to count the number of disanalogies in this ridiculous argument.

At first I wondered how this kind of stuff ever got published in refereed academic journals, much less anthologized in a textbook students were expected to read and take seriously. I soon came to realize that by the time of the course I was teaching, left-liberals were established gatekeepers of philosophy publishing on most social-philosophy and moral-philosophy issues.

Bingo. Because sloppy thinking isn’t the exception for academic-cultural lefties. It’s the norm. It is easy to be distracted by it, and not to see where the real fault line is. Much academic discussion is put together in such a way as to avoid the “big questions.” What I am referring to will be familiar to long time readers. The distinction is between those who believe that all valuation, especially moral valuation and therefore rights ascriptions, are grounded in a transcendent reality and that reality’s God, versus those who would find them exclusively in this world, which means: in legal maneuverings and cultural consensus. Which the latter really means in turn: in the choices of those with the money and power to enforce their collective will on everyone else.

Back in the 1830s sociology-founder Auguste Comte penned his “Positive Polity” essay which founded the philosophical ideology known as positivism. This became, I am convinced, one of the most important documents helping understand how we’ve ended up where we are.

Comte formulated his “Law” of Three Stages a rising civilization passes through.The first stage is the stage of pure faith: the “religious or fictitious,” as he put it. The second stage is the stage of pure reason: the “metaphysical and abstract” which he did not think was much better. The third stage is the stage of empirical science: the “scientific and positive.” With additions by scholars to come (Great Britain’s John Stuart Mill who oversaw the translation of Comte’s writings into English, and Bertrand Russell who wrote at length of “scientific philosophy,” among others), the third stage became the stage of science, technology, commerce, utility, and the firm belief that the human race could take its progress into its own hands. This included moral progress — without gods or other transcendent abstractions from the past. There was just this world, its workings disclosed by science and in which we big-brained primates act as economic agents.

Materialism was the logical result of third stage thinking (I have written about this here, here, here, and here, with a reply to a critic here; the entire package is upgraded here, here, here, here, here, here, and here). Upshot: materialism(sometimes called materialist naturalism, or just naturalism) is a theory of reality, or a metaphysics. It is not the conclusion of any specific empirical results or scientific findings. Rather, it came to function as a first premise, or starting point. Empowered by the writings of Darwin, Freud, and others, materialism as a worldview had taken over major universities by around 1900. Given the prestige of those “experts,” it spread outwards across education generally, culture, and especially government and law. A doctrine known as legal positivism had appeared and grown dominant. Legal positivism asserts essentially that rights, justice, etc., are what the legal system (i.e., its dominant voices) says they are — no more, no less.

Materialism denies the existence of any fundamental moral distinction between human persons and the rest of physical reality. The human race as a whole has no transcendent moral significance or higher purpose. It is in this physical/material world, the world disclosed by science, that “our highest ideals must find a home” as philosopher Bertrand Russell would write in his also-pivotal “A Free Man’s Worship” (1903). By “highest ideals” he meant social justice and freedom from war.

Can we begin to see how a philosophical ideology has cheapened human life?

We — as tribal beings in many respects — had been struggling to overcome our tribalist past. What was healthiest in Enlightenment thinking was its declaration that rights were universal, not mere possessions of this or that tribe. Enlightenment philosophers did not invent this idea out of whole cloth. They got it from Christianity, and the Christian idea that man (meaning all persons) was created in God’s image.

Combine Enlightenment universalism with the notion that we can start with ourselves and invent from scratch a moral code that defines rights, and you have something that is proving to be our undoing.

The trajectory the twentieth century followed should have indicated that there was something wrong with the idea that materialist secularism could ever be the basis for a workable ethics. The Great War, as it was then called, began in 1914, shattered Europe, and because of improved communications, had ripple effects on our side of the Atlantic. The war exemplified the level of destruction human beings had become capable of, which would only worsen with time.

What is sometimes called the Jazz Age ensued starting around 1919-20; this was also an era of nihilist art movements such as Dadaism, although the overall mood of the country was giddy and upbeat.

Further shaking the optimism of earlier eras were the Great Depression, the Second World War, the rising evidence of genocides which were hardly limited to the Nazis, the coming of nuclear weapons, the rise of the Soviet Union as a world power, and the onset of the Cold War (and doctrines such as “Mutually Assured Destruction”) which lasted until 1989-91. When the Soviet Union fell, we saw not freedom but consolidations of wealth and power, irresponsible financial machinations, the unrest all this has given rise to, and the divisions we now see.

Where does abortion fit in here? This is an easy question.

Tribalism had always cheapened the life of “the other,” those outside one’s own tribe, or just those deemed inconvenient. Through hard, patient work, some of it intellectual and some of it political, the Western world started to overcome tribalism. Getting rid of chattel slavery was a major step forward.

But beginning in the 1970s, tribalism started returning in various forms. Today we have identity politics: academic tribalism. But identity politics is hardly the only form tribalism can take. Our latter-day neo tribalism has been fueled by the general idea that what it means to be human can be redefined through political or legal will, and that inconvenient humans can be written out of the moral community (what the Nazis did to the Jews, and what Stalinists did to Ukrainians who resisted collective farming).

Add to this, finally, globalists and technocrats who believe themselves capable of designing their “new world order” (or “great reset”) based on nudges, surveillance and controls, all through social engineering. This is bound to involve eliminating “useless eaters” and the systematic impoverishing of those who refuse to get with the program. Aborting unwanted unborn children will be part of this and actually encouraged if the mother can’t afford a child, or another child.

Our tribalist instincts plus materialism yield the modern death culture.

Abortion-on-demand works by writing the unborn out of the moral community. They are genetically human nonpersons, as were Jews to the Nazis and resisters to collective agriculture were to Stalin and his minions. The idea that the unborn are nonpersons is the reason “liberated” women can shout, “My body, my life, my choice!” “Women’s reproductive rights!” etc., etc.

They literally do not see another moral agent involved.

“Pro-lifers” still have their work cut out for them, therefore. This is because the end of Roe obviously does not mean the end of the death culture. As some have put it, a single federal problem has just become 50 state-level problems. Some states will ban abortion altogether (some already have, others are moving to do so). Others will become havens where the practice will continue unabated.

The problem is materialism,hovering over the death culture like a shadow so pervasive no one sees it. Corporate culture is materialist through-and-through. Decision-makers within corporate culture are not well enough educated to recognize this, but they act on it. This is why Goldman Sachs, JP Morgan Chase, Facebook, Disney, Amazon, both Uber and Lyft, and many others, are ready to pay travel expenses for employees seeking abortions in states where abortion is likely to remain legal.

This will continue unless the dominant worldview of the West is changed. I vote for changing it back to Christianity, and encouraging the sort of Christian culture in which all human beings are seen as having intrinsic value and therefore as important: as “mattering” if you will.This change cannot focus on a single issue, such as abortion. It must be holistic, and address a mindset. It will cut across a swath of other issues, including sexuality, child-rearing and education, the family unit, and how businesses should operate.

What I am talking about will be extremely difficult. We are already demonized as theocrats. We will have to police themselves, so we do not become theocrats. We face a definite uphill struggle against hostile powers behind the death culture who have vastly superior resources and control of all dominant media. But ending the dominance of the death culture is the only chance Western civilization has, and time is running out.

Steven Yates’s new book What Should Philosophy Do? A Theory (Wipf and Stock, 2021) is available here and here.

Steven Yates blogs at Lost Generation Philosopher, and has begun writing a philosophy course centered on freedom, its preconditions, and the choices a person must make in order to have it.

Do you wish me to continue? Please consider supporting my work on Patreon.com.

© 2022 Steven Yates – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com

By Ms. Smallback

July 2, 2022

I’ve gotten a lot of things wrong in my life, and I’d wager I’ve had more wrong than right.  I would have bet a lot of money that Trump was going to be re-elected in 2020.  I held my ground on that long past the election right up to the inauguration.  I gave (and still give) serious merit to the Devolution theory.  I believed Q was a White Hat operation and was for the awakening of the patriots and those seeking good and righteousness.

I believe Trump did indeed win the election, and have maintained that it was a matter of presenting the evidence.  Eighteen months later now, and I am definitely second guessing myself.  [2000 Mules has come and gone and still no change.  Project Veritas has exposed countless media and corporate deceptions and still no change.  Exposes have been written, documentaries have been produced, witnesses murdered, and still no change.]

At different points along the way I would hear bits from God, and other times bear witness to what others shared they had heard from God.  Trying to weave together the different bits and pieces into a whole picture sometimes has proved frustrating and even fruitless.  Other times it has helped bring clarity.  What is it Paul says?  Oh yes, we know in part and prophesy in part, but when the perfect comes, the impartial disappears.

We are still in the imperfect part.  Especially me.  I know I am still learning bit by bit, and a lot of the time I am unlearning more than I am learning.

I settled down to rethink everything, took a step back, went back over my notes trying to figure out what I’ve missed and where.  I got waylaid by some family tragedies, some deaths, some betrayals, a lot of questions….

I’ve rethought and reformed my views on eschatology so much they are almost now a complete reformation.  I am giving serious consideration that our world is post-millennial, which strangely answers more questions than it asks.

Which leads me to present day…

The past several months, I feel like God has led me in a direction to engage in our community in a way that brings restoration to broken lives and revival to community and our local economy.  Whether Trump comes back on the scene or not seems almost irrelevant for what I feel I am to be busy with.  I’m not convinced Trump is what our country needs right now, but I certainly know he would be better than what we have.

There are still many unanswered questions I have about Trump, and I don’t know that they’ll ever be answered.  The point is, our country needs its people not its leaders.  America’s government is wickedly corrupt, and its leaders are incapable and unwilling to lead in righteousness and justice.  It is up to We the People.  If we can bring a course correction without a civil war, we will be fortunate indeed.

I’ve spent some time seeking God, trying to discern His heart, His will, and how to partner with Heaven for my life and my nation.  I don’t know if the things He showed me and I wrote about in January were possibilities or realities.  I thought they were inevitable, but maybe I’m wrong.  Maybe the things I saw can be changed?  And if they can be changed, it won’t be by doing nothing.

There are a lot of “prophetic voices” out there and usually they start to muddy the water for me.  Sometimes it’s a fine line between prophet and profit.  I implore fellow Christians to examine prophetic utterances in this article, and give examples of some current words making the headlines that I have serious questions about.

That said, I’d like to examine a word from Tim Sheets that does bear witness with me.  On June 19, Tim gave a word to his church with the title and/or instruction:  Proceed.  The essence of the word is that we are entering an intense season of warfare in our nation that will remain fierce up through the midterm elections.  We are told to prepare for escalated warfare in the spiritual and natural realms.

Tim relayed this, “An agitated spirit realm will stir violence in the natural realm.”  He said hell will try to vex Christianity, and has declared open season on Christians.  The ekklesia are to engage in the battle, using their authority to wage war on the powers of darkness on our altars of prayer, decrees and worship.

He said that in this war season the functioning ekklesia will rise to operate in higher realms of authority, and its advance will be very rapid.  Rapid strikes will come against hindering spirits, government tyranny, and cultural systemic evils.

Simultaneously the world will see both the deployment of Heaven’s armies and the fierceness of hell’s battling.  He said the fierceness of hell’s battling of God’s kingdom will be superseded by the fierceness of God’s wrath against their allegiance to Baal.  God’s fierce deployment will engage and intercessors and the angelic will deploy strike missions to break strongholds of darkness and to wither iniquitous roots.

He admonishes us to not fear the war season but to anticipate the victories.  This is a season when the ekklesia of God’s kingdom will elevate in greater levels of the dominion mandate, and an increase in bold authority from believers will be manifest.

God’s word to the ekklesia for this season is this:  “Stop looking at your options.  I am your option.  I am your map.  I am your guide.  I have plans you have not seen yet but now will see.”

In this season, prophetic dreams and visions are connecting to their moment.  Individual destiny is connecting to its moment.  Plans for the time are connecting to their moment.

Tim said God has commissioned Michael to release sufficient warriors from his army to assist God’s ekklesia, and to assist this nation.  We will fuel this angelic warfare which will lead to victories by our decrees of faith.  It’s imperative we understand the Word and will of God, so that we are making righteous, powerful and timely decrees at the right time and place.

We are not to fear the giants in the land, but hunt them.  We have to move into offensive positions against the enemies of God in the spiritual realm (which will often then manifest in the natural realm).

In this season of war, the ekklesia must come into agreement with the plans of God.  How do we come into agreement with the plans of God?  We must position ourselves to see His hand and hear His voice.  Additionally, we must position ourselves firmly in the shelter of the Most High and under the shadow of the Almighty for our protection as hell and its minions declare open season on Christians.  Our obedience to God and our intimacy with Christ are the guarantees of our protection.  If we lose track of that and lose our positions in Him, we are vulnerable to the violence being waged in the spiritual that will indeed manifest in the natural.

A few months ago, the Spirit began moving me into an offensive position in a specific arena, and has been steadily giving me direction for how I am to proceed.  Mine is not a unique position.  God is doing that with His people all over our land.  We are responsible not for “saving our nation”, but for obeying the direction of God for the realm He has given us authority in.  While we hope and pray America can be saved from the destruction of its wicked rulers, we must focus individually on the battle field God has placed us personally in, and is equipping us for.

I’d encourage believers and disciples of Christ to seek Him about this word about a season of warfare before us, and how we’re to engage.  If you missed the link to the word given by Tim Sheets, you can find it here:  https://youtu.be/TZ2LSQ5Yd9k

© 2022 Ms. Smallback – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Ms. Smallback: M.Smallback@cox.net

By Kathleen Marquardt

We are definitely living in interesting times. I’d have preferred the 1770s, but I’m here now. For decades we at American Policy Center have been arousing people to see what is actually going on in the world rather than being duped by the globalists’ propaganda arms, the MSM and the education system. Many people are opening their eyes, but that fact has been hidden by the press. Now, the Globalists, with their Cancel Culture, are opening more eyes than imaginable thanks to their hubris. They began to believe their propaganda – gotta love it! – and thought they had ‘turned’ enough of us into gullible fools or useful idiots.

They, the Globalists, are telling us meat, milk, tuna fish (and anything else natural, except centipedes) are killing us. So, we need to eat bugs to be healthy. Uh huh. I laughed. Even many deeply duped Leftists are gagging on that. How many cockroaches does it take to supply one gram of protein? And will they expect us to eat termites? Probably, because that would be one thing that would help reduce our carbon footprints – termites are more destructive to ozone than cow farts! Bon Apetit, Leftists. I will stick with red meat; I like to have a functioning brain.

Seriously, though, those wishing to take control of the world will help us bring themselves down like all previous wannabe masters of the universe. Yes, they have seduced a sizable portion of the population, but it is not as sizable as they would have us believe. The Globalists have studied, plotted, planned, and tested their hypotheses ad nauseum, but just like Communism, they cannot factor in, let alone control, all the variables needed. Maybe they expect to metamorphose themselves into God via Transhumanism. Good luck!

That doesn’t mean we aren’t in for, probably, the most horrendous times this Earth has ever seen. Noah and Lot were witnesses to cataclysmic events but, because the world now has billions of people, and because the Globalists are ‘all in’ for “whatever it takes”, we will be subject to a truly dystopian world.

While WW I was the “war to end all wars” but didn’t put off a worse war for much more than 20 years, we have been living in WWIII for decades. We didn’t notice because very few guns and no tanks or rockets have been used – yet. This is a war using the asymmetrical weapons of dumbing down, brainwashing, programing, psychological warfare, gaslighting, promoting fear and paranoia, fake pandemics, weaponized “medications”, destroying small businesses through shut-downs, allowing rioting by paid radicals, plus cancelling our culture and replacing it with fake and corrupting values, attitudes, and beliefs. Oh, and there are many, many more weapons being used against us. Obviously, the Globalists figure if we are aware of and fight off 500 of them, one of the other 9,000 should get us, amongst which are:

ESG (environmental, social, and governance) investing which, according to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, means:

ESG practices can include but are not limited to, strategies that select companies based on their stated commitment to one or more ESG factors —for example, companies with policies aimed at minimizing their negative impact on the environment or companies that focus on governance principles and transparency.  ESG practices may also entail screening out companies in certain sectors or that, in the view of the fund manager, have shown poor performance with regard to management of ESG risks and opportunities. Furthermore, some fund managers may focus on companies that they view as having room for improvement on ESG matters, with a view to helping those companies improve through actively engaging with the companies.[1]

In simple English, that means if your company doesn’t toe the Marxist, Agenda 21/2030, Sustainable, anti-freedom line, you will be cancelled (or just ignored, shunned, and ridiculed until you learn to follow Big Brother or fail).

This, now, is combined with modern monetary theory (MMT), which only a person educated in our institutes of higher learning now can possibly comprehend. MMT contends that government can create more money – without any backing – just because it needs the money to support the federal spending on ESG issues (along with providing billions for war materials to Ukraine) and and and. Through these weapons, the Globalists are making our money worthless in order to continue wiping out the Middle Class. The COVID lockdowns made major inroads on that goal; this is to finish us off.

Add technocracy to the cache of arms, and they now have a mega-weapon in economics. While technocracy, like MMT and ESG, is made out of whole economic cloth, it, too, is an “invented and unnatural form of economics that expresses itself as totalitarianism and requires social engineering to work. Technocrats in the past defined technocracy as the science of social engineering; controlling the populace is crucial for the system to function.”[2]

Their plan is to not only change governance, but to physically change us humans, to “computerize” us. Then they can not only know everything we do when we do it, they can design us to do what they want us to do – even to die if we are useless eaters (or considered such by the global elite like Gates, Schwab, and their useful idiots – too many to list (starting with Fauci).

And don’t overlook PSYOPs, designed by the military for psychological warfare. Who knew they would use it on their own people (snark)? As Wikipedia states:

Psychological operations are operations to convey selected information and indicators to audiences to influence their emotions, motives, and objective reasoning, and ultimately the behavior of governments, organizations, groups, and individuals.

Television and movies were major tools in the PSYOPS bag, then they discovered they could use the make-believe of those media and feed it to the people as news. Why were so many so easily fooled? I would guess that one of the reasons is because just about every outlet in print and video was coopted. So-called journalists are now just talking heads, parroting what they are fed. And few notice or care. GIGO should be the buzzword of the day. A perfect example: many people believe the puppet regime in Ukraine is poor, picked on, and pure as the driven snow. They have no idea what is going on in that part of the world, the maneuvering vis a vis NATO, the oil issue, the displaced Russian population of Ukraine. If MSM’s greenscreen slips and shows the 2x4s holding up the screen, they don’t notice. The woke are not awake, they are hypnotized.

And pseudo Climate Change, the raison d’être. The Globalists, along with their cohorts, the Deep State, are pushing electric cars when they know that 1. they cannot produce enough batteries to supply the world with electric cars, 2. there are gross human rights violations occurring in the Democratic Republic of the Congo, 3. power to charge the batteries comes from electric power plants, and 4, last but certainly not least, these batteries are very damaging to the environment. But most of us realize that the issue isn’t the issue. It isn’t about developing sustainably, it is about bankrupting the middle class (who can afford these cars?) and driving people into Stack n’ Pack housing so they are easier to control.

Add to the list the sequestration of carbon, solar and wind power, “brownfielding” minority neighborhoods to drive the people out of their homes and businesses; there are dozens, if not thousands, of other weapons being used against us.

I was listening to a novel based in Shaker Heights, Ohio, the first planned community established in 1912. It was scary. The designers, the Van Sweringen brothers, were Shakers and railroad mogels (think James Hill, Jay and George Gould, Cornelius Vanderbilt, Edward Harriman, and Collis P. Huntington). The scary part is that, even then, people wanted to plan how everyone lived – and now, where and if they work, where they recreate, and if they are allowed to procreate.

We are being programmed to want to conform, not to stand out. When I was growing up, it was expected that we try to excel, stand out above the crowd. Now, we are to be a crowd – and if we are really good, we will be an unruly, angry, vengeance-seeking crowd (seeking vengeance for unknown atrocities committed in someone’s imagination.

If we truly want to fit in now, we must be indistinguishable from everyone else – Mao jackets, e-cigs instead of joints, tats instead of love beads, and multi or asexuality instead of sex, drugs, and rock n’ roll. But those were the start.

The scariest part for me is the fusion centers. We are being inundated with propaganda promoting the support of locking those up who disagree with the Sustainable Development lines promoted by the Globalists – and even those who want to own their own home on their own property un-supervised by a homeowners association. MSM watchers are becoming inured to hordes of rioters, a police state, and even their fellow citizens being locked-up for daring to speak out against Newspeak.

As I noted earlier, it is quite unlikely that the Globalist plan will pan out as they have so meticulously and duplicitously scripted. But dystopian will be descriptive of our everyday world, not a scene from a sci-fi novel. To make it somewhat less destructive, we need to now be working to stop the wheels of the Great Reset progress.

As Kat Stansell, Grassroots Outreach Coordinator for American Policy Center says, “Local action is the only way out of this. We’ve said it before, advocated for it, and built groups around the nation who have done some really good things. If you already have a Freedom Pod in your community, you are a step ahead, but now we must all go much further. We must build Freedom Rescue Platoons.”

Tom DeWeese gives great instructions on building Freedom Pods.

It is simple, and if you love what America was and can be again, you will find that it gives you a great sense of accomplishment every time you shut down one of useful idiots working so hard to destroy freedom for slavery. Give it a try.

© 2022 Kat Stansell – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kat Stansell: katvanatt@protonmail.com

1. https://www.investor.gov/introduction-investing/general-resources/news-alerts/alerts-bulletins/investor-bulletins-1?utm_source=google&utm_campaign=2022_nonbrand&utm_medium=search ↑
2. Patrick Wood, Technocracy News ↑

By Pastor Mike Spaulding

July 1, 2022

However political parties may now and then answer popular ends, they are likely in the course of time and things, to become potent engines, by which cunning, ambitious, and unprincipled men will be enabled to subvert the power of the people and to usurp for themselves the reins of government, destroying the very engines which have lifted them to unjust dominion.[1] —George Washington

Welcome to 2022. If you’re like me, you’re not sad to see 2021 pass, nor for that matter 2020. Here in Ohio, we have experienced things I never thought possible, instigated by career politicians and the political machines that they serve or, is it, that serve them? In my opinion, the bare-naked corruption has never been more visible. The disaster that Americans are experiencing right now will not change unless we decide to take appropriate action to change our circumstances.

One thing among many that the last two years has cemented in the consciousness of a growing number of Americans is that elected representatives at both the state and federal level routinely disrespect those they claim to represent. This disrespect has been building for decades, but is now unmasked for even casual observers. The last two years pulled back the curtain and snapped the last threads of illusion. Politicians are wholly owned by corporations and foreign governments, as brokered by their lawyers and bag-men, also known as lobbyists.

The level of politicians’ disrespect of their sovereigns (you and me) is appalling; a demonically manifested arrogance that should cause self-respecting people to recoil in disgust. Today’s politicos have reached a level of arrogance that they do not fear reprisals from We the People. Indeed, the people are now persecuted, prosecuted, and described as domestic terrorists for standing on our Constitutional rights and especially those enumerated in our Bill of Rights. We must change this if Americans are to again live free.

As you have already surmised, I am an action advocate. I believe Americans, especially Christians, must govern our Republic. America was designed by our Founding Fathers to be a participatory Republic. Elected servants at every level and capacity serve at the pleasure of those who elected them and by the consent of those same people. This is embodied in the first three words of the Constitution, We the People.

With those words, we establish immediately that we are, collectively, the Boss. We are the final authority on what laws our Republic will uphold and what ideals and anti-God nonsense we will vehemently reject. This is the very heart of the opening paragraphs of the Declaration of Independence:

When in the Course of human events, it becomes necessary for one people to dissolve the political bands which have connected them with another, and to assume among the powers of the earth, the separate and equal station to which the Laws of Nature and of Nature’s God entitle them, a decent respect to the opinions of mankind requires that they should declare the causes which impel them to the separation.

We hold these truths to be self-evident, that all men are created equal, that they are endowed by their Creator with certain unalienable Rights, that among these are Life, Liberty, and the pursuit of Happiness. That to secure these rights, Governments are instituted among Men, deriving their just powers from the consent of the governed. That whenever any Form of Government becomes destructive of these ends, it is the Right of the People to alter or to abolish it, and to institute new Government, laying its foundation on such principles and organizing its powers in such form, as to them shall seem most likely to effect their Safety and Happiness. Prudence, indeed, will dictate that Governments long established should not be changed for light and transient causes; and accordingly all experience hath shewn, that mankind are more disposed to suffer, while evils are sufferable, than to right themselves by abolishing the forms to which they are accustomed. But when a long train of abuses and usurpations, pursuing invariably the same Object evinces a design to reduce them under absolute Despotism, it is their right, it is their duty, to throw off such Government, and to provide new Guards for their future security.

Over time, America’s political class has made itself an aristocracy. Conducting a type of clandestine law fare on their sovereigns, they have leveraged the power of the state to grow their own power and wealth while destroying the liberty of We The People that made their illicit success possible.

If We Can Keep It

As in every banana republic, notice how American politicians in local school boards, state house, and Congress accumulate wealth while in office. They do it by doling out favors which we used to call legislation, and contracts at the school board, city, and county levels. Under the granite domes in state capitols and Washington DC, they sell their votes; they merely sponsor, rather than write, legislation that is written by industry law firms.

And finally, in a mafia-style arrangement that Patrick Byrne has labeled deep capture, state and federal legislators maintain a massive, invisible, unaccountable ‘fourth estate’ of European-style regulatory agencies and bureaus that write regulations to stifle competition and line the pockets of favored corporations.

As the delegates walked out of the Philadelphia Convention in 1787, Lady Powell asked, “Doctor Franklin, what kind of government have you given us, sir?”, to which Ben Franklin replied, “A Republic, Madam, if you can keep it.” Franklin and the other Founders understood that a Republic of sovereign States under this Constitution required at least a critical mass of ‘We The People’ who would remain fully engaged in the process of oversight, to enforce the terms of the magnificent law we call the Constitution.

We Have Work To Do

The free, happy people as envisioned by the Founders, can never abdicate their authority and duty of oversight and swift, fair enforcement against servants who violate the highest law in our Republic, as stipulated by that responsible remnant, collectively called We the People.

It is painfully clear that many Americans for too long have enjoyed the blessings of America without giving back a measure of service and sacrifice; the only way to perpetuate the liberty bequeathed to us. Too many Americans receive without giving; eat of the bountiful harvest without volunteering to sow the next season’s seed and tend the fields until harvest. Americans have chores to do; and for Christians especially, those chores begin with perspective.

When people have massive amounts of information available to them that contradict the desired narrative, a choice must be made. Two opposing narratives cannot be true at the same time and context. Reality is not just what each individual says it is. Reality is truth and it cannot be hidden from those who have ears to hear and eyes to see. Truth is what is real and demonstrable.

When experts in the field of medicine, biology, physiology, and pharmacology all contradict with facts, research, and peer-reviewed studies what governments and their hand-picked ‘professionals’ say, the American people must understand that we have chores to do.

There is a heavy weight upon our necks and it is clearly preparation for tyranny. If we accept this burden now without complaint, those who fancy themselves our masters will speedily finish their wicked work of enslaving us all under their globalist plans.

If that sounds like an alarmist view to you, then you have been lulled into a stupor from which emotional position you are incapable of determining truth from lies.

Action Steps Needed

It is time to awaken to the stark truth that while we slept, while we raised our families, went to church, enjoyed our common civic blessings, evil people crept in and sowed our fields full of tares.

If 2020 and 2021 taught me anything it is that only those things done for Christ will stand. As recorded in the Gospel of Mark 13:32, Jesus said, “Heaven and earth will pass away but My words will not pass away.” The context of that statement is given beginning at verse 1, where Jesus is talking about the final days before His return. There will be much tribulation and persecution. We are seeing criminals lay the foundation for the same persecution of Christians in America that we see right now around the world. And the response from the church thus far has been largely silence, either from indifference or fear.

The surest thing we have is the Word of God and its promises, unlike the worthless promises from politicians and bureaucrats. The repentant remnant of We The People need to realize that:

1) We are in dire straits at felons’ hands. Stop sugarcoating this reality. Call the criminals what they are – criminals and traitors.

2) Politicians will not change unless they are forced to. That means visiting them in their offices and anywhere they happen to appear, and voicing with the most righteous indignation fitting their behavior, your vehement disapproval of their alleged service.

3) We must become responsible overseers of our servants. This means we must spend some time educating ourselves and others about how government really works, who is paying for the outrageous legislation coming out of Congress, and how we can oppose and negate this.

4) Faith without works is dead. So is prayer without action. We must refuse to think that someone else will do the hard work of maintaining our freedom. Allowing others the privilege and great responsibility of vigilance is exactly what has gotten us into the current mess.

5) Our duty, as stipulated in the Constitution, is to demand that every agency, bureau, department, and office of our servants obey the limits we stipulate in the Constitution, or face law enforcement action, as any other felon faces. This means we will be energetically active in every organ of our local political bodies, insisting on the rule of law for all.

6) We the People will only enjoy the liberty granted by God as our Founding Fathers envisioned, to the extent we do the law enforcement duties that we stipulate in the Constitution. We the People are the Grand Jury under the Constitution. We’ve been lied to and have had our rights to call public officials to trial stolen from us.

7) A strategy of playing defense only is defeat on the installment plan. If we do not achieve success in addressing this current darkness through communication and activism, then it is time to develop and implement a strategy to replace this current government at the federal level and every state government that is a model of the federal. I am not speaking of armed revolution but of massive coordinated protests, demonstrations, and blunt persuasion beginning at the grassroots level. Mayors, Council Members, and County Commissioners are your neighbors. They will listen to you when you have an irate minority of the same opinion.

At this point, you may agree in principle but have no idea where to start. We begin by creating networks of people who meet physically, communicate regularly, and execute on action projects that specifically address the things we know to be true in America as mentioned above.

America Is Our Land

Jesus said His words will not pass away. He never uttered a word that was not true and necessary. I remind you of one thing specifically that He commanded us to do, found in Luke 19:13 – “And he called his ten servants, and delivered them ten pounds, and said unto them, Occupy till I come.” (KJV) That means we are to serve our King Jesus by using the resources He gives us (ten pounds), advance righteousness, holiness, and just civil government. Conversely, we must strenuously oppose wickedness, evil intent toward our liberty, and attempted enslavement of our posterity.

We find ourselves in similar days to those of Nehemiah. The people lamented their condition; but notice that they also knew why wickedness had descended upon them and prevailed upon their land. Here is Nehemiah 9:36-37.

Behold, we are slaves today, and as for the land which You gave to our fathers to eat its fruit and its bounty, behold, we are slaves in it. And its abundant produce is for the kings whom You have set over us because of our sins; They also rule over our bodies and over our cattle as they please, so we are in great distress.

America is in distress. If Christians do nothing, evil will prevail. We must rise up together and begin to be an active force in our land. Public servants at every level must become familiar with our names and what we stand for. A healthy fear, reverence, and respect for the One we represent must once again grip Americans.

We can and must march together under the banner of King Jesus. We are overcomers because Christ has already overcome our foes. We are victorious because Christ has already won the victory. However, those victories must be secured in real time right now through action.

Every generation must prove its loyalty to King Jesus on the field of responsible action. Let us rise to the challenge, so that our legacy will be the testimony of our children, grandchildren, and great grandchildren that we did not shirk our duties nor shrink back from personal responsibility; that instead, we fearlessly put our shoulders into the work for the soul of America.

If we will do this, we will hear those words we all long to hear from our Lord on that glorious day, “Well done good and faithful servant. Enter into your rest.”

© 2022 Mike Spaulding – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Mike Spaulding: drmichaelspaulding@gmail.com

*This article has been revised and edited from a previous work in a booklet titled Tactical Civics for Pastors.

[1] This article has been revised from an earlier work. Some content has been removed from the original and other content added.